1 - Psychophysiological Science: Interdisciplinary Approaches to Classic Questions About the Mind  pp. 1-16

Psychophysiological Science: Interdisciplinary Approaches to Classic Questions About the Mind

By John T. Cacioppo, Louis G. Tassinary and Gary G. Berntson

Image View Previous Chapter Next Chapter



Psychophysiology is an old idea but a new science. It is a likely assumption that ever since man began to experience himself as an object of his own awareness he has had some intuitive notion that bodily changes were, in some measure, related to his moods, his sentiments, his frustrations, his elations. How to relate these dual aspects of human functioning has been a concern of philosopher-scientists throughout the course of intellectual history. (Greenfield & Sternbach, 1972, p. v)

The first Handbook of Psychophysiology was published more than three decades ago (Greenfield & Sternbach, 1972). Coverage in that Handbook emphasized the peripheral nervous system, an emphasis that many still identify with the term psychophysiology in accord with the history of psychophysiology. As is the case for physiological and other scientific fields, however, psychophysiology has changed dramatically since the appearance of its first Handbook. With the advent of new and powerful probes of the central nervous system (e.g., brain imaging techniques), there is an increased emphasis in the field on investigating the brain and central nervous system as they relate to behavior. Investigations of elementary physiological events in normal thinking, feeling, and interacting individuals are commonplace, and new techniques are providing additional windows through which the neural events underlying psychological processes can be viewed unobtrusively. Instrumentation now makes it possible for investigators to explore the selective activation of discrete parts of the brain during particular psychological operations in normal individuals and patients.

1

Reference Title: REFERENCES

Reference Type: reference-list

Ax, A. F. (1964a). Editorial. Psychophysiology, 1, 1–3.
Ax, A. F. (1964b). Goals and methods of psychophysiology. Psychophysiology, 1, 8–25.
Barinaga, M. (1997). What makes brain neurons run? Science, 276, 196–198.
Basmajian, J. V., & De Luca C. J. (1985). Muscles alive: Their functions revealed by electromyography (5th Edition). Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
Berger, H. (1929). Uber das elektrenkephalogramm des menschen (On the electroencephalogram of man). Archiv fur Psychiatrie und Nervenkrankheiten, 87, 551–553. Reprinted in English in S. W. Porges & M. G. H. Coles (Eds.), Psychophysiology. Stroudsburg, PA: Dowden, Hutchinson, & Ross, Inc.
Bloom, F. E., Lazerson, A., & Hofstadter, L. (1985). Brain, mind, and behavior. New York: W. H. Freeman and Company.
Brazier, M. A. (1959). The historical development of neurophysiology. In J. Field (Ed.), Handbook of physiology. Section I: Neurophysiology. Vol. I (pp. 1–58). Washington, DC: American Physiological Society.
Brazier, M. A. (1961). A history of the electrical activity of the brain. London: Pitman Medical Publishing Co., Ltd.
Brazier, M. A. (1977). Electrical activity of the nervous system (4th edition). Baltimore: The Williams & Wilkins Co.
Cacioppo, J. T., Berntson, G. G., Lorig, T. S., Norris, C. J., Rickett, E., & Nusbaum, H. (2003). Just because you're imaging the brain doesn't mean you can stop using your head: A primer and set of first principles. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 85, 650–661.
Cacioppo, J. T., & Petty, R. E. (1981). Electromyograms as measures of extent and affectivity of information processing. American Psychologist, 36, 441–456.
Cacioppo, J. T., & Tassinary, L. G. (1990). Inferring psychological significance from physiological signals. American Psychologist, 45, 16–28.
Cacioppo, J. T., Tassinary, L. G., & Berntson, G. G. (2000). Handbook of psychophysiology, 2nd edition. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Caws, P. (1967). Scientific method. In P. Edwards (Ed.), The encyclopedia of philosophy (pp. 339–343). New York: Macmillan.
Coles, M. G. H., Donchin, E., & Porges, S. W. (1986). Psychophysiology: Systems, processes, and applications. New York: Guilford Press.
Darrow, C. W. (1929). Differences in the physiological reactions to sensory and ideational stimuli. Psychological Bulletin, 26, 185–201.
Darrow, C. W. (1964). Psychophysiology, yesterday, today and tomorrow. Psychophysiology, 1, 4–7.
Darwin, C. (1873). The expression of the emotions in man and animals. New York: D. Appleton and Co. (Originally published in 1872.)
Daston, L. J. (1978). British responses to psycho-physiology, 1860–1900. Isis, 69(2), 192–208.
Donchin, E. (1982). The relevance of dissociations and the irrelevance of dissociationism: A reply to Schwartz and Pritchard. Psychophysiology, 19, 457–463.
Drake, S. (1967). Galileo Galilei. In P. Edwards (Ed.), The encyclopedia of philosophy (pp. 262). New York: Macmillan.
Eng, H. (1925). Experimental investigation into the emotional life of the child compared with that of the adult. London: Oxford University Press.
Fere, C. (1888/1976). Notes on changes in electrical resistance under the effect of sensory stimulation and emotion. Comptes Rendus des Seances de la Societe de Biologie, 5, 217–219. Reprinted in English in S. W. Porges & M. G. H. Coles (Eds.), Psychophysiology. Stroudsburg, PA: Dowden, Hutchinson, & Ross, Inc.
Fernel, J. (1542). De naturali parte medinae. Paris: Simon de Colies. Cited in Brazier (1959).
Fowles, D. C. (1975). Clinical applications of psychophysiology. New York: Columbia University Press.
Garbarini, F., & Adenzato, M. (2004). At the root of embodied cognition: Cognitive science meets neurophysiology. Brain and Cognition, 56, 100–106.
Gardiner, H. M., Metcalf, R. C., & Beebe-Center, J. G. (1937). Feeling and emotion: A history of theories. New York: American Book Company.
Greenfield, N. S., & Sternbach, R. A. (1972). Handbook of psychophysiology. New York: Holt, Rinehart, & Winston, Inc.
Harrington, A. (1987). Medicine, mind, and the double brain: Study in nineteenth-century thought. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Harvey, W. (1628/1941). Exercitatio anatomica de motu cordis et sanguinis in animalibus. Frankfurt: Fitzeri (1628); translated into English by Willius & Keys, Cardiac Classics (1941).
Henle, M., Jaynes, J., & Sullivan, J. J. (1973). Historical conceptions of psychology. New York: Springer.
Jacobson, E. (1930). Electrical measurements of neuromuscular states during mental activities: III. Visual imagination and recollection. American Journal of Physiology, 95, 694–702.
James, W. (1884). What is an emotion? Mind, 9, 188–205.
Jaynes, J. (1973). The problem of animate motion in the seventeenth century. In M. Henle, J. Jaynes, & J. J. Sullivan (Eds.), Historical conceptions of psychology (pp. 166–179). New York: Springer.
Kottek, S. S. (1979). The seat of the soul: Contribution to the history of Jewish medieval psycho-physiology (6th to 12th century). Clio Medica, 13, 3–4, 219–246.
Landis, C. (1930). Psychology and the psychogalvanic reflex. Psychological Review, 37, 381–398.
Littlejohn, J. M. (1899). Lectures on psycho-physiology. Kirksville, MO: E. G. Kinney.
Meaney, M. J., Bhatnagar, S., Larocque, S., McCormick, C. M., Shanks, N., Sharma, S., Smythe, J., Viau, V., & Plotsky, P. M. (1996). Early environment and the development of individual differences in the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal stress response. In C. R. Pfeffer (Ed.), Severe stress and mental disturbance in children (pp. 85–127). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press, Inc.
Mecacci, L. (1979). Brain and history: The relationship between neurophysiology and psychology in Soviet research. New York: Brunner/Mazel Publishers.
Metalis, S. A., & Hess, E. H. (1982). Pupillary response/semantic differential scale relationships. Journal of Research in Personality, 16, 201–216.
Miller, J. (1978). The body in question. New York: Random House.
Mosso, A. (1896). Fear (E. Lough & F. Riesow, Translators). New York: Longrans, Green, & Co.
Peterson, F., & Jung, C. G. (1907). Psychophysical investigations with the galvanometer and pneumograph in normal and insane individuals. Brain, 30, 153–218.
Platt, J. R. (1964). Strong inference. Science, 146, 347–353.
Popper, K. R. (1968). The logic of scientific discovery. New York: Harper & Row. (Original work published in 1959.)
Rose, R. M. (2005). Introduction and overview of our model. Paper presented at the National Center for Complementary and Alternative Medicine meeting on Integrating Mechanisms Linking Mind, Brain, and Periphery: Applications in Asthma and Atherosclerosis. Warrenton, VA: 6 July 2005.
Sarter, M., Berntson, G. G., & Cacioppo, J. T. (1996). Brain imaging and cognitive neuroscience: Towards strong inference in attributing function to structure. American Psychologist, 51, 13–21.
Sechenov, I. M. (1878). Elements of thought. [Originally published in St. Petersburg, 1878. In R. J. Herrnstein & E. G. Boring (Eds.), A source book in the history of psychology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1965.]
Shadish, W., Cook, T., & Campbell, D. (2002). Experimental and Quasi-Experimental Designs for Generalized Causal Inference. (pp. 7–9) Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
Stevens, S. S. (1951). Handbook of experimental psychology. New York: Wiley.
Stern, J. A. (1964). Toward a definition of psychophysiology. Psychophysiology, 1, 90–91.
Stern, R. M., Ray, W. J., & Quigley, K. S. (2001). Psychophysiological recording, 2nd edition. New York: Oxford University Press.
Tarchanoff, J. (1890). Galvanic phenomena in the human skin during stimulation of the sensory organs and during various forms of mental activity. Pflugers Archive fur die gesamte Physiologie des Menschen und der Tiere, 46, 46–55. Reprinted in English in S. W. Porges & M. G. H. Coles (Eds.), Psychophysiology. Stroudsburg, PA: Dowden, Hutchinson, & Ross, Inc.
Townsend, J. T., & Ashby, F. G. (1983). Stochastic modeling of elementary psychological processes. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Vesalius, A. (1543/1947). De humani corporis fabrica. Basle: Oporinus (1543); translated into English by J. B. de C. M. Saunders & C. D. O'Malley. New York: Schuman (1947).
Vigoroux, R. (1879). Sur le role de la resistance electrique des tissues dans l'electro-diagnostic. Comptes Rendes Societe de Biologie, 31, 336–339. Cited in Brazier (1959). New York: Oxford University Press.
Wenger, M. A. (1941). The measurement of individual differences in autonomic balance. Psychosomatic Medicine, 3, 427–434.
Wilder, J. (1931/1976). The “law of initial values,” a neglected biological law and its significance for research and practice. Zeitschrift fur die gesamte Neurologie und Psychiatrie, 137, 317–324. Reprinted in English in S. W. Porges & M. G. H. Coles (Eds.), Psychophysiology. Stroudsburg, PA: Dowden, Hutchinson, & Ross, Inc.
Williams, R. B. (1984). Measurement of local blood flow during behavioral experiments: Principles and practice. In A. J. Herd, A. M. Gotto, P. G. Kaufman, & S. M. Weiss (Eds.), Cardiovascular instrumentation (pp. 207–217). NIMH (No. 84–1654).
Woodworth, R. S., & Schlosberg, H. (1954). Experimental psychology. New York: Holt, Rinehart, & Winston.
Wu, C. H. (1984). Electric fish and the discovery of animal electricity. American Scientist, 72, 598–607.

Reference Title: REFERENCES

Reference Type: reference-list

Aguirre, G. K., Singh, R., & D'Esposito, M. (1999). Stimulus inversion and the responses of face and object-sensitive cortical areas. Neuroreport, 10(1), 189–194.
Aguirre, G. K., Zarahn, E., & D'Esposito, M. (1998). The variability of human, BOLD hemodynamic responses. Neuroimage, 8(4), 360–369.
Alsop, D. C., & Detre, J. A. (1996). Reduced transit-time sensitivity in noninvasive magnetic resonance imaging of human cerebral blood flow. J Cereb Blood Flow Metab, 16(6), 1236–1249.
Andersson, J. L., Hutton, C., Ashburner, J., Turner, R., & Friston, K. (2001). Modeling geometric deformations in EPI time series. Neuroimage, 13(5), 903–919.
Andreasen, N. C., Arndt, S., Swayze, V., 2nd, Cizadlo, T., Flaum, M., O'Leary, D., et al. (1994). Thalamic abnormalities in schizophrenia visualized through magnetic resonance image averaging. Science, 266, 294–298.
Aron, A., Fisher, H., Mashek, D. J., Strong, G., Li, H., & Brown, L. L. (2005). Reward, motivation, and emotion systems associated with early-stage intense romantic love. J Neurophysiol, 94(1), 327–337.
Bandettini, P. A., Wong, E. C., Hinks, R. S., Tikofsky, R. S., & Hyde, J. S. (1992). Time course EPI of human brain function during task activation. Magn Reson Med, 25(2), 390–397.
Beckmann, C. F., & Smith, S. M. (2004). Probabilistic independent component analysis for functional magnetic resonance imaging. IEEE Trans Med Imaging, 23(2), 137–152.
Beckmann, C. F., & Smith, S. M. (2005). Tensorial extensions of independent component analysis for multisubject FMRI analysis. Neuroimage, 25(1), 294–311.
Bendriem, B., Townsend, D.W. (1998). The theory and practice of 3D PET. (Vol. 32). Boston: Dordrecht; Kluwer Academic, 1998.
Birn, R. M., Saad, Z. S., & Bandettini, P. A. (2001). Spatial heterogeneity of the nonlinear dynamics in the FMRI BOLD response. Neuroimage, 14(4), 817–826.
Buckner, R. L., Koutstaal, W., Schacter, D. L., Dale, A. M., Rotte, M., & Rosen, B. R. (1998). Functional-anatomic study of episodic retrieval. II. Selective averaging of event-related fMRI trials to test the retrieval success hypothesis. Neuroimage, 7(3), 163–175.
Buracas, G. T., & Boynton, G. M. (2002). Efficient design of event-related fMRI experiments using M-sequences. Neuroimage, 16(3 Pt 1), 801–813.
Burock, M. A., Buckner, R. L., Woldorff, M. G., Rosen, B. R., & Dale, A. M. (1998). Randomized event-related experimental designs allow for extremely rapid presentation rates using functional MRI. Neuroreport, 9(16), 3735–3739.
Bush, G., Luu, P., & Posner, M. I. (2000). Cognitive and emotional influences in anterior cingulate cortex. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 4(6), 215–222. [Record as supplied by publisher].
Buxton, R. B., & Frank, L. R. (1997). A model for the coupling between cerebral blood flow and oxygen metabolism during neural stimulation. J Cereb Blood Flow Metab, 17(1), 64–72.
Buxton, R. B., Uludag, K., Dubowitz, D. J., & Liu, T. T. (2004). Modeling the hemodynamic response to brain activation. Neuroimage, 23 Suppl 1, S220–233.
Calhoun, V. D., Adali, T., Pearlson, G. D., & Pekar, J. J. (2001). A method for making group inferences from functional MRI data using independent component analysis. Hum Brain Mapp, 14(3), 140–151.
Calhoun, V. D., Adali, T., & Pekar, J. J. (2004). A method for comparing group fMRI data using independent component analysis: application to visual, motor and visuomotor tasks. Magn Reson Imaging, 22(9), 1181–1191.
Calhoun, V. D., Adali, T., Stevens, M. C., Kiehl, K. A., & Pekar, J. J. (2005). Semi-blind ICA of fMRI: A method for utilizing hypothesis-derived time courses in a spatial ICA analysis. Neuroimage, 25(2), 527–538.
Constable, R. T., & Spencer, D. D. (1999). Composite image formation in z-shimmed functional MR imaging. Magn Reson Med, 42(1), 110–117.
D'Esposito, M., Zarahn, E., Aguirre, G. K., & Rypma, B. (1999). The effect of normal aging on the coupling of neural activity to the bold hemodynamic response. Neuroimage, 10(1), 6–14.
Dagher, A., Owen, A. M., Boecker, H., & Brooks, D. J. (1999). Mapping the network for planning: a correlational PET activation study with the Tower of London task. Brain, 122(Pt 10), 1973–1987.
Dale, A. M., & Buckner, R. L. (1997). Selective averaging of rapidly presented individual trials using fMRI. Human Brain Mapping, 5, 329–340.
de Quervain, D. J., Fischbacher, U., Treyer, V., Schellhammer, M., Schnyder, U., Buck, A., et al. (2004). The neural basis of altruistic punishment. Science, 305(5688), 1254–1258.
Duann, J. R., Jung, T. P., Kuo, W. J., Yeh, T. C., Makeig, S., Hsieh, J. C., et al. (2002). Single-trial variability in event-related BOLD signals. Neuroimage, 15(4), 823–835.
Duong, T. Q., Yacoub, E., Adriany, G., Hu, X., Ugurbil, K., Vaughan, J. T., et al. (2002). High-resolution, spin-echo BOLD, and CBF fMRI at 4 and 7 T. Magn Reson Med, 48(4), 589–593.
Eisenberger, N. I., Lieberman, M. D., & Williams, K. D. (2003). Does rejection hurt? An FMRI study of social exclusion. Science, 302(5643), 290–292.
Elster, A. D. (1994). Questions and answers in magnetic resonance imaging. St. Louis, MO: Mosby.
Elster, A. D., Link, K. M., & Carr, J. J. (1994). Patient screening prior to MR imaging: a practical approach synthesized from protocols at 15 U.S. medical centers. AJR Am J Roentgenol, 162(1), 195–199.
Fan, J., Flombaum, J. I., McCandliss, B. D., Thomas, K. M., & Posner, M. I. (2003). Cognitive and brain consequences of conflict. Neuroimage, 18(1), 42–57.
Frackowiak, R. S. (1997). Human brain function. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Friston, K. J., Frith, C. D., Turner, R., & Frackowiak, R. S. (1995). Characterizing evoked hemodynamics with fMRI. Neuroimage, 2(2), 157–165.
Friston, K. J., Glaser, D. E., Henson, R. N., Kiebel, S., Phillips, C., & Ashburner, J. (2002). Classical and Bayesian inference in neuroimaging: applications. Neuroimage, 16(2), 484–512.
Friston, K. J., Josephs, O., Rees, G., & Turner, R. (1998). Nonlinear event-related responses in fMRI. Magn Reson Med, 39(1), 41–52.
Friston, K. J., Mechelli, A., Turner, R., & Price, C. J. (2000). Nonlinear responses in fMRI: the Balloon model, Volterra kernels, and other hemodynamics. Neuroimage, 12(4), 466–477.
Friston, K. J., Stephan, K. E., Lund, T. E., Morcom, A., & Kiebel, S. (2005). Mixed-effects and fMRI studies. Neuroimage, 24(1), 244–252.
Glover, G. H. (1999). Deconvolution of impulse response in event-related BOLD fMRI. Neuroimage, 9(4), 416–429.
Goutte, C., Nielsen, F. A., & Hansen, L. K. (2000). Modeling the haemodynamic response in fMRI using smooth FIR filters. IEEE Trans Med Imaging, 19(12), 1188–1201.
Habeck, C., Krakauer, J. W., Ghez, C., Sackeim, H. A., Eidelberg, D., Stern, Y., et al. (2005). A new approach to spatial covariance modeling of functional brain imaging data: ordinal trend analysis. Neural Comput, 17(7), 1602–1645.
Hoge, R. D., Atkinson, J., Gill, B., Crelier, G. R., Marrett, S., & Pike, G. B. (1999). Investigation of BOLD signal dependence on cerebral blood flow and oxygen consumption: the deoxyhemoglobin dilution model. Magn Reson Med, 42(5), 849–863.
Huber, P. J. (1981). Robust Statistics. New York: Wiley-Interscience.
Hubert, M., Rosseeuw, P. J., & Val Aelst, S. (2004). Robustness. In B. Sundt & J. Teugels (Eds.), Encyclopedia of Actuarial Sciences. New York: Wiley.
Huettel, S. A., et al. (2004). Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging. Sunderland, Mass: Sinauer Associates.
Johansen-Berg, H., Behrens, T. E., Robson, M. D., Drobnjak, I., Rushworth, M. F., Brady, J. M., et al. (2004). Changes in connectivity profiles define functionally distinct regions in human medial frontal cortex. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 101(36), 13335–13340.
Kanwisher, N., McDermott, J., & Chun, M. M. (1997). The fusiform face area: A module in human extrastriate cortex specialized for face perception. J Neuroscience, 17(11), 4302–4311.
Kastner, S., & Ungerleider, L. G. (2000). Mechanisms of visual attention in the human cortex. Annu Rev Neurosci, 23, 315–341.
Kim, S. G. (1995). Quantification of relative cerebral blood flow change by flow-sensitive alternating inversion recovery (FAIR) technique: application to functional mapping. Magn Reson Med, 34(3), 293–301.
Koepp, M. J. (1998). Evidence for striatal dopamine release during a video game. Nature, 393(21 May), 266–268.
Kwong, K. K., Belliveau, J. W., Chesler, D. A., Goldberg, I. E., Weisskoff, R. M., Poncelet, B. P., et al. (1992). Dynamic magnetic resonance imaging of human brain activity during primary sensory stimulation. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 89(12), 5675–5679.
Liao, C. H., Worsley, K. J., Poline, J. B., Aston, J. A., Duncan, G. H., & Evans, A. C. (2002). Estimating the delay of the fMRI response. Neuroimage, 16(3 Pt 1), 593–606.
Lin, F. H., McIntosh, A. R., Agnew, J. A., Eden, G. F., Zeffiro, T. A., & Belliveau, J. W. (2003). Multivariate analysis of neuronal interactions in the generalized partial least squares framework: simulations and empirical studies. Neuroimage, 20(2), 625–642.
Liu, T. T. (2004). Efficiency, power, and entropy in event-related fMRI with multiple trial types. Part II: design of experiments. Neuroimage, 21(1), 401–413.
Lund, T. E. (2001). fcMRI – mapping functional connectivity or correlating cardiac-induced noise? Magn Reson Med, 46(3), 628–629.
Maguire, E. A., Gadian, D. G., Johnsrude, I. S., Good, C. D., Ashburner, J., Frackowiak, R. S., et al. (2000). Navigation-related structural change in the hippocampi of taxi drivers. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 97(8), 4398–4403.
McIntosh, A. R., Chau, W. K., & Protzner, A. B. (2004). Spatiotemporal analysis of event-related fMRI data using partial least squares. Neuroimage, 23(2), 764–775.
Mechelli, A., Penny, W. D., Price, C. J., Gitelman, D. R., & Friston, K. J. (2002). Effective connectivity and intersubject variability: using a multisubject network to test differences and commonalities. Neuroimage, 17(3), 1459–1469.
Menon, R. S., Luknowsky, D. C., & Gati, J. S. (1998). Mental chronometry using latency-resolved functional MRI. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 95(18), 10902–10907.
Miezin, F. M., Maccotta, L., Ollinger, J. M., Petersen, S. E., & Buckner, R. L. (2000). Characterizing the hemodynamic response: effects of presentation rate, sampling procedure, and the possibility of ordering brain activity based on relative timing. Neuroimage, 11(6 Pt 1), 735–759.
Neter, J., Kutner, M. H., Wasserman, W., & Nachtsheim, C. J. (1996). Applied Linear Statistical Models (4 ed.): McGraw-Hill/Irwin.
Nichols, T., Brett, M., Andersson, J., Wager, T., & Poline, J. B. (2005). Valid conjunction inference with the minimum statistic. Neuroimage, 25(3), 653–660.
Nichols, T., & Hayasaka, S. (2003). Controlling the familywise error rate in functional neuroimaging: a comparative review. Stat Methods Med Res, 12(5), 419–446.
Nichols, T. E., & Holmes, A. P. (2002). Nonparametric permutation tests for functional neuroimaging: a primer with examples. Hum Brain Mapp, 15(1), 1–25.
Noll, D. C., Fessler, J. A., & Sutton, B. P. (2005). Conjugate phase MRI reconstruction with spatially variant sample density correction. IEEE Trans Med Imaging, 24(3), 325–336.
Ogawa, S., Lee, T. M., Kay, A. R., & Tank, D. W. (1990). Brain magnetic resonance imaging with contrast dependent on blood oxygenation. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 87(24), 9868–9872.
Ollinger, J. M., Shulman, G. L., & Corbetta, M. (2001). Separating processes within a trial in event-related functional MRI. Neuroimage, 13(1), 210–217.
Paus, T. (2001). Primate anterior cingulate cortex: where motor control, drive and cognition interface. Nat Rev Neurosci, 2(6), 417–424.
Paus, T., Koski, L., Caramanos, Z., & Westbury, C. (1998). Regional differences in the effects of task difficulty and motor output on blood flow response in the human anterior cingulate cortex: a review of 107 PET activation studies. Neuroreport, 9(9), R37–47.
Pawlik, G., Rackl, A., & Bing, R. J. (1981). Quantitative capillary topography and blood flow in the cerebral cortex of cats: an in vivo microscopic study. Brain Res, 208(1), 35–58.
Peled, S., Gudbjartsson, H., Westin, C. F., Kikinis, R., & Jolesz, F. A. (1998). Magnetic resonance imaging shows orientation and asymmetry of white matter fiber tracts. Brain Res, 780(1), 27–33.
Penny, W. D., Stephan, K. E., Mechelli, A., & Friston, K. J. (2004). Modelling functional integration: a comparison of structural equation and dynamic causal models. Neuroimage, 23 Suppl 1, S264–274.
Petersen, S. E., Fox, P. T., Posner, M. I., Mintun, M., & Raichle, M. E. (1988). Positron emission tomographic studies of the cortical anatomy of single-word processing. Nature, 331(6157), 585–589.
Pfeuffer, J., Adriany, G., Shmuel, A., Yacoub, E., Van De Moortele, P. F., Hu, X., et al. (2002). Perfusion-based high-resolution functional imaging in the human brain at 7 Tesla. Magn Reson Med, 47(5), 903–911.
Phan, K. L., Taylor, S. F., Welsh, R. C., Ho, S. H., Britton, J. C., & Liberzon, I. (2004). Neural correlates of individual ratings of emotional salience: a trial-related fMRI study. Neuroimage, 21(2), 768–780.
Posner, M. I., Petersen, S. E., Fox, P. T., & Raichle, M. E. (1988). Localization of cognitive operations in the human brain. Science, 240(4859), 1627–1631.
Price, C. J., Veltman, D. J., Ashburner, J., Josephs, O., & Friston, K. J. (1999). The critical relationship between the timing of stimulus presentation and data acquisition in blocked designs with fMRI. Neuroimage, 10(1), 36–44.
Reiman, E. M., Fusselman, M. J., Fox, P. T., & Raichle, M. E. (1989). Neuroanatomical correlates of anticipatory anxiety [published erratum appears in Science 1992 Jun 19;256(5064):1696]. Science, 243(4894 Pt 1), 1071–1074.
Riera, J. J., Watanabe, J., Kazuki, I., Naoki, M., Aubert, E., Ozaki, T., et al. (2004). A state-space model of the hemodynamic approach: nonlinear filtering of BOLD signals. Neuroimage, 21(2), 547–567.
Rissman, J., Gazzaley, A., & D'Esposito, M. (2004). Measuring functional connectivity during distinct stages of a cognitive task. Neuroimage, 23(2), 752–763.
Roebroeck, A., Formisano, E., & Goebel, R. (2005). Mapping directed influence over the brain using Granger causality and fMRI. Neuroimage, 25(1), 230–242.
Rosen, B. R., Buckner, R. L., & Dale, A. M. (1998). Event-related functional MRI: past, present, and future. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 95(3), 773–780.
Sandler, M. P. (2003). Diagnostic nuclear medicine. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott / Williams & Wilkins.
Sarter, M., Berntson, G. G., & Cacioppo, J. T. (1996). Brain imaging and cognitive neuroscience. Toward strong inference in attributing function to structure. Am Psychol, 51(1), 13–21.
Schacter, D. L., Buckner, R. L., Koutstaal, W., Dale, A. M., & Rosen, B. R. (1997). Late onset of anterior prefrontal activity during true and false recognition: an event-related fMRI study. Neuroimage, 6(4), 259–269.
Shulman, R. G., & Rothman, D. L. (1998). Interpreting functional imaging studies in terms of neurotransmitter cycling. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 95(20), 11993–11998.
Shulman, R. G., Rothman, D. L., Behar, K. L., & Hyder, F. (2004). Energetic basis of brain activity: implications for neuroimaging. Trends Neurosci, 27(8), 489–495.
Sibson, N. R., Dhankhar, A., Mason, G. F., Behar, K. L., Rothman, D. L., & Shulman, R. G. (1997). In vivo 13C NMR measurements of cerebral glutamine synthesis as evidence for glutamate-glutamine cycling. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 94(6), 2699–2704.
Silva, A. C., Zhang, W., Williams, D. S., & Koretsky, A. P. (1995). Multi-slice MRI of rat brain perfusion during amphetamine stimulation using arterial spin labeling. Magn Reson Med, 33(2), 209–214.
Skudlarski, P., Constable, R. T., & Gore, J. C. (1999). ROC analysis of statistical methods used in functional MRI: individual subjects. Neuroimage, 9(3), 311–329.
Smith, S. M., Jenkinson, M., Woolrich, M. W., Beckmann, C. F., Behrens, T. E., Johansen-Berg, H., et al. (2004). Advances in functional and structural MR image analysis and implementation as FSL. Neuroimage, 23 Suppl 1, S208–219.
Sternberg, S. (1969). Memory-scanning: mental processes revealed by reaction-time experiments. Am Sci, 57(4), 421–457.
Valenstein, E. (1973). Brain Control. New York: John Wiley & Sons.
Vazquez, A. L., & Noll, D. C. (1998). Nonlinear aspects of the BOLD response in functional MRI. Neuroimage, 7(2), 108–118.
Wager, T. D., Jonides, J., & Reading, S. (2004). Neuroimaging studies of shifting attention: a meta-analysis. Neuroimage, 22(4), 1679–1693.
Wager, T. D., Jonides, J., Smith, E. E., & Nichols, T. E. (2005). Toward a taxonomy of attention shifting: individual differences in fMRI during multiple shift types. Cogn Affect Behav Neurosci, 5(2), 127–143.
Wager, T. D., Keller, M. C., Lacey, S. C., & Jonides, J. (2005). Increased sensitivity in neuroimaging analyses using robust regression. Neuroimage, 26(1), 99–113.
Wager, T. D., & Nichols, T. E. (2003). Optimization of experimental design in fMRI: a general framework using a genetic algorithm. Neuroimage, 18(2), 293–309.
Wager, T. D., Rilling, J. K., Smith, E. E., Sokolik, A., Casey, K. L., Davidson, R. J., et al. (2004). Placebo-induced changes in FMRI in the anticipation and experience of pain. Science, 303(5661), 1162–1167.
Wager, T. D., Sylvester, C. Y., Lacey, S. C., Nee, D. E., Franklin, M., & Jonides, J. (2005). Common and unique components of response inhibition revealed by fMRI. Neuroimage, 27(2), 323–340.
Wager, T. D., Vazquez, A., Hernandez, L., & Noll, D. C. (2005). Accounting for nonlinear BOLD effects in fMRI: parameter estimates and a model for prediction in rapid event-related studies. Neuroimage, 25(1), 206–218.
Wang, J., Aguirre, G. K., Kimberg, D. Y., & Detre, J. A. (2003). Empirical analyses of null-hypothesis perfusion FMRI data at 1.5 and 4 T. Neuroimage, 19(4), 1449–1462.
Williams, D. S., Detre, J. A., Leigh, J. S., & Koretsky, A. P. (1992). Magnetic resonance imaging of perfusion using spin inversion of arterial water. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 89(1), 212–216.
Wilson, J. L., & Jezzard, P. (2003). Utilization of an intra-oral diamagnetic passive shim in functional MRI of the inferior frontal cortex. Magn Reson Med, 50(5), 1089–1094.
Wong, E. C., Buxton, R. B., & Frank, L. R. (1997). Implementation of quantitative perfusion imaging techniques for functional brain mapping using pulsed arterial spin labeling. NMR Biomed, 10(4–5), 237–249.
Wong, E. C., Buxton, R. B., & Frank, L. R. (1998). A theoretical and experimental comparison of continuous and pulsed arterial spin labeling techniques for quantitative perfusion imaging. Magn Reson Med, 40(3), 348–355.
Woolrich, M. W., Behrens, T. E., & Smith, S. M. (2004). Constrained linear basis sets for HRF modelling using Variational Bayes. Neuroimage, 21(4), 1748–1761.
Zarahn, E. (2002). Using larger dimensional signal subspaces to increase sensitivity in fMRI time series analyses. Hum Brain Mapp, 17(1), 13–16.
Zarahn, E., Aguirre, G., & D'Esposito, M. (1997). A trial-based experimental design for fMRI. Neuroimage, 6(2), 122–138.
Zarahn, E., & Slifstein, M. (2001). A reference effect approach for power analysis in fMRI. Neuroimage, 14(3), 768–779.

Reference Title: REFERENCES

Reference Type: reference-list

Ackermann, R. F., Finch, D. M., Babb, T. L., & Engel, J., Jr. (1984). Increased glucose metabolism during long-duration recurrent inhibition of hippocampal pyramidal cells. Journal of Neuroscience, 4, 251–264.
Allen, J. J. B., Coan, J. A., & Nazarian, M. (2004) Issues and assumptions on the road from raw signals to metrics of frontal EEG asymmetry in emotion. Biological Psychology, 67, 183–218.
American Electroencephalographic Society (1991). Guidelines for standard electrode position nomenclature. Journal of Clinical Neurophysiology, 8, 200–202.
Ary, J. P., Klein, S. A., & Fender, D. H. (1981). Location of sources of evoked scalp potentials: corrections for skull and scalp thickness. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 28, 447–452.
Arndt, S., Cizadlo, T., Andreasen, N. C., Heckel, D., Gold, S., O'Leary, D. S. (1996). Tests for comparing images based on randomization and permutation methods. Journal of Cerebral Blood Flow & Metabolism, 16, 1271–1279.
Asada, H., Fukuda, Y., Tsunoda, S., Yamaguchi, M., & Tonoike, M. (1999). Frontal midline theta rhythms reflect alternative activation of prefrontal cortex and anterior cingulate cortex in humans. Neuroscience Letters, 274, 29–32.
Astolfi, L., Cincotti, F., Mattia, D., Babiloni, C., Carducci, F., Basilisco, A. et al. (2005). Assessing cortical functional connectivity by linear inverse estimation and directed transfer function: simulations and application to real data. Clinical Neurophysiology, 116, 920–932.
Babiloni, F., Babiloni, C., Carducci, F., Fattorini, L., Onorati, P., & Urbano, A. (1996). Spline Laplacian estimate of EEG potentials over a realistic magnetic resonance-constructed scalp surface model. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 98, 363–373.
Babiloni, F., Babiloni, C., Carducci, F., Romani, G. L., Rossini, P. M., Angelone, L. M., Cincotti, F. (2004a). Multimodal integration of EEG and MEG data: a simulation study with variable signal-to-noise ratio and number of sensors. Human Brain Mapping, 22, 52–62.
Babiloni, F., Mattia, D., Babiloni, C., Astolfi, L., Salinari, S., Basilisco, A. et al. (2004b). Multimodal integration of EEG, MEG and fMRI data for the solution of the neuroimage puzzle. Magnetic Resonance Imaging, 22, 1471–1476.
Baillet, S., Mosher, J. C., & Leahy, R. M. (2001). Electromagnetic Brain Mapping. IEEE Signal Processing Magazine, 18, 14–30.
Berger, H. (1929). Uber das Elektrenkephalogramm des Menschen. Archiv für Psychiatrie und Nervenkrankheit, 87, 555–574.
Bland, B. H. & Oddie, S. D. (1998). Anatomical, electrophysiological and pharmacological studies of ascending brainstem hippocampal synchronizing pathways. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews, 22, 259–273.
Borst, J. G., Leung, L. W., & MacFabe, D. F. (1987). Electrical activity of the cingulate cortex. II. Cholinergic modulation. Brain Research, 407, 81–93.
Bosch-Bayard, J., Valdes-Sosa, P., Virues-Alba, T., Aubert-Vazquez, E., John, E. R., Harmony, T. et al. (2001). 3D statistical parametric mapping of EEG source spectra by means of variable resolution electromagnetic tomography (VARETA). Clinical Electroencephalography, 32, 47–61.
Bouyer, J. J., Montaron, M. F., Vahnee, J. M., Albert, M. P., & Rougeul, A. (1987). Anatomical localization of cortical beta rhythms in cat. Neuroscience, 22, 863–869.
Bressler, S. L. & Kelso, J. A. (2001). Cortical coordination dynamics and cognition. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 5, 26–36.
Brett, M., Johnsrude, I. S., & Owen, A. M. (2002). The problem of functional localization in the human brain. Nature Review Neuroscience, 3, 243–249.
Buzsaki, G. (1996). The hippocampo-neocortical dialogue. Cerebral Cortex, 6, 81–92.
Buzsaki, G. & Draguhn, A. (2004). Neuronal oscillations in cortical networks. Science, 304, 1926–1929.
Cantero, J. L., Atienza, M., Salas, R. M., & Gomez, C. M. (1999). Brain spatial microstates of human spontaneous alpha activity in relaxed wakefulness, drowsiness period, and REM sleep. Brain Topography, 11, 257–263.
Coan, J. A. & Allen, J. J. B. (2004). Frontal EEG asymmetry as a moderator and mediator of emotion. Biological Psychology, 67, 7–50.
Cooper, N. R., Croft, R. J., Dominey, S. J., Burgess, A. P., & Gruzelier, J. H. (2003). Paradox lost? Exploring the role of alpha oscillations during externally vs. internally directed attention and the implications for idling and inhibition hypotheses. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 47, 65–74.
Coutin-Churchman, P., Anez, Y., Uzcategui, M., Alvarez, L., Vergara, F., Mendez, L. et al. (2003). Quantitative spectral analysis of EEG in psychiatry revisited: drawing signs out of numbers in a clinical setting. Clinical Neurophysiology, 114, 2294–2306.
Croft, R. J., Chandler, J. S., Barry, R. J., Cooper, N. R., & Clarke, A. R. (2005). EOG correction: a comparison of four methods. Psychophysiology, 42, 16–24.
Cuffin, B. N., Schomer, D. L., Ives, J. R., & Blume, H. (2001). Experimental tests of EEG source localization accuracy in spherical head models. Clinical Neurophysiology, 112, 46–51.
Dale, A. M., Liu, A. K., Fischl, B. R., Buckner, R. L., Belliveau, J. W., Lewine, J. D. et al. (2000). Dynamic statistical parametric mapping: combining fMRI and MEG for high-resolution imaging of cortical activity. Neuron, 26, 55–67.
Davidson, R. J., Jackson, D. C., & Larson, C. L. (2000). Human Electroencephalography. In J. T. Cacioppo, L. G. Tassinary, & G. G. Bernston (Eds.), Handbook of Psychophysiology (2nd ed., pp. 27–56). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Dien, J. (1998). Issues in the application of the average reference: Review, critiques, and recommendations. Behavioral Research Methods, Instruments, and Computers, 30, 34–43.
Ding, L., Lai, Y., & He, B. (2005). Low resolution brain electromagnetic tomography in a realistic geometry head model: a simulation study. Physics in Medicine and Biology, 50, 45–56.
Duffy, F. H., Burchfiel, J. L., & Lombroso, C. T. (1979). Brain electrical activity mapping (BEAM): a method for extending the clinical utility of EEG and evoked potential data. Annals of Neurology, 5, 309–321.
Dumermuth, G. & Molinari, L. (1987). Spectral analysis of EEG background activity. In A. S. Gevins & A. Remond (Eds.), Handbook of Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology: Methods of Analysis of Brain Electrical and Magnetic Signals (Revised Series ed., pp. 85–125). Amsterdam: Elsevier.
Engel, A. K., Fries, P., & Singer, W. (2001). Dynamic predictions: oscillations and synchrony in top-down processing. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 2, 704–716.
Evans, A. C., Collins, D. L., Mills, S. R., Brown, E. D., Kelly, R. L., & Peters, T. M. (1993). 3D statistical neuroanatomical models from 305 MRI volumes. Proceedings IEEE Nuclear Science Symposium and Medical Imaging Conference, 95, 1813–1817.
Fell, J., Klaver, P., Elfadil, H., Schaller, C., Elger, C. E., & Fernandez, G. (2003). Rhinal-hippocampal theta coherence during declarative memory formation: Interaction with gamma synchronization? European Journal of Neuroscience, 17, 1082–1088.
Fender, D. H. (1987). Source localization of brain electrical activity. In A. S. Gevins & A. Remond (Eds.), Methods of Analysis of Brain Electrical and Magnetic Signals (pp. 355–403). Amsterdam; New York; Oxford: Elsevier.
Fernandez, T., Harmony, T., Silva-Pereyra, J., Fernandez-Bouzas, A., Gersenowies, J., Galan, L. et al. (2000). Specific EEG frequencies at specific brain areas and performance. Neuroreport, 11, 2663–2668.
Fernandez-Bouzas, A., Harmony, T., Bosch, J., Aubert, E., Fernandez, T., Valdes, P. et al. (1999). Sources of abnormal EEG activity in the presence of brain lesions. Clinical Electroencephalography, 30, 46–52.
Fink, A., Grabner, R. H., Neuper, C., & Neubauer, A. C. (2005). EEG alpha band dissociation with increasing task demands. Cognitive Brain Research, 24, 252–259.
Fisch, B. J. (1999). Fisch & Spehlmann's EEG Primer: Basic Principles of Digital and Analog EEG. (3rd (revised) ed.) Amsterdam: Elsevier.
Fuchs, M., Ford, M. R., Sands, S., & Lew, H. L. (2004). Overview of dipole source localization. Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Clinics of North America., 15, 251–262.
Fuchs, M., Wagner, M., & Kastner, J. (2001). Boundary element method volume conductor models for EEG source reconstruction. Clinical Neurophysiology, 112, 1400–1407.
Fuchs, M., Wagner, M., Kohler, T., & Wischmann, H. A. (1999). Linear and nonlinear current density reconstructions. Journal of Clinical Neurophysiology, 16, 267–295.
Gamma, A., Lehmann, D., Frei, E., Iwata, K., Pascual-Marqui, R. D., & Vollenweider, F. X. (2004). Comparison of simultaneously recorded [H2(15)O]-PET and LORETA during cognitive and pharmacological activation. Human Brain Mapping, 22, 83–96.
Gasser, T. & Molinari, L. (1996). The analysis of the EEG. Statistical Methods in Medical Research, 5, 67–99.
Gevins, A., Le, J., Martin, N. K., Brickett, P., Desmond, J., & Reutter, B. (1994). High resolution EEG: 124-channel recording, spatial deblurring and MRI integration methods. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 90, 337–358.
Gilmore, P. C. & Brenner, R. P. (1981). Correlation of EEG, computerized tomography, and clinical findings. Study of 100 patients with focal delta activity. Archives of Neurology, 38, 371–372.
Gorodnitsky, I. F., George, J. S., & Rao, B. D. (1995). Neuromagnetic source imaging with FOCUSS: a recursive weighted minimum norm algorithm. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 95, 231–251.
Grave de Peralta Menendez R. & Gonzalez Andino, S. L. (2000). Discussing the Capabilities of Laplacian Minimization. Brain Topography, 13, 97–104.
Grave de Peralta, M. R., Gonzalez, A. S., Lantz, G., Michel, C. M., & Landis, T. (2001). Noninvasive localization of electromagnetic epileptic activity. I. Method descriptions and simulations. Brain Topography, 14, 131–137.
Greischar, L. L., Burghy, C. A., van Reekum, C. M., Jackson, D. C., Pizzagalli, D. A., Mueller, C. et al. (2004). Effects of electrode density and electrolyte spreading in dense array electroencephalographic recording. Clinical Neurophysiology, 115, 710–720.
Gross, D. W. & Gotman, J. (1999). Correlation of high-frequency oscillations with the sleep-wake cycle and cognitive activity in humans. Neuroscience, 94, 1005–1018.
Haalman, I. & Vaadia, E. (1997). Dynamics of neuronal interactions: Relation to behavior, firing rates, and distance between neurons. Human Brain Mapping, 5, 249–253.
Hagemann, D., & Naumann, E. (2001). The effects of ocular artifacts on (lateralized) broadband power in the EEG. Clinical Neurophysiology, 112, 215–231.
Hamalainen, M. S. & Ilmoniemi, R. J. (1994). Interpreting magnetic fields of the brain: minimum norm estimates. Medical & Biological Engineering & Computing, 32, 35–42.
Hamalainen, M. S. & Sarvas, J. (1989). Realistic conductivity geometry model of the human head for interpretation of neuromagnetic data. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 36, 165–171.
He, B. (1999). Brain electric source imaging: Scalp Laplacian mapping and cortical imaging. Critical Reviews in Biomedical Engineering, 27, 149–188.
Heinze, H. J., Mangun, G. R., Burchert, W., Hinrichs, H., Scholz, M., Munte, T. F. et al. (1994). Combined spatial and temporal imaging of brain activity during visual selective attention in humans. Nature, 372, 543–546.
Helmholtz, H. L. F. (1853). Ueber einige Gesetze der Vertheilung elektrischer Ströme in körperlichen Leitern mit Anwendung aud die thierisch-elektrischen Versuche. Annalen der Physik und Chemie, 9, 211–233.
Hjorth, B. (1975). An on-line transformation of EEG scalp potentials into orthogonal source derivations. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 39, 526–530.
Holmes, A. P., Blair, R. C., Watson, J. D. G., & Ford, I. (1996). Non-parametric analysis of statistic images from functional mapping experiments. Journal of Cerebral Blood Flow & Metabolism, 16, 7–22.
Huang, C., Wahlund, L., Dierks, T., Julin, P., Winblad, B., & Jelic, V. (2000). Discrimination of Alzheimer's disease and mild cognitive impairment by equivalent EEG sources: a cross-sectional and longitudinal study. Clinical Neurophysiology, 111, 1961–1967.
Hughes, J. R. & John, E. R. (1999). Conventional and quantitative electroencephalography in psychiatry. Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences, 11, 190–208.
Jasper, H. H. (1958). The ten-twenty electrode system of the International Federation. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 10, 371–375.
Jeffs, B., Leahy, R., & Singh, M. (1987). An evaluation of methods for neuromagnetic image reconstruction. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 34, 713–723.
John, E. R., Ahn, H., Prichep, L., Trepetin, M., Brown, D., & Kaye, H. (1980). Developmental equations for the electroencephalogram. Science, 210, 1255–1258.
Kincses, W. E., Braun, C., Kaiser, S., & Elbert, T. (1999). Modeling extended sources of event-related potentials using anatomical and physiological constraints. Human Brain Mapping, 8, 182–193.
Klimesch, W. (1999). EEG alpha and theta oscillations reflect cognitive and memory performance: A review and analysis. Brain Research Reviews, 29, 169–195.
Koenig, T., Prichep, L., Lehmann, D., Sosa, P. V., Braeker, E., Kleinlogel, H. et al. (2002). Millisecond by millisecond, year by year: normative EEG microstates and developmental stages. Neuroimage, 16, 41–48.
Koles, Z. J. (1998). Trends in EEG source localization. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 106, 127–137.
Lancaster, J. L., Rainey, L. H., Summerlin, J. L., Freitas, C. S., Fox, P. T., Evans, A. C., et al. Automated labeling of the human brain: A preliminary report on the development and evaluation of a forward-transformed method. Human Brain Mapping, 5, 238–242.
Lantz, G., Grave de Peralta, R., Spinelli, L., Seeck, M., & Michel, C. M. (2003). Epileptic source localization with high density EEG: how many electrodes are needed? Clinical Neurophysiology, 114, 63–69.
Lantz, G., Michel, C. M., Pascual-Marqui, R. D., Spinelli, L., Seeck, M., Seri, S., et al. (1997). Extracranial localization of intracranial interictal epileptiform activity using LORETA (low resolution electromagnetic tomography). Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 102, 414–422.
Larson, C. L., Davidson, R. J., Abercrombie, H. C., Ward, R. T., Schaefer, S. M., Jackson, D. C., Holden, J. E., & Perlman, S. B. (1998). Relations between PET-derived measures of thalamic glucose metabolism and EEG alpha power. Psychophysiology, 35, 162–169.
Lehmann, D. (1971). Multichannel topography of human alpha EEG fields. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 31, 439–449.
Lehmann, D.(1990). Brain electric microstates and cognition: The atoms of thought. In E. R. John (Ed.), Machinery of the Mind. Boston: Birkhäuser, pp. 209–224.
Lehmann, D.(1987). Principles of spatial analysis. In A. S. Gevins & A. Remond (Eds.), Handbook of Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology: Methods of Analysis of Brain Electrical and Magnetic Signals (Revised Series ed., pp. 309–354). Amsterdam: Elsevier.
Lehmann, D., Faber, P. L., Galderisi, S., Herrmann, W. M., Kinoshita, T., Koukkou, M. et al. (2005). EEG microstate duration and syntax in acute, medication-naive, first-episode schizophrenia: a multi-center study. Psychiatry Research, 138, 141–156.
Lehmann, D., Henggeler, B., Koukkou, M., & Michel, C. M. (1993). Source localization of brain electric field frequency bands during conscious, spontaneous, visual imagery and abstract thought. Brain Research: Cognitive Brain Research, 1, 203–210.
Lehmann, D. & Michel, C. M. (1989). Intracerebral dipole sources of EEG FFT power maps. Brain Topography, 2, 155–164.
Leoncani, L. & Comi, G. (1999). EEG coherence in pathological conditions. Journal of Clinical Neurophysiology, 16, 548–555.
Liu, A. K., Belliveau, J. W., & Dale, A. M. (1998). Spatiotemporal imaging of human brain activity using functional MRI constrained magnetoencephalography data: Monte Carlo simulations. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 95, 8945–8950.
Llinas, R. R. (1988). The intrinsic electrophysiological properties of mammalian neurons: insights into central nervous system function. Science, 242, 1654–1664.
Llinas, R. R., Ribary, U., Jeanmonod, D., Kronberg, E., & Mitra, P. P. (1999). Thalamocortical dysrhythmia: A neurological and neuropsychiatric syndrome characterized by magnetoencephalography. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 96, 15222–15227.
Logothetis, N. K., Pauls, J., Augath, M., Trinath, T., & Oeltermann, A. (2001). Neurophysiological investigation of the basis of the fMRI signal. Nature, 412, 150–157.
Lopes da Silva, F. (2004). Functional localization of brain sources using EEG and/or MEG data: volume conductor and source models. Magnetic Resonance Imaging, 22, 1533–1538.
Luu, P., Tucker, D. M., Derryberry, D., Reed, M., & Poulsen, C. (2003). Electrophysiological responses to errors and feedback in the process of action regulation. Psychological Science, 14, 47–53.
Luu, P., Tucker, D. M., Englander, R., Lockfeld, A., Lutsep, H., & Oken, B. (2001). Localizing acute stroke-related EEG changes: assessing the effects of spatial undersampling. Journal of Clinical Neurophysiology, 18, 302–317.
Makeig, S., Bell, A. J., Jung, T. P., & Sejnowski, T. J. (1996). Independent component analysis of electroencephalographic data. Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems, 8, 145–151.
Mann, E. O. & Paulsen, O. (2005). Mechanisms underlying gamma (‘40 Hz’) network oscillations in the hippocampus – a mini-review. Progress in Biophysics and Molecular Biology, 87, 67–76.
Maurer, K. & Dierks, T. (1991). Atlas of Brain Mapping: Topographic Mapping of EEG and Evoked Potentials. Berlin: Springer-Verlag.
Michel, C. M., Lehmann, D., Henggeler, B., & Brandeis, D. (1992). Localization of the sources of EEG delta, theta, alpha and beta frequency bands using the FFT dipole approximation. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 82, 38–44.
Michel, C. M., Murray, M. M., Lantz, G., Gonzalez, S., Spinelli, L., & Grave, D. P. (2004). EEG source imaging. Clinical Neurophysiology, 115, 2195–2222.
Miller, C. E. & Henriquez, C. S. (1990). Finite element analysis of bioelectric phenomena. Critical Reviews in Biomedical Engineering, 18, 207–233.
Miltner, W. H., Braun, C., Arnold, M., Witte, H., & Taub, E. (1999). Coherence of gamma-band EEG activity as a basis for associative learning. Nature, 397, 434–436.
Moffitt, M. A. & Grill, W. M. (2004). Electrical localization of neural activity in the dorsal horn of the spinal cord: a modeling study. Annals of Biomedical Engineering, 32, 1694–1709.
Mosher, J. C. & Leahy, R. M. (1998). Recursive MUSIC: a framework for EEG and MEG source localization. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 45, 1342–1354.
Mosher, J. C., Lewis, P. S., & Leahy, R. M. (1992). Multiple dipole modeling and localization from spatio-temporal MEG data. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 39, 541–557.
Mulert, C., Gallinat, J., Pascual-Marqui, R., Dorn, H., Frick, K., Schlattmann, P. et al. (2001). Reduced event-related current density in the anterior cingulate cortex in schizophrenia. Neuroimage, 13, 589–600.
Mulert, C., Jager, L., Schmitt, R., Bussfeld, P., Pogarell, O., Moller, H. J. et al. (2004). Integration of fMRI and simultaneous EEG: Towards a comprehensive understanding of localization and time-course of brain activity in target detection. Neuroimage, 22, 83–94.
Murray, M. M., Michel, C. M., Grave, d. P., Ortigue, S., Brunet, D., Gonzalez, A. S. et al. (2004). Rapid discrimination of visual and multisensory memories revealed by electrical neuroimaging. Neuroimage, 21, 125–135.
Murthy, V. N. & Fetz, E. E. (1992). Coherent 25- to 35-Hz oscillations in the sensorimotor cortex of awake behaving monkeys. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 89, 5670–5674.
Niedermeyer, E. (1993). Historical Aspects. In E. Niedermeyer & F. Lopes da Silva (Eds.), Electroencephalography: Basic principles, clinical applications, and related fields (3rd ed., pp. 1–14). Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
Niedermeyer, E. (1993). Sleep and EEG. In E. Niedermeyer & F. Lopes da Silva (Eds.), Electroencephalography: Basic Principles, Clinical Applications, and Related Fields (3rd ed., pp. 153–166). Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
Nunez, P. L. & Pilgreen, K. L. (1991). The spline-Laplacian in clinical neurophysiology: a method to improve EEG spatial resolution. Journal of Clinical Neurophysiology, 8, 397–413.
Nunez, P. L. & Silberstein, R. B. (2000). On the relationship of synaptic activity to macroscopic measurements: does co-registration of EEG with fMRI make sense? Brain Topography, 13, 79–96.
Nunez, P. L., Srinivasan, R., Wijesinghe, R. S., Westdorp, A. F., Tucker, D. M., Silberstein, R. B., & Cadusch, P. J. (1997). EEG coherency. I: Statistics, reference electrode, volume conduction, Laplacians, cortical imaging, and interpretation at multiple scales. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 103, 499–515.
Nuwer, M. R., Lehmann, D., Lopes da Silva, F., Matsuoka, S., Sutherling, W., & Vibert, J. F. (1999). IFCN guidelines for topographic and frequency analysis of EEGs and EPs. The International Federation of Clinical Neurophysiology. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 52 (Supplement), 15–20.
Oakes, T. R., Pizzagalli, D. A., Hendrick, A. M., Horras, K. A., Larson, C. L., Abercrombie, H. C. et al. (2004). Functional coupling of simultaneous electrical and metabolic activity in the human brain. Human Brain Mapping, 21, 257–270.
Onton, J., Delorme, A., & Makeig, S. (2005). Frontal midline EEG dynamics during working memory. NeuroImage, 27, 341–356.
Oostenveld, R. & Praamstra, P. (2001). The five percent electrode system for high-resolution EEG and ERP measurements. Clinical Neurophysiology, 112, 713–719.
Pascual-Marqui, R. D. (1999). Review of methods for solving the EEG inverse problem. International Journal of Bioelectromagnetism, 1, 75–86.
Pascual-Marqui, R. D. (2002). Standardized low-resolution brain electromagnetic tomography (sLORETA): technical details. Methods and Findings in Experimental and Clinical Pharmacology, 24 (Supplement D), 5–12.
Pascual-Marqui, R. D., Esslen, M., Kochi, K., & Lehmann, D. (2002). Functional imaging with low-resolution brain electromagnetic tomography (LORETA): a review. Methods and Findings in Experimental and Clinical Pharmacology, 24 (Supplement C), 91–95.
Pascual-Marqui, R. D., Lehmann, D., Koenig, T., Kochi, K., Merlo, M. C., Hell, D. et al. (1999). Low resolution brain electromagnetic tomography (LORETA) functional imaging in acute, neuroleptic-naive, first-episode, productive schizophrenia. Psychiatry Research: Neuroimaging, 90, 169–179.
Pascual-Marqui, R. D., Michel, C. M., & Lehmann, D. (1994). Low resolution electromagnetic tomography: a new method for localizing electrical activity in the brain. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 18, 49–65.
Perrin, F., Bertrand, O., & Pernier, J. (1987). Scalp current density mapping: value and estimation from potential data. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 34, 283–288.
Perrin, F., Pernier, J., Bertrand, D., & Echallier, J. F. (1989). Spherical splines for scalp potential and current density mapping. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 72, 184–187.
Pfurtscheller, G., Stancak, A., Jr., & Neuper, C. (1996). Event-related synchronization (ERS) in the alpha band – an electrophysiological correlate of cortical idling: A review. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 24, 39–46.
Phillips, C., Rugg, M. D., & Friston, K. J. (2002a). Anatomically informed basis functions for EEG source localization: Combining functional and anatomical constraints. Neuroimage, 16, 678–695.
Phillips, C., Rugg, M. D., & Friston, K. J. (2002b). Systematic regularization of linear inverse solutions of the EEG source localization problem. Neuroimage, 17, 287–301.
Pivik, R. T., Broughton, R. J., Coppola, R., Davidson, R. J., Fox, N., & Nuwer, M. R. (1993). Guidelines for the recording and quantitative analysis of electroencephalographic activity in research contexts. Psychophysiology, 30, 547–558.
Pizzagalli, D. A., Lehmann, D., Hendrick, A. M., Regard, M., Pascual-Marqui, R. D., & Davidson, R. J. (2002). Affective judgments of faces modulate early activity (approximately 160 ms) within the fusiform gyri. Neuroimage, 16, 663–677.
Pizzagalli, D. A., Nitschke, J. B., Oakes, T. R., Hendrick, A. M., Horras, K. A., Larson, C. L. et al. (2002). Brain electrical tomography in depression: The importance of symptom severity, anxiety and melancholic features. Biological Psychiatry, 52, 73–85.
Pizzagalli, D. A., Oakes, T. R., & Davidson, R. J. (2003). Coupling of theta activity and glucose metabolism in the human rostral anterior cingulate cortex: An EEG/PET study of normal and depressed subjects. Psychophysiology, 40, 939–949.
Pizzagalli, D. A., Oakes, T. R., Fox, A. S., Chung, M. K., Larson, C. L., Abercrombie, H. C. et al. (2004). Functional but not structural subgenual prefrontal cortex abnormalities in melancholia. Molecular Psychiatry, 9, 393–405.
Pizzagalli, D. A., Pascual-Marqui, R. D., Nitschke, J. B., Oakes, T. R., Larson, C. L., Abercrombie, H. C. et al. (2001). Anterior cingulate activity as a predictor of degree of treatment response in major depression: Evidence from brain electrical tomography analysis. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 405–415.
Pizzagalli, D. A., Peccoralo, L. A., Davidson, R. J., & Cohen, J. D. (2006). Resting anterior cingulate activity and abnormal responses to errors in subjects with elevated depressive symptoms: A 128-channel EEG study. Human Brain Mapping, 27, 185–201.
Pizzagalli, D. A., Sherwood, R. J., Henriques, J. B., & Davidson, R. J. (2005). Frontal brain asymmetry and reward responsiveness: A Source-localization study. Psychological Science, 16, 805–813.
Reddy, R. V., Moorthy, S. S., Mattice, T., Dierdorf, S. F., & Deitch, R. D., Jr. (1992). An electroencephalographic comparison of effects of propofol and methohexital. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 83, 162–168.
Rodriguez, E., Lachaux, G. N., Martinerie, J., Renault, B., & Varela, F. L. (1999). Perception's shadow: Long distance synchronization of human brain activity. Nature, 397, 430–433.
Russell, G. S., Jeffrey, E. K., Poolman, P., Luu, P., & Tucker, D. M. (2005). Geodesic photogrammetry for localizing sensor positions in dense-array EEG. Clinical Neurophysiology, 116, 1130–1140.
Samar, V. J., Bopardikar, A., Rao, R., & Swartz, K. (1999). Wavelet analysis of neuroelectric waveforms: A conceptual tutorial. Brain and Language, 66, 7–60.
Schack, B., Vath, N., Petsche, H., Geissler, H. G., & Moller, E. (2002). Phase-coupling of theta-gamma EEG rhythms during short-term memory processing. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 44, 143–163.
Schacter, D. L. (1977). EEG theta waves and psychological phenomena: A review and analysis. Biological Psychology, 5, 47–82.
Scherg, M. & Ebersole, J. S. (1994). Brain source imaging of focal and multifocal epileptiform EEG activity. Neurophysiologie clinique, 24, 51–60.
Schnitzler, A. & Gross, J. (2005). Normal and pathological oscillatory communication in the brain. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 6, 285–296.
Seeck, M., Lazeyras, F., Michel, C. M., Blanke, O., Gericke, C. A., Ives, J. et al. (1998). Non-invasive epileptic focus localization using EEG-triggered functional MRI and electromagnetic tomography. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 106, 508–512.
Soufflet, L., Toussaint, M., Luthringer, R., Gresser, J., Minot, R., & Macher, J. P. (1991). A statistical evaluation of the main interpolation methods applied to 3-dimensional EEG mapping. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 79, 393–402.
Speckmann, E., Elger, C. E., & Altrup, U. (1993). Neurophysiologic basis of the EEG. In E. Wyllie (Ed.), The Treatment of Epilepsy: Principles and Practices (pp. 185–201). Philadelphia: Lea & Febiger.
Srinivasan, R., Tucker, D. M., & Murias, M. (1998). Estimating the spatial Nyquist of the human EEG. Behavioral Research Methods, Instruments & Computers, 30, 8–19.
Steriade, M. (1993). Cellular substrates of brain rhythms. In E. Niedermeyer & F. Lopes da Silva (Eds.), Electroencephalography: Basic Principles, Clinical Applications, and Related Fields (3rd ed., pp. 27–62). Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
Strik, W. K., Chiaramonti, R., Muscas, G. C., Paganini, M., Mueller, T. J., Fallgatter, A. J. et al. (1997). Decreased EEG microstate duration and anteriorisation of the brain electrical fields in mild and moderate dementia of the Alzheimer type. Psychiatry Research, 75, 183–191.
Sutton, S. K., & Davidson, R. J. (2000). Resting anterior brain activity predicts the evaluation of. affective stimuli. Neuropsychologia, 38, 1723–1733.
Szelies, B., Mielke, R., Kessler, J., & Heiss, W. D. (1999). EEG power changes are related to regional cerebral glucose metabolism in vascular dementia. Clinical Neurophysiology, 110, 615–620.
Tassinary, L. G., & Cacioppo, J. T. (2000). The skeletomuscular system: Surface electromyography. In J. T. Cacioppo, L. G. Tassinary, & G. G. Berntson (Eds.), Handbook of psychophysiology, 2nd edition (pp. 163–199). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Thakor, N. V. & Tong, S. (2004). Advances in quantitative electroencephalogram analysis methods. Annual Review of Biomedical Engineering, 6, 453–495.
Thatcher, R. W., Krause, P. J., & Hrybyk, M. (1986). Cortico-cortical associations and EEG coherence: A two-compartmental model. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 64, 123–143.
Thut, G., Hauert, C. A., Morand, S., Seeck, M., Landis, T., & Michel, C. (1999). Evidence for interhemispheric motor-level transfer in a simple reaction time task: an EEG study. Experimental Brain Research, 128, 256–261.
Towle, V. L., Bolanos, J., Suarez, D., Tan, K., Grzeszczuk, R., Levin, D. N. et al. (1993). The spatial location of EEG electrodes: locating the best-fitting sphere relative to cortical anatomy. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 86, 1–6.
Towle, V. L., Syed, I., Berger, C., Grzesczcuk, R., Milton, J., Erickson, R. K. et al. (1998). Identification of the sensory/motor area and pathologic regions using ECoG coherence. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 106, 30–39.
Trujillo-Barreto, N. J., Aubert-Vazquez, E., & Valdes-Sosa, P. A. (2004). Bayesian model averaging in EEG/MEG imaging. Neuroimage, 21, 1300–1319.
Tsuno, N., Shigeta, M., Hyoki, K., Kinoshita, T., Ushijima, S., Faber, P. L. et al. (2002). Spatial organization of EEG activity from alertness to sleep stage 2 in old and younger subjects. Journal of Sleep Research, 11, 43–51.
Tuch, D. S., Wedeen, V. J., Dale, A. M., George, J. S., & Belliveau, J. W. (1999). Conductivity mapping of biological tissue using diffusion MRI. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 888, 314–316.
Tucker, D. M. (1993). Spatial sampling of head electrical fields: The geodesic sensor net. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 87, 154–163.
Uchida, S., Nakayama, H., Maehara, T., Hirai, N., Arakaki, H., Nakamura, M. et al. (2000). Suppression of gamma activity in the human medial temporal lobe by sevoflurane anesthesia. Neuroreport, 11, 39–42.
Valdes-Sosa, P., Marti, F., Garcia, F., and Casanova, R. (1996). Variable Resolution Electric-Magnetic Tomography. In C. Wood (Ed.), Proceedings of the Tenth International Conference on Biomagnetism. Santa Fe, New Mexico.
Vertes, R. P. & Kocsis, B. (1997). Brainstem-diencephalo-sep tohippocampal systems controlling the theta rhythm of the hippocampus. Neuroscience, 81, 893–926.
Vinogradova, O. S. (1995). Expression, control, and probable functional significance of the neuronal theta-rhythm. Progress in Neurobiology, 45, 523–583.
Vitacco, D., Brandeis, D., Pascual-Marqui, R., & Martin, E. (2002). Correspondence of event-related potential tomography and functional magnetic resonance imaging during language processing. Human Brain Mapping, 17, 4–12.
von Stein, A. & Sarnthein, J. (2000). Different frequencies for different scales of cortical integration: from local gamma to long range alpha/theta synchronization. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 38, 301–313.
Wagner, M., Fuchs, M., & Kastner, J. (2004). Evaluation of sLORETA in the presence of noise and multiple sources. Brain Topography, 16, 277–280.
Weiss, S. & Mueller, H. M. (2003). The contribution of EEG coherence to the investigation of language. Brain and Language, 85, 325–343.
Worrell, G. A., Lagerlund, T. D., Sharbrough, F. W., Brinkmann, B. H., Busacker, N. E., Cicora, K. M. et al. (2000). Localization of the epileptic focus by low-resolution electromagnetic tomography in patients with a lesion demonstrated by MRI. Brain Topography, 12, 273–282.
Yao, J. & Dewald, J. P. (2005). Evaluation of different cortical source localization methods using simulated and experimental EEG data. Neuroimage, 25, 369–382.

Reference Title: REFERENCES

Reference Type: reference-list

Alho, K., Paavilainen, P., Reinikainen, K., Sams, M., & Näätänen, R. (1986). Separability of different negative components of the event-related potential associated with auditory stimulus processing. Psychophysiology, 23(6), 613–23.
Alho, K., Woods, D. L., Algazi, A., Knight, R. T., & Näätänen, R. (1994). Lesions of frontal cortex diminish the auditory mismatch negativity. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 91(5), 353–62.
Allison, T., Wood, C. C., & McCarthy, G. (1986). The central nervous system. In M. G. H. Coles, S. W. Porges, & E. Donchin (Eds.), Psychophysiology: Systems, processes, and applications (pp. 5–25). New York: Guilford.
Amodio, D. M., Harmon-Jones, E., Devine, P. G., Curtin, J. J., Hartley, S. L., & Covert, A. E. (2004). Neural signals for the detection of unintentional race bias. Psychological Science, 15(2), 88–93.
Baillet, S., & Garnero, L. (1997). A Bayesian approach to introducing anatomo-functional priors in the EEG/MEG inverse problem. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 44(5), 374–85.
Band, G. P. H., & van Boxtel, G. J. M. (1999). Inhibitory motor control in stop paradigms: review and reinterpretation of neural mechanisms. Acta Psychologica, 101, 179–211.
Barrett, S. E., & Rugg, M. D. (1989). Event-related potentials and the semantic matching of faces. Neuropsychologia, 27(7), 913–922.
Bartholow, B. D., & Dickter, C. L. (2007). Social cognitive neuroscience of person perception: A selective review focused on the event-related brain potential. In E. Harmon-Jones & P. Winkielman (Eds.) Social Neuroscience: Integrating biological and psychological explanations of social behavior. New York: Guilford Press.
Bartholow, B. D., Dickter, C. L., & Sestir, M. A. (2006). Stereotype activation and control of race bias: Cognitive control of inhibition and its impairment by alcohol. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 90, 272–287.
Bartholow, B., Fabiani, M., Gratton, G., & Bettencourt, A. (2001). A psychophysiological analysis of the processing time course of social expectancy violations. Psychological Science, 12(3), 197–204.
Bartholow, B. D., Pearson, M., Dickter, C., Sher, K. J., Fabiani, M., & Gratton, G. (2005). Strategic Control and Medial Frontal Negativity in the Event-Related Brain Potential: Beyond Errors and Response Conflict. Psychophysiology, 42.
Bartholow, B. D., Pearson, M., Gratton, G., & Fabiani, M. (2003). Effects of alcohol on person perception: A social cognitive neuroscience approach. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 85(4), 627–638.
Beatty, J., Barth, D. S., Richer, F., & Johnson, R. A. (1986). Neuromagnetometry. In M. G. H. Coles, S. W. Porges, & E. Donchin (Eds.), Psychophysiology: Systems processes, and applications (pp. 26–40). New York: Guilford.
Bentin, S., McCarthy, G., & Wood, C. C. (1985). Event-related potentials associated with semantic priming. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 60, 343–355.
Berger, H. (1929). Uber das Elektrenkephalogramm das menchen. Archiv fur Psychiatrie, 87, 527–570.
Bernstein, P. S., Scheffers, M. K., & Coles, M. G. H. (1995). (Where did I go wrong?≅ A psychophysiological analysis of error detection. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 21, 1312–1322.
Besson, M., Faita, F., & Requin, J. (1994). Brain waves associated with musical incongruities differ for musicians and non-musicians. Neuroscience Letters, 168(1–2), 101–5.
Besson, M., Kutas, M., & Van Petten, C. (1991). ERP signs of semantic congruity and word repetition in sentences. In C. H. M. Brunia, G. Mulder, & M. N. Verbaten (Eds.), Event-related brain research (EEG Suppl. 42) (pp. 259–262). Amsterdam: Elsevier.
Besson, M., & Macar, F. (1987). An event-related potential analysis of incongruity in music and other non-linguistic contexts. Psychophysiology, 24(1), 14–25.
Bledowski, C., Prvulovic, D., Hoechstetter, K., Scherg, M., Wibral, M., Goebel, R., & Linden, D. E. (2004). Localizing P300 generators in visual target and distractor processing: a combined event-related potential and functional magnetic resonance imaging study. Journal of Neuroscience, 24(42), 9353–9360.
Böttcher-Gandor, C., & Ullsperger, P. (1992). Mismatch negativity in event-related potentials to auditory stimuli as a function of varying interstimulus interval. Psychophysiology, 29(5), 546–50.
Botvinick, M. M., Cohen, J. D., & Carter, C. S. (2004). Conflict monitoring and anterior cingulate cortex: an update. Trends in Cognitive Science, 8(12), 539–546.
Broadbent, D. E. (1957). A mathematical model for human attention and immediate memory. Psychological Review, 64, 205–215.
Brumback, C. R., Gratton, G., & Fabiani, M. (in preparation). Individual differences in working memory capacity of older and younger adults.
Brumback, C. R., Low, K. A., Gratton, G., & Fabiani, M. (2004). Sensory brain responses predict individual differences in working memory span and fluid intelligence. NeuroReport, 15(2), 373–376.
Brumback, C. R., Low, K., Gratton, G., & Fabiani, M. (2005). Putting things into perspective: Differences in working memory span and the integration of information. Experimental Psycholog, 52(1), 21–30.
Brunia, C. H. M., Haagh, S. A. V. M., & Scheirs, J. G. M. (1985). Waiting to respond: Electrophysiological measurements in man during preparation for a voluntary movement. In H. Heuer, U. Kleinbeck, & K. H. Schmidt (Eds.), Motor behavior. Programming, control and acquisition (pp. 35–78). Berlin: Springer-Verlag.
Brunia, C. H. M., Mocks, J., Van Den Berg-Lenssen, M. M. C., Coelho, M., Coles, M. G. H., Elbert, T., Gasser, T., Gratton, G., Ifeachor, E. C., Jervis, B. W., Lutzenberger, W., Sroka, L., van Blokland-Vogelesang, A. W., van Driel, G., Woestenburg, J. C., Berg, P., McCallum, W. C., Tuan, P. D., Pocock, P. V., & Roth, W. T. (1989). Correcting ocular artifacts: A comparison of several methods. Journal of Psychophysiology, 3, 1–50.
Buchwald, J., & Squires, N. (1983). Endogenous auditory potentials in the cat: A P300 model. In C. Woody (Ed.), Conditioning (pp. 503–515). New York: Plenum Press.
Budd, T. W., & Michie, P. T. (1994). Facilitation of the N1 peak of the auditory ERP at short stimulus intervals. Neuroreport, 5, 2513–2516.
Cacioppo, J. T., Crites, S. L., Berntson, G. G., & Coles, M. G. (1993). If attitudes affect how stimuli are processed, should they not affect the event-related brain potential? Psychological Science, 4(2), 108–112.
Cacioppo, J. T., Crites, S. L., Jr., Gardner, W. L., & Bernston, G. G. (1994). Bioelectrical echoes from evaluative categorizations: I. A late positive brain potential that varies as a function of trait negativity and extremity. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 67(1), 115–25.
Cacioppo, J. T., Lorig, T. S., Nusbaum, H. C., & Berntson, G. G. (2004) Social Neuroscience: Bridging Social and Biological Systems. In C. Sansone, C. C. Morf, & A. T. Panter (Eds.), The Sage handbook of methods in social psychology (pp. 383–404). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Cacioppo, J. T., Petty, R. E., Losch, M. E., & Crites, S. L. (1994). Psychophysiological approaches to attitudes: Detecting affective dispositions when people won't say, can't say, or don't even know. In S. Shavitt & T. C. Brock (Eds.), Persuasion: Psychological insights and perspectives (pp. 43–69). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Cacioppo, J. T., & Tassinary, L. G. (1990). Inferring psychological significance from physiological signals. American Psychologist, 45(1), 16–28.
Ciganek, L. (1964). Excitability cycle of the visual cortex in man. Annals of the New York Academy of Science, 112, 241–253.
Clark, V. P., & Hillyard, S. A. (1996). Spatial selective attention affects early extrastriate but not striate components of the visual evoked potential. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 8(5), 387–402.
Coles, M. G. H. (1989). Modern mind-brain reading: Psychophysiology, physiology & cognition. Psychophysiology, 26, 251–269.
Coles, M. G. H., De Jong, R., Gehring, W. J., & Gratton, G. (1991). Continuous versus discrete information processing: Evidence from movement-related potentials. In C. H. M. Brunia, G. Mulder, & M. N. Verbaten (Eds.), Event-related brain research (EEG Suppl. 42). Amsterdam: Elsevier Science, pp. 260–269.
Coles, M. G. H., & Gratton, G. (1986). Cognitive psychophysiology and the study of states and processes. In G. R. J. Hockey, A. W. K. Gaillard, & M. G. H. Coles (Eds.), Energetics and human information processing. Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Martinus Nijhof, pp. 409–424.
Coles, M. G. H., Gratton, G., Bashore, T. R., Eriksen, C. W., & Donchin, E. (1985). A psychophysiological investigation of the continuous flow model of human information processing. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 11, 529–553.
Coles, M. G. H., Gratton, G., & Donchin, E. (1988). Detecting early communication: Using measures of movement-related potentials to illuminate human information processing. In B. Renault, M. Kutas, M. G. H. Coles, & A. W. K. Gaillard (Eds.), Event-related potential investigations of cognition. Amsterdam: North-Holland, pp. 69–89.
Coles, M. G. H., Gratton, G., Kramer, A. F., & Miller, G. A. (1986). Principles of signal acquisition and analysis. In M. G. H. Coles, E. Donchin, & S. W. Porges (Eds.), Psychophysiology: Systems, Processes, and Applications (pp. 183–221). New York: Guilford.
Coles, M. G. H., Scheffers, M. K., & Holroyd, C. (1998). Berger's dream? The error-related negativity and modern cognitive psychophysiology. In H. Witte, U. Zwiener, B. Schack, & A. Döring (Eds.), Quantitative and Topological EEG and MEG Analysis, (pp. 96–102). Jena-Erlangen: Druckhaus Mayer Verlag.
Coles, M. G. H., Smid, H. G. O. M., Scheffers, M. K., & Otten, L. J. (1995). Mental chronometry and the study of human information processing. In M. D. Rugg and M. G. H. Coles (Eds.), Electrophysiology of mind: Event-related brain potentials and cognition (pp. 86–131). Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.
Connor, W. H., & Lang, P. J. (1969). Cortical slow-wave and cardiac rate responses in stimulus orientation and reaction time conditions. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 82, 310–320.
Coulson, S., King, J. W., & Kutas, M. (1998). Expect the unexpected: Event-related brain response to morphosyntactic violations. Language & Cognitive Processes, 13(1), 21–58.
Courchesne, E., Hillyard, S. A., & Galambos, R. (1975). Stimulus novelty, task relevance and the visual evoked potential in man. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 39, 131–143.
Cowan, N. (1995). Sensory memory and its role in information processing. In G. Karmos, M. Molnar, V. Csepe, I. Czigler, & J. E. Desmedt (Eds.), Perspectives of event-related potential research (EEG Suppl. 44) (pp. 21–31). Amsterdam: Elsevier.
Cowan, N., Winkler, I., Teder, W., & Näätänen, R. (1993). Memory prerequisites of mismatch negativity in the auditory event-related potential (ERP). Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 19(4), 909–921.
Csepe, V., Karmos, G., & Molnar, M. (1987). Effects of signal probability on sensory evoked potentials in cats. International Journal of Neuroscience, 33, 61–71.
Dale, A. M., & Buckner, R. L. (1997). Selective averaging of rapidly presented individual trials using fMRI. Human Brain Mapping, 5, 329–340.
Damen, E. J. P., & Brunia, C. H. M. (1987). Changes in heart rate and slow brain potentials related to motor preparation and stimulus anticipation in a time estimation task. Psychophysiology, 24, 700–713.
Dawson, G. D. (1947). Cerebral responses to electrical stimulation of the waking human brain. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery, and Psychiatry, 10, 134–140.
De Jong, R., Coles, M. G. H., Gratton, G., & Logan, G. L. (1990). In search of the point of no return: The control of response processes. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 16, 164–182.
De Jong, R., Wierda, M., Mulder, G., & Mulder, L. J. M. (1988). Use of partial stimulus information in response processing. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 14, 682–692.
Deacon D., Dynowska, A., Ritter, W., Grose-Fifer, J. (2004). Repetition and semantic priming of nonwords: implications for theories of N400 and word recognition. Psychophysiology, 41, 60–74.
Deecke, L., Bashore, T., Brunia, C. H. M., Grunewald-Zuberbier, E., Grunewald, G., & Kristeva, R. (1984). Movement-associated potentials and motor control. In Karrer, R., Cohen, J., & Tueting, P. (Eds.), Brain and information: Event-related potentials (pp. 398–428). New York: New York Academy of Science.
Deecke, L., Englitz, H. G., Kornhuber, H. H., & Schmitt, G. (1977). Cerebral potentials preceding voluntary movement in patients with bilateral or unilateral parkinson akinesia. In J. E. Desmedt (Eds.), Attention, voluntary contraction, and event-related cerebral potentials. Progress in Clinical Neurophysiology, vol. 1 (pp. 151–163). Basel: Karger.
Deecke, L., Weinberg, H., & Brickett, P. (1982). Magnetic fields of the human brain accompanying voluntary movements. Bereitschaftsmagnetfeld. Experimental Brain Research, 48, 144–148.
Dehaene, S., Posner, M. I., & Tucker, D. M. (1994). Commentary: Localization of a neural system for error detection and compensation. Psychological Science, 5, 303–305.
Desmedt, J. E. (1980). P300 in serial tasks: An essential post-decision closure mechanism. In H. H. Kornhuber & L. Deecke (Eds.), Motivation, motor, and sensory processes of the brain. Progress in Brain Research, vol. 54 (pp. 682–686). Amsterdam: Elsevier-North Holland.
DeSoto, M. C., Fabiani, M., Geary, D. C., & Gratton, G. (2001). When in doubt, do it both ways: Brain evidence of the simultaneous activation of conflicting responses in a spatial Stroop task. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 13(4), 523–536.
Deutsch, J. A., & Deutsch, D. (1963). Attention: Some theoretical considerations. Psychological Review, 70, 80–90.
Diedrich, O., Naumann, E., Maier, S., & Becker, G. (1997). A frontal positive slow wave in the ERP associated with emotional slides. Journal of Psychophysiology, 11(1) 71–84.
Di Russo, F., Martinez, A., Sereno, M. I., Pitzalis, S., & Hillyard, S. A. (2002). Cortical sources of the early components of the visual evoked potential. Human Brain Mapping, 15, 95–111.
Donchin, E. (1978). Use of scalp distribution as a dependent variable in event-related potential studies: Excerpts of preconference correspondence. In D. Otto (Ed.), Multidisciplinary Perspectives in Event-Related Brain Potentials Research (EPA-600/9-77-043) (pp. 501–510). Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office.
Donchin, E. (1979). Event-related brain potentials: A tool in the study of human information processsing. In H. Begleiter (Ed.), Evoked potentials and behavior (pp. 13–75). New York: Plenum Press.
Donchin, E. (1981). Surprise!… Surprise? Psychophysiology, 18, 493–513.
Donchin, E., & Coles, M. G. H. (1988a). Is the P300 component a manifestation of context updating? Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 11, 354–356.
Donchin, E., & Coles, M. G. H. (1988b). On the conceptual foundations of cognitive psychophysiology: A reply to comments. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 11, 406–417.
Donchin, E., Gratton, G., Dupree, D., & Coles, M. G. H. (1988). After a rash action: Latency and amplitude of the P300 following fast guesses. In G. Galbraith, M. Klietzman, & E. Donchin (Eds.), Neurophysiology and Psychophysiology: Experimental and Clinical Applications (pp. 173–188). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Donchin, E., & Heffley, E. (1978). Multivariate analysis of event-related potential data: A tutorial review. In D. Otto (Eds.), Multidisciplinary perspectives in event-related brain potential research (pp. 555–572). (EPA-600/9-77-043). Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office.
Donchin, E., & Herning, R. I. (1975). A simulation study of the efficacy of Step-Wise Discriminant Analysis in the detection and comparison of event-related potentials. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 38, 51–68.
Donchin, E., Kramer, A. F., & Wickens, C. D. (1986). Applications of event-related brain potentials to problems in engineering psychology. In M. G. H. Coles, E. Donchin, & S. W. Porges (Eds.), Psychophysiology: Systems, processes, and applications (pp. 702–718). New York: Guilford Press.
Donchin, E., Ritter, W., & McCallum C. (1978). Cognitive psychophysiology: The endogenous components of the ERP. In. E. Callaway, P. Tueting, & S. H. Koslow (Eds.), Event-related Brain Potentials in Man (pp. 349–411). New York: Academic Press.
Duncan-Johnson, C. C., & Donchin, E. (1977). On quantifying surprise: The variation of event-related potentials with subjective probability. Psychophysiology, 14, 456–467.
Duncan-Johnson, C. C., & Donchin, E. (1979). The time constant in P300 recording. Psychophysiology, 16, 53–55.
Eason, R. G., Aiken, L. R., Jr., White, C. T., & Lichtenstein, M. (1964). Activation and behavior: II. Visually evoked cortical potentials in man as indicants of activation level. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 19, 875–895.
Eriksen, B. A., & Eriksen, C. W. (1974). Effects of noise letters upon the identification of target letter in a non-search task. Perception and Psychophysics, 16, 143–149.
Fabiani, M., & Donchin, E. (1995). Encoding processes and memory organization: A model of the von Restorff effect. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory and Cognition, 21(1), 224–240.
Fabiani, M., & Friedman, D. (1995). Changes in brain activity patterns in aging: The novelty oddball. Psychophysiology, 32, 579–594.
Fabiani, M., Friedman, D., & Cheng, J. C. (1998). Individual differences in P3 scalp distribution in old subjects, and their relationship to frontal lobe function. Psychophysiology, 35, 698–708.
Fabiani, M., Friedman, D., Cheng, J. C., Wee, E., & Trott, C. (1999, abstract). Use it or lose it: effects of aging and education on brain activity in the performance of recency and recognition memory tasks. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience Supplement, 83B, 18.
Fabiani, M., Ho, J., Stinard, A., & Gratton, G. (2003). Multiple visual memory phenomena in a memory search task. Psychophysiology, 40, 472–485.
Fabiani, M., Gratton, G., Chiarenza, G. A., & Donchin, E. (1990). A psychophysiological investigation of the von Restorff paradigm in children. Journal of Psychophysiology, 4, 15–24.
Fabiani, M., Gratton, G., Karis, D., & Donchin, E. (1987). The definition, identification, and reliability of measurement of the P300 component of the event-related brain potential. In P. K. Ackles, J. R. Jennings, & M. G. H. Coles (Eds.), Advances in Psychophysiology (Vol. 1, 1–78). Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, Inc.
Fabiani, M., Karis, D., & Donchin, E. (1986). P300 and recall in an incidental memory paradigm. Psychophysiology, 23, 298–308.
Fabiani, M., Karis, D., & Donchin, E. (1990). Effects of mnemonic strategy manipulation in a Von Restorff paradigm. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 75(2), 22–35.
Fabiani, M., Low, K. A., Wee, E., Sable, J. J., & Gratton, G. (2006). Reduced suppression or labile memory? Mechanisms of inefficient filtering of irrelevant information in older adults. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 18(4), 637–650.
Fabiani, M., Stadler, M. A., & Wessels, P. M. (2000). True memories but not false ones produce a sensory signature in human lateralized brain potentials. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 12(6), 941–949.
Falkenstein, M., Hohnsbein, J., Hoormann, J., & Blanke, L. (1990). Effects of errors in choice reaction tasks on the ERP under focused and divided attention. In C. H. M. Brunia, A. W. K. Gaillard, & A. Kok (Eds.), Psychophysiological brain research (pp. 192–195). Tilburg, The Netherlands: Tilburg University Press.
Falkenstein, M., Hohnsbein, J., & Hoormann, J. (1995). Event-related potential correlates of errors in reaction tasks. In G. Karmos, M. Molnar, V. Csepe, I. Czigler, & J. E. Desmedt (Eds.), Perspectives of event-related potentials research (EEG Journal Supplement 44) (pp. 280–286). Amsterdam: Elsevier.
Farwell, L. A., & Donchin, E. (1991). The truth will out: Interrogative polygraphy (“lie detection”) with event-related brain potentials. Psychophysiology, 28(5), 531–547.
Federmeier, K. D., & Kutas, M. (1999). A rose by any other name: Long-term memory structure and sentence processing. Journal of Memory & Language, 41(4), 469–495.
Fischler, I., Bloom, P. A., Childers, D. G., Roucos, S. E., & Perry, N. W., Jr. (1983). Brain potentials related to stages of sentence verification. Psychophysiology, 20, 400–409.
Fischler, I., Childers, D. G., Achariyapaopan, T., & Perry, N. W., Jr. (1985). Brain potentials during sentence verification: Automatic aspects of comprehension. Biological Psychology, 21, 83–105.
Ford, J. M., Pfefferbaum, A., Tinklenberg, J. R., & Kopell, B. S. (1982). Effects of perceptual and cognitive difficulty on P3 and RT in young and old adults. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 54(3), 311–21.
Friedman, D. (1990). ERPs during continuous recognition memory for words. Biological Psychology, 30, 61–87.
Friedman, D., & Simpson, G. V. (1994). ERP amplitude and scalp distribution to target and novel events: effects of temporal order in young, middle-aged and older adults. Brain Research. Cognitive Brain Research, 2(1), 49–63.
Friedman, D., Simpson, G., & Hamberger, M. (1993). Age-related changes in scalp topography to novel and target stimuli. Psychophysiology, 30, 383–396.
Gaillard, A. (1978). Slow brain potentials preceding task performance. Doctoral Dissertation. Soesterberg, The Netherlands: Institute for Perception (TNO).
Ganis, G., Kutas, M., & Sereno, M. I. (1996). The search for ‘common sense’: An electrophysiological study of the comprehension of words and pictures in reading. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 8, 89–106.
Gehring, W. J., Coles, M. G. H., Donchin, E., & Meyer, D. E. (1995). A brain potential manifestation of error-related processing. In G. Karmos, M. Molnar, V. Csepe, I. Czigler, & J. E. Desmedt (Eds.), Perspectives of event-related potentials research (EEG Journal Supplement 44) (pp. 287–296). Amsterdam: Elsevier.
Gehring, W. J., Gratton, G., Coles, M. G., & Donchin, E. (1992). Probability effects on stimulus evaluation and response processes. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception & Performance, 18(1), 198–216.
Gehring, W. J., Goss, B., Coles, M. G. H., Meyer, D. E., and Donchin, E. (1993). A neural system for error-detection and compensation. Psychological Science, 4, 385–390.
Glaser, E. M., & Ruchkin, D. S. (1976). Principles of neurobiological signal analysis. New York: Academic Press.
Golob, E. J., Miranda, G. G., Johnson, J. K., & Starr, A. (2001). Sensory cortical interactions in aging, mild cognitive impairment, and Alzheimer's disease. Neurobiology of Aging, 22, 755–763.
Gonsalves, B., & Paller, K. A. (2000). Brain potentials associated with recollective processing of spoken words. Memory & Cognition, 28(3), 321–330.
Gonsalves, B., & Paller, K. A. (2002). Mistaken memories: Remembering events that never happened. The Neuroscientist, 8, 391–395.
Gratton, G. (1997). Attention and probability effects in the human occipital cortex: an optical imaging study. NeuroReport, 8, 1749–1753.
Gratton, G. (this volume). Biosignal processing. In J. Cacioppo, L. Tassinary, & G. Berntson (Eds.), Handbook of Psychophysiology. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Gratton, G. (1998). Dealing with artifacts: The EOG contamination of event-related brain potential. Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers, 30, 44–53.
Gratton, G., Bosco, C. M., Kramer, A. F., Coles, M. G., Wickens, C. D., & Donchin, E. (1990). Event-related brain potentials as indices of information extraction and response priming. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 75(5), 419–32.
Gratton, G., Coles, M. G., & Donchin, E. (1989). A procedure for using multi-electrode information in the analysis of components of the event-related potential: vector filter. Psychophysiology, 26(2), 222–32.
Gratton, G., Coles, M. G., & Donchin, E. (1992). Optimizing the use of information: Strategic control of activation of responses. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 121(4), 480–506.
Gratton, G., Coles, M. G. H., Sirevaag, E. J., Eriksen, C. W., & Donchin, E. (1988). Pre- and post-stimulus activation of response channels: A psychophysiological analysis. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 14, 331–344.
Gratton, G., Corballis, P. M., & Jain, S. (1997). Hemispheric organization of visual memories. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 9(1), 92–104.
Gratton, G., Fabiani, M., Goodman-Wood, M. R., & DeSoto, M. C. (1998). Memory-driven processing in human medial occipital cortex: An event-related optical signal (EROS) study. Psychophysiology, 35, 348–351.
Gratton, G., Goodman-Wood, M. R., & Fabiani, M. (2001). Comparison of neuronal and hemodynamic measures of the brain response to visual stimulation: an optical imaging study. Human Brain Mapping, 13(1), 13–25.
Gratton, G., Kramer, A. F., Coles, M. G., & Donchin, E. (1989). Simulation studies of latency measures of components of the event-related brain potential. Psychophysiology, 26(2), 233–248.
Greenblatt, R. E., Nichols, J. D., Voreades, D., & Gao, L. (1997). Multimodal, integrated, PC-based functional imaging software. NeuroImage, 5, S631 (Abstract).
Hackley, S. A. (1993). An evaluation of the automaticity of sensory processing using event-related potentials and brain-stem reflexes. Psychophysiology, 30(5), 415–28.
Halgren, E., Squires, N. K., Wilson, C. L., Rohrbaugh, J. W., Babb, T. L., & Randall, P. H. (1980). Endogenous potentials generated in the human hippocampal formation and amygdala by infrequent events. Science, 210, 803–805.
Hamberger, M., & Friedman, D. (1992). Event-related potential correlates of repetition priming and stimulus classification in young, middle-aged and older adults. Journal of Gerontology: Psychological Sciences, 47(6), 395–405.
Hanes, D. P., & Schall, J. D. (1996). Neural control of voluntary movement initiation. Science, 274(5286), 427–30.
Hansen, J. C., & Hillyard, S. A. (1980). Endogenous brain potentials associated with selective auditory attention. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 49, 277–290.
Hansen, J. C., & Hillyard, S. A. (1984). Effects of stimulation rate and attribute cuing on event-related potentials during selective auditory attention. Psychophysiology, 21, 394–405.
Hari, R., Levanen, S., & Raij, T. (2000). Timing of human cortical functions during cognition: role of MEG. Trends in Cognitive Science, 4(12), 455–462.
Heil, M., Hennighausen, E., & Ozcan, M. (1999). Central response selection is present during memory scanning, but hand-specific response preparation is absent. Psychological Research, 62(4), 289–299.
Heinze, H. J., Mangun, G. R., Burchert, W., Hinrichs, H., Scholz, M., Munte, T. F., Gos, A., Scherg, M., Johannes, S., Hundeshagen, H., & et al. (1994). Combined spatial and temporal imaging of brain activity during visual selective attention in humans. Nature, 372(6506), 543–6.
Hernandez-Peon, R., Scherrer, H., Jouvet, M. (1956). Modification of electrical activity in cochlear nucleus during “attention” in unanesthetized cats. Science, 123, 331–332.
Hillyard, S. A., Hink, R. F., Schwent, V. L., & Picton, T. W. (1973). Electrical signs of selective attention in the human brain. Science, 182, 177–180.
Hillyard, S. A., Picton, T. W., & Regan, D. (1978). Sensation, perception, and attention: Analysis using ERPs. In E. Callaway, P. Tueting, & S. H. Koslow (Eds.), Event-related brain potentials in man (pp. 223–321). New York: Academic Press.
Holcomb, P. J. (1988). Automatic and attentional processing: An event-related brain potential analysis of semantic priming. Brain & Language, 35(1), 66–85.
Holroyd, C. B., & Coles, M. G. (2002). The neural basis of human error processing: reinforcement learning, dopamine, and the error-related negativity. Psychological Review, 109(4), 679–709.
Holroyd, C. B., Dien, J., & Coles, M. G. H. (1998). Error-related scalp potentials elicited by hand and foot movements: Evidence for an output-independent error-processing system in humans. Neuroscience Letters, 242, 65–68.
Horst, R. L., & Donchin, E. (1980). Beyond averaging II: Single trial classification of exogenous event-related potentials using Step-Wise Discriminant Analysis. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiolgy, 48, 113–126.
Huettel, S. A., & McCarthy, G. (2004). What is odd in the oddball task? Prefrontal cortex is activated by dynamic changes in response strategy. Neuropsychologia, 42(3), 379–386.
Huettel, S. A., McKeown, M. J., Song, A. W., Hart, S., Spencer, D. D., Allison, T., & McCarthy, G. (2004). Linking Hemodynamic and Electrophysiological Measures of Brain Activity: Evidence from Functional MRI and Intracranial Field Potentials. Cerebral Cortex, 14, 165–173.
Ito, T. A., Thompson, E., & Cacioppo, J. T. (2004). Tracking the timecourse of social perception: the effects of racial cues on event-related brain potentials. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 30(10), 1267–1280.
Jasper, H. H. (1958). The ten-twenty electrode system of the International Federation. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 10, 371–375.
Javitt, D. C., Schroeder, C. E., Steinschneider, M., Arezzo, J. C., & Vaughan, H. G., Jr. (1992). Demonstration of mismatch negativity in the monkey. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 83(1), 87–90.
Javitt, D. C., Steinschneider, M., Schroeder, C. E., Vaughan, H. G., & Arezzo, J. C. (1994). Detection of stimulus deviance within primate primary auditory cortex: Intracortical mechanisms of mismatch negativity (MMN) generation. Brain Research, 667(2), 192–200.
Johnson, M. M., & Rosenfeld, J. P. (1992). Oddball-evoked P300-based method of deception detection in the laboratory. II: Utilization of non-selective activation of relevant knowledge. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 12(3), 289–306.
Johnson, R., Jr. (1988). Scalp-recorded P300 activity in patients following unilateral temporal lobectomy. Brain, 111(Pt 6), 1517–29.
Johnson, R., Jr. (1989). Auditory and visual P300s in temporal lobectomy patients: evidence for modality-dependent generators. Psychophysiology, 26(6), 633–50.
Johnson, R., Jr. (1993). On the neural generators of the P300 component of the event-related potential. Psychophysiology, 30(1), 90–7.
Johnson, R., Jr., & Donchin, E. (1978). On how P300 amplitude varies with the utility of the eliciting stimuli. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 44, 424–437.
Johnson, R., Jr., Pfefferbaum, A., & Kopell, B. S. (1985). P300 and long-term memory: Latency predicts recognition time. Psychophysiology, 22, 498–507.
Johnston, W. A., & Dark, V. J. (1986). Selective attention. Annual Review of Psychology, 37, 43–75.
Junghoefer, M., Bradley, M. M., Elbert, T. R., and Lang, P. J. (2001). Fleeting images: A new look at early emotion discrimination. Psychophysiology, 38, 175–178.
Kahneman, D. (1973). Attention and effort. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Karis, D., Druckman, D., Lissak, R., & Donchin, E. (1984). A psychophysiological analysis of bargaining: ERPs and facial expressions. In R. Karrer, J. Cohen, & P. Tueting (Eds.), Brain and information: Event-related potentials (pp. 230–235). New York: New York Academy of Sciences.
Karis, D., Fabiani, M., & Donchin, E. (1984). P300 and memory: Individual differences in the von Restorff effect. Cognitive Psychology, 16, 177–216.
Karrer, R., & Ivins, J. (1976). Steady potentials accompanying perception and response in mentally retarded and normal children. In R. Karrer (Ed.), Developmental psychophysiology of mental retardation (pp. 361–417). Springfield, IL: Thomas.
Kestenbaum, R., & Nelson, C. A. (1992) Neural and behavioral correlates of emotion recognition in children and adults. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 54(1) 1–18.
Kiehl, K. A., Stevens, M. C., Laurens, K. R., Pearlson, G., Calhoun, V. D., & Liddle, P. F. (2005). An adaptive reflexive processing model of neurocognitive function: supporting evidence from a large scale (n = 100) fMRI study of an auditory oddball task. Neuroimage, 25(3), 899–915.
King, J. W., & Kutas, M. (1995). Who did what and when? Using word- and clause-level erps to monitor working memory usage in reading. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 7(3), 376–395.
Kirino, E., Belger, A., Goldman-Rakic, P., & McCarthy, G. (2000) Prefrontal activation evoked by infrequent target and novel stimuli in a visual target detection task: an event-related functional magnetic resonance imaging study. Journal of Neuroscience, 20(17), 6612–6618.
Klein, M., Coles, M. G. H., & Donchin, E. (1984). People with Absolute Pitch Process Tones without Producing a P300. Science, 223(4642), 1306–1309.
Kluender, R., & Kutas, M. (1993). Bridging the gap: Evidence from erps on the processing of unbounded dependencies. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 5(2), 196–214.
Knight, R. T. (1984). Decreased response to novel stimuli after prefrontal lesions in man. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 59, 9–20.
Knight, R. T. (1987). Aging decreases auditory event-related potentials to unexpected stimuli in humans. Neurobiology of Aging, 8, 109–113.
Knight, R. T. (1997). Distributed cortical network for visual attention. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 9(1), 75–91.
Knight, R. T., & Grabowecky, M. (1995). Escape from linear time: Prefrontal cortex and conscious experience. In Gazzaniga, M. (Ed.). The cognitive neurosciences. Cambridge: MIT Press, 1357–1371.
Knight, R. T., Hillyard, S. A., Woods, D. L., & Neville, H. J. (1981). The effects of frontal cortex lesions on event-related potentials during auditory selective attention. Electroencephalography and clinical Neurophysiology, 52, 571–582.
Knight, R. R., Scabini, D., Woods, D. L., & Clayworth, C. C. (1989). Contributions of temporal-parietal junction to the human auditory P3. Brain Research, 502, 109–116.
Kornhuber, H. H., & Deecke, L. (1965). Hirnpotentialanderungen bei Wilkurbewegungen und passiven Bewegungen des Menschen: Bereitschaftpotential und reafferente Potentiale. Pflugers Archives fur die gesammte Physiologie, 248, 1–17.
Kounios, J., & Holcomb, P. J. (1992). Structure and process in semantic memory: evidence from event-related brain potentials and reaction times. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 121(4), 459–79.
Kutas, M. (1997). Views on how the electrical activity that the brain generates reflects the functions of different language structures. Psychophysiology, 34(4), 383–398.
Kutas, M., & Donchin, E. (1977). The effect of handedness, of responding hand, and of response force on the contralateral dominance of the readiness potential. In J. Desmedt (Ed), Attention, voluntary contraction and event-related cerebral potentials. Progress in clinical. neurophysiology, (Vol. 1). Basel: Karger, pp. 189–210.
Kutas, M., & Donchin, E. (1980). Preparation to respond as manifested by movement-related brain potentials. Brain Research, 202, 95–115.
Kutas, M., & Federmeier, K. D. (1998). Minding the body. Psychophysiology, 35, 135–150.
Kutas, M., & Federmeier, K. D. (2001). Electrophysiology reveals semantic memory use in language comprehension. Trends in Cognitive Science, 4(12), 463–470.
Kutas, M., & Hillyard, S. A. (1980a). Reading senseless sentences: Brain potentials reflect semantic incongruity. Science, 207, 203–205.
Kutas, M., & Hillyard, S. A. (1980b). Event-related brain potentials to semantically inappropriate and surprisingly large words. Biological Psychology, 11, 99–116.
Kutas, M., & Hillyard, S. A. (1982). The lateral distribution of event-related potentials during sentence processing. Neuropsychologia, 20, 579–590.
Kutas, M., & Hillyard, S. A. (1983). Event-related brain potentials to grammatical errors and semantic anomalies. Memory and Cognition, 11, 539–550.
Kutas, M., & Hillyard, S. A. (1984). Brain potentials during reading reflect word expectancy and semantic association. Nature, 307, 161–163.
Kutas, M., Hillyard, S. A., & Gazzaniga, M. S. (1988). Processing of semantic anomaly by right and left hemispheres of commissurotomy patients. Evidence from event-related brain potentials. Brain, 111(Pt 3), 553–76.
Kutas, M., Lindamood, T. E., & Hillyard, S. A. (1984). Word expectancy and event-related brain potentials during sentence processing. In S. Kornblum, & J. Requin (Eds.), Preparatory states and processes (pp. 217–237). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Kutas, M., McCarthy, G., & Donchin, E. (1977). Augmenting mental chronometry: The P300 as a measure of stimulus evaluation time. Science, 197, 792–795.
Kutas, M., & Van Petten, C. (1988). Event-related brain potential studies of language. In P. K. Ackles, J. R. Jennings, & M. G. H. Coles (Eds.), Advances in Psychophysiology (Vol. 3, pp. 139–187). Greenwich, CT: JAI Press Inc.
Kutas, M., Van Petten, C., & Besson, M. (1988). Event-related potential asymmetries during the reading of sentences. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 69(3), 218–233.
Laurens, K. R., Kiehl, K. A., & Liddle, P. F. (2005). A supramodal limbic-paralimbic-neocortical network supports goal-directed stimulus processing. Human Brain Mapping, 24(1), 35–49.
Liu, A. K., Dale, A. M., & Belliveau, J. W. (2002). Monte Carlo simulation studies of EEG and MEG localization accuracy. Human Brain Mapping, 16(1), 47–62.
Logothetis, N. K., Pauls, J., Augath, M., Trinath, T., & Oeltermann, A. (2001). Neurophysiological investigation of the basis of the fMRI signal. Nature, 412, 150–157.
Low, K. A., Miller, J., & Vierck, E. (2002). Response slowing in Parkinson's disease: a psychophysiological analysis of premotor and motor processes. Brain, 125(Pt 9), 1980–94.
Lorente de Nò, R. (1947). Action potential of the motoneurons of the hypoglossus nucleus. Journal of Cellular and Comparative Physiology, 29, 207–287.
Loveless, N. E., & Sanford, A. J. (1974). Slow potential correlates of preparatory set. Biological Psychology, 1, 303–314.
Lukas, J. H. (1980). Human auditory attention: the olivocochlear bundle may function as a peripheral filter. Psychophysiology, 17(5), 444–52.
Lukas, J. H. (1981). The role of efferent inhibition in human auditory attention: an examination of the auditory brainstem potentials. International Journal of Neuroscience, 12(2), 137–145.
Luu, P., Collins, P., & Tucker, D. M. (2000). Mood, personality, and self-monitoring: negative affect and emotionality in relation to frontal lobe mechanisms of error monitoring. Journal of Exerimental Psychology General, 129(1), 43–60.
Magliero, A., Bashore, T. R., Coles, M. G. H., & Donchin, E. (1984). On the dependence of P300 latency on stimulus evaluation processes. Psychophysiology, 21, 171–186.
Makeig, S., Jung, T. P., Bell, A. J., Ghahremani, D., & Sejnowski, T. J. (1997). Blind separation of auditory event-related brain responses into independent components. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, USA, 94(20), 10979–10984.
Mangun, G. R., Hillyard, S. A., & Luck, S. J. (1993). Electrocortical substrates of visual selective attention. In D. Mayer & S. Kornblum (Eds.), Attention and Performance (pp. 219–243). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Martinez, A., Anllo-Vento, L., Sereno, M. I., Frank, L. R., Buxton, R. B., Dubowitz, D. J., Wong, E. C., Hinrichs, H., Heinze, H. J., & Hillyard, S. A. (1999). Involvement of striate and extrastriate visual cortical areas in spatial attention. Nature Neuroscience, 2, 364–369.
Martinez, A., DiRusso, F., Anllo-Vento, L., Sereno, M. I., Buxton, R. B., & Hillyard, S. A. (2001). Putting spatial attention on the map: timing and localization of stimulus selection processes in striate and extrastriate visual areas. Vision Research, 41, 1437–1457.
McCallum, W. C., Curry, S. H., Cooper, R., Pocock, P. V., & Papakostopoulos, D. (1983). Brain event-related potentials as indicators of early selective processes in auditory target localization. Psychophysiology, 20, 1–17.
McCallum, W. C., Farmer, S. F., & Pocock, P. V. (1984). The effects of physical and semantic incongruities on auditory event-related potentials. Psychophysiology, 24, 449–463.
McCarthy, G., & Donchin, E. (1981). A metric for thought: A comparison of P300 latency and reaction time. Science, 211, 77–80.
McCarthy, G., Luby, M., Gore, J., & Goldman-Rakic, P. (1997). Infrequent events transiently activate human prefrontal and parietal cortex as measured by functional MRI. Journal of Neurophysiology, 77(3), 1630–4.
McCarthy, G., Nobre, A. C., Bentin, S., & Spencer, D. D. (1995). Language-related field potentials in the anterior-medial temporal lobe: I. Intracranial distribution and neural generators. Journal of Neuroscience, 15(2), 1080–9.
Mecklinger, A., & Muller, N. (1996). Dissociations in the processing of “what” and “where” information in working memory: An event-related potential analysis. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 8(5), 453–473.
Michie, P. T., Bearpark, H. M., Crawford, J. M., & Glue, L. C. T. (1987). The effects of spatial selective attention on the somatosensory event-related potential. Psychophysiolgy, 24, 449–463.
Miller, G. A. (1996). How we think about cognition, emotion, and biology in psychopathology. Psychophysiology, 33(6), 615–628.
Miller, J. (1988). Discrete and continuous models of human information processing: Theoretical distinctions and empirical results. Acta Psychologica, 67, 191–257.
Miller, J. O., & Hackley, S. A. (1992). Electrophysiological evidence for temporal overlap among contingent mental processes. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 121, 195–209.
Miltner, W. H. R., Braun, C. H., & Coles, M. G. H. (1997). Event-related brain potentials following incorrect feedback in a time-production task: Evidence for a “generic” neural system for error-detection. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 9, 787–797.
Näätänen, R. (1982). Processing negativity: An evoked potential reflection of selective attention. Psychological Bulletin, 92, 605–640.
Näätänen, R. (1992). Attention and brain function. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Näätänen, R., & Alho, K. (1995). Mismatch negativity – a unique measure of sensory processing in audition. International Journal of Neuroscience, 80(1–4), 317–337.
Näätänen, R., Gaillard, A. W., & Mantysalo, S. (1978). Early selective-attention effect on evoked potential reinterpreted. Acta Psychologica, 42(4), 313–29.
Näätänen, R., & Picton, T. (1987). The N1 wave of the human electric and magnetic response to sound: A review and an analysis of the component structure. Psychophysiology, 24, 375–425.
Nessler, D., & Mecklinger, A. (2003). ERP correlates of true and false recognition after different retention delays: stimulus- and response-related processes. Psychophysiology, 40(1), 146–159.
Naumann, E., Bartussek, D., Diedrich, O., & Laufer, M. E. (1992). Assessing cognitive and affective information processing functions of the brain by means of the late positive complex of the event-related potential. Journal of Psychophysiology, 6(4), 285–298.
Naumann, E., Maier, S., Diedrich, O., Becker, G., et al. (1997). Structural, semantic, and emotion-focused processing of neutral and negative nouns: Event-related potential correlates. Journal of Psychophysiology, 11(2), 158–172.
Neville, H. J. (1985). Biological constraints on semantic processing: A comparison of spoken and signed languages. Psychophysiology, 22, 576. (Abstract).
Neville, H. J., Kutas, M., Chesney, G., & Schmidt, A. L. (1986). Event-related brain potentials during initial encoding and recognition memory of congruous and incongruous words. Journal of Memory and Language, 25, 75–92.
Neville, H. J., Nicol, J. L., Barss, A., Forster, K. I., & Garrett, M. F. (1991). Syntactically based sentence processing classes: Evidence from event-related brain potentials. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 3(2), 151–165.
Nieuwenhuis, S., Aston-Jones, G., & Cohen, J. D. (2005). Decision Making, the P3, and the Locus Coeruleus-Norepinephrine System. Psychological Bulletin, 131(4), 510–532.
Nobre, A. C., Allison, T., & McCarthy, G. (1994). Word recognition in the human inferior temporal lobe. Nature, 372(6503), 260–3.
Norman, D. A., & Bobrow, D. G. (1975). On data-limited and resource-limited processes. Cognitive Psychology, 7, 44–64.
Nunez, P. L. (1981). Electric fields of the brain: The neurophysics of EEG. London: Oxford University Press.
Nuwer, M. R. (1987). Recording electrode site nomenclature. Journal of Clinical Neurophysiology, 4(2), 121–33.
Okada, Y. C., Kaufman, L., & Williamson, S. J. (1983). The hippocampal formation as a source of the slow endogenous potentials. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 55, 416–426.
Okada, Y. C., Williamson, S. J., & Kaufman, L. (1982). Magnetic fields of the human sensory-motor cortex. International Journal of Neurophysiology, 17, 33–38.
Opitz, B., Mecklinger, A., Von Cramon, D. Y., & Kruggel, F. (1999). Combining electrophysiological and hemodynamic measures of the auditory oddball. Psychophysiology, 36(1), 142–147.
Osman, A., Bashore, T. R., Coles, M. G. H., Donchin, E., & Meyer, D. E. (1992). On the transmission of partial information: Inferences from movement related brain potentials. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 18, 217–232.
Osterhout, L., & Holcomb, P. J. (1992). Event-related brain potentials elicited by syntactic anomaly. Journal of Memory & Language, 31(6), 785–806.
Osterhout, L. (1997). On the brain response to syntactic anomalies: manipulations of word position and word class reveal individual differences. Brain and Language, 59, 494–522.
Paller, K. A. (1990). Recall and stem-completion priming have different electrophysiological correlates and are differentially modified by directed forgetting. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 16(6), 1021–1032.
Paller, K. A., Kutas, M., & Mayes, A. R. (1987). Neural correlates of encoding in an incidental learning paradigm. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 67(4), 360–371.
Paller, K. A., Kutas, M., Shimamura, A. P., & Squire, L. R. (1987). Brain responses to concrete and abstract words reflect processes that correlate with later performance on a test of stem-completion priming. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology – Supplement, 40, 360–5.
Paller, K. A., McCarthy, G., & Wood, C. C. (1988). ERPs predictive of subsequent recall and recognition performance. Biological Psychology, 26, 269–276.
Paller, K. A., Zola-Morgan, S., Squire, L. R., & Hillyard, S. A. (1988). P3-like brain waves in normal monkeys and in monkeys with medial temporal lesions. Behavioral Neuroscience, 102(5), 714–725.
Parasuraman, R., Greenwood, P. M., & Sunderland, T. (2002). The apolipoprotein E gene, attention, and brain function. Neuropsychology, 16(2), 254–274.
Pascual-Marqui, R. D., Michel, C. M., & Lehmann, D. (1994). Low resolution electromagnetic tomography: a new method for localizing electrical activity in the brain. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 18(1), 49–65.
Pazo-Alvarez P., Cadaveira, F., & Amenedo, E. (2003). MMN in the visual modality: a review. Biological Psychology, 63(3), 199–236.
Perrin, F., Pernier, J., Bertrand, O., Giard, M. H., & Echallier J. F. (1987). Mapping of scalp potentials by surface spline interpolation. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 66(1), 75–81.
Polich, J., & Margala, C. (1997). P300 and probability: comparison of oddball and single-stimulus paradigms. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 25(2), 169–176.
Pritchard, W. S., (1981). Psychophysiology of P300. Psychological Bulletin, 89, 506–540.
Puce A, Allison T, McCarthy G. (1999). Electrophysiological studies of human face perception. III: Effects of top-down processing on face-specific potentials. Cereb Cortex. Jul–Aug; 9(5): 445–458.
Pulvermuller, F., & Shtyrov, Y. (2003). Automatic processing of grammar in the human brain as revealed by the mismatch negativity. Neuroimage, 20(1), 159–172.
Pulvermuller, F., Shtyrov, Y., Kujala, T., & Näätänen, R. (2004). Word-specific cortical activity as revealed by the mismatch negativity. Psychophysiology, 41(1), 106–112.
Pynte, J., Besson, M., Robichon, F. H., & Poli, J. (1996). The time-course of metaphor comprehension: an event-related potential study. Brain & Language, 55(3), 293–316.
Ragot, R. (1984). Perceptual and motor space representation: An event-related potential study. Psychophysiology, 21, 159–170.
Regan, D. (1972). Evoked potentials in Psychology, Sensory Physiology, and Clinical Medicine. New York: Wiley.
Renault, B. (1983). The visual emitted potentials: Clues for information processing. In A. W. K. Gaillard & W. Ritter (Eds.), Tutorials in event related potential research: Endogenous components (pp. 159–176). Amsterdam: North-Holland Publishing Company.
Rinne, T., Gratton, G., Fabiani, M., Cowan, N., Maclin, E., Stinard, A., Sinkkonen, J., Alho, K., & Näätänen, R. (1999). Scalp-recorded optical signals make sound processing from the auditory cortex visible. NeuroImage, 10, 620–624.
Ritter, W., Deacon, D., Gomes, H., Javitt, D. C., & Vaughan, H. G., Jr. (1995). The mismatch negativity of event-related potentials as a probe of transient auditory memory: a review. Ear & Hearing, 16(1), 52–67.
Ritter, W., Simson, R., Vaughan, H. G., Jr., & Macht, M. (1982). Manipulation of event-related potential manifestations of information processing stages. Science, 218, 909–911.
Roediger, H. L., & McDermott, K. B. (2000). Distortions of memory. In E. Tulving & F. I. M. Craik (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of memory (pp. 149–164). London: Oxford University Press.
Rohrbaugh, J. W., & Gaillard, A. W. K. (1983). Sensory and motor aspects of the contingent negative variation. In A. W. K. Gaillard & W. Ritter (Eds.), Tutorials in event-related potential research: Endogeneous components (pp. 269–310). Amsterdam: North-Holland.
Rohrbaugh, J. W., Syndulko, K., & Lindsley, D. B. (1976). Brain components of the contingent negative variation in humans. Science, 191, 1055–1057.
Romani, G. L., Williamson, S. J., & Kaufman, L. (1982). Tonotopic organization of the human auditory cortex. Science, 216(4552), 1339–40.
Romani, G. L., Williamson, S. J., Kaufman, L., & Brenner, D. (1982). Characterization of the human auditory cortex by the neuromagnetic method. Experimental Brain Research, 47(3), 381–93.
Rösler, F. (1983). Endogenous ERPs and cognition: Probes, prospects, and pitfalls in matching pieces of the mind-body problem. In A. W. K. Gaillard & W. Ritter (Eds.), Tutorials in event-related potential research: Endogenous components (pp. 9–35). Amsterdam: Elsevier.
Rugg, M. D. (1985). The effects of semantic priming and word repetition on event-related potentials. Psychophysiology, 22, 642–647.
Rugg, M. D. (1990). Event-related brain potentials dissociate repetition effects of high- and low-frequency words. Memory & Cognition, 18(4), 367–379.
Rugg, M. D.(1995). ERP studies of memory. In M. D. Rugg & M. G. H. Coles (Eds.), Electrophysiology of mind: Event-related brain potentials and cognition (Vol. 25, pp. 133–170). Oxford, England: Oxford University Press.
Rugg, M. D., Soardi, M., & Doyle, M. C. (1995). Modulation of event-related potentials by the repetition of drawings of novel objects. Brain Research. Cognitive Brain Research, 3(1), 17–24.
Sable, J. J., Low, K. A., Maclin, E. L., Fabiani, M., & Gratton, G. (2004). Latent inhibition mediates N1 attenuation to repeating sounds. Psychophysiology, 41, 636–642.
Samar, V. J., Bopardikar, A., Rao, R., & Swartz, K. (1999). Wavelet analysis of neuroelectric waveforms: a conceptual tutorial. Brain and Language, 66(1), 7–60.
Sanders, A. F. (1990). Issues and trends in the debate on discrete vs. continuous processing of information. Acta Psychologica, 74, 123–167.
Sanquist, T. F., Rohrbaugh, J. W., Syndulko, K., & Lindsley, D. B. (1980). Electrocortical signs of levels of processing: Perceptual analysis and recognition memory. Psychophysiology, 17, 568–576.
Sarter, M., Berntson, G. G., & Cacioppo, J. T. (1996). Brain imaging and cognitive neuroscience: Toward strong inference in attributing function to structure. American Psychologist, 51(1), 13–21.
Scheffers, M. K., Coles, M. G. H., Bernstein, P., Gehring, W. J., & Donchin, E. (1996). Event-related brain potentials and error-related processing: An analysis of incorrect response to Go and No-go stimuli. Psychophysiology, 33, 42–53.
Scherg, M., & Von Cramon, D. (1986). Evoked dipole source potentials of the human auditory cortex. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 65(5), 344–60.
Scherg, M., Vajsar, J., & Picton, T. W. (1989). A source analysis of the late human auditory evoked potentials. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 1(4), 336–355.
Schupp, H. T., Cuthbert, B. N., Bradley, M. M., Cacioppo, J. T., Ito, T., and Lang, P. J. (2000). Affective picture processing: The late positive potential is modulated by motivational relevance. Psychophysiology, 37, 257–261.
Sirevaag, E. J., Kramer, A. F., Coles, M. G., & Donchin, E. (1989). Resource reciprocity: an event-related brain potentials analysis. Acta Psychologica, 70(1), 77–97.
Shin, E., Fabiani, M., & Gratton, G. (2004). Evidence of partial response activation in a memory-search task. Cognitive Brain Research, 20, 281–293.
Shin, E., Fabiani, M., & Gratton, G. (2006). Multiple levels of letter representation in visual working memory. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 18(5), 844–858.
Sitnikova, T., Kuperberg, G., & Holcomb, P. J. (2003). Semantic integration in videos of real-world events: An electrophysiological investigation. Psycho physiology, 40, 160–164.
Smid, H. G. O. M., Lamain, W., Hogeboom, M. M., Mulder, G., & Mulder, L. J. M. (1991). Psychophysiological evidence for continuous information transmission between visual search and response processes. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 17, 696–714.
Smid, H. G. O. M., Mulder, G., & Mulder, L. J. M. (1990). Selective response activation can begin before stimulus recognition is complete: A psychophysiological and error analysis of continuous flow. Acta Psychologica, 74, 169–201.
Smith, M. E. (1993). Neurophysiological manifestations of recollective experience during recognition memory judgments. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 5(1), 1–13.
Smulders, F. T. Y., Kenemans, J. L., & Kok, A. (1996). Effects of task variables on measures of the mean onset latency of LRP depend on scoring method. Psychophysiology, 33, 194–205.
Spencer, K. M., Dien, J., & Donchin, E. (2001). Spatiotemporal analysis of the late ERP responses to deviant stimuli, Psychophysiology, 38(2), 343–358.
Spencer, K. M., Dien, J., & Donchin, E. (1999). A componential analysis of the ERP elicited by novel events using a dense electrode array, Psychophysiology, 36(3), 409–414.
Spencer, K. M., Vila, E., & Donchin, E. (1994). ERPs and performance measures reveal individual differences in a recollection/familiarity task. Psychophysiology, 31, S93 [Abstract].
Squires, K. C., & Donchin, E. (1976). Beyond averaging: The use of discriminant functions to recognize event-related potentials elicited by single auditory stimuli. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 41, 449–459.
Squires, K. C., Squires, N. K., & Hillyard, S. A. (1975). Decision-related cortical potentials during an auditory signal detection task with cued intervals. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 1, 268–279.
Squires, K. C., Wickens, C., Squires, N. K., & Donchin, E. (1976). The effect of stimulus sequence on the waveform of the cortical event-related potential. Science, 193, 1142–1146.
Srinivasan, R., Nunez, P. L., Tucker, D. M., Silberstein, R. B., & Cadusch, P. J. (1996). Spatial sampling and filtering of EEG with spline laplacians to estimate cortical potentials. Brain Topography, 8(4), 355–66.
Starr, A., & Farley, G. R. (1983). Middle and long latency auditory evoked potentials in cat. II Component distribution and dependence on stimulus factors. Hearing Research, 10, 139–152.
Stormark, K. M., Nordby, H., & Hugdahl, K. (1995). Attentional shifts to emotionally charged cues: Behavioural and ERP data. Cognition & Emotion, 9(5), 507–523.
Sussman, E., Ritter, W., & Vaughan, H. G., Jr. (1999). An investigation of the auditory streaming effect using event-related brain potentials. Psychophysiology, 36, 22–34.
Sutton, S., Braren, M., Zubin, J., & John, E. R. (1965). Evoked potential correlates of stimulus uncertainty. Science, 150, 1187–1188.
Sutton, S., & Ruchkin, D. S. (1984). The late positive complex. Advances and new problems. In R. Karrer, J. Cohen, and P. Tueting (Eds.), Brain and Information: Event-Related Potentials. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, Vol. 425 (pp. 1–23).
Sutton, S., Tueting, P., Zubin, J., & John, E. R. (1967). Information delivery and the sensory evoked potentials. Science, 155, 1436–1439.
Tervaniemi, M., Lehtokoski, A., Sinkkonen, J., Virtanen, J., Ilmoniemi, R. J., & Näätänen, R. (1999). Test-retest reliability of mismatch negativity for duration, frequency and intensity changes. Clinical Neurophysiology, 110, 1388–1393.
Toga, A. W., & Mazziotta, J. C. (Eds.). (1996). Brain mapping. The methods. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Towle, V. L., Heuer, D., & Donchin, E. (1980). On indexing attention and learning with event-related potentials. Psychophysiology, 17, 291. (Abstract)
Treisman, A., & Gelade, G. (1980). A feature integration theory of attention. Cognitive Psychology, 12, 97–136.
Trott, C. T., Friedman, D., Ritter, W., & Fabiani, M. (1997). Item and source memory: Differential age effects revealed by event-related potentials. NeuroReport, 8, 3373–3378.
Trott, C. T., Friedman, D., Ritter, W., Fabiani, M., & Snodgrass, J. G. (1999). Episodic priming and memory for temporal source: Event-related potentials reveal age-related differences in prefrontal functioning. Psychology and Aging, 14, 390–413.
Tucker, D. M. (1993). Spatial sampling of head electrical fields: the geodesic sensor net. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 87(3), 154–63.
Tulving, E. (1985). Memory and consciousness. Canadian Psychology, 26, 1–12.
van Boxtel, G. J., & Brunia, C. H. (1994). Motor and non-motor components of the Contingent Negative Variation. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 17(3), 269–79.
Vanderploeg, R. D., Brown, W. S., & Marsh, J. T. (1987). Judgments of emotion in words and faces: ERP correlates. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 5(3), 193–205.
Van Petten, C. (1995). Words and sentences: event-related brain potential measures. Psychophysiology, 32(6), 511–25.
Van Petten, C., & Kutas, M. (1987). Ambiguous words in context: An event-related analysis of the time course of meaning activation. Journal of Memory and Language, 26, 188–208.
Van Petten, C., & Kutas, M. (1990). Interactions between sentence context and word frequency in event-related brain potentials. Memory & Cognition, 18(4), 380–93.
Van Petten, C.,& Kutas, M. (1991). Influences of semantic and syntactic context on open- and closed-class words. Memory & Cognition, 19(1), 95–112.
Van Petten, C., Kutas, M., Kluender, R., Mitchiner, M., & McIsaac, H. (1991). Fractionating the word repetition effect with event-related potentials. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 3(2), 131–150.
Van Petten, C., & Senkfor, A. J. (1996). Memory for words and novel visual patterns: repetition, recognition, and encoding effects in the event-related brain potential. Psychophysiology, 33(5), 491–506.
van Turennout, M., Hagoort, P., & Brown, C. M. (1997). Electrophysiological evidence on the time course of semantic and phonological processes in speech production. JEP:LMC, 23(4), 787–806.
Vaz Pato, M., & Jones, S. J. (1999). Cortical processing of complex tone stimuli: Mismatch negativity at the end of a period of rapid pitch modulation. Cognitive Brain Research, 7, 295–306.
Vaughan, H. G., Costa, L. D., & Ritter, W. (1972). Topography of the human motor potential. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 25, 1–10.
Verleger, R. (1988). Event-related potentials and memory: A critique of the context updating hypothesis and an alternative interpretation of P3. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 11, 343–356.
Verleger, R. (1997). On the utility of P3 latency as an index of mental chronometry. Psychophysiology, 34(2), 131–156.
Von Restorff, H. (1933). Uber die Wirkung von Bereichsbildungen im Spurenfeld. Psychologische Forschung, 18, 299–342.
Wallace, W. P. (1965). Review of the historical, empirical, and theoretical status of the von Restorff phenomenon. Psychological Bulletin, 63, 410–424.
Walter, W. G., Cooper, R., Aldridge, V. J., McCallum, W. C., & Winter, A. L. (1964). Contingent negative variation: An electrical sign of sensorimotor association and expectancy in the human brain. Nature, 203, 380–384.
West, W. C., & Holcomb, P. J. (2002). Event-related potentials during discourse-level semantic integration of complex pictures. Cognitive Brain Research, 13(3), 363–375.
Wijers, A. A., Mulder, G., Okita, T., & Mulder, L. J. (1989). Event-related potentials during memory search and selective attention to letter size and conjunctions of letter size and color. Psychophysiology, 26(5), 529–47.
Woldorff, M. G., Gallen, C. C., Hampson, S. A., Hillyard, S. A., Pantev, C., Sobel, D., & Bloom, F. E. (1993). Modulation of early sensory processing in human auditory cortex during auditory selective attention. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 90(18), 8722–6.
Wood, C. C., & McCarthy, G. (1984). Principal component analysis of event-related potentials: simulation studies demonstrate misallocation of variance across components. Electroencephalography and clinical Neurophysiology, 59, 298–308.
Wood, C. C., McCarthy, G., Squires, N. K., Vaughan, H. G., Woods, D. L., & McCallum, W. C. (1984). Anatomical and physiological substrates of event-related potentials. In R. Karrer, J. Cohen, & P. Tueting (Eds.), Brain and Information: Event-related Potentials (pp. 681–721). New York: New York Academy of Sciences.
Woods, D. L. (1995). The component structure of the N1 wave of the human auditory evoked potential. In G. Karmos, M. Molnár, V. Csépe, I. Czigler, & J. E. Desmedt (Eds.), Perspectives of event-related potentials research (EEG Suppl. 44) (pp. 102–109). Amsterdam: Elsevier.
Woody, C. D. (1967). Characterization of an adaptive filter for the analysis of variable latency neuroelectrical signals. Medical and Biological Engineering, 5, 539–553.
Yabe, H., Tervaniemi, M., Sinkkonen, J., Huotilainen, M., Ilmoniemi, R. J., & Näätänen, R. (1998). Temporal window of integration of auditory information in the human brain. Psychophysiology, 35, 615–619.
Yamaguchi, S., & Knight, R. T. (1991). P300 generation by novel somatosensory stimuli. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 78, 50–55.
Yamaguchi, S., & Knight, R. T. (1991). Effects of temporal-parietal lesions on the somatosensory P3 to lower limb stimulation. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 84(2), 139–148.

Reference Title: REFERENCES

Reference Type: reference-list

Abdeen, M. A., and Stuchly, M. A. (1994). Modeling of magnetic field stimulation of bent neurons. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 41(11), 1092–1095.
Aleman, A., Schutter, D. L. J. G., Ramsey, N. F., van Honk, J., Kessels, R. P. C., Hoogduin, J. H., Postma, A., Kahn, R. S., and De Haan, E. H. F. (2002). Functional neuroanatomy of top-down visuospatial processing in the human brain: evidence from rTMS. Cognitive Brain Research, 14(1), 300–302.
Amassian, V. E., Cracco, R. Q. P. J. M., Cracco, J. B., Rudell, A., and Eberle, L. (1989). Suppression of visual perception by magnetic coil-stimulation of human occipital cortex. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 74(1), 458–462.
Amassian, V. E., Eberle, L., Maccabee, P. J., and Cracco, J. B. (1992). Modelling magnetic coil excitation with a peripheral nerve immersed in a brain-shaped volume conductor: the significance of fiber bending in excitation. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 85(5), 291–301.
Amassian, V. E., Maccabee, P. J., Cracco, R. Q., Cracco, J. B., Rudell, A. P., and Eberle, L. (1993). Measurement of information processing delays in human visual cortex with repetitive magnetic coil stimulation. Brain Research, 605(2), 317–321.
Antal, A., Kincses, T. Z., Nitsche, M. A., Bartfai, O., Demmer, I., and Sommer, M. (2002). Pulse configuration-dependent effects of repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation on visual perception. NeuroReport, 13(1), 2229–2233.
Arai, N., Okabe, S., Furubayashi, T., Terao, Y., Yuasa, K., and Ugawa, Y. (2004). Comparison between short train, monophasic and biphasic repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS) of the human motor cortex. Clinical Neurophysiology, 116(3), 605–613.
Awiszus, F. (2003). TMS and threshold hunting. Supplements to EEG Clinical Neurophysiology, 56(1), 13–23.
Barker, A. T. (2002). The history and basic principles of magnetic nerve stimulation. In A. Pascual-Leone, N. J. Davey, J. Rothwell, E. M. Wassermann, and B. K. Puri (Eds.), Handbook of Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation (Vol. 1). New York: Arnold Publishers.
Barker, A. T., Garnham, C. W., and Freeston, I. L. (1991). Magnetic nerve stimulation: the effect of waveform on efficiency, determination of neural membrane time constants and the measurement of stimulator output. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology Supplement, 43, 227–237.
Barker, A. T., Jalinous, R., and Freeston, I. L. (1985). Non-invasive magnetic stimulation of human motor cortex. Lancet, 1(8437), 1106–1107.
Baxter, L. R., Jr., Schwartz, J. M., Phelps, M. E., Mazziotta, J. C., Guze, B. H., Selin, C. E., Gerner, R. H., and Sumida, R. M. (1989). Reduction of prefrontal cortex glucose metabolism common to three types of depression. Arch Gen Psychiatry, 46(3), 243–250.
Beckers, G., and Zeki, S. (1995). The consequences of inactivating areas V1 and V5 on visual motion perception. Brain, 118(Pt 1), 49–60.
Ben-Shachar, D., Belmaker, R. H., Grisaru, N., and Klein, E. (1997). Transcranial magnetic stimulation induces alterations in brain monoamines. J Neural Transm, 104(2–3), 191–197.
Ben-Shachar, D., Gazawi, H., Riboyad-Levin, J., and Klein, E. (1999). Chronic repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation alters beta-adrenergic and 5-HT2 receptor characteristics in rat brain. Brain Res, 816(1), 78–83.
Berardelli, A., Inghilleri, M., Rothwell, J. C., Romeo, S., Curra, A., Gilio, F., Modugno, N., and Manfredi, M. (1998). Facilitation of muscle evoked responses after repetitive cortical stimulation in man. Experimental Brain Research, 122(1), 79–84.
Bestmann, S., Thilo, K. V., Sauner, D., Siebner, H. R., and Rothwell, J. C. (2002). Parietal magnetic stimulation delays visuomotor mental rotation at increased processing demands. Neuroimage, 17(3), 1512–1520.
Bohning, D. E., Pecheny, A. P., Epstein, C. M., Speer, A. M., Vincent, D. J., Dannels, W., and George, M. S. (1997). Mapping transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) fields in vivo with MRI. Neuroreport, 8(11), 2535–2538.
Bohning, D. E., Shastri, A., Nahas, Z., Lorberbaum, J. P., Andersen, S. W., Dannels, W. R., Haxthausen, E. U., Vincent, D. J., and George, M. S. (1998). Echopolar BOLD fMRI of brain activation induced by concurrent transcranial magnetic stimulation. Investigative Radiology, 33(6), 336–340.
Bonnard, M., Camus, M., de Graaf, J., and Pailhous, J. (2003). Direct evidence for a binding between cognitive and motor functions in humans: a TMS study. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 15(1), 1207–1216.
Boroojerdi, B., Phipps, M., Kopylev, L., Wharton, C. M., Cohen, L. G., and Grafman, J. (2001). Enhancing analogic reasoning with rTMS over the left prefrontal cortex. Neurology, 56(4), 526–528.
Branston, N. M., and Tofts, P. S. (1991). Analysis of the distribution of currents induced by a changing magnetic field in a volume conductor. Physics in Medicine and Biology, 36, 161–168.
Brasil-Neto, J. P., Cohen, L. G., Panissa, M., Nilsson, J., Roth, B. J., and Hallett, M. (1992a). Optimal focal transcranial magnetic activation of the human motor cortex: Effects of coil orientation, shape of the induced current pulse, and stimulus intensity. Journal of Clinical Neurophysiology, 9(1), 132–136.
Brasil-Neto, J. P., McShane, L. M., Fuhr, P., Hallett, M., and Cohen, L. G. (1992b). Topographic mapping of the human cortex with magnetic stimulation: factors affecting accuracy and reproducibility. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 85(1), 9–16.
Brighina, F., Ricci, R., and Piazza, A. (2003). Illusory contours and specific regions of human extrastriate cortex: evidence from rTMS. European Journal of Neuroscience, 17(1), 2469–2480.
Chen, R., Classen, J., Gerloff, C., Celnik, P., Wassermann, E. M., Hallett, M., and Cohen, L. G. (1997a). Depression of motor cortex excitability by low-frequency transcranial magnetic stimulation. Neurology, 48(5), 1398–1403.
Chen, R., Gerloff, C., Classen, J., Wassermann, E. M., Hallett, M., and Cohen, L. G. (1997b). Safety of different inter-train intervals for repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation and recommendations for safe ranges of stimulation parameters. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 105(6), 415–421.
Conforto, A. B., Z'Graggen, W. J., Kohl, A. S., Rosler, K. M., and Kaelin-Lang, A. (2004). Impact of coil position and electrophysiological monitoring on determination of motor thresholds to transcranial magnetic stimulation. Clinical Neurophysiology, 115(1), 812–819.
Corthout, E., Uttl, B., Ziemann, U., Cowey, A., and Hallett, M. (1999). Two periods of processing in the (circum)striate visual cortex as revealed by transcranial magnetic stimulation. Neuropsychologia, 37(2), 137–145.
Counter, S. A., Borg, E., Lofqvist, L., and Brismar, T. (1990). Hearing loss from the acoustic artifact of the coil used in extracranial magnetic stimulation. Neurology, 40, 1159–1162.
Davey, K., and Epstein, C. M. (2000). Magnetic stimulation coil and circuit design. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 47(11), 1493–1499.
Davidson, R. J., and Hugdahl, K. (Eds.). (1995). Brain Assymmetry. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.
Denslow, S., Bohning, D. E., Bohning, P. A., Lomarev, M. P., and George, M. S. (2005). An increased precision comparison of TMS-induced motor cortex BOLD fMRI response image-guided versus function-guided coil placement. Cognitive Behavioral Neurology, 18(2), 119–126.
Di Lazzaro, V., Oliviero, A., Pilato, F., Saturno, E., Dileone, M., Mazzone, P., Insola, A., Tonali, P. A., and Rothwell, J. C. (2004). The physiological basis of transcranial motor cortex stimulation in conscious humans. Clinical Neurophysiology, 115(2), 255–266.
Drevets, W. C., Bogers, W., and Raichle, M. E. (2002). Functional anatomical correlates of antidepressant drug treatment assessed using PET measures of regional glucose metabolism. European Neuropsychopharmacology, 12(6), 527–544.
Epstein, C. M., and Davey, K. R. (2002). Iron-core coils for transcranial magnetic stimulation. Journal of Clinical Neurophysiology, 19(4), 376–381.
Epstein, C. M., Schwartsberg, D. G., Davey, K. R., and Sudderth, D. B. (1990). Localizing the site of magnetic brain stimulation in humans. Neurology, 40, 666–670.
Esser, S. K., Hill, S. L., and Tononi, G. (2005). Modeling the effects of transcranial magnetic stimulation on cortical units. Journal of Neurophysiology, 94(1), 622–639.
Evers, S., Bockermann, I., and Nyhuis, P. W. (2001). The impact of transcranial magnetic stimulation on cognitive processing: an event-related potential study. Neuroreport, 12(13), 2915–2918.
Fitzgerald, P. (2004). Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation and electroconvulsive therapy: complementary or competitive therapeutic options in depression? Australas Psychiatry, 12(3), 234–238.
Fitzgerald, P. B., Brown, T. L., Marston, N. A., Daskalakis, Z. J., De Castella, A., and Kulkarni, J. (2003). Transcranial magnetic stimulation in the treatment of depression: a double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Arch Gen Psychiatry, 60(10), 1002–1008.
Fox, P., Ingham, R., George, M. S., Mayberg, H., Ingham, J., Roby, J., Martin, C., and Jerabek, P. (1997). Imaging human intra-cerebral connectivity by PET during TMS. NeuroReport, 8(12), 2787–2791.
Fridlund, A. J., and Cacioppo, J. T. (1986). Guidelines for human electromyographic research. Psychophysiology, 23(5), 567–589.
Geddes, L. A. (1991). History of magnetic stimulation of the nervous system. Journal of Clinical Neurophysiology, 8(1), 3–9.
Grafman, J. (2000). TMS as a primary brain mapping tool. In M. S. George and R. H. Belmaker (Eds.), Transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) in neuropsychiatry (Vol. 1, pp. 115–140). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press, Inc.
Grosbras, M. H., and Paus, T. (2003). Transcranial magnetic stimulation of the human frontal eye field facilitates visual awareness. European Journal of Neuroscience, 18(11), 3121–3126.
Gur, E., Lerer, B., van de Kar, L. D., and Newman, M. E. (2004). Chronic rTMS induces subsensitivity of post-synaptic 5-HT1A receptors in rat hypothalamus. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol, 7(3), 335–340.
Hadland, K. A., Rushworth, M. F., Passingham, R. E., Jahanshahi, M., and Rothwell, J. C. (2001). Interference with performance of a response selection task that has no working memory component: an rTMS comparison of the dorsolateral prefrontal and medial frontal cortex. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 13(1), 1097–1108.
Harris, I. M., and Miniussi, C. (2003). Parietal lobe contribution to mental rotation demonstrated with rTMS. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 15(3), 315–323.
Hayward, G., Goodwin, G. M., and Harmer, C. J. (2004). The role of the anterior cingulate cortex in the counting Stroop task. Experimental Brain Research, 154(3), 355–358.
Heller, L., and van Hulsteyn, D. B. (1992). Brain stimulation using electromagnetic sources: theoretical aspects. Biophysical Journal, 63(1), 129–138.
Herwig, U., Abler, B., Schonfeldt-Lecuona, C., Wunderlich, A., Grothe, J., Spitzer, M., and Walter, H. (2003). Verbal storage in a premotor-parietal network: evidence from fMRI-guided magnetic stimulation. Neuroimage, 20(2), 1032–1041.
Homan, R. W., Herman, J., and Purdy, P. (1987). Cerebral location of international 10–20 system electrode placement. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 66(4), 367–382.
Huang, Y. Z., Edwards, M. J., Rounis, E., Bhalia, K. P., and Rothwell, J. C. (2005). Theta burst stimulation of the human motor cortex. Neuron, 45, 201–206.
Ilmoniemi, R. J., Virtanen, J., Ruohonen, J., Karhu, J., Aronen, H. J., Naatanen, R., and Katila, T. (1997). Neuronal responses to magnetic stimulation reveal cortical reactivity and connectivity. Neuroreport, 8(16), 3537–3540.
Iriki, A., Pavlides, C., Keller, A., and Asanuma, H. (1989). Long-term potentiation in the motor cortex. Science, 245(4924), 1385–1387.
Jalinous, R. (2002). Principles of magnetic stimulator design. In A. Pascual-Leone, N. J. Davey, J. Rothwell, E. M. Wassermann and B. K. Puri (Eds.), Handbook of Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation (Vol. 1). New York: Arnold Publishers.
Juan, C. H., and Walsh, V. (2003). Feedback to V1: a reverse hierarchy in vision. Experimental Brain Research, 150(2).
Kahkonen, S., Wilenius, J., Komssi, S., and Ilmoniemi, R. J. (2004). Distinct differences in cortical reactivity of motor and prefrontal cortices to magnetic stimulation. Clinical Neurophysiology, 115(3), 583–588.
Kamitani, Y., and Schimojo, S. (1999). Manifestation of scotomas created by transcranial magnetic stimulation of human visual cortex. Nature Neuroscience, 2(1), 767–771.
Kammer, T., Beck, S., Thielscher, A., Laubis-Herrmann, U., and Topka, H. (2001). Motor thresholds in humans: a transcranial magnetic stimulation study comparing different pulse waveforms, current directions and stimulator types. Clinical Neurophysiology, 112(1), 250–258.
Kammer, T., and Nusseck, H. G. (1998). Are recognition deficits following occipital lobe TMS explained by raised detection thresholds? Neuropsychologia, 36(11), 1161–1166.
Kammer, T., Puls, K., Erb, M., and Grodd, W. (2005). Transcranial magnetic stimulation in the visual system. II. Characterization of induced phosphenes and scotomas. Experimental Brain Research, 160(1), 129–140.
Kauffmann, C. D., Cheema, M. A., and Miller, B. E. (2004). Slow right prefrontal transcranial magnetic stimulation as a treatment for medication-resistant depression: a double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Depress Anxiety, 19(1), 59–62.
Kennedy, S. H., Evans, K. R., Kruger, S., Mayberg, H. S., Meyer, J. H., McCann, S., Arifuzzman, A. I., Houle, S., and Vaccarino, F. J. (2001). Changes in regional brain glucose metabolism measured with positron emission tomography after paroxetine treatment of major depression. Am J Psychiatry, 158(6), 899–905.
Kennerlet, S. W., Sakai, K., and Rushworth, M. F. S. (2004). Organization of action sequences and the role of the pre-SMA. Journal of Neurophysiology, 91(1), 978–993.
Klein, E., Kreinin, I., Chistyakov, A., Koren, D., Mecz, L., Marmur, S., Ben-Shachar, D., and Feinsod, M. (1999). Therapeutic efficacy of right prefrontal slow repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation in major depression: a double-blind controlled study. Arch Gen Psychiatry, 56(4), 315–320.
Klimesch, W., Sauseng, P., and Gerloff, C. (2003). Enhancing cognitive performance with repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation at human individual alpha frequency. European Journal of Neuroscience, 17(5), 1129–1133.
Kohler, S., Paus, T., Buckner, R. L., and Milner, B. (2004). Effects of left inferior prefrontal stimulation on episodic memory formation: a two-stage fMRI-rTMS study. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 16(2), 178–188.
Kole, M. H., Fuchs, E., Ziemann, U., Paulus, W., and Ebert, U. (1999). Changes in 5-HT1A and NMDA binding sites by a single rapid transcranial magnetic stimulation procedure in rats. Brain Research, 826(2), 309–312.
Kosslyn, S. M., Pascual-Leone, A., Felician, O., Camposano, S., Keenan, J. P., Thompson, W. L., Ganis, G., Sukel, K. E., and Alpert, N. M. (1999). The role of area 17 in visual imagery: convergent evidence from PET and rTMS. Science, 284(5411), 167–170.
Kujirai, T., Caramia, M. D., Rothwell, J. C., Day, B. L., Thompson, P. D., Ferbert, A., Wroe, S., Asselman, P., and Marsden, C. D. (1993). Corticocortical inhibition in human cortex. Journal of Physiology in London, 471(1), 501–519.
Lavidor, M., and Walsh, V. (2003). A magnetic stimulation examination of orthographic neighborhood effects in visual word recognition. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 15(1), 354–363.
Lisanby, S. H. (2003). Focal brain stimulation with repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS): implications for the neural circuitry of depression. Psychol Med, 33(1), 7–13.
Lisanby, S. H., and Belmaker, R. H. (2000). Animal models of the mechanisms of action of repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (RTMS): comparisons with electroconvulsive shock (ECS). Depress Anxiety, 12(3), 178–187.
Lisanby, S. H., Gutman, D., Luber, B., Schroeder, C., and Sackeim, H. A. (2001). Sham TMS: intracerebral measurement of the induced electrical field and the induction of motor-evoked potentials. Biological Psychiatry, 49(5), 460–463.
Lisanby, S. H., Kinnunen, L. H., and Crupain, M. J. (2002). Applications of TMS to therapy in psychiatry. J Clin Neurophysiol, 19(4), 344–360.
Loo, C. K., and Mitchell, P. B. (2005). A review of the efficacy of transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) treatment for depression, and current and future strategies to optimize efficacy. J Affect Disord.
Lou, H. C., Luber, B., Crupain, M., Keenan, J. P., Nowak, M., Kjaer, T. W., Sackeim, H. A., and Lisanby, S. H. (2004). Parietal cortex and representation of the mental Self. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences United States of America, 101(17), 6827–6832.
Maccabee, P. J., Amassian, V. E., Eberle, L. P., and Cracco, R. Q. (1993). Magnetic coil stimulation of straight and bent amphibian and mammalian peripheral nerve in vitro: locus of excitation. Journal of Physiology in London, 460(1), 210–219.
Maccabee, P. J., Nagarajan, S. S., Amassian, V. E., Durand, D. M., Szabo, A. Z., Ahad, A. B., Cracco, R. Q., Lai, K. S., and Eberle, L. P. (1998). Influence of pulse sequence, polarity and amplitude on magnetic stimulation of human and porcine peripheral nerve. Journal of Physiology, 513.2, 571–585.
Masur, H., Papke, K., and Oberwittler, C. (1993). Suppression of visual perception by transcranial magnetic stimulation – experimental findings in healthy subjects and patients with optic neuritis. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 86(4), 259–267.
Matthews, N., Luber, B., Qian, N., and Lisanby, S. (2001). Transcranial magnetic stimulation differentially affects speed and direction judgments. Experimental Brain Research, 140(4), 397–406.
Matthews, N., and Qian, N. (1999). Axis-of-motion affects direction discrimination, not speed discrimination. Vision Research, 39(13), 2205–2211.
Mayberg, H. S. (2002). Depression, II: localization of pathophysiology. American Journal of Psychiatry, 159(1), 1979.
Mayberg, H. S. (2003a). Modulating dysfunctional limbic-cortical circuits in depression: towards development of brain-based algorithms for diagnosis and optimised treatment. Br Med Bull, 65, 193–207.
Mayberg, H. S.(2003b). Positron emission tomography imaging in depression: a neural systems perspective. Neuroimaging Clin N Am, 13(4), 805–815.
Mayberg, H. S., Brannan, S. K., Tekell, J. L., Silva, J. A., Mahurin, R. K., McGinnis, S., and Jerabek, P. A. (2000). Regional metabolic effects of fluoxetine in major depression: serial changes and relationship to clinical response. Biol Psychiatry, 48(8), 830–843.
McConnell, K. A., Nahas, Z., Shastri, A., Lorberbaum, J. P., Kozel, F. A., Bohning, D. E., and George, M. S. (2001). The transcranial magnetic stimulation motor threshold depends on the distance from coil to underlying cortex: a replication in healthy adults comparing two methods of assessing the distance to cortex. Biological Psychiatry, 49(5), 454–459.
Meyer, B. U., Diehl, R. R., Steinmetz, H., Britton, T. C., and Benecke, R. (1991). Magnetic stimuli applied over motor cortex and visual cortex: influence of coil position and field polarity on motor responses, phosphenes and eye movements. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 43(1), 121–134.
Miller, M. B., Fendrich, R., Eliassen, J. C., Demirel, S., and Gazzaniga, M. S. (1996). Transcranial magnetic stimulation: delays in visual suppression due to luminance changes. Neuroreport, 7(11), 1740–1744.
Mills, K. R., and Nithi, K. A. (1997). Corticomotor threshold to magnetic stimulation: normal values and repeatability. Muscle Nerve, 20(1), 570–576.
Miranda, P. C., Hallett, M., and Basser, P. J. (2003). The electric field induced in the brain by magnetic stimulation: a 3-d finite element analysis of the effect of tissue heterogeneity and anisotropy. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering 50(9), 1074–1085.
Mishory, A., Molnar, C., Koola, J., Li, X., Kozel, F. A., Myrick, H., Stroud, Z., Nahas, Z., and George, M. S. (2004). The maximum-likelihood strategy for determining transcranial magnetic stimulation motor threshold, using parameter estimation by sequential testing is faster than conventional methods with similar precision. Journal of ECT, 20(1), 160–165.
Moore, T., and Fallah, M. (2001). Control of eye movements and spatial attention. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences United States of America, 98(3), 1273–1276.
Mottaghy, F. M., Gangitano, M., Horkan, C., Chen, Y., Pascual-Leone, A., and Schlaug, G. (2003). Repetitive TMS temporarily alters brain diffusion. Neurology, 60(1), 1539–1541.
Mottaghy, F. M., Gangitano, M., Sparing, R., Krause, B. J., and Pascual-Leone, A. (2002). Segregation of areas related to visual working memory in the prefrontal cortex revealed by rTMS. Cerebral Cortex, 12(4), 369–375.
Muellbacher, W., Ziemann, U., Wissel, J., Dang, N., Kofler, M., Facchini, S., Boroojerdi, B., Poewe, W., and Hallett, M. (2002). Early consolidation in human primary motor cortex. Nature, 415(6872), 640–644.
Nagarajan, S. S., Durand, D. M., and Warman, E. N. (1993). Effects of induced electrical fields on finite neuronal structures: a simulation study. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 40(11), 1175–1188.
National Research Council. (1996). Possible Health Effects of Exposure to Residential Electric and Magnetic Fields. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.
Neubauer, A., Freudenthaler, H. H., and Pfurthscheller, G. (1995). Intelligence and spatiotemporal patterns of event-related desynchronization (ERD). Intelligence, 20, 249–266.
Nilsson, J., Panizza, M., Roth, B. J., Basser, P. J., Cohen, L. G., Caruso, G., and Hallett, M. (1992). Determining the site of stimulation during magnetic stimulation of a peripheral nerve. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 85, 253–264.
O'Shea, J., Muggleton, G., Cowey, A., and Walsh, V. (2004). Timing of target discrimination in human frontal eye fields. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 16(6), 1060–1067.
Ohnishi, T., Matsuda, H., Imabayashi, E., Okabe, S., Takano, H., Arai, N., and Ugawa, Y. (2004). rCBF changes elicited by rTMS over DLPFC in humans. Suppl Clin Neurophysiol, 57, 715–720.
Pascual-Leone, A., Cohen, L. G., Shotland, L. I., Dang, N., Pikus, A., Wassermann, E. M., Brasil-Neto, J. P., Valls-Sole, J., and Hallett, M. (1992). No evidence of hearing loss in humans due to transcranial magnetic stimulation. Neurology, 41(647–651).
Pascual-Leone, A., Gates, J. R., and Dhuna, A. (1991). Induction of speech arrest and counting errors with rapid-rate transcranial magnetic stimulation. Neurology, 41(5), 697–701.
Pascual-Leone, A., and Hallett, M. (1994). Induction of errors in a delayed response task by repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation of the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex. NeuroReport, 5(1), 2517–2520.
Pascual-Leone, A., Tormos, J. M., Keenan, J. P., Tarazona, F., Canete, C., and Catala, M. D. (1998). Study and modulation of human cortical excitability with transcranial magnetic stimulation. Journal of Clinical Neurophysiology, 15(4), 333–343.
Pascual-Leone, A., Valls-Sole, J., Brasil-Neto, J. P., Cohen, L. G., and Hallett, M. (1994). Akinesia in Parkinson's disease. I. Shortening of simple reaction time with focal, single-pulse transcranial magnetic stimulation. Neurology, 44(5), 884–891.
Pascual-Leone, A., Walsh, V., and Rothwell, J. (2000). Transcranial magnetic stimulation in cognitive neuroscience – virtual lesion, chronometry, and functional connectivity. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 10(1), 232–237.
Paus, T. (1999). Imaging the brain before, during, and after transcranial magnetic stimulation. Neuropsychologia, 37(2), 219–224.
Paus, T.(2002). Combination of transcranial magnetic stimulation of the human frontal cortex: implications for rTMS treatment for depression. Journal of Psychiatry and Neuroscience, 29, 268–277.
Paus, T.(2005). Inferring causality in brain images: a perturbation approach. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B, 360(1457), 1109–1114.
Paus, T., Jech, R., Thompson, C. J., Comeau, R., Peters, T., and Evans, A. C. (1997). Transcranial magnetic stimulation during positron emission tomography: a new method for studying connectivity of the human cerebral cortex. Journal of Neuroscience, 17(9), 3178–3184.
Peinemann, A., Lehner, C., Mentschel, C., Munchau, A., Conrad, B., and Siebner, H. R. (2000). Subthreshold 5-Hz repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation of the human primary motor cortex reduces intracortical paired-pulse inhibition. Neuroscience Letters, 296(1), 21–24.
Post, R. M., Kimbrell, T. A., McCann, U. D., Dunn, R. T., Osuch, E. A., Speer, A. M., and Weiss, S. R. (1999). Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation as a neuropsychiatric tool: present status and future potential. J Ect, 15(1), 39–59.
Pridmore, S., Fernandes Filho, J. A., Nahas, Z., Liberatos, C., and George, M. S. (1998). Motor threshold in transcranial magnetic stimulation: a comparison of a neurophysiological method and a visualization of movement method. Journal of ECT, 14(1), 25–27.
Pulvermuller, F., Hauk, O., Nikulin, V., and Ilmoniemi, R. (2005). Functional links between motor and language systems. European Journal of Neuroscience, 21(3), 793–797.
Ragert, P., Dinse, H. R., Pleger, B., Wilimzig, C., Frombach, E., Schwenkreis, P., and Tegenthoff, M. (2003). Combination of 5 Hz repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS) and tactile coactivation boosts tactile discrimination in humans. Neuroscience Letters, 348(2), 105–108.
Rami, L., Gironell, A., Kulisevsky, J., Garcia-Sanchez, C. M. B., and Estevez-Gonzalez, A. (2003). Effects of repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation on memory subtypes: a controlled study. Neuropsychologia, 41(1), 1877–1883.
Rauschecker, A. M. S. B., Walsh, V., and Thilo, K. V. (2004). Phosphene threshold as a function of contrast of external visual stimuli. Experimental Brain Research, 157(1), 124–127.
Ray, P. G., Meador, K. J., Epstein, C. M., Loring, D. W., and Day, L. J. (1998). Magnetic stimulation of the visual cortex: factors influencing the perception of phosphenes. Journal of Clinical Neurophysiology, 15(1), 351–357.
Reid, A. E., Chiappa, K. H., and Cros, D. (2002). Motor threshold, facillitation and the silent period in cortical magnetic stimulation. In A. Pascual-Leone, N. J. Davey, J. Rothwell, E. M. Wassermann and B. K. Puri (Eds.), Handbook of Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation (Vol. 1, pp. 97–11). New York: Arnold Publishers.
Rossi, S., Cappa, S. F., Babiloni, C., Pasqualetti, P., Miniussi, C., Carducci, F., Babiloni, F., and Rossini, P. M. (2001). Prefrontal cortex in long-term memory: an “interference” approach using magnetic stimulation. Nature Neuroscience, 4(1), 948–952.
Rossini, P. M., Barker, A. T., Berardelli, A., Caramia, M. D., Caruso, G., Cracco, R. Q., Dimitrijevic, M. R., Hallett, M., Katayama, Y., Luking, C. H., Maertens de Noordhout, A. L., Marsden, C. D., Murray, N. M. F., Rothwell, J. C., Swash, M., and Tomberg, C. (1994). Non-invasive electrical mad magnetic stimulation of the brain, spinal cord and roots: basic principles and procedures for routine clinical application. Report of an IFCN committee. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 91(1), 79–92.
Roth, B. J., and Basser, P. J. (1990). A Model of the Stimulation of a Nerve Fiber by Electromagnetic Induction. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 37(6), 588–597.
Roth, B. J., Saypol, J. M., Hallett, M., and Cohen, L. G. (1991). A theoretical calculation of the electrical field induced in the cortex during magnetic stimulation. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 81(1), 47–56.
Rudiak, D., and Marg, E. (1994). Finding the depth of magnetic brain stimulation: a re-evaluation. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 93(5), 358–371.
Ruohonen, J., and Ilmoniemi, R. J. (2005). Basic Physics and Design of Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation Devices and Coils. In M. Hallett, and S. Chokroverty (Eds.), Magnetic Stimulation in Clinical Neurophysiology, Second Edition (pp. 17–30). Philadelphia: Elsevier.
Ruohonen, J., Ollikainen, M., Nikouline, V., Virtanen, J., and Ilmoniemi, R. J. (2000). Coil design for real and sham transcranial magnetic stimulation. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 47(2), 145–148.
Rushworth, M. F. S., Hadland, K. A., Paus, T., and Sipila, P. K. (2002). Role of the human medial frontal cortex in task switching: a combined fMRI and TMS study. Journal of Neurophysiology, 87(5), 2577–2592.
Rushworth, M. F. S., Paus, T., and Sipila, P. K. (2001). Attention systems and the organization of the human parietal cortex. Journal of Neuroscience, 21(14), 5262–5271.
Sachdev, P. S., McBride, R., Loo, C., Mitchell, P. M., Malhi, G. S., and Croker, V. (2002). Effects of different frequencies of transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) on the forced swim test model of depression in rats. Biol Psychiatry, 51(6), 474–479.
Sackeim, H. A., Prohovnik, I., Moeller, J. R., Brown, R. P., Apter, S., Prudic, J., Devanand, D. P., and Mukherjee, S. (1990). Regional cerebral blood flow in mood disorders. I. Comparison of major depressives and normal controls at rest. Arch Gen Psychiatry, 47(1), 60–70.
Saint-Amour, D., Walsh, V., Guillemot, J. P., Lassonde, M., and Lepore, F. (2005). European Journal of Neuroscience, 21(4), (1107–1115).
Sandrini, M., Cappa, S. F., Rossi, S., Rossini, P. M., and Miniussi, C. (2003). The role of prefrontal cortex in verbal episodic memory: rTMS evidence. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 15(1), 855–861.
Schrader, L. M., Stern, J. M., Koski, L., Nuwer, M. R., and Engel, J., Jr. (2004). Seizure incidence during single- and paired-pulse transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) in individuals with epilepsy. Clinical Neurophysiology, 115(12), 2728–2737.
Serrien, D. J., Strens, L. H., Oliviero, A., and Brown, P. (2002). Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation of the supplementary motor area (SMA) degrades bimanual movement control in humans. Neuroscience Letters, 328(2), 89–92.
Shapiro, K. A., Pascual-Leone, A., Mottaghy, F. M., Gangitano, M., and Caramazza, A. (2001). Grammatical distinctions in the left frontal cortex. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 13(6), 713–720.
Siebner, H. R., Peller, M., Willoch, F., Minoshima, S., Boecker, H., Auer, C., Drzezga, A., Conrad, B., and Bartenstein, P. (2000). Lasting cortical activation after repetitive TMS of the motor cortex: a glucose metabolic study. Neurology, 54(4), 956–963.
Sommer, M., Lang, N., Tergau, F., and Paulus, W. (2002). Neuronal tissue polarization induced by repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation? Neuroreport, 13(6), 809–811.
Sparing, R., Mottaghy, F. M., Ganis, G., Thompson, W. L., Topper, R., Kosslyn, S. M., and Pascual-Leone, A. (2002). Visual cortex excitability increases during visual mental imagery – a TMS study in healthy human subjects. Brain Research, 938(1–2), 92–97.
Sparing, R., Mottaghy, F. M., Hungs, M., Brugmann, M., Foltys, H., Huber, W., and Topper, R. (2001). Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation effects on language function depend on the stimulation parameters. Journal of Clinical Neurophysiology, 18(4), 326–330.
Speer, A. M., Kimbrell, T. A., Wassermann, E. M. J D. R., Willis, M. W., Herscovitch, P., and Post, R. M. (2000). Opposite effects of high and low frequency rTMS on regional brain activity in depressed patients. Biol Psychiatry, 48(12), 1133–1141.
Stewart, L. M., Walsh, V., and Rothwell, J. C. (2001). Motor and phosphene thresholds: a transcranial magnetic stimulation correlation study. Neuropsychologia, 39(1), 415–419.
Szuba, M. P., O'Reardon, J. P., and Evans, D. L. (2000). Physiological effects of electroconvulsive therapy and transcranial magnetic stimulation in major depression. Depress Anxiety, 12(3), 170–177.
Terao, Y., and Ugawa, Y. (2002). Basic mechanisms of TMS. Journal of Clinical Neurophysiology, 19(4), 322–343.
Terao, Y., Ugawa, Y., Suzuki, M., Sakai, K., Hanajima, R., Gemba-Shimizu, K., and Kanazawa, I. (1997). Shortening of simple reation time by peripheral electrical and submotor-threshold magnetic stimulation. Experimental Brain Research, 115(3), 541–545.
Thielscher, A., and Kammer, T. (2004). Electrical field properties of two commercial figure-8 coils in TMS: calculation of focality and efficiency. Clinical Neurophysiology, 115(7), 1697–1708.
Topper, R., Mottaghy, F. M., Brugmann, M., Noth, J., and Huber, W. (1998). Faciliation of picture naming by focal transcranial magnetic stimulation of Wernicke's area. Experimental Brain Research, 121(4), 371–378.
Tormos, J. M., Canete, C., Tarazona, F., Catala, M. D., Pascual-Leone Pascual, A., and Pascual-Leone, A. (1997). Lateralized effects of self-induced sadness and happiness on corticospinal excitability. Neurology, 49(2), 487–491.
Ueno, S., Tashiro, T., and Harada, K. (1988). Localized stimulation of neural tissue in the brain by means of a paired configuration of time-varying magnetic fields. Journal of Applied Physiology, 64, 5862–5864.
Wagner, T. A., Zahn, M., Grodzinsky, A. J., and Pascual-Leone, A. (2004). Three-dimensional head model stimulation of transcranial magnetic stimulation. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 51(9), 1586–1598.
Walsh, V., Ellison, A., Ashbridge, E., and Cowey, A. (1999). The role of the parietal cortex in visual attention – hemispheric asymmetries and the effects of learning: a magnetic stimulation study. Neuropsychologia, 37(2), 245–251.
Walsh, V., Ellison, A., Battelli, L., and Cowey, A. (1998). Task-specific impairments and enhancements induced by magnetic stimulation of human visual area V5. Proceedings Biological Sciences, 265(1395), 537–543.
Walsh, V., and Pascual-Leone, A. (2003). Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation: A Neurochronometrics of Mind (Vol. 1). Boston: MIT Press.
Wassermann, E. M. (1998). Risk and safety of repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 108(1), 1–16.
Weissman, J. D., Epstein, C. M., and Davey, K. R. (1992). Magnetic brain stimulation and brain size: relevance to animal studies. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 85(3), 215–219.
Ziemann, U. (2002). Paired pulse techniques. In A. Pascual-Leone, N. J. Davey, J. Rothwell, E. M. Wassermann, and B. K. Puri (Eds.), Handbook of Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation (Vol. 1, pp. 141–159). New York: Arnold Publishers.
Ziemann, U., and Rothwell, J. C. (2000). I-waves in motor cortex. Journal of Clinical Neurophysiology, 17(4), 397–405.
Ziemann, U., Rothwell, J. C., and Ridding, M. C. (1996). Interaction between intracortical inhibition and facilitation in human motor cortex. Journal of Physiology, 496(3), 873–881.

Reference Title: REFERENCES

Reference Type: reference-list

Adolphs, R., Cahill, L., Schul, R., & Babinsky, R. (1997). Impaired declarative memory for emotional material following bilateral amygdala damage in humans. Learning & Memory, 4, 291–300.
Adolphs, R., Damasio, H., Tranel, D., Cooper, G., & Damasio, A. R. (2000). A role for somatosensory cortices in the visual recognition of emotion as revealed by three-dimensional lesion mapping. Journal of Neuroscience, 20, 7, 2683–90.
Adolphs, R., Gosselin, F., Buchanan, T. W., Tranel, D., Schyns, P., & Damasio, A. R. (2005). A mechanism for impaired fear recognition after amygdala damage. Nature, 433, 68–72.
Adolphs, R., & Tranel, D. (2000). Emotion recognition and the human amygdala. In J. P. Aggleton (Ed.), The amygdala: A functional analysis. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 587–630.
Adolphs, R., Tranel, D., Damasio, H., & Damasio, A. R. (1994). Impaired recognition of emotion in facial expressions following bilateral damage to the human amygdala. Nature, 372, 669–672.
Adolphs, R., Tranel, D., Damasio, H., & Damasio, A. R. (1995). Fear and the human amygdala. Journal of Neuroscience, 15, 5879–5891.
Adolphs, R., Tranel, D., Hamann, S., Young, A. W., Calder, A. J., Phelps, E. A., Anderson, A., Lee, G. P., & Damasio, A. R. (1999). Recognition of facial emotion in nine individuals with bilateral amygdala damage. Neuropsychologia, 10, 1111–7.
Alexander, M. P., & Freedman, M. (1984). Amnesia after anterior communicating artery rupture. Neurology, 34, 752–759.
Anderson, S. W., Bechara, A., Damasio, H., Tranel, D., & Damasio, A. R. (1999). Impairment of social and moral behavior related to early damage in human prefrontal cortex. Nature Neuroscience, 2, 11, 1032–7.
Anderson, S. W., Damasio, H., Tranel, D., & Damasio, A. R. (2000). Long-term sequelae of prefrontal cortex damage acquired in early childhood. Developmental Neuropsychology, 18, 3, 281–96.
Baddeley, A. D. (1992). Working memory. Science, 255, 566–569.
Barrash, J. and Anderson, S. W. (1993), The Iowa Rating Scales of Personality Change University of Iowa Department of Neurology, Iowa City.
Bechara, A., Damasio, A. R., Damasio, H., & Anderson, S. W. (1994). Insensitivity to future consequences following damage to human prefrontal cortex. Cognition, 50, 7–12.
Bechara, A., Damasio, H., Tranel, D., & Anderson, S. W. (1998). Dissociation of working memory from decision making within the human prefrontal cortex. Journal of Neuroscience, 18, 1, 428–37.
Bechara, A., Damasio, H., Tranel, D., & Damasio, A. R. (1997). Deciding advantageously before knowing the advantageous strategy. Science, 275, 1293–1295.
Bechara, A., Tranel, D., & Damasio, H. (2000). Characterization of the decision-making deficit of patients with ventromedial prefrontal cortex lesions. Brain, 123, 2189–2202.
Bechara, A., Tranel, D., Damasio, H., & Damasio, A. R. (1996). Failure to respond autonomically to anticipated future outcomes following damage to prefrontal cortex. Cerebral Cortex, 6, 215–225.
Benton, A. L. (1988). Neuropsychology: Past, present and future. In F. Boller & J. Grafman (Eds.), Handbook of neuropsychology, Vol. 1. New York: Elsevier, pp. 3–27.
Benton, A. L., Hamsher, K., Varney, N. R., & Spreen, O. (1983). Contributions to neuropsychological assessment. New York: Oxford University Press.
Benton, A., & Tranel, D. (2000). Historical notes on reorganization of function and neuroplasticity. In H. S. Levin & J. Grafman (Eds.), Cerebral reorganization of function after brain damage. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 3–23.
Blumer, D., & Benson, D. F. (1975). Personality changes with frontal and temporal lobe lesions. In Benson, D. F., Blumer, D. (Eds.), Psychiatric aspects of neurologic disease. New York: Grune & Stratton, pp. 151–169.
Braver, T. S., Cohen, J. D., Nystrom, L. E., Jonides, J., Smith, E. E., & Noll, D. C. (1997). A parametric study of prefrontal cortex involvement in human working memory. Neuroimage, 5, 49–62.
Brefczynski, J. A. & DeYoe, E. A., (1999). A physiological correlate of the ‘spotlight’ of visual attention. Nature Neuroscience, 2, 4, 370–4.
Breiter, H. C., Etcoff, N. L., Whalen, P. J., Kennedy, W. A., Rauch, S. L., Buckner, R. L., Strauss, M. M., Hyman, S. E., & Rosen, B. R. (1996). Response and habituation of the human amygdala during visual processing of facial expression. Neuron, 17, 875–887.
Brickner, R. M. (1934). An interpretation of frontal lobe function based upon the study of a case of partial bilateral frontal lobectomy. Research Publication of the Association for Research in Nervous and Mental Disease, 13, 259–351.
Broca, P. (1865). Sur la faculte du langage articule. Bull. Soc. Anthropol., 6, 337–393.
Broks, P., Young, A. W., Maratos, E. J., Coffey, P. J., Calder, A. J., Isaac, C. L., Mayes, A. R., Hodges, J. R., Montaldi, D., Cezayirli, E., Roberts, N., & Hadley, D. (1998). Face processing impairments after encephalitis: amygdala damage and recognition of fear. Neuropsychologia, 36, 1, 59–70.
Butters, N., & Stuss, D. T. (1989). Diencephalic amnesia. InBoller, F., & Grafman, J. (Eds). Handbook of neuropsychology, Vol. 3. Amsterdam: Elsevier, pp. 107–148.
Cahill, L., Babinsky, R., Markowitsch, H. J., & McGaugh, J. L. (1995). The amygdala and emotional memory. Nature, 377, 295–296.
Cahill, L., Haier, R. J., Fallon, J., Alkire, M. T., Tang, C., Keator, D., Wu, J., & McGaugh, J. L. (1998). Amygdala activity at encoding correlated with long-term, free recall of emotional information. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, U.S.A., 93, 15, 8016–21.
Calder, A. J., Young, A. W., Rowland, D., Perrett, D. I., Hodges, J. R., & Etcoff, N. L. (1996). Facial emotion recognition after bilateral amygdala damage: differentially severe impairment of fear. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 13, 699–745.
Cave, B. C., Squire, L. R. (1992) Intact and long-lasting repetition priming in amnesia. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 18, 509–20.
Cermak, L. S., & O'Connor, M. (1983). The anterograde and retrograde retrieval ability of a patient with amnesia due to encephalitis. Neuropsychologia, 21, 213–234.
Cohen, J. D., Perlstein, W. M., Braver, T. S., Nystrom, L. E., Noll, D. C., Jonides, J., & Smith, E. E. (1997). Temporal dynamics of brain activation during a working memory task. Nature, 386, 604–608.
Cohen, N. J., & Eichenbaum, H. (1993). Memory, amnesia, and the hippocampal system. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.
Cohen, N. J., & Squire, L. R. (1981). Retrograde amnesia and remote memory impairment. Neuropsychologia, 19, 337–356.
Corkin, S. (1965). Tactually guided maze learning in man: effects of unilateral cortical excisions and bilateral hippocampal lesions. Neuropsychologia, 3, 339–351.
Corkin, S. (1984). Lasting consequences of bilateral medial temporal lobectomy: Clinical course and experimental findings in HM. Seminars in Neurology, 4, 249–259.
Corkin, S., Amaral, D. G., Gonzalez, R. G., Johnson, K. A., & Hyman, B. T. (1997). H. M.'s medial temporal lobe lesion: findings from magnetic resonance imaging. Journal of Neuroscience, 17, 10, 3964–79.
Courtney, S. M., Ungerleider, L. G., Keil, K., & Haxby, J. V. (1997). Transient and sustained activity in a distributed neural system for working memory. Nature, 386, 608–611.
Curran, T., & Schacter, D. L. (1997). Amnesia: Cognitive neuropsychological aspects. In Feinberg, T. E., & Farah, M. J. (Eds), Behavioral neurology and neuropsychology. New York: McGraw Hill, pp. 463–471.
Damasio, A. R., & Anderson, S. W. (1993). The frontal lobes. In Heilman, K. M., & Valenstein, E. (Eds.), Clinical neuropsychology, 3rd ed. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 409–460.
Damasio, A. R., Eslinger, P., Damasio, H., Van Hoesen, G. W., & Cornell, S. (1985). Multimodal amnesic syndrome following bilateral temporal and basal forebrain damage. Archives of Neurology, 42, 252–259.
Damasio, A. R., Graff-Radford, N. R., Eslinger, P. G., Damasio, H., & Kassell, N. (1985). Amnesia following basal forebrain lesions. Archives of Neurology, 42, 263–271.
Damasio, H., & Damasio, A. R. (1989). Lesion analysis in neuropsychology. New York: Oxford University Press.
Damasio, H., & Damasio, A. R. (2003). The lesion method in behavioral neurology and neuropsychology. In Feinberg, T. E., & Farah, M. J. (Eds), Behavioral neurology and neuropsychology, 2nd edition. New York: McGraw Hill, pp 71–83.
Damasio, H., Grabowski, T. J., Tranel, D., Hichwa, R. D., & Damasio, A. R. (1996). A neural basis for lexical retrieval. Nature, 380, 499–505.
Deluca, J., & Diamond, B. J. (1995). Aneurysm of the anterior communicating artery: A review of neuroanatomical and neuropsychologic sequelae. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology, 17, 100–121.
D'Esposito, M., & Postle, B. R. (1999). The dependence of span and delayed-response performance on prefrontal cortex. Neuropsychologia, 11, 1303–15.
Eslinger, P. J., & Damasio, A. R. (1985). Severe disturbance of higher cognition after bilateral frontal lobe ablation: patient EVR. Neurology, 35, 1731–1741.
Ferreira, C. T., Verin, M., Pillon, B., Levy, R., Dubois, B., & Agid, Y. (1998). Spatio-temporal working memory and frontal lesions in man. Cortex, 1, 83–98.
Flourens, P. (1846). Phrenology examined (Charles de Lucena Meigs, trans). Philadelphia: Hogan and Thompson.
Frank, R. J., Damasio, H., & Grabowski, T. J. (1997). Brainvox: An interactive, multimodal visualization and analysis system for neuroanatomical imaging. NeuroImage, 5, 13–30.
Fukui, H., Murai, T., Fukuyama, H., Hayashi, T., & Hanakawa, T. (2005). Functional activity related to risk anticipation during performance of the Iowa Gambling Task. Neuroimage, 24, 1, 253–9.
Gabrieli, J. D. E., Brewer, J. B., Desmond, J. E., & Glover, G. H. (1997). Separate neural bases of fundamental memory processes in the human medial temporal lobe. Science, 276, 264–266.
Gabrieli, J. D. E., Corkin, S., Mickel, S. F., & Growden, J. H. (1993). Intact acquisition and long-term retention of mirror-tracing skill in Alzheimer's disease and in global amnesia. Behavioral Neuroscience, 107, 899–910.
Gazzaniga, M. S. (1987). Perceptual and attentional processes following callosal section in human. Neuropsychologia, 25, 119–133.
Geschwind, N. (1965). Disconnexion syndromes in animals and man. Brain, 88, 237–294, 585–644.
Graff-Radford, N. R., Tranel, D., Van Hoesen, G. W., & Brandt, J. P. (1990). Diencephalic amnesia. Brain, 113, 1–25.
Harlow, J. M. (1868). Recovery from the passage of an iron bar through the head. Publications of the Massachusetts Medical Society, 2, 327–347.
Hebb, D. O., & Penfield, W. (1940). Human behavior after extensive bilateral removals from the frontal lobes. Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry, 44, 421–438.
Hodges, J. R. (1995). Retrograde amnesia. In A. Baddeley, B. A. Wilson, & F. N. Watts, (Eds.), Handbook of memory disorders. New York: John Wiley & Sons. pp. 81–107.
Jackson, J. H. (1870). A study of convulsions. Transactions, St. Andrews Medical Graduate Association, 3:162–204. (excerpted in Clarke and O'Malley, 1968).
Jackson, J. H. (1873). On the anatomical and physiological localisation of movement in the brain. Lancet, 1:84–85, 162–164, 232–234. (excerpted in Clarke and O'Malley, 1968).
Jonides, J., Smith, E. E., Koeppe, R. A., Awh, E., Minoshima, S., & Mintun, M. A. (1993). Spatial working memory in humans as revealed by PET. Nature, 363, 623–625.
Kapur, N. (1993). Focal retrograde amnesia in neurological disease: a critical review. Cortex, 29, 217–234.
Kapur, N., Ellison, D., Parkin, A. J., Hunkin, N. M., Burrows, E., Sampson, S. A., & Morrison, E. A. (1994). Bilateral temporal lobe pathology with sparing of medial temporal lobe structures: lesion profile and pattern of memory disorder. Neuropsychologia, 32, 23–38.
Karnath, H. O., Fruhmann Berger, M., Kuker, W., & Rorden, C. (2004). The anatomy of spatial neglect based on voxelwise statistical analysis: a study of 140 patients. Cerebral Cortex, 10, 1164–72.
Kelley, W. M., Miezin, F. M., McDermott, K. B., Buckner, R. L., Raichle, M. E., Cohen, N. J., Ollinger, J. M., Akbudak, E., Conturo, T. E., Snyder, A. Z., & Petersen, S. E. (1998). Hemispheric specialization in human dorsal frontal cortex and medial temporal lobe for verbal and nonverbal memory encoding. Neuron, 20, 5, 927–36.
Konishi, S., Wheeler, M. E., Donaldson, D. I., & Buckner, R. L. (2000). Neural correlates of episodic retrieval success. Neuroimage, 12, 3, 276–86.
Kopelman, M. D. (1992). The neuropsychology of remote memory. In Boller, F., & Grafman, J. (Eds), Handbook of neuropsychology, Vol. 8. Amsterdam: Elsevier, pp. 215–238.
Lashley, K. S. (1929). Brain mechanisms and intelligence: A quantitative study of injuries to the brain. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Lashley, K. S. (1950). In search of the engram. Symposium of the Society for Experimental Biology, 4, 454–482.
Leube, D. T., Erb, M., Grodd, W., Bartels, M., & Kircher, T. T. (2003). Successful episodic memory retrieval of newly learned faces activates a left fronto-parietal network. Cognitive Brain Research, 18, 1, 97–101.
Lezak, M. (1995). Neuropsychological assessment, 3rd ed. New York: Oxford University Press.
Luria, A. R. (1969). Frontal lobe syndromes. In Vinken, P. G., & Bruyn, G. W. (Eds.), Handbook of clinical neurology, Vol. 2. North Holland, Amsterdam: pp. 725–757.
Markowitsch, H. J., Calabrese, P., Haupts, M., Durwen, H. F., Liess, J., & Gehlen, W. (1993). Searching for the anatomical basis of retrograde amnesia. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology, 15, 947–967.
McCarthy, G. (1995). Functional neuroimaging of memory. The Neuroscientist, 1, 155–163.
McCarthy, G., Blamire, A. M., Puce, A., Nobre, A. C., Bloch, G., Hyder, F., Goldman-Rakic, P., & Shulman, R. G. (1994). Functional magnetic resonance imaging of human prefrontal cortex activation during a spatial working memory task. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, 91, 8690–8694.
McKenna, P., & Warrington, E. K. (1996). The analytical approach to neuropsychological assessment. In I. Grant & K. M. Adams (Eds.), Neuropsychological assessment of neuropsychiatric disorders, 2nd edition. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 43–57.
Milberg, W. P., Hebben, N., & Kaplan, E. (1996). The Boston process approach to neuropsychological assessment. In I. Grant & K. M. Adams (Eds.), Neuropsychological assessment of neuropsychiatric disorders, 2nd edition. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 58–80.
Milner, B. (1972). Disorders of learning and memory after temporal lobe lesions in man. Clinical Neurosurgery, 19, 421–446.
Milner, B., Petrides, M., Smith, M. L. (1985). Frontal lobes and the temporal organization of memory. Human Neurobiology, 4, 137–142.
Morris, J. S., Friston, K. J., Buchel, C., Frith, C. D., Young, A. W., Calder, A. J., & Dolan, R. J. (1998). A neuromodulatory role for the human amygdala in processing emotional facial expressions. Brain, 121, 47–57.
Narayanan, N. S., Prabhakaran, V., Bunge, S. A., Christoff, K., Fine, E. M., & Gabrieli, J. D. (2005). The role of the prefrontal cortex in the maintenance of verbal working memory: an event-related FMRI analysis. Neuropsychology, 2, 223–32.
Newcombe, F. (1969). Missle wounds of the brain: A study of psychological deficits. London: Oxford University Press.
O'Connor, M., Verfaellie, M., & Cermak, L. (1995). Clinical differentiation of amnesic subtypes. In A. Baddeley, B. A. Wilson, & F. N. Watts (Eds.), Handbook of memory disorders. New York: John Wiley & Sons. Pp. 53–80.
O'Doherty, J., Kringelbach, M. L., Rolls, E. T., Hornak, J., & Andrews, C. (2001). Abstract reward and punishment representations in the human orbitofrontal cortex. Nature Neuroscience, 1, 95–102.
Petrides, M., Alivisatos, B., Evans, A. C., & Meyer, E. (1993). Dissociation of human mid-dorsolateral from posterior dorsolateral frontal cortex in memory processing. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, 90, 873–877.
Phillips, M. L., Young, A. W., Scott, S. K., Calder, A. J., Andrew, C., Giampietro, V., Williams, S. C., Bullmore, E. T., Brammer, M., & Gray, J. A. (1998). Neural responses to facial and vocal expressions of fear and disgust. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series B, Biological Sciences, 265, 1408, 1809–17.
Raichle, M. E. (1997). Functional imaging in behavioral neurology and neuropsychology. InFeinberg, T. E., & Farah, M. J. (Eds). Behavioral neurology and neuropsychology. New York: McGraw Hill, pp. 83–100.
Ramachandran, V. S., Hirstein, W. S., Armel, K. C., Tecoma, E., & Iragui, V. (1997). The neural basis of religious experience. Society for Neuroscience Abstracts, 23, 1316.
Reitan, R. M., & Wolfson, D. (1996). Theoretical, methodological, and validational bases of the Halstead-Reitan neuropsychological test battery. In I. Grant & K. M. Adams (Eds.), Neuropsychological assessment of neuropsychiatric disorders, 2nd edition. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 3–42.
Rempel-Clower, N. L., Zola, S. M., Squire, L. R., & Amaral, D. G. (1996). Three cases of enduring memory impairment after bilateral damage limited to the hippocampal formation. Journal of Neuroscience, 16, 5233–5255.
Rowe, J. B. & Passingham, R. E. (2001). Working memory for location and time: activity in prefrontal area 46 relates to selection rather than to maintenance in memory. Neuroimage, 14, 77–86.
Sakai, K., Rowe, J. B. & Passingham, R. E. (2002). Active maintenance in prefrontal area 46 creates distractor-resistant memory. Nature Neuroscience, 5, 479–84.
Sander, K. & Scheich, H. (2001). Auditory perception of laughing and crying activates human amygdala regardless of attentional state. Cognitive Brain Research, 2, 181–98.
Saygin, A. P., Dick, F., Wilson, S. M., Dronkers, N. F., & Bates, E. (2003). Neural resources for processing language and environmental sounds: evidence from aphasia. Brain, 126, 928–45.
Scott, S. K., Young, A. W., Calder, A. J., Hellawell, D. J., Aggleton, J. P., & Johnson, M. (1997). Impaired auditory recognition of fear and anger following bilateral amygdala lesions. Nature, 385, 254–257.
Scoville, W. B., & Milner, B. (1957). Loss of recent memory after bilateral hippocampal lesions. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery, and Psychiatry, 20, 11–21.
Shannon, B. J. & Buckner, R. L. (2004). Functional-anatomic correlates of memory retrieval that suggest nontraditional processing roles for multiple distinct regions within posterior parietal cortex. Journal of Neuroscience, 24, 45, 10084–92.
Smith, E. E., Jonides, J., & Koeppe, R. A. (1996). Dissociating verbal and spatial working memory using PET. Cerebral Cortex, 6, 11–20.
Smith, E. E., Jonides, J., Koeppe, R. A., Awh, E., Schumacher, E. H., & Minoshima, S. (1995). Spatial versus object working memory: PET investigations. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 7, 337–356.
Sperry, R. W. (1968). The great cerebral commissure. Scientific American, 210, 42–52.
Spreen, O., & Strauss, E. (1991). A compendium of neuropsychological tests: Administration, norms, and commentary. New York: Oxford University Press.
Spurzheim, J. G. (1815). The physiognomical system of Drs. Gall and Spurzheim; Founded on an anatomical and physiological examination of the nervous system in general, and of the brain in particular; and indicating the dispositions and manifestations of the mind. London: Baldwin, Cradock, and Joy.
Squire, L. R. (1992). Memory and hippocampus: a synthesis from findings with rats, monkeys, and humans. Psychological Review, 99, 195–231.
Squire, L. R., & Alvarez, P. (1995). Retrograde amnesia and memory consolidation: A neurobiological perspective. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 5, 169–177.
Squire, L. R., & Moore, R. Y. (1979). Dorsal thalamic lesion in a noted case of human memory dysfunction. Annals of Neurology, 6, 503–506.
Stuss, D. T., & Benson, D. F. (1986). The frontal lobes. New York: Raven Press.
Teuber, H. L. (1968). Alteration of perception and memory in man: reflections on methods. In Weiskrantz, L. (Ed). Analysis of behavioral change. New York: Harper & Row. Pp. 274–328.
Teuber, H. L., Milner, B., & Vaughan, H. G. (1968). Persistent anterograde amnesia after stab wound of the basal brain. Neuropsychologia, 6, 267–282.
Thompson, R. F. L. (1986). The neurobiology of learning and memory. Science, 233, 941–947.
Tranel, D. (1996). The Iowa-Benton school of neuropsychological assessment. In I. Grant & K. M. Adams (Eds.), Neuropsychological assessment of neuropsychiatric disorders, 2nd edition. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 81–101.
Tranel, D. (2002). Emotion, decision making, and the ventromedial prefrontal cortex. In D. T. Stuss and R. T. Knight (Eds.), Principles of frontal lobe function. New York: Oxford University Press. Pp. 338–53.
Tranel, D., Bechara, A., & Denburg, N. L. (2002). Asymmetric functional roles of right and left ventromedial prefrontal cortices in social conduct, decision-making, and emotional processing. Cortex, 38, 589–612.
Tranel, D., & Damasio, A. R. (1993). The covert learning of affective valence does not require structures in hippocampal system or amygdala. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 5, 79–88.
Tranel, D., Damasio, A. R., Damasio, H., & Brandt, J. P. (1994). Sensorimotor skill learning in amnesia: additional evidence for the neural basis of nondeclarative memory. Learning and Memory, 1, 165–179.
Tranel, D., & Damasio, H. (1994). Neuroanatomical correlates of electrodermal skin conductance responses. Psychophysiology, 31, 427–438.
Tranel, D., & Jones, R. D. (in press). Knowing what and knowing when. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology.
Victor, M., Adams, R. D., & Collins, G. H. (1989). The Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome and related neurologic disorders due to alcoholism and malnutrition, 2nd ed. Philadelphia: Davis.
Wagner, A. D., Schacter, D. L., Rotte, M., Koutstaal, W., Maril, A., Dale, A. M., Rosen, B. R., Buckner, R. L. (1998). Building memories: remembering and forgetting of verbal experiences as predicted by brain activity. Science, 281, 5380, 1188–91.
Weiskrantz, L. (Ed) (1968). Analysis of behavioral change. New York: Harper & Row.
Wernicke, C. (1874). Der aphasische Symptomencomplex. Breslau: Cohn und Weigert.
Whalen, P. J., Rauch, S. L., Etcoff, N. L., McInerney, S. C., Lee, M. B., & Jenike, M. A. (1998). Masked presentations of emotional facial expressions modulate amygdala activity without explicit knowledge. Journal of Neuroscience, 18, 1, 411–8.
Wilson, F. A. W. O'Scalaidhe, S. P., & Goldman-Rakic, P. S. (1993). Dissociation of object and spatial processing domains in primate prefrontal cortex. Science, 260, 1955–1958.
Young, A. W., Aggleton, J. P., Hellawell, D. J., Johnson, M., Broks, P., & Hanley, J. R. (1995). Face processing impairments after amygdalotomy. Brain, 118, 15–24.
Zald, D. H., Lee, J. T., Fluegel, K. W., & Pardo, J. V. (1998). Aversive gustatory stimulation activates limbic circuits in humans. Brain, 121, 1143–54.
Zald, D. H. & Pardo, J. V. (1997). Emotion, olfaction, and the human amygdala: amygdala activation during aversive olfactory stimulation. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 94, 8, 4119–24.
Zarahn, E., Aguirre, G. K., & D'Esposito, M. (1999). Temporal isolation of the neural correlates of spatial mnemonic processing with fMRI. Cognitive Brain Research, 7, 255–68.
Zola-Morgan, S., Squire, L. R., & Amaral, D. G. (1986). Human amnesia and the medial temporal region: enduring memory impairment following a bilateral lesions limited to field CA1 of the hippocampus. Journal of Neuroscience, 6, 2950–2967.

Reference Title: REFERENCES

Reference Type: reference-list

Andreassi, J. L. (2000). Psychophysiology: Human Behavior and Physiological Response. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Asahina, M., Suzuki, A., Mori, M., Kanesaka, T., & Hattori, T. (2003). Emotional sweating response in a patient with bilateral amygdala damage. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 47, 87–93.
Ax, A. (1953). The physiological differentiation between fear and anger in humans. Psychosomatic Medicine, 15, 433–442.
Bechara, A., Damasio, H., Tranel, D., & Damasio, A. R. (1997). Deciding advantageously before knowing the advantageous strategy. Science, 275, 1293–1295.
Bechara, A., Damasio, A. R., & Lee, G. P. (1999). Different contributions of the human amygdala and ventromedial prefrontal cortex to decision-making. Journal of Neuroscience, 19, 5473–5481.
Bechara, A., Tranel, D., Damasio, H., Adolphs, R., Rockland, C., & Damasio, A. R. (1995). Double dissociation of conditioning and declarative knowledge relative to the amygdala and hippocampus in humans. Science, 269, 1115–1118.
Ben-Shakhar, G. (1977). A further study of the dichotomization theory of detection of information. Psychophysiology, 14, 408–413.
Ben-Shakhar, G. (1985). Standardization within individuals: Simple method to neutralize individual differences in skin conductance. Psychophysiology, 22, 292–299.
Bernstein, A., Frith, C., Gruzelier, J., Patterson, T., Straube, E., Venables, P., & Zahn, T. (1982). An analysis of the skin conductance orienting response in samples of American, British, and German schizophrenics. Biological Psychology, 14, 155–211.
Bernstein, A. S., Taylor, K. W., Starkey, P., Juni, S., Lubowsky, J., & Paley, H. (1981). Bilateral skin conductance, finger pulse volume, and EEG orienting response to tones of differing intensities in chronic schizophrenics and controls. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 169, 513–528.
Blair, R. J. R., Jones, L., Clark, F., & Smith, M. (1997). The psychopathic individual: A lack of responsiveness to distress cues? Psychophysiology, 34, 192–198.
Bloch, V. (1993). On the centennial of the discovery of electrodermal activity. In J. C. Roy, W. Boucsein, D. C. Fowles, & J. H. Gruzelier (Eds.), Progress in Electrodermal Research (pp. 1–6). New York: Plenum Press.
Boucsein, W. (1992). Electrodermal Activity. New York: Plenum Press.
Boyd, R. W., & DiMascio, A. (1954). Social behavior and autonomic physiology (a sociophysiologic study). Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 120, 207–212.
Bradley, M. M., & Lang, P. J. (1999). International affective digitized sounds (IADS): Stimuli, instruction manual and affective ratings. Technical report no. B-2, Center for Research in Psychophysiology, University of Florida, Gainesville.
Brand, G., Millot, J. L., Saffaux, M., & Morand-Villeneuve, N. (2002). Lateralization in human nasal chemoreception: Differences in bilateral electrodermal responses related to olfactory and trigeminal stimuli. Behavioral Brain Research, 133, 205–210.
Brand, G., Millot, J., Jacquot, L. J., Thomas, S., & Wetzel, S. (2004). Left: Right differences in psychophysical and electrodermal measures of olfactory thresholds and their relation to electrodermal indices of hemispheric asymmetries. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 98, 759–769.
Brekke, J. S., Raine, A., Ansel, M., Lencz, T., & Bird, L. (1997). Neuropsychological and psychophysiological correlates of psychosocial functioning in schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 23, 19–28.
Brekke, J. S., Raine, A., & Thomson, C. (1995). Cognitive and psychophysiological correlates of positive, negative, and disorganized symptoms in the schizophrenia spectrum. Psychiatry Research, 57, 241–250.
Brown, G., Birley, J. L. T., & Wing, J. K. (1972). Influence of family life on the course of schizophrenia. British Journal of Psychiatry, 121, 241–248.
Bundy, R. S., & Fitzgerald, H. E. (1975). Stimulus specificity of electrodermal recovery time: An examination and reinterpretation of the evidence. Psychophysiology, 12, 406–411.
Crider, A. (1993). Electrodermal response lability-stability: Individual difference correlates. In J. C. Roy, W. Boucsein, D. C. Fowles, & J. H. Gruzelier, (Eds.), Progress in Electrodermal Research (pp. 173–186). New York: Plenum Press.
Crider, A., & Augenbraun, C. (1975). Auditory vigilance correlates of electrodermal response habituation speed. Psychophysiology, 12, 36–40.
Critchley, H. D., Elliot, R., Mathias, C. J., & Dolan, R. J. (2000). Neural activity relating to generation and representation of galvanic skin conductance responses: A functional magnetic resonance imaging study. Journal of Neuroscience, 20, 3033–3040.
Cuthbert, B. N., Bradley, M. M., & Lang, P. J. (1996). Probing picture perception: Activation and emotion. Psychophysiology, 33, 103–111.
Damasio, A. R. (1994). Descartes' Error: Emotion, Reason, and the Human Brain. New York: Grosset/Putnam.
Darrow, C. W. (1927). Sensory, secretory, and electrical changes in the skin following bodily excitation. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 10, 197–226.
Darrow, C. W. (1937). Neural mechanisms controlling the palmar galvanic skin reflex and palmar sweating. Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry, 37, 641–663.
Davies, D. R., & Parasuraman, R. (1982). The Psychology of Vigilance. London: Academic Press.
Dawson, M. E., & Biferno, M. A. (1973). Concurrent measurement of awareness and electrodermal classical conditioning. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 101, 55–62.
Dawson, M. E., Filion, D. L., & Schell, A. M. (1989). Is elicitation of the autonomic orienting response associated with allocation of processing resources? Psychophysiology, 26, 560–572.
Dawson, M. E., & Nuechterlein, K. H. (1984). Psychophysiological dysfunctions in the developmental course of schizophrenic disorders. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 10, 204–232.
Dawson, M. E., Nuechterlein, K. H., & Liberman, R. P. (1983). Relapse in schizophrenic disorders: Possible contributing factors and implications for behavior therapy. In M. Rosenbaum, C. M. Franks, & Y. Jaffe (Eds.), Perspectives on Behavior Therapy in the Eighties (pp. 265–286). New York: Springer.
Dawson, M. E., Nuechterlein, K. H., & Schell, A. M. (1992a). Electrodermal anomalies in recent-onset schizophrenia: Relationships to symptoms and prognosis. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 18, 295–311.
Dawson, M. E., Nuechterlein, K. H., Schell, A. M., Gitlin, M., & Ventura, J. (1994). Autonomic abnormalities in schizophrenia: State or trait indicators? Archives of General Psychiatry, 51, 813–824.
Dawson, M. E., Nuechterlein, K. H., Schell, A. M., & Mintz, J. (1992b). Concurrent and predictive electrodermal correlates of symptomatology in recent-onset schizophrenic patients. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 101, 153–164.
Dawson, M. E., & Schell, A. M. (1985). Information processing and human autonomic classical conditioning. In P. K. Ackles, J. R. Jennings, & M. G. H. Coles (Eds.), Advances in Psychophysiology, Vol. 1 (pp. 89–165). Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
Dawson, M. E. & Schell, A. M. (2002). What does electrodermal activity tell us about prognosis in the schizophrenia spectrum? Schizophrenia Research, 54, 87–93.
Dittes, J. E. (1957). Galvanic skin response as a measure of patient's reaction to therapist's permissiveness. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 55, 295–303.
Edelberg, R. (1967). Electrical properties of the skin. In C. C. Brown (Ed.), Methods in Psychophysiology (pp. 1–53). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkens.
Edelberg, R. (1972a). Electrical activity of the skin: Its measurement and uses in psychophysiology. In N. S. Greenfield & R. A. Sternbach (Eds.), Handbook of Psychophysiology (pp. 367–418). New York: Holt.
Edelberg, R. (1972b). Electrodermal recovery rate, goal-orientation, and aversion. Psychophysiology, 9, 512–520.
Edelberg, R. (1993). Electrodermal mechanisms: A critique of the two-effector hypothesis and a proposed replacement. In J. C. Roy, W. Boucsein, D. C. Fowles, & J. H. Gruzelier (Eds.), Progress in Electrodermal Research (pp. 7–29). New York: Plenum Press.
Engel, B. T. (1960). Stimulus-response and individual-response specificity. Archives of General Psychiatry, 2, 305–313.
Esen, F., & Esen, H. (2002). Hemispheric modulatory influences on skin resistance response latency: Unilateral stimulation, bilateral recording. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 112, 1397–1406.
Esteves, F., Parra, C., Dimberg, U., & Ohman, A. (1994). Nonconscious associative learning: Pavlovian conditioning of skin conductance responses to masked fear-relevant facial stimuli. Psychophysiology, 31, 375–385.
Féré, C. (1888). Note on changes in electrical resistance under the effect of sensory stimulation and emotion. Comptes Rendus des Seances de la Societe de Biologie Series 9, 5, 217–219.
Ferguson, G. A. & Takane, Y. (1989). Statistical Analysis in Psychology and Education (6th edition). New York: McGraw-Hill.
Fowles, D. C. (1974). Mechanisms of electrodermal activity. In R. F. Thompson & M. M. Patterson (Eds.), Methods in Physiological Psychology. Part C. Receptor and Effector Processes (pp. 231–271). New York: Academic Press.
Fowles, D. C. (1986). The eccrine system and electrodermal activity. In M. G. H. Coles, E. Donchin, & S. W. Porges (Eds.), Psychophysiology: Systems, Processes, and Applications (pp. 51–96). New York: Guilford Press.
Fowles, D. C. (1993). Electrodermal activity and antisocial behavior: Empirical findings and theoretical issues. In J.-C. Roy, W. Boucsein, D. C. Fowles, & J. H. Gruzelier (Eds.), Progress in Electrodermal Research (pp. 223–237). New York: Plenum Press.
Fowles, D. C. (1988). Psychophysiology and psychopathology: A motivational approach. Psychophysiology, 25, 373–391.
Fowles, D., Christie, M. J., Edelberg, R., Grings, W. W., Lykken, D. T., & Venables, P. H. (1981). Publication recommendations for electrodermal measurements. Psychophysiology, 18, 232–239.
Fredrikson, M., Furmark, T., Olsson, M. T., Fischer, H., Anderson, J., & Langstrom, B. (1998). Functional neuroanatomical correlates of electrodermal activity: A positron emission tomography study. Psychophysiology, 35, 179–185.
Freedman, L. W., Scerbo, A. S., Dawson, M. E., Raine, A., McClure, W. O., & Venables, P. H. (1994). The relationship of sweat gland count to electrodermal activity. Psychophysiology, 31, 196–200.
Freixa i Baque, E. (1982). Reliability of electrodermal measures: A compilation. Biological Psychology, 14, 219–229.
Frith, C. D., Stevens, M., Johnstone, E. C., & Crow, T. J. (1979). Skin conductance responsivity during acute episodes of schizophrenia as a predictor of symptomatic improvement. Psychological Medicine, 9, 101–106.
Fuentes, I., Merita, M. G., Miquel, M., & Rojo, J. (1993). Relationships between electrodermal activity and symptomatology in schizophrenia. Psychopathology, 26, 47–52.
Green, M. F., Nuechterlein, K. H., & Satz, P. (1989). The relationship of symptomatology and medication to electrodermal activity in schizophrenia. Psychophysiology, 26, 148–157.
Grey, S. J., & Smith, B. L. (1984). A comparison between commercially available electrode gels and purpose-made gel, in the measurement of electrodermal activity. Psychophysiology, 21, 551–557.
Grings, W. W. (1974). Recording of electrodermal phenomena. In R. F. Thompson & M. M. Patterson (Eds.), Bioelectric Recording Technique, Part C: Receptor and Effector Processes (pp. 273–296). New York: Academic Press.
Grings, W. W., & Dawson, M. E. (1973). Complex variables in conditioning. In W. F. Prokasy & D. C. Raskin (Eds.), Electrodermal Activity in Psychological Research (pp. 203–254). New York: Academic Press.
Grings, W. W. & Dawson, M. E. (1978). Emotions and Bodily Responses: A Psychophysiological Approach. New York: Academic Press.
Grings, W. W., & Lockhart, R. A. (1965). Problems of magnitude measurement with multiple GSRs. Psychological Reports, 17, 979–982.
Grings, W. W., & Schell, A. M. (1969). Magnitude of electrodermal response to a standard stimulus as a function of intensity and proximity of a prior stimulus. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 67, 77–82.
Gross, J. J. (1998). Antecedent- and response-focused emotion regulation: Divergent consequences for experience, expression, and physiology. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74, 224–237.
Gross, J. J., & Levenson, R. W. (1993). Emotional suppression: Physiology, self-report, and expressive behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 64, 970–986.
Hare, R. D. (1991). The Hare Psychopathy Checklist – Revised. Toronto: Multi-Health Systems.
Hare, R. D.(1965). Temporal gradient of fear arousal in psychopaths. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 70, 442–445.
Hassett, J. (1978). A Primer of Psychophysiology. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman and Company.
Hastrup, J. L (1979). Effects of electrodermal lability and introversion on vigilance decrement. Psychophysiology, 16, 302–310.
Hazlett, E. A., Dawson, M. E., Filion, D. L., Schell, A. M., & Nuechterlein, K. H. (1997). Autonomic orienting and the allocation of processing resources in schizophrenia patients and putatively at-risk individuals. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 106, 171–181.
Hazlett, H., Dawson, M. E., Schell, A. M., & Nuechterlein, K. H. (1997). Electrodermal activity as a prodromal sign in schizophrenia. Biological Psychiatry, 41, 111–113.
Hollister, J. M., Mednick, S. A., Brennan, P., & Cannon, T. D. (1994). Impaired autonomic nervous system habituation in those at genetic risk for schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 51, 552–558.
Hot, P., Naveteur, J., Leconte, P., & Sequeira, H. (1999). Diurnal variations of tonic electrodermal activity. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 33, 223–230.
Hugdahl, K. (1984). Hemispheric asymmetry and bilateral electrodermal recordings: A review of the evidence. Psychophysiology, 21, 371–393.
Hugdahl, K. (1995). Psychophysiology: The Mind-Body Perspective. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Hugdahl, K., & Öhman, A. (1977). Effects of instruction on acquisition and extinction of electrodermal responses to fear-relevant stimuli. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory, 3, 608–618.
Humphreys, L. G. (1943). Measures of strength of conditioned eyelid responses. Journal of General Psychology, 29, 101–111.
Iacono, W. G., Ficken, J. W., & Beiser, M. (1993). Electrodermal nonresponding in first-episode psychosis as a function of stimulus significance. In J. C. Roy, W. Boucsein, D. C. Fowles, & J. H. Gruzelier (Eds.), Progress in Electrodermal Activity (pp. 239–256). New York: Plenum Press.
Iacono, W. G., Ficken, J. W. & Beiser, M. (1999). Electrodermal activation in first-episode psychotic patients and their first-degree relatives. Psychiatry Research, 88, 25–39.
Jennings, J. R. (1986). Bodily changes during attending. In M. G. H. Coles, E. Donchin, & S. W. Porges (Eds.), Psychophysiology: Systems, Processes, and Applications (pp. 268–289). New York: Guilford Press.
Katkin, E. S. (1975). Electrodermal lability: A psychophysiological analysis of individual differences in response to stress. In I. G. Sarason, & C. D. Spielberger (Eds.), Stress and Anxiety, Vol. 2 (pp. 141–176). Washington, DC: Aldine.
Katsanis, J., & Iacono, W. G. (1994). Electrodermal activity and clinical status in chronic schizophrenia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 103, 777–783.
Kelsey, R. M. (1991). Electrodermal lability and myocardial reactivity to stress. Psychophysiology, 28, 619–631.
Kim, D. K., Shin, Y. M., Kim, C. E., Cho, H. S., & Kim, Y. S. (1993). Electrodermal responsiveness, clinical variables, and brain imaging in male chronic schizophrenics. Biological Psychiatry, 33, 786–793.
Koelega, H. S. (1990). Vigilance performance: A review of electrodermal predictors. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 70, 1011–1029.
Kutas, M. (1997). Views on how the electrical activity that the brain generates reflects the functions of different language structures. Psychophysiology, 34, 383–398.
Lacey, J. I., Kagan, J., Lacey, B. C., & Moss, H. A. (1963). The visceral level: Situational determinants and behavioral correlates of autonomic response patterns. In P. H. Knapp (Ed.), Expression of the Emotions in Man (pp. 161–196). New York: International Universities Press.
Lacey, J. I. & Lacey, B. C. (1958). Verification and extension of the principle of autonomic response-stereotypy. American Journal of Psychology, 71, 50–73.
Lader, M. H., & Wing, L. (1966). Psychological Measures, Sedative Drugs, and Morbid Anxiety. London: Oxford University Press.
Landis, C. (1930). Psychology of the psychogalvanic reflex. Psychological Review, 37, 381–398.
Lang, P. J., Bradley, M. M., & Cuthbert, B. N. (1998). International affective picture system (IAPS): Technical Manual and Affective Ratings. Center for Research in Psychophysiology, University of Florida, Gainesville.
Lang, P. J., Greenwald, M. K., Bradley, M. M., & Hamm, A. O. (1993). Looking at pictures: Affective, visceral, and behavioral reactions. Psychophysiology, 30, 261–173.
Levenson, R. W., & Gottman, J. M. (1983). Marital interaction: Physiological linkage and affective exchange. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 45, 587–597.
Levenson, R. W. & Gottman, J. M. (1985). Physiological and affective predictors of change in relationship satisfaction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 85–94.
Levinson, D. F., Edelberg, R., & Bridger, W. H. (1984). The orienting response in schizophrenia: Proposed resolution of a controversy. Biological Psychiatry, 19, 489–507.
Lim, C. L., Rennie, C., Barry, R. J., Bahramali, H., Lazzaro, I., Manor, B., & Gordon, E. (1997). Decomposing skin conductance into tonic phasic components. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 25, 97–109.
Lorber, M. F. (2004). Psychophysiology of aggression, psychopathy, and conduct problems: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 130, 531–552.
Lockhart, R. A., & Lieberman, W. (1979). Information content of the electrodermal orienting response. In H. D. Kimmel, E. H. van Olst, & J. F. Orlebeke (Eds.), The Orienting Reflex in Humans (pp. 685–700). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Lovibond, P. F., & Shanks, D. R. (2002). The role of awareness in Pavlovian conditioning: Empirical evidence and theoretical implications. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes, 28, 3–26.
Lykken, D. T. (1959). The GSR in the detection of guilt. Journal of Applied Psychology, 43, 383–388.
Lykken, D. T. (1957). A study of anxiety in the sociopathic personality. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 55, 6–10.
Lykken, D. T. (1995). The Antisocial Personalities. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Lykken, D. T. (1981). A Tremor in the Blood. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Lykken, D. T., Rose, R. J., Luther, B., & Maley, M. (1966). Correcting psychophysiological measures for individual differences in range. Psychological Bulletin, 66, 481–484.
Lykken, D. T., & Venables, P. H. (1971). Direct measurement of skin conductance: A proposal for standardization. Psychophysiology, 8, 656–672.
Lyytinen, H., Blomberg, A., & Näätänen, R. (1992). Event-related potentials and autonomic responses to a change in unattended auditory stimuli. Psychophysiology, 29, 523–534.
Maia, T. V., & McClelland, J. L. (2004). A reexamination of the evidence for the somatic marker hypothesis: What participants really know in the Iowa gambling task. PNAS, 101, 16075–16080.
Montague, J. D. (1963). Habituation of the psycho-galvanic reflex during serial tests. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 7, 199–214.
Morris, J. S., Buchel, C., & Dolan, R. J. (2001). Parallel neural responses in amygdala subregions and sensory cortex during implicit fear conditioniry. NeuroImage, 13, 1044–1052.
Mundy-Castle, A. C., & McKiever, B. L. (1953). The psychophysiological significance of the galvanic skin response. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 46, 15–24.
Munro, L. L., Dawson, M. E., Schell, A. M., & Sakai, L. M. (1987). Electrodermal lability and rapid performance decrement in a degraded stimulus continuous performance task. Journal of Psychophysiology, 1, 249–257.
Nagai, Y., Critchley, H. D., Featherstone, E., Trimble, M. R., & Dolan, R. J. (2004). Activity in ventromedial prefrontal cortex covaries with sympathetic skin conductance level: a physiological account of a “default mode” of brain function. NeuroImage, 22, 243–251.
Naveteur, J., Godefroy, O., & Sequeira, H. (1998). Electrodermal level asymmetry in a unilateral brain-damaged patient. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 29, 237–245.
Nuechterlein, K. H., & Dawson, M. E. (1984). A heuristic vulnerability/stress model of schizophrenic episodes. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 10, 300–312.
Neumann, E., & Blanton, R. (1970). The early history of electrodermal research. Psychophysiology, 6, 453–475.
Öhman, A. (1979). The orienting response, attention and learning: An information processing perspective. In H. D. Kimmel, E. H. Van Olst, & J. F. Orlebeke (Eds.), The Orienting Reflex in Humans. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Öhman, A. (1981). Electrodermal activity and vulnerability to schizophrenia: A review. Biological Psychology, 12, 87–145.
Öhman, A. (1992). Orienting and attention: Preferred preattentive processing of potentially phobic stimuli. In B. A. Campbell, H. Hayne, & R. Richardson (Eds.), Attention and Information Processing in Infants and Adults: Perspectives from Human and Animal Research (pp. 263–295). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Öhman, A., Dimberg, U., & Esteves, F. (1989a). Preattentive activation of aversive emotions. In T. Archer & L.-G. Nilsson (Eds.), Aversion, avoidance, and anxiety (pp. 169–193). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Öhman, A., Öhlund, L. S., Alm, T., Wieselgren, I. M., Öst, L-G., & Lindstrom, L. H. (1989b). Electrodermal nonresponding, premorbid adjustment, and symptomatology as predictors of long-term social functioning in schizophrenics. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 98, 426–435.
Öhman, A., & Soares, J. J. F. (1998). Emotional conditioning to masked stimuli: Expectancies for aversive outcomes following nonrecognized fear-relevant stimuli. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 127, 69–82.
Polagava, E. B., Egorov, A. Y., & Pirogov, A. A. (1997). Asymmetry of skin resistance response under activation of the right or left cerebral hemisphere. Human Physiology, 23, 531–535.
Patterson, J. C., Ungerleider, L. G., & Bandettini, P. A. (2002). Task-independent functional brain activity correlation with skin conductance changes: An fMRI study. NeuroImage, 17, 1797–1806.
Prokasy, W. F. (1974). SCORIT: A computer subroutine for scoring electrodermal responses. Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation, 7, 49–52.
Prokasy, W. F., & Kumpfer, K. L. (1973). Classical conditioning. In W. F. Prokasy, & D. C. Raskin (Eds.), Electrodermal Activity in Psychological Research (pp. 157–202). New York: Academic Press.
Prokasy, W. F., & Raskin, D. C. (Eds.). (1973). Electrodermal activity in psychological research. New York: Academic Press.
Quay, H. C. (1965). Psychopathic personality as pathological stimulation-seeking. American Journal of Psychiatry, 122, 180–183.
Raine, A., Venables, P. H., & Williams, M. (1990). Relationships between central and autonomic measures of arousal at age 15 years and criminality at age 24 years. Archives of General Psychiatry, 47, 1003–1007.
Roy, J.-C., Sequeira, H., & Delerm, B. (1993). Neural control of electrodermal activity: Spinal and reticular mechanisms. In J. C. Roy, W. Boucsein, D. C. Fowles, & J. H. Gruzelier (Eds.), Progress in Electrodermal Research (pp. 73–92). New York: Plenum Press.
Sakai, M. L., Baker, L. A., & Dawson, M. E. (1992). Electrodermal lability: Individual differences affecting perceptual speed and vigilance performance in 9 to 16 year-old children. Psychophysiology, 29, 207–217.
Scerbo, A., Freedman, L. W., Raine, A., Dawson, M. E., & Venables, P. H. (1992). A major effect of recording site on measurement of electrodermal activity. Psychophysiology, 29, 241–246.
Schell, A. M., Dawson, M. E., & Filion, D. L. (1988). Psychophysiology correlates of electrodermal lability. Psychophysiology, 25, 619–632.
Schell, A. M., Dawson, M. E., & Marinkovic, K. (1991). Effects of potentially phobic conditioned stimuli on retention, reconditioning, and extinction of the conditioned skin conductance response. Psychophysiology, 28, 140–153.
Schell, A. M., Dawson, M. E., Nuechterlein, K. H., Subotnik, K. L., & Ventura, J. (2002). The temporal stability of electrodermal variables over a one-year period in patients with recent-onset schizophrenia and normal subjects. Psychophysiology, 39, 124–132.
Schell, A. M., Dawson, M. E., Rissling, A., Ventura, J., Subotnik, K. L., & Nuechterlein, K. H. (2005). Electrodermal predictors of functional outcome and negative symptoms in recent-onset schizophrenia patients. Psychophysiology, 42, 483–492.
Schulter, G., & Papousek, I. (1998). Bilateral electrodermal activity: Relationships to state and trait characteristics of hemisphere asymmetry. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 31, 1–12.
Schwartz, G. E., & Shapiro, D. (1973). Social psychophysiology. In W. F. Prokasy & D. C. Raskin (Eds.), Electrodermal Activity in Psychological Research (pp. 377–416). New York: Academic Press.
Seligman, M. E. P. (1970). On the generality of the laws of learning. Psychological Review, 77, 307–321.
Sequeira, H., & Roy, J.-C. (1993). Cortical and hypothalamo-limbic control of electrodermal responses. In J. C. Roy, W. Boucsein, D. C. Fowles, & J. H. Gruzelier (Eds.), Progress in Electrodermal Research (pp. 93–114). New York: Plenum Press.
Shields, S. A., MacDowell, K. A., Fairchild, S. B., & Campbell, M. L. (1987). Is mediation of sweating cholinergic, adrenergic, or both? A comment on the literature. Psychophysiology, 24, 312–319.
Siddle, D., Stephenson, D., & Spinks, J. A. (1983). Elicitation and habituation of the orienting response. In D. Siddle Ed.), Orienting and Habituation: Perspectives in Human Research pp. 109–182). Chichester: Wiley and Sons.
Sokolov, E. N. (1963). Perception and the Conditioned Reflex. New York: Macmillan.
Spohn, H. E., Coyne, L., Wilson, J. K., & Hayes, K. (1989). Skin-conductance orienting response in chronic schizophrenics: The role of neuroleptics. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 98, 478–486.
Stern, R. M., Ray, W. J., & Quigley, K. S. (2001). Psychophysiological Recording. New York: Oxford University Press.
Straube, E. R. (1979). On the meaning of electrodermal nonresponding in Schizophrenia. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 167, 601–611.
Strauss, J. S., & Carpenter, W. T. (1974). The prediction of outcome in schizophrenia: II. Relationship between predictor and outcome variables. Archives of General Psychiatry, 31, 37–42.
Strayer, D. L., & Williams, W. C. (1982). SCORIT 1980. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the Society for Psychophysiological Research, Washington, DC.
Tarchanoff, J. (1890). Galvanic phenomena in the human skin during stimulation of the sensory organs and during various forms of mental activity. Pflugers Archive fur die Gesamte Physiologie des Menschen und der Tiere, 46, 46–55.
Tarrier, N., & Barrowclough, C. (1989). Electrodermal activity as a predictor of schizophrenic relapse. Psychopathology, 22, 320–324.
Tarrier, N., Vaughn, C., Lader, M. H., & Leff, J. P. (1979). Bodily reactions to people and events in schizophrenics. Archives of General Psychiatry, 36, 311–315.
Tranel, D. (2000). Electrodermal activity in cognitive neuroscience: neuroanatomical and neurophysiological correlates. In R. D. Lane & L. Nadel, (Eds.), Cognitive Neuroscience of Emotion (pp. 192–224). Oxford University Press: New York.
Tranel, D., & Damasio, H. (1994). Neuroanatomical correlates of electrodermal skin conductance responses. Psychophysiology, 31, 427–438.
Tranel, D., Fowles, D. C., & Damasio, A. R. (1985). Electrodermal discrimination of familiar and unfamiliar faces: A methodology. Psychophysiology, 22, 403–408.
Turpin, G. (1983). Psychophysiology, psychopathology, and the social environment. In A. Gale & J. A. Edwards (Eds.), Physiological Correlates of Human Behavior (pp. 265–280). New York: Academic Press.
Turpin, G., Tarrier, N., & Sturgeon, D. (1988). Social psychophysiology and the study of biopsychosocial models of schizophrenia. In H. Wagner (Ed.), Social Psychophysiology. Chichester, England: Wiley & Sons.
Vaughn, C., & Leff, J. P. (1976). The influence of family and social factors on the course of psychiatric illness. British Journal of Psychiatry, 129, 125–137.
Vaughn, C. E., Snyder, K. S., Jones, S., Freeman, W. B., & Falloon, I. R. H. (1984). Family factors in schizophrenic relapse: A California replication of the British research on expressed emotion. Archives of General Psychiatry, 41, 1169–1177.
Venables, P. H., & Christie, M. J. (1973). Mechanisms, instrumentation, recording techniques, and quantification of responses. In W. F. Prokasy & D. C. Raskin (Eds.), Electrodermal Activity in Psychological Research (pp. 1–124). New York: Academic Press.
Venables, P. H., & Mitchell, D. A. (1996). The effects of age, sex and time of testing on skin conductance activity. Biological Psychology, 43, 87–101.
Venables, P. H., & Christie, M. J. (1980). Electrodermal activity. In I. Martin & P. H. Venables (Eds), Techniques in Psychophysiology (pp. 3–67), Chichester UK: Wiley.
Verschuere, B., Crombez, G., De Clercq, A., & Koster, E. H. W. (2004). Autonomic and behavioral responding to concealed information: Differentiating orienting and defensive responses. Psychophysiology, 41, 461–466.
Verona, E., Patrick, C. J., Curtin, J., Bradley, M. M., & Lang, P. J. (2004). Psychopathy and physiological responses to emotionally evocative sounds. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 113, 99–108.
Vigouroux, R. (1879). Sur le role de la resistance electrique des tissues dans l'electro-diagnostic. Comptes Rendus Societe de Biologie, 31, 336–339.
Vigouroux, R. (1888). The electrical resistance considered as a clinical sign. Progres Medicale, 3, 87–89.
Vossel, G., & Rossman, R. (1984). Electrodermal habituation speed and visual monitoring performance. Psychophysiology, 21, 97–100.
Wallin, B. G. (1981). Sympathetic nerve activity underlying electrodermal and cardiovascular reactions in man. Psychophysiology, 18, 470–476.
Wang, G. H. (1964). The Neural Control of Sweating. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
Wieselgren, I.-M., Öhlund, L. S., Lindstrom, L. H., & Öhman, A. (1994). Electrodermal activity as a predictor of social functioning in female schizophrenics. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 103, 570–573.
Williams, L. M., Brammer, M. J., Skerrett, D., Lagopolous, J., Rennie, C., Kozek, K., Olivieri, G., Peduto, T., & Gordon, E. (2000). The neural correlates of orienting: An integration of fMRI and skin conductance orienting. Neuroreport, 11, 3011–3015.
Woodworth, R. S., & Schlosberg, H. (1954). Experimental Psychology. (Rev. Ed.). New York: Holt & Co.
Zahn, T. P., Carpenter, W. T., & McGlashan, T. H. (1981). Autonomic nervous system activity in acute schizophrenia: II. Relationships to short-term prognosis and clinical state. Archives of General Psychiatry, 38, 260–266.

Reference Title: REFERENCES

Reference Type: reference-list

Anderson, C. R. (1998). Identification of cardiovascular pathways in the sympathetic nervous system. Clinical and Experimental Pharmacology and Physiology, 25, 449–452.
Annila, P. A., Yli-Hankala, A. M., & Lindgren, L. (1994). The effect of atropine on the T-wave amplitude of ECG during isoflurane anaesthesia. International Journal of Clinical Monitoring and Computing, 11, 43–47.
Bailey, R. H., & Bauer, J. H. (1993). A review of common errors in the indirect measurement of blood pressure. Archives of Internal Medicine, 153, 2741–2748.
Bar-Haim, Y., Marshall, P. J., Fox, N. A. (2000). Developmental changes in heart period and high-frequency heart period variability from 4 months to 4 years of age. Developmental Psychobiology, 37, 44–56.
Beker, F., Weber, M., Fink, R. H., & Adams, D. J. (2003). Muscarinic and nicotinic ACh receptor activation differentially mobilize Ca2+ in rat intracardiac ganglion neurons. Journal of Neurophysiology, 90, 1956–1964.
Bachen, E. A., Manuck, S. B., Cohen, S., Muldoon, M. F., Raibel, R., Herbert, T. B., & Rabin, B. S. (1995). Adrenergic blockade ameliorates cellular immune responses to mental stress in humans. Psychosomatic Medicine, 57, 366–372.
Benschop, R. J., Nieuwenhuis, E. E. S., Tromp, E. A. M., Godart, G. L. R., Ballieux, R. E., & van Doornen, L. P. J. (1994). Effects of β-adrenergic blockade on immunologic and cardiovascular changes induced by mental stress. Circulation, 89, 762–769.
Berntson, G. G., Bigger, J. T., Eckberg, D. L., Grossman, P., Kaufmann, P. G., Malik, M., Nagaraja, H. N., Porges, S. W., Saul, J. P., Stone, P. H., & van der Molen, M. W. (1997). Heart rate variability: Origins, methods, and interpretive caveats. Psychophysiology, 34, 623–648.
Berntson, G. G., & Cacioppo, J. T. (1999). Heart rate variability: A neuroscientific perspective for further studies. Cardiac Electrophysiology Review, 3, 279–282.
Berntson, G. G., Cacioppo, J. T., Binkley, P. F., Uchino, B. N., Quigley, K. S., & Fieldstone, A. (1994). Autonomic cardiac control: III. Psychological stress and cardiac response in autonomic space as revealed by pharmacological blockades. Psychophysiology, 31, 599–608.
Berntson, G. G., Cacioppo, J. T., & Quigley, K. S. (1991). Autonomic Determinism: The modes of autonomic control, the doctrine of autonomic space, and the laws of autonomic constraint. Psychological Review, 98, 459–487.
Berntson, G. G., Cacioppo, J. T., & Quigley, K. S. (1993a). Cardiac psychophysiology and autonomic space in humans: Empirical perspectives and conceptual implications. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 296–322.
Berntson, G. G., Cacioppo, J. T. & Quigley, K. S. (1993b). Respiratory sinus arrhythmia: Autonomic origins, physiological mechanisms, and psychophysiological implications. Psychophysiology, 30, 183–196.
Berntson, G. G., Cacioppo, J. T., & Quigley, K. S. (1995). The metrics of cardiac chronotropism: Biometric perspectives. Psychophysiology, 32, 162–171.
Berntson, G. G., Lozano, D. L., & Chen, Y.-J. (2005). Filter properties of the root mean square successive difference (RMSSD) statistic in heart rate. Psychophysiology, 42, 246–252.
Berntson, G. G., Lozano, D. L., Chen, Y.-J, & Cacioppo, J. T. (2004). Where to Q in PEP: Reliability and validity. Psychophysiology, 41, 333–337.
Bernstein, D. P. (1986). A new stroke volume equation for thoracic electrical bioimpedance: Theory and rationale. Critical Care Medicine, 14, 904–909.
Bertinieri, G., di Rienzo, M., Cavallazzi, A., Ferrari, A. U., Pedotti, A., & Mancia, G. (1985). A new approach to analysis of the arterial baroreflex. Journal of Hypertension, 3(suppl 3), S79–S81.
Borow, K. M., & Newberger, J. W. (1982). Noninvasive estimation of central aortic pressure using the oscillometric method for analyzing systemic artery pulsatile blood flow: Comparative study of indirect systolic, diastolic and mean brachial artery pressure with simultaneous direct ascending aortic pressure measurements. American Heart Journal, 103, 879–886.
Bosch, J. A., Berntson, G. G., Cacioppo, J. T., Dhabhar, F. S., & Marucha, P. T. (2003). Acute stress evokes a selective mobilization of T cells that differ in chemokine receptor expression: A potential pathway linking immunologic reactivity to cardiovascular disease. Brain, Behavior, & Immunity, 17, 251–259.
Bosch, J. A., de Geus, E. J., Kelder, A., Veerman, E. C., Hoogstraten, J., & Amerongen, A. V. (2001). Differential effects of active versus passive coping on secretory immunity. Psychophysiology, 38, 836–846.
Boucsein, W., & Backs, R. W. (2000). Engineering psychophysiology as a discipline: Historical and theoretical aspects. In R. W. Backs, & W. Boucsein (Eds.), Engineering Psychophysiology: Issues and applications (pp. 3–30). London: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Brede, M., Philipp, M., Knaus, A., Muthig, V., & Hein, L. (2004). Alpha2-adrenergic receptor subtypes – novel functions uncovered in gene-targeted mouse models. Biology of the Cell, 96, 343–348.
Cacioppo, J. T. (1994). Social neuroscience: Autonomic, neuroendocrine, and immune responses to stress. Psychophysiology, 31, 113–128.
Cacioppo, J. T., Berntson, G. G., Binkley, P. F., Quigley, K. S., Uchino, B. N., & Fieldstone, A. (1994). Autonomic cardiac control. II. Basal response, noninvasive indices, and autonomic space as revealed by autonomic blockades. Psychophysiology, 31, 586–598.
Cacioppo, J. T., Malarkey, W. B., Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K., Uchino, B. N., Sgoutas-Emch, S. A., Sheridan, J. F., Berntson, G. G., & Glaser, R. (1995). Heterogeneity in neuroendocrine and immune responses to brief psychological stressors as a function of autonomic cardiac activation. Psychosomatic Medicine, 57, 154–164.
Cacioppo, J. T., & Hawkley, L. C. (2003). Social isolation and health, with an emphasis on underlying mechanisms. Perspectives in Biology and Medicine, 46(3 Suppl), S39–52.
Cacioppo, J. T., Hawkley, L. C., Crawford, L. E., Ernst, J. M., Burleson, M. H., Kowalski, R. B., Malarkey, W. B., VanCauter, E., & Berntson, G. G. (2002). Loneliness and health: Potential mechanisms. Psychosomatic Medicine, 64, 407–417.
Carrio, I. (2001). Cardiac neurotransmission imaging. Journal of Nuclear Medicine, 42, 1062–1076.
Chowdhary, S., Marsh, A. M., Coote, J. H., & Townend, J. N. (2004). Nitric oxide and cardiac muscarinic control in humans. Hypertension, 43, 1023–1028.
Contrada, R. J. (1992). T-wave amplitude: On the meaning of a psychophysiological index. Biological Psychology, 33, 249–258.
Corretti, M. C., Anderson, T. J., Benjamin, E. J., Celermajer, D., Charbonneau, F., Creager, M. A., Deanfield, J., Drexler, H., Gerhard-Herman, M., Herrington, D., Vallance, P., Vita, J., & Vogel, R. (2002). Guidelines for the ultrasound assessment of endothelial-dependent flow-mediated vasodilation of the brachial artery. Journal of the American College of Cardiology, 39, 257–265.
Critchley, H. D., Rotshtein, P., Nagai, Y., O'doherty, J., Mathias, C. J., Dolan, R. J. (2005a). Activity in the human brain predicting differential heart rate responses to emotional facial expressions. Neuroimage, 24, 751–762.
Critchley, H. D., Taggart, P., Sutton, P. M., Holdright, D. R., Batchvarov, V., Hnatkova, K., Malik, M., & Dolan, R. J. (2005b). Mental stress and sudden cardiac death: Asymmetric midbrain activity as a linking mechanism. Brain, 128, 75–85.
Dampney, R. A., Polson, J. W., Potts, P. D., Hirooka, Y., & Horiuchi, J. (2003). Functional organization of brain pathways subserving the baroreceptor reflex: Studies in conscious animals using immediate early gene expression. Cellular and Molecular Neurobiology, 23, 597–616.
Davies, J. I., & Struthers, A. D. (2003). Pulse wave analysis and pulse wave velocity: A critical review of their strengths and weaknesses. Journal of Hypertension, 21, 463–472.
DeBoer, R. W., Karemaker, J. M., & Strackee, J. (1987). Hemodynamic fluctuations and baroreflex sensitivity in humans: A beat-to-beat model. American Journal of Physiology, 253, 680–689.
Demeter, R. J., Parr, K. L., Toth, P. D., & Woods, J. R. (1993). Use of noninvasive bioelectric impedance to predict cardiac output in open heart recovery. Biological Psychology, 36, 23–32.
Di Rienzo, M., Parati, G., Castiglioni, P., Tordi, R., Mancia, G., & Pedotti, A. (2001). Baroreflex effectiveness index: An additional measure of baroreflex control of heart rate in daily life. American Journal of Physiology, 280, R744–R751.
Eckberg, D. L. (1997). Sympathovagal balance: A critical appraisal. Circulation, 96, 3224–3232.
Eckberg, D. L. (1998). Sympathovagal balance: A critical appraisal. Reply. Circulation, 98, 2643–2644.
Eckberg, D. L. (2000). Physiological basis for human autonomic rhythms. Annals of Medicine, 32, 341–349.
Eckberg, D. L. (2003). The human respiratory gate. Journal of Physiology, 548, 339–352.
Fitzsimons, J. T. (1998). Angiotensin, thirst, and sodium appetite. Physiological Review, 78, 583–686.
Fukuda, N., & Granzier, H. (2004). Role of the giant elastic protein titin in the Frank-Starling mechanism of the heart. Current Vascular Pharmacology, 2, 135–139.
Fukuda, N., Wu, Y. Farman, G. Irving, T. C., & Granzier, H. (2003). Titin isoform variance and length dependence of activation in skinned bovine cardiac muscle. Journal of Physiology, 553, 147–154.
Furedy, J. J., Heslegrave, R. J., & Scher, H. (1992). T-wave amplitude utility revisited: Some physiological and psychophysiological considerations. Biological Psychology, 33, 241–248.
Fyfe, D. A., & Parks, W. J. (2002). Noninvasive diagnostics in congenital heart disease: Echocardiography and magnetic resonance imaging. Critical Care Nursing Quarterly, 25, 26–36.
Gang, Y., & Malik, M. (2002). Heart rate variability in critical care medicine. Current Opinion in Critical Care, 8, 371–375.
Gianaros, P. J., May, J. C., Siegle, G. J., & Jennings, J. R. (2005). Is there a functional neural correlate of individual differences in cardiovascular reactivity? Psychosomatic Medicine, 67, 31–39.
Gianaros, P. J., Van Der Veen, F. M., & Jennings, J. R. (2004). Regional cerebral blood flow correlates with heart period and high-frequency heart period variability during working-memory tasks: Implications for the cortical and subcortical regulation of cardiac autonomic activity. Psychophysiology, 41, 521–530.
Gibbons, R. J., & Araoz, P. A. (2004). The year in cardiac imaging. Journal of the American College of Cardiology, 44, 1937–1944.
Glaser, R., Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K., Malarkey, W. B., & Sheridan, J. F. (1998). The influence of psychological stress on the immune response to vaccines. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 840, 649–655.
Goldberger, A. L. (1998). Clinical Electrocardiography: A Simplified Approach. New York: C. V. Mosby.
Goldin, J. G., Ratib, O., & Aberle, D. R. (2000). Contemporary cardiac imaging: An overview. Journal of Thoracic Imaging, 15, 218–229.
Gray, A. L., Johnson, T. A., Ardell, J. L., & Massari, V. J. (2004a). Parasympathetic control of the heart. II. A novel interganglionic intrinsic cardiac circuit mediates neural control of heart rate. Journal of Applied Physiology, 96, 2273–2278.
Gray, A. L., Johnson, T. A., Lauenstein, J. M., Newton, S. S., Ardell, J. L., & Massari, V. J. (2004b). Parasympathetic control of the heart. III. Neuropeptide Y-immunoreactive nerve terminals synapse on three populations of negative chronotropic vagal preganglionic neurons. Journal of Applied Physiology, 96, 2279–2287.
Grisk, O., & Rettig, R. (2004). Interactions between the sympathetic nervous system and the kidneys in arterial hypertension. Cardiovascular Research, 61, 238–246.
Grossman, P., Karemaker, J., & Wieling, W. (1991). Prediction of tonic parasympathetic cardiac control using respiratory sinus arrhythmia: The need for respiratory control. Psychophysiology, 28, 201–216.
Grossman, P., & Kollai, M. (1993). Respiratory sinus arrhythmia, cardiac vagal tone, and respiration: Within- and between-individual relations. Psychophysiology, 30, 486–495.
Grossman, P., van Beek, J., & Wientjes, C. (1990). A comparison of three quantification methods for estimation of respiratory sinus arrhythmia. Psychophysiology, 27, 702–714.
Grossman, P., Wilhelm, F. H., & Spoerle, M. (2004). Respiratory sinus arrhythmia, cardiac vagal control, and daily activity. American Journal of Physiology: Heart, & Circulatory Physiology, 287, H728–H734.
Guimaraes, S., & Moura, D. (2001). Vascular adrenoceptors: An update. Pharmacological Review, 53, 319–356.
Guthrie, D., & Yucha, C. (2004). Urinary concentration and dilution. Nephrolology Nursing Journal, 31, 297–303.
Guyton, A. C., & Hall, J. E. (2000). Textbook of Medical Physiology (10th ed.). Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders Co.
Hakim, K., Fischer, M., Gunnicker, M., Poenicke, K., Zerkowski, H. R., & Brodde, O. E. (1997). Functional role of beta2-adrenoceptors in the transplanted human heart. Journal of Cardiovascular Pharmacology, 30, 811–816.
Hawkley, L. C., Burleson, M. H., Berntson, G. G., & Cacioppo, J. T. (2003). Loneliness in everyday life: Cardiovascular activity, psychosocial context, and health behaviors. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 85, 105–120.
Higgins, C. B. (2000). Cardiac imaging. Radiology, 217, 4–10.
Hoetink, A. E., Faes, T. J., Schuur, E. H., Gorkink, R., Goovaerts, H. G., Meijer, J. H., Heethaar, R. M. (2002). Comparing spot electrode arrangements for electric impedance cardiography. Physiological Measurement, 23, 457–467.
Hoetink, A. E., Faes, T. J., Visser, K. R., & Heethaar, R. M. (2004). On the flow dependency of the electrical conductivity of blood. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 51, 1251–1261.
Iwata, J., & LeDoux, J. E. (1988). Dissociation of associative and nonassociative concomitants of classical fear conditioning in the freely behaving rat. Behavioral Neuroscience, 102, 66–76.
Jennings, J. R., Kamarck, T. W., Everson-Rose, S. A., Kaplan, G. A., Manuck, S. B., & Salonen, J. T. (2004). Exaggerated blood pressure responses during mental stress are prospectively related to enhanced carotid atherosclerosis in middle-aged Finnish men. Circulation, 110, 2198–2203.
Jennings, J. R., Tahmoush, A. J., & Redmond, D. P. (1980). Non-invasive measurement of peripheral vascular activity. In I. Martin, & P. H. Venables (Eds.), Techniques in psychophysiology (pp. 69–137). New York: John Wiley & Sons.
Johnson, T. A., Gray, A. L., Lauenstein, J. M., Newton, S. S., & Massari, V. J. (2004). Parasympathetic control of the heart. I. An interventriculo-septal ganglion is the major source of the vagal intracardiac innervation of the ventricles. Journal of Applied Physiology, 96, 2265–2272.
Joyner, M. J., & Dietz, N. M. (2003). Sympathetic vasodilation in human muscle. Acta Physiologica Scandinavica, 177, 329–336.
Kauppinen, P. K., Hyttinen, J. A., & Malmivuo, J. A. (1998). Sensitivity distributions of impedance cardiography using band and spot electrodes analyzed by a three-dimensional computer model. Annals of Biomedical Engineering, 26, 694–702.
Kauppinen, P. K., Koobi, T., Hyttinen, J., & Malmivuo, J. (2000). Segmental composition of whole-body impedance cardiogram estimated by computer simulations and clinical experiments. Clinical Physiology, 20, 106–113.
Kelsey, R. M., Reiff, S., Wiens, S., Schneider, T. R., Mezzacappa, E. S., & Guethlein, W. (1998). The ensemble-averaged impedance cardiogram: An evaluation of scoring methods and interrater reliability. Psychophysiology, 35, 337–340.
Kemmotsu, O., Ueda, M., Otsuka, H., Yamamura, T., Winter, D. C., & Eckerle, J. S. (1991). Arterial tonometry for noninvasive, continuous blood pressure monitoring during anesthesia. Anesthesiology, 75, 333–340.
Kline, K. P., Ginsburg, G. P., & Johnston, J. R. (1998). T-wave amplitude: Relationships to phasic RSA and heart period changes. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 29, 291–301.
Kubicek, W. G., Karnegis, J. N., Patterson, R. P., Witsoe, D. A., & Mattson, R. H. (1966). Development and evaluation of an impedance cardiac output system. Aerospace Medicine, 37, 1208–1212.
Kurzen, H., & Schallreuter, K. U. (2004). Novel aspects in cutaneous biology of acetylcholine synthesis and acetylcholine receptors. Experimental Dermatology, 13 (Suppl 4), 27–30.
Kuvin, J. T., Patel, A. R., Sliney, K. A., Pandian, N. G., Rand, W. M., Udelson, J. E., & Karas, R. H. (2001). Peripheral vascular endothelial function testing as a noninvasive indicator of coronary artery disease. Journal of the American College of Cardiology, 38, 1843–1849.
Kuvin, J. T., Patel, A. R., Sliney, K. A., Pandian, N. G., Sheffy, J., Schnall, R. P., Karas, R. H., & Udelson, J. E. (2003). Assessment of peripheral vascular endothelial function with finger arterial pulse wave amplitude. American Heart Journal, 146, 168–174.
Lacey, J. I., & Lacey, B. C. (1962). The law of initial value in the longitudinal study of autonomic constitution: Reproducibility of autonomic responses and response patterns over a four-year interval. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 98, 1257–1290.
Landis, S. C. (1996.) The development of cholinergic sympathetic neurons: A role for neuropoietic cytokines? Perspectives in Developmental Neurobiology, 4, 53–63.
Lane, R. D., Reiman, E. M., Ahern, G. L., & Thayer, J. F. (2001). Activity in medial prefrontal cortex correlates with vagal component of heart rate variability during emotion. Brain and Cognition, 47, 97–100.
Lehrer, P. M., Vaschillo, E., Vaschillo, B., Lu, S-E., Eckberg, D. L., Edelberg, R., Shih, W. J., Lin, Y., Kuusela, T. A., Tahvanainen, K. U. O., & Hamer, R. M. (2003). Heart rate variability biofeedback increases baroreflex gain and peak expiratory flow. Psychosomatic Medicine, 65, 796–805.
Levy, M. N. (1984). Cardiac sympathetic-parasympathetic interactions. Federation Proceedings, 43, 2598–2602.
Libby, P. (2003). Vascular biology of atherosclerosis: Overview and state of the art. American Journal of Cardiology, 91, 3A–6A.
Lindh, B., & Hokfelt, T. (1990). Structural and functional aspects of acetylcholine peptide coexistence in the autonomic nervous system. Progress in Brain Research, 84, 175–191.
Llabre, M. M., Ironson, G. H., Spitzer, S. B., Gellman, M. D., Weidler, D. J., & Schneiderman, N. (1988). How many blood pressure measurements are enough?: An application of generalizability theory to the study of blood pressure reliability. Psychophysiology, 25, 97–106.
Longmore, J., Bradshaw, C. M., & Szabadi, E. (1985). Effects of locally and systemically administered cholinoceptor antagonists on the secretory response of human eccrine sweat glands to carbachol. British Journal of Clinical Pharmacology, 20, 1–7.
Luchner, A., & Schunkert, H. (2004). Interactions between the sympathetic nervous system and the cardiac natriuretic peptide system. Cardiovascular Research, 63, 443–449.
Malliani, A. (1999). The pattern of sympathovagal balance explored in the frequency domain. News in Physiological Sciences, 14, 111–117.
Matthews, K. A., Salomon, K., Brady, S. S., & Allen, M. T. (2003). Cardiovascular reactivity to stress predicts future blood pressure in adolescence. Psychosomatic Medicine, 65, 410–415.
Matthews, S. C., Paulus, M. P., Simmons, A. N., Nelesen, R. A., Dimsdale, J. E. (2004). Functional subdivisions within anterior cingulate cortex and their relationship to autonomic nervous system function. Neuroimage, 22, 1151–1156.
Monti, A., Medigue, C., & Mangin, L. (2002). Instantaneous parameter estimation in cardiovascular time series by harmonic and time-frequency analysis. IEEE Transactions in Biomedical Engineering, 49, 1547–1556.
Moshkovitz, Y., Kaluski, E., Milo, O., Vered, Z., & Cotter G. (2004). Recent developments in cardiac output determination by bioimpedance: Comparison with invasive cardiac output and potential cardiovascular applications. Current Opinion in Cardiology, 19, 229–237.
Myerson, S. G., Bellenger, N. G., & Pennell, D. J. (2002). Assessment of left ventricular mass by cardiovascular magnetic resonance. Hypertension, 39, 750–755.
O'Brien, E. (1996). Review: A century of confusion: Which bladder for accurate blood pressure measurement? Journal of Human Hypertension, 10, 565–572.
Padgett, D. A., Sheridan, J. F., Dorne, J., Berntson, G. G., Candelora, J., & Glaser, R. (1998). Social stress and the reactivation of latent herpes simplex virus-type 1. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 95, 7231–7235.
Parati, G., Di Rienzo, M., & Mancia, G. (2000). How to measure baroreflex sensitivity: From the cardiovascular laboratory to daily life. Journal of Hypertension, 18, 7–19.
Parati, G., Ongaro, G., Bilo, G., Glavina, F., Castiglioni, P., Di Rienzo, M., & Mancia, G. (2003). Non-invasive beat-to-beat blood pressure monitoring: New developments. Blood Pressure Monitoring, 8, 31–36.
Persson, P. B., Di Rienzo, M., Castiglioni, P., Cerutti, C., Pagani, M., Honzikova, N., Akselrod, S., & Parati, G. (2001). Time versus frequency domain techniques for assessing baroreflex sensitivity. Journal of Hypertension, 19, 1699–1705.
Pirola, F. T., & Potter, E. K. (1990). Vagal action on atrioventricular conduction and its inhibition by sympathetic stimulation and neuropeptide Y in anaesthetised dogs. Journal of the Autonomic Nervous System, 31, 1–12.
Porges, S. W., & Bohrer, R. E. (1990). Analysis of periodic processes in psychophysiological research. In J. T. Cacioppo, & L. G. Tassinary (Eds.), Principles of psychophysiology: Physical, social and inferential elements (pp. 708–753). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Pumprla, J., Howorka, K., Groves, D., Chester, M., & Nolan, J. (2002). Functional assessment of heart rate variability: Physiological basis and practical applications. International Journal of Cardiology, 84, 1–14.
Qu, M. H., Zhang, Y. J., Webster, J. G., & Tompkins, W. J. (1986). Motion artifact from spot and band electrodes during impedance cardiography. IEEE Transactions in Biomedical Engineering, 33, 1029–1036.
Quan, N., Avitsur, R., Stark, J. L., He, L., Lai, W., Dhabhar, F., & Sheridan, J. F. (2003). Molecular mechanisms of glucocorticoid resistance in splenocytes of socially stressed male mice. Journal of Neuroimmunology, 137, 51–58.
Quigley, K. S. & Stifter, C. A. (2006). A comparative validation of sympathetic reactivity in children and adults. Psychophysiology 43, 357–365.
Raaijmakers, E., Faes, T. J., Scholten, R. J., Goovaerts, H. G., & Heethaar, R. M. (1999). A meta-analysis of published studies concerning the validity of thoracic impedance cardiography. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 873, 121–127.
Randall, W., Wurster, R. Randall, D., & Xi-Moy, S. (1996). From cardioaccelerator and inhibitory nerves to a “heart brain”: An evolution of concepts. In Shepard, J. T., & Vatner, S. F. (Eds.), Nervous control of the heart. Amsterdam: Harwood Academic Publishers.
Rashba, E. J., Cooklin, M., MacMurdy, K., Kavesh, N., Kirk, M., Sarang, S., Peters, R. W., Shorofsky, S. R., & Gold, M. R. (2002). Effects of selective autonomic blockade on T-wave alternans in humans. Circulation, 105, 837–842.
Ren, L. M., Furukawa, Y., Karasawa, Y., Murakami, M., Takei, M., Narita, M., & Chiba, S. (1991). Differential inhibition of neuropeptide Y on the chronotropic and inotropic responses to sympathetic and parasympathetic stimulation in the isolated, perfused dog atrium. Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, 259, 38–43.
Reyes del Paso, G. A., González, I., & Hernández, J. A. (2004). Baroreceptor sensitivity and effectiveness varies differentially as a function of cognitive-attentional demands. Biological Psychology, 67, 385–395.
Reyes del Paso, G. A., Hernández, J. A., & González, I. (2004). Differential analysis in the time domain of the baroreceptor cardiac reflex sensitivity as a function of sequence length. Psychophysiology, 41, 483–488.
Richardson, R. J., Grkovic, I., & Anderson, C. R. (2003). Immunohistochemical analysis of intracardiac ganglia of the rat heart. Cell and Tissue Research, 314, 337–350.
Riese, H., Groot, P. F., van den Berg, M., Kupper, N. H., Magnee, E. H., Rohaan, E. J., Vrijkotte, T. G., Willemsen, G., & de Geus, E. J. (2003). Large-scale ensemble averaging of ambulatory impedance cardiograms. Behavioral Research Methods, Instruments and Computers, 35, 467–477.
Riniolo, T., & Porges, S. W. (1997). Inferential and descriptive influences on measures of respiratory sinus arrhythmia: Sampling rate, R-wave trigger accuracy, and variance estimates. Psychophysiology, 34, 613–621.
Rose, S. C. (2000). Noninvasive vascular laboratory for evaluation of peripheral arterial occlusive disease: Part I – Hemodynamic principles and tools of the trade. Journal of Vascular and Interventional Radiology, 11, 1107–1114.
Rosengren, A., Hawken, S., Ounpuu, S., Sliwa, K., Zubaid, M., Almahmeed, W. A., Blackett, K. N., Sitthi-amorn, C., Sato, H., & Yusuf, S. (2004). Association of psychosocial risk factors with risk of acute myocardial infarction in 11119 cases and 13648 controls from 52 countries (the INTERHEART study): Case-control study. Lancet, 364, 953–62.
Sampaio, K. N., Mauad, H., Spyer, K. M., & Ford, T. W. (2003). Differential chronotropic and dromotropic responses to focal stimulation of cardiac vagal ganglia in the rat. Experimental Physiology, 88, 315–327.
Schwartz, P. J., La Rovere, M. T., & Vanoli, E. (1992). Autonomic nervous system and sudden cardiac death. Experimental basis and clinical observations for post-myocardial infarction risk stratification. Circulation, 85, I77–191.
Shapiro, D., Jamner, L. D., Lane, J. D., Light, K. C., Myrtek, M., Sawada, Y., & Steptoe, A. (1996). Blood pressure publication guidelines. Psychophysiology, 33, 1–12.
Sheridan, J. F., Stark, J. L., Avitsur, R., & Padgett, D. A. (2000). Social disruption, immunity, and susceptibility to viral infection. Role of glucocorticoid insensitivity and NGF. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 917, 894–905.
Sherwood, A., McFetridge, J., & Hutcheson, J. S. (1998) Ambulatory impedance cardiography: a feasibility study. Journal of Applied Physiology, 85, 2365–2369.
Sherwood, A., Allen, M. T., Fahrenberg, J., Kelsey, R. M., Lovallo, W. R., & van Doornen, L. J. (1990). Methodological guidelines for impedance cardiography. Psychophysiology, 27, 1–23.
Sherwood, A., Royal, S. A., Hutcheson, J. S., & Turner, J. R. (1992). Comparison of impedance cardiographic measurements using band and spot electrodes. Psychophysiology, 29, 734–741.
Smith, R. P., Argod, J., Pépin, J.-L., & Lévy, P. A. (1999). Pulse transit time: An appraisal of potential clinical applications. Thorax, 54, 452–458.
Smith, L. L., Kukielka, M., & Billman, G. E. (2005). Heart rate recovery after exercise: A predictor of ventricular fibrillation susceptibility after myocardial infarction. American Journal of Physiology: Heart and Circulatory Physiology, H1763–1769.
Somsen, R. J., Jennings, J. R., & Van der Molen, M. W. (2004). The cardiac cycle time effect revisited: Temporal dynamics of the central-vagal modulation of heart rate in human reaction time tasks. Psychophysiology, 41, 941–953.
Steptoe, A., Godaert, G., Ross, A., & Schreurs, P. (1983). The cardiac and vascular components of pulse transmission time: A computer analysis of systolic time intervals. Psychophysiology, 20, 251–259.
Steptoe, A., & Sawada, Y. (1989). Assessment of baroreceptor reflex function during mental stress and relaxation. Psychophysiology, 26, 140–1147.
Strike, P. C., & Steptoe, A. (2004). Psychosocial factors in the development of coronary artery disease. Progress in Cardiovascular Disease, 46, 337–347.
Takahashi, H., Maehara, K., Onuki, N., Saito, T., & Maruyama, Y. (2003). Decreased contractility of the left ventricle is induced by the neurotransmitter acetylcholine, but not by vagal stimulation in rats. Japanese Heart Journal, 44, 257–270.
Task Force of the European Society of Cardiology and the North American Society of Pacing and Electrophysiology. (1996). Heart rate variability: Standards of measurement, physiological interpretation, and clinical use. Circulation, 93, 1043–1065.
Ter Horst, G. J., Hautvast, R. W., De Jongste, M. J., & Korf, J. (1996). Neuroanatomy of cardiac activity-regulating circuitry: A transneuronal retrograde viral labelling study in the rat. European Journal of Neuroscience, 8, 2029–2041.
Thayer, J. F., & Uijtdehaage, S. H. (2001). Derivation of chronotropic indices of autonomic nervous system activity using impedance cardiography. Biomedical Sciences Instrumentation, 37, 331–336.
Tomaka, J., Blascovich, J., & Swart, L. (1994). Effects of vocalization on cardiovascular and electrodermal responses during mental arithmetic. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 18, 23–33.
Ursino, M., & Magosso, E. (2003). Short-term autonomic control of cardiovascular function: A mini-review with the help of mathematical models. Journal of Integrative Neuroscience, 2, 219–247.
Vallbo, A. B., Hagbarth, K. E., & Wallin, B. G. (2004). Microneurography: How the technique developed and its role in the investigation of the sympathetic nervous system. Journal of Applied Physiology, 96, 1262–1269.
Van De Water, J. M., Miller, T. W., Vogel, R. L., Mount, B. E., & Dalton, M. L. (2003). Impedance cardiography: The next vital sign technology? Chest, 123, 2028–2033.
Van Roon, A. M., Mulder, L. J., Althaus, M., & Mulder, G. (2004). Introducing a baroreflex model for studying cardiovascular effects of mental workload. Psychophysiology, 41, 961–981.
Vilches, J. J., Navarro, X., & Verdu, E. (1995). Functional sudomotor responses to cholinergic agonists and antagonists in the mouse. Journal of the Autonomic Nervous System, 55, 105–111.
van Montfrans, G. A. (2001). Oscillometric blood pressure measurements: Progress and problems. Blood Pressure Monitoring, 6, 287–290.
Vuurmans, T. J. L., Boer, P., & Koomans, H. A. (2003). Effects of endothelin-1 and endothelin-1 receptor blockade on cardiac output, aortic pressure, and pulse wave velocity in humans. Hypertension, 41, 1253–1258.
Weber, E. J., Molenaar, P. C., & van der Molen, M. W. (1992). A nonstationarity test for the spectral analysis of physiological time series with an application to respiratory sinus arrhythmia. Psychophysiology, 29, 55–65.
Wesseling, K. H. (1990). Finapres, continuous noninvasive finger arterial pressure based on the method of Peñaz. In W. Meyer-Sabellek, M. Anlauf, R. Gotzen & L. Steinfeld (Eds.), Blood pressure measurement (pp. 161–172). Darmstadt: Steinkopff.
Weyman, A. E. (2005). The year in echocardiography. Journal of the American College of Cardiology, 45, 448–455.
Wilhelm, F. H., Grossman, P., & Roth, W. T. (1999). Analysis of cardiovascular regulation. Biomedical Sciences and Instrumentation, 35, 135–140.
Wilhelm, F. H., Grossman, P., & Coyle, M. A. (2004). Improving estimation of cardiac vagal tone during spontaneous breathing using a paced breathing calibration. Biomedical Sciences Instrumentation, 40, 317–324.
Wilkinson, I. B., & Webb, D. J. (2001). Venous occlusion plethysmography in cardiovascular research: Methodology and clinical applications. British Journal of Clinical Pharmacology, 52, 631–646.
Willemsen, G. H., De Geus, E. J., Klaver, C. H., Van Doornen, L. J., & Carroll, D. (1996). Ambulatory monitoring of the impedance cardiogram. Psychophysiology, 33, 184–193.
Wood, D. (2001). Established and emerging cardiovascular risk factors. American Heart Journal, 141, 49–57.
Woods, R. L. (2004). Cardioprotective functions of atrial natriuretic peptide and B-type natriuretic peptide: A brief review. Clinical and Experimental Pharmacology and Physiology, 31, 791–794.

Reference Title: REFERENCES

Reference Type: reference-list

Abell, T. L., Lucas, A. R., Brown, M. L., & Malagelada, J. R. (1985). Gastric electrical dysrhythmias in anorexia nervosa (AN). Gastroenterology, 88A, 1300.
Abell, T. L., & Malagelada, J. R. (1985). Glucagon-evoked gastridysrhythmias in humans shown by an improved electrogastrographic technique. Gastroenterology, 88, 1932–1940.
Abell, T. L., Tucker, R., & Malagelada, J. R. (1985). Simultaneous gastric electro-manometry in man. In R. M. Stern, & K. L. Koch (Eds.), Electrogastrography (pp. 78–88). New York: Praeger.
Alvarez, W. C. (1922). The electrogastrogram and what it shows. Journal of the American Medical Association, 78, 1116–1119.
Alvarez, W. C.(1943). Nervousness, indigestion, and pain. New York: Hoeber.
Baldaro, B., Mazzetti, M., Codispoti, M., Tuozzi, G., Bolzani, R., & Trombini, G. (2001). Autonomic reactivity during viewing of an unpleasant film. Perceptual Motor Skills, 93, 797–805.
Beaumont, W. (1833/1959). Experiments and observations on the gastric juice and the physiology of indigestion. New York: Dover.
Berntson, G. G., Cacioppo, J. T., Binkley, P. F., Uchino, B. N., Quigley, K. S., & Fieldstone, A. (1994). Autonomic cardiac control. III. Psychological stress and cardiac response in autonomic space as revealed by pharmacological blockades. Psychophysiology, 31, 599–608.
Bortolotti, M., Sarti, P., Barara, L., & Brunelli, F. (1990). Gastric myoelectrical activity in patients with chronic idiopathic gastroparesis. Journal of Gastrointestinal Motility, 2, 104–108.
Bortolotti, M. (2002). The electrical way to cure gastroparesis. American Journal of Gastroenterology, 97, 1874–1883.
Brown, B. H., Smallwood, R. H., Duthie, H. L., & Stoddard, C. J. (1975). Intestinal smooth muscle electrical potentials recorded from surfaces electrodes. Medical Biological Engineering, 13, 97–103.
Bruley des Varannes, S., Mizrahi, M., Curran, P., Kandasamy, A., & Dubois, A. (1991). Relation between postprandial gastric emptying and cutaneous electrogastrogram in primates. American Journal Physiology, 261, G248–G225.
Camilleri, M., Malagelada, J. R., Brown, M. L., Becker, G., & Zinsmeister, A. R. (1985). Relation between antral motility and gastric emptying of solids and liquids in humans. American Journal of Physiology, 249, G580–G585.
Cannon, W. B., & Washburn, A. L. (1912). An explanation of hunger. American Journal of Physiology, 29, 441–454.
Cannon, W. B. (1936). Digestion and health. New York: Norton.
Carlson, A. J. (1916). The control of hunger in health and disease. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Chen, J., Vandewalle, J., Sansen, W., Vantrappen G., & Janssens, J. (1990). Adaptive spectral analysis of cutaneous electrical signals using autoregressive moving average modeling. Med Biol Eng Comput, 28, 531–536.
Chen J., & McCallum, R. W. (1991). Electrogastrogram: Measurement, analysis and prospective applications. Med Biol Eng Comput, 29, 339–350.
Chen, J., Stewart, W. R., & McCallum, R. W. (1993). Adaptive spectral analysis of episodic rhythmic variations in gastric myoelectric potentials. IEEE Trans Biomed Eng, 40, 128–135.
Chen, J. D. Z., Davenport, K., & McCallum, R. W. (1993). Effects of fat preload on gastric myoelectrical activity in normal humans. J. Gastrointest Mot, 5, 281.
Chen, J., Richards, R., & McCallum, R. W. (1993). Frequency components of the electrogastrogram and their correlations with gastrointestinal motility. Med Biol Eng Comput, 31, 60–67.
Chen, J. D. Z., Lin, Z. Y., Parolisi, S., & McCallum, R. W. (1995). Inhibitory effects of cholecystokinin on postprandial gastric myoelectric activity. Digestive Diseases and Sciences. 40, 2614–2622.
Chen, J. D. Z., Zou, X. P., Lin, X. M., et al. (1996). Detection of slow wave propagation from the cutaneous electrogastrogram. American Journal of Physiology, 277, G4124–G430.
Chiloiro, M., Riezzo, G., Guerra, V., Reddy, S. N., & Girgio, I. (1994). The cutaneous electrogastrogram reflects postprandial gastric emptying in humans. In J. Z. Chen, & R. W. McCallum (Eds.), Electrogastrography: Principles and applications (pp. 293–306). New York: Raven Press.
Code, C. F., & Marlett, J. A. (1975). The interdigestive myo-electric complex of the stomach and small bowel of dogs. Journal of Physiology, 246, 289–309.
Couturier, D., Roze, C., Paologgi, J., & Debray, C. (1972). Electrical activity of the normal human stomach: A comparative study of recordings obtained from serosal and mucosal sites. Digestive Diseases and Sciences, 17, 969–976.
Davis, R. C., Garafolo, L., & Gault, F. P. (1957). An exploration of abdominal potentials. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 50, 519–523.
Davis, R. C., Garafolo, L., & Kveim, K. (1959). Conditions associated with gastrointestinal activity. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 52, 466–475.
Diamanti, A., Bracci, F., Gambarara, M., Ciofetta, G. C., Sabbi, T., Ponticelli, A., Montecchi, F., Marinucci, S., Bianco, G., & Castro, M. (2003). Gastric electric activity assessed by electrogastrography and gas emptying scintigraphy in adolescents with eating disorders. Journal Pediatr Gastroenterol Nutr, 37, 35–41.
Dubois, A., & Mizrahi, M. (1994). Electrogastrography, gastric emptying, and gastric motility. In J. Z. Chen, & R. W. McCallum (Eds.), Electrogastrography: Principles and applications (pp. 247–256). New York: Raven Press.
Familoni, B. O., Bowes, K. L., Kingma, Y. J., & Cote, K. R. (1987). Can transcutaneous electrodes diagnose gastric electrical abnormalities? Digestive Diseases and Sciences, 32, 909.
Feldman, M., & Schiller, L. (1983). Disorders of gastrointestinal motility associated with diabetes mellitus. Annals of Internal Medicine, 98, 378–384.
Furness, J. B., & Costa, M. (1980). Types of nerves in the enteric nervous system. Neuroscience, 5, 1–20.
Geldof, H., van der Schee, E. J., van Blankenstein, M., & Grashuis, J. L. (1983). Gastric dysrhythmia; an electrogastrographic study. Gastroenterology, 84, 1163.
Geldof, H., van der Schee, E. J., & Grashuis, J. L. (1986). Accuracy and reliability of electrogastrography (EGG). Gastroenterology, 90, 1425.
Gianaros, P. J., Quigley, K. S., Mordkoff, J. T., Stern, R. M. (2001). Gastric myoelectrical and autonomic cardiac reactivity to laboratory stressors. Psychophysiology, 38, 642–652.
Ghoos, Y. F., Maes, B. D., Geypens, B. J., Mys, G., Hiele, M. I., Rutgeerts, P. J., & Vantrappen, G. (1993). Measurement of gastric emptying rate of solids by means of a carbon-labeled octanoic acid breath test. Gastroenterology, 104, 1640–1647.
Hamilton, J. W., Bellahsene, B. E., Reichelderfer, M., Webster, J. H., & Bass, P. (1986). Human electrogastrograms. Comparison of surface and mucosal recordings. Digestive Diseases and Sciences, 31, 33–39.
Hinder, R. A., & Kelly, K. A. (1977). Human gastric pacesetter potentials: Site of origin and response to gastric transection and proximal vagotomy. American Journal of Physiology, 133, 29–33.
Hölzl, R., Loffler, K., & Muller, G. M. (1985). On conjoint gastrography or what the surface gastrograms show. In R. M. Stern, & K. L. Koch (Eds.), Electrogastrography: Methodology, validation, and applications (pp. 89–115). New York: Praeger.
Huisinga, J. D. (2001). Physiology and pathophysiology of the interstitial cells of Cajal: From bench to bedside, II: gastric motility: lessons from mutant mice on slow waves and innervation. American Journal of Physiology, 281, G1129–G1134.
Jednak, M. A., Shadigian, E. M., Kim, M. S., Woods, M. L., Hooper, F. G., Owyang, & Hasler, W. L. (1999). Protein meals reduce nausea and gastric slow wave dysrhythmic activity in first trimester pregnancy. American Journal of Physiology, 277, G855–G861.
Jones, K. R., & Jones, G. E. (1985). Pre- and postprandial EGG variation. In R. M. Stern, & K. L. Koch (Eds.), Electrogastrography: Methodology, validation and applications (pp. 168–181). New York: Praeger.
Kelly, K. A., Code, C. F., & Elveback, L. R. (1969). Patterns of canine gastric electrical activity. American Journal of Physiology, 217, 461–470.
Kim, T. W., Beckett, E. A. H., Hanna, R., et al. (2002) Regulation of pacemaker frequency in the murine gastric antrum. Journal of Physiology (Lond), 538, 145–157.
Kingma, Y. J. (1989). The electrogastrogram and its analysis. Critical Reviews in Biomedical Engineering, 17, 105–124.
Koch, K. L. (2002). Electrogastrography. In M. M. Schuster, M. D. Crowell, & K. L. Koch (Eds.), Schuster atlas of gastrointestinal motility, 2nd ed. (pp. 185–202). Hamilton: Decker.
Koch, K. L., & Stern, R. M. (1985). The relationship between the cutaneously recorded electrogastrogram and antral contractions in man. In R. M. Stern, & K. L. Koch (Eds.), Electrogastrography: Methodology, validation, and applications (pp. 116–131). New York: Praeger.
Koch, K. L., Stewart, W. R., & Stern, R. M. (1987). Effects of barium meals on gastric electromechanical activity in man: A fluorscopic-electrogastrophic study. Digestive Diseases and Sciences, 32, 1217–1222.
Koch, K. L., Stern, R. M., Bingaman, S., & Eggli, D. (1991). Satiety, stomach volume and gastric myoelectrical activity during solid-phase gastric emptying: A study of healthy individuals. Journal of Gastrointestinal Motility, 3, 187.
Koch, & Stern (2004). Handbook of electrogastrography. New York: Oxford University Press.
Koch, K. L., & Stern, R. M. (1993). Electrogastrography. In D. Kumar, & D. Wingate (Eds.), An illustrated guide to gastrointestinal motility (pp. 290–307). London: Churchill Communications Europe.
Koch, K. L., Tran, T. N., Stern, R. M., Bingaman, S., & Sperry, N. (1993). Gastric myoelectrical activity in premature and term infants. Journal of Gastrointestinal Motility, 5, 41–47.
Koch, K. L., Hong, S.-P., & Xu, L. (2000). Reproducibility of gastric myoelectrical activity and the water load test in patients with dysmotility-like dyspepsia symptoms and in control subjects. Journal of Clinical Gastroenterology, 12, 125–129.
Kwong, N. K., Brown, B. H., Whittaker, G. E., & Duthie, H. L. (1970). Electrical activity of the gastric antrum in man. British Journal of Surgery, 12, 913–916.
Lacy, B. E., Koch, K. L., & Crowell, M. D. (2002). Manometry. In M. M. Schuster, M. D. Crowell, & K. L. Koch, Schuster atlas of gastrointestinal motility, 2nd ed. (135–150). Hamilton: Decker.
Lavigne, M. E., Wiley, Z. D., Meyer, J. H., Martin, P., & MacGregor, I. L. (1978). Gastric emptying rates of solid food in relation to body size. Gastroenterology, 74, 1258–1260.
Lee, K., Chey, W., Tai, H., & Yajima, H. (1978). Radioimmunoassay of motilin: Validation and studies on the relationship between plasma motilin and interdigestive myoelectric activity in the duodenum of dog. Digestive Diseases and Sciences, 23, 789–795.
Levine, M. E., Muth, E. R., Williamson, M. J., & Stern, R. M. (2004). Protein-predominant meals inhibit the development of gastric tachyarrhythmia, nausea and the symptoms of motion sickness. Alimentary Pharmacology, & Therapeutics, 19, 583–590.
Lin, H. C., & Hasler, W. L. (1995). Disorders of gastric emptying. In T. Yamada (Ed.), Textbook of gastroenterology (pp. 1318–1346). Philadelphia: Lippincott.
Lin, Z., & Chen, J. Z. (1994). Comparison of three running spectral analysis methods. In J. Z. Chen, & R. W. McCallum (Eds.), Electrogastrography: Principles and applications (pp. 75–98). New York: Raven Press.
McNearney, T., Lin, X., Shrestha, J., et al. (2002). Characterization of gastric myoelectrical rhythms in patients with systemic sclerosis using multichannel surface electrogastrography. Digestive Diseases, & Sciences, 47, 690–698.
Meyer, J. H. (1987). Motility of the stomach and gastroduodenal junction. In L. R. Johnson, J. Christensen, E. D. Jacobsen, & S. G. Schultz (Eds.), Physiology of the gastrointestinal tract (pp. 613–630). New York: Raven Press.
Meyer, J. H., Gu, Y. G., Dressman, J., & Amidon, G. (1986). Effect of viscosity and flow rate on gastric emptying of solids. American Journal of Physiology, 250, G161–G164.
Meyer, J. H., MacGregor, I. L., Gueller, R., Martin, P., & Cavalieri, R. (1976). 99Tc-tagged chicken liver as a marker of solid food in the human stomach. American Journal of Digestive Diseases, 21, 296–304.
Meyer, J. H., Ohashi, H., Jehn, D., & Thompson, J. B. (1981). Size of liver particles emptied from the human stomach. Gastroenterology, 80, 1489–1496.
Mintchev, M. P., Otto, S. J., & Bowes, K. L. (1997). Electrogastrography can recognize gastric electrical uncoupling in dogs. Gastroenterology, 112, 2006–2011.
Mirizzi, N., & Scafoglieri, V. (1983). Optimal direction of the electrogastrographic signal in man. Medical and Biological Engineering and Computing, 2l, 385–389.
Moraes, E. R., Toncon, L. E., Baffa, O., Oba-Kunyioshi, A. S., & Wakai, R. (2003). Adaptive, autoregressive spectral estimation for analysis of electrical signals of gastric origin. Physiol. Meas., 24, 91–106.
Morgan, K. G., Schmalz, P. F., & Szurszewski, J. H. (1978). The inhibitory effects of vasoactive intestinal polypeptide on the mechanical and electrical activity of canine antral smooth muscle. Journal of Physiology, 282, 437–450.
Muth, E. R., Koch, K. L., & Stern, R. M. (2000). Significance of autonomic nervous system activity in functional dyspepsia. Digestive Diseases and Sciences, 45, 854–863.
Muth, E. R., Koch, K. L., Stern, R. M., & Thayer, J. F. (1999). Effect of autonomic nervous system manipulations on gastric myoelectrical activity and emotional responses in healthy human subjects. Psychosomatic Medicine, 61, 297–303.
Muth, E. R., Stern, R. M., & Koch, K. L. (1996). Effects of vection-induced motion sickness on gastric myoelectric activity and oral-cecal transit time. Digestive Diseases and Sciences, 41, 330–334.
Muth, E. R., Thayer, J. F., Stern, R. M., Friedman, B. H., & Drake, C. (1998). The effect of autonomic nervous system activity on gastric myoelectrical activity: Does the spectral reserve hypothesis hold for the stomach? Biological Psychology, 71, 265–278.
Nelsen, T. S., & Kohatsu, S. (1968). Clinical electrogastrography and its relationship to gastric surgery. American Journal of Surgery, 116, 215–222.
Ogawa, A., Mizuta, I., Fukunaga, T., Takeuchi, N., Honaga, E., Sugita, Y., Mika, A., Inoue, Y., & Takeda, M. (2004). Electrogastrography abnormality in eating disorders. Psychiatry Clinical Neuroscience, 58, 300–310.
Read, N. W., An-Janabi, M. N., Bates, T. E., Holgate, A. M., Cann, P. A., Kinsman, R. I., McFarlane, A., & Brown, C. (1985). Interpretation of the breath hydrogen profile obtained after ingesting a solid meal containing unabsorbable carbohydrate. Gut, 26, 834–842.
Riezzo, G., Castellana, R. M., De Bellis, T., Laforgia, F., Indrio, F., & Chilorio, M. (2003). Gastric electrical activity in normal neonates during the first year of life: effect of feeding with breast milk and formula. Journal of Gastroenterology, 38, 836–843.
Riezzo, G., Porceli, P., Guerra, V., & Giorgio, I. (1996). Effects of different psychophysiological stressors on the cutaneous electrogastrogram in healthy subjects. Archives of Physiology and Biochemistry, 104, 282–286.
Roman, C., & Gonella, J. (1987). Extrinsic control of digestive tract motility. In L. R. Johnson, J. Christensen, E. D. Jacobsen, & S. G. Schultz (Eds.), Physiology of the gastrointestinal tract (pp. 507–553). New York: Raven Press.
Sarna, S. K. (2002). Myoelectrical and contractile activities of the gastrointestinal tract. In M. M. Schuster, M. D. Crowell, & K. L. Koch (Eds.), Schuster atlas of gastrointestinal motility, 2nd ed. (pp. 1–18). Hamilton: Decker
Schlegel, J. F., & Code, C. F. (1975). The gastric peristalsis of the interdigestive housekeeper. In G. Vantrappen (Ed.), Proceedings from the Fifth International Symposium on Gastrointestinal Motility (p. 321). Herentals, Belgium: Typoff Press.
Sciarretta, G., Furno, A., Mazzoni, M., Garagnani, B., & Malagut, P. (1994). Lactulose hydrogen breath test in orocecal transit assessment. Critical evaluation by means of scintigraphic method. Digestive Diseases and Sciences, 39, 1505–1510.
Smallwood, R. H. (1978). Analysis of gastric electrical signals from surface electrodes using phase-lock techniques. Part 2: System performance with gastric signals. Medical and Biological Engineering and Computing, 16, 513–518.
Smallwood, R. H., & Brown, B. H. (1983). Non-invasive assessment of gastric activity. In P. Rolfe (Ed.), Non-invasive physiological measurements (Vol. II). London: Academic Press.
Smout, A. J. P. M. (1980). Myoelectric activity of the stomach: Gastroelectromyography and electrogastrography. Thesis, Erasmus University, Rotterdam.
Smout, A. J. P. M., van der Schee, E. J., & Grashuis, J. L. (1980a). What is measured in electrogastrography? Digestive Diseases and Sciences, 25, 179–187.
Smout, A. J. P. M., van der Schee, E. J., & Grashuis, J. L. (1980b). Postprandial and interdigestive gastric electrical activity in the dog recorded by means of cutaneous electrodes. In J. Christensen (Ed.), Gastrointestinal motility (pp. 187–194). New York: Raven Press.
Smout, A. J. P. M., Jebbink, H. J. A., & Samson, M. (1994). Acquisition and analysis of electrogastrographic data: The Dutch experience. In J. Z. Chen, & R. W. McCallum (Eds.), Electrogastrography: Principles and applications (pp. 3–30). New York: Raven Press.
Stemper, T. J., & Cooke, A. R. (1975). Gastric emptying and its relationship to antral contractile activity. Gastroenterology, 69, 649–653.
Stern, R. M., & Koch, K. L. (Eds.) (1985). Electrogastrography: Methodology, validation, and applications. New York: Praeger.
Stern, R. M., Koch, K. L., Leibowitz, H. W., Lindblad, I., Shupert, C., & Stewart, W. R. (1985). Tachygastria and motion sickness. Aviation Space and Environmental Medicine, 56, 1074–1077.
Stern, R. M., Koch, K. L., Stewart, W. R., & Lindblad, I. M. (1987). Spectral analysis of tachygastria recorded during motion sickness. Gastroenterology, 92, 92–97.
Stern, R. M., Crawford, H. E., Stewart, W. R., Vasey, M. W., & Koch, K. L. (1989). Sham feeding: Cephalic-vagal influences on gastric myoelectric activity. Digestive Diseases and Sciences, 34, 521–527.
Stern, R. M. Koch, K. L., & Vasey, M. W. (1990). The gastrointestinal system. In J. T. Cacioppo, & L. G. Tassinary (Eds.), Principles of Psychophysiology, physical, social, and inforential elements (pp. 294–314). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Stern, R. M., Vasey, M. W., Hu, S., & Koch, K. L. (1991). Effects of cold stress on gastric myoelectic activity. Journal of Gastrointestinal Motility, 3, 225–228.
Stern, R. M., & Koch, K. L. (1994). Using the electrogastrogram to study motion sickness. In J. Z. Chen, & R. W. McCallum (Eds.), Electrogastrography: Principles and applications (pp. 199–218). New York: Raven Press.
Stern, R. M., & Koch, K. L. (1996). Motion sickness and differential susceptibility. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 5, 115–120.
Stern, R. M., & Stacher, G. (1982). Recording the electrogastrogram from parts of the body surface distant from the stomach. Psychophysiology, 19, 350.
Stern, R. M., & Koch, K. L., & Muth, E. R. (2000). Gastrointestinal system. In J. T. Cacioppo, L. G. Tassinary, & G. G. Berntson (Eds.), Handbook of Psychophysiology, 2nd ed. (pp. 294–314). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Stern, R. M., Jokerst, M. D., Levine, M. E., & Koch, K. L. (2001). The stomach's response to unappetizing food: Cephalic-vagal effects on gastric myoelectric activity. Neurogastroenterology and Motility, 13, 151–154.
Stern, R. M., Vitellaro, K., Thomas, M., Higgins, S. C., & Koch, K. L. (2004). Electrogastrographic biofeedback: A technique for enhancing normal gastric activity. Neurogastroenterology and Motility, 16, 753–757.
Stoddard, C. J., Smallwood, R. H., & Duthie, H. L. (1981). Electrical arrhythmias in the human stomach. Gut, 22, 705–712.
Thompson, D. G., Richelson, E., & Malagelada, J. R. (1982). Perturbation of gastric emptying and duodenal motility through the central nervous system. Gastroenterology, 83, 1200–1206.
Thunberg, L. (1989). Interstitial cells of Cajal. In J. D. Wood (Ed.), Handbook of physiology, The gastrointestinal system (pp. 349–386), Section 6, Vol 1, Part 1. Bethesda, MD: American Physiological Society.
Uijtdehaage, S. H. J., Stern, R. M., & Koch, K. L. (1992). Effects of eating on vection-induced motion sickness, cardiac vagal tone and gastric myoelectric activity. Psychophysiology, 29, 193–201.
Van der Schee, E. J., Smout, A. J. P. M., & Grashuis, J. L. (1982). Applications of running spectrum analysis to electrogastrographic signals recorded from dog and man. In M. Wienbeck (Ed.), Motility of the digestive tract (pp. 241–250). New York: Raven Press.
Vantrappen, G., Hostein, J., Janssens, J., Vanderweerd, M., & De Wever, I. (1983). Do slow waves induce mechanical activity? Gastroenterology, 84, 1341.
Vantrappen, G., Janssens, J., Peeters, T. L., Bloom, S. R., Christofides, N. D., & Hellemans, J. (1979). Motility and the interdigestive migrating motor complex in man. Digestive Diseases and Sciences, 24, 497–500.
ver Hagen, M. A. M. T., Luijk, H. D., Samsom, M., and Smout, A. J. P. M. (1998). Effect of meal temperature on the frequency of gastric myoelectrical activity. Neurogastroenterolog, & Motility, 10, 175–181.
Wolf, S., & Wolff, H. G. (1943). Human gastric function. New York: Oxford.
Wolf, S. (1943). Relation of gastric function to nausea in man. Journal of Clinical Investigations, 22, 877–882.
Wood, J. D. (2002). Neural and humoral regulation of gastrointestinal motility. In M. M. Schuster, M. D. Crowell, & K. L. Koch (Eds.), Atlas of gastrointestinal motility, 2nd ed. (pp. 19–42) Hamilton: Decker.
You, C. H., & Chey, W. Y. (1984). Study of electromechanical activity of the stomach in humans and in dogs with particular attention to tachygastria. Gastroenterology, 86, 1460–1468.
Xu, G., & Zhou, Y. (1983). Modulated effect of acupuncture on gastroelectrical activity. Acupuncture Research, 8, 1–6.

Reference Title: REFERENCES

Reference Type: reference-list

Allen, K. (2004). Principles and limitations of pulse oximetry in patient monitoring. Nursing Times, 100, 34–37.
Aloia, M. S., Arnedt, J. T., Davis, J. D., Riggs, R. L., & Byrd, D. (2004). Neuropsychological sequelae of obstructive sleep apnea-hypopnea syndrome: a critical review. Journal International Neuropsychological Society, 10, 772–785.
Bender, B. G., & Annett, R. D. (1999). Neuropsychological outcomes of nocturnal asthma. Chronobiology International, 16, 695–710.
Berntson, G. G., Cacioppo, J. T., & Quigley, K. S. (1993). Respiratory sinus arrythmia: Autonomic origins, psychological mechanisms, and psychophysiological implications. Psychophysiology, 30, 183–196.
Berntson, G. G., & Stowell, J. R. (1998). ECG artifacts and heart period variability: don't miss a beat. Psychophysiology, 35, 127–132.
Block, R. A., Arnott, D. P., Quigley, B., & Lynch, W. C. (1989). Unilateral nostril breathing influences lateralized cognitive performance. Brain and Cognition, 9, 181–190.
Boiten, F. A. Frijda, N. H., & Wientjes, C. J. (1994). Emotions and respiratory patterns: review and critical analysis. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 17, 103–128.
Bramann, S. S. (1995). The regulation of normal lung function. Allergy Procedings. 16, 223–226.
Brosch, J. R., Talavage, T. M., Ulmer, J. L., & Nyenhuis, J. A. (2002). Simulation of human respiration in fMRI with a mechanical model. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 49, 700–707.
Buonviso, N., Amat, C., Litaudon, P., Roux, S., Royet, J. P., Farget, V., & Sicard, G. (2003). Rhythm sequence through the olfactory bulb layers during the time window of a respiratory cycle. European Journal of Neuroscience, 17, 1811–1819.
Carroll, N., Clague, J. E., Pollard, M. N., Horan, M. A., Edwards, R. H., & Calverley, P. M. (1992). Portable maximum respiratory pressure measurement – a comparison with laboratory techniques. Journal of Medical Engineering Technology, 16, 82–86.
Casili, J. G., Wierwille, W. W., & Cordes, R. E. (1983). Respiratory measurement: Overview and new instrumentation. Behavior Research Methods, Instruments, and Computers, 15, 401–405.
Chaput, M. A. (1986). Respiratory-phase-related coding of olfactory information in the olfactory bulb of awake freely-breathing rabbits. Physiology and Behavior, 36, 319–324.
Collet, C., Deschaumes-Molinaro, C., Delhomme, G., Dittmar, A., & Vernet-Maury, E. (1999). Autonomic responses correlate to motor anticipation. Behavioral Brain Research, 29(63), 71–79.
Comroe, J. H. (1974). The physiology of respiration, 2nd edition. Chicago: Year Book Medical Publishers.
Davis, C., Mazzolini, A., Mills, J., & Dargaville, P. (1999). A new sensor for monitoring chest wall motion during high-frequency oscillatory ventilation. Medical Engineering Physics, 21, 619–623.
Davis, P. J., Zhang, S. P., Winkworth, A., & Bandler, R. (1996). Neural control of vocalization: respiratory and emotional influences. Journal of Voice, 10, 23–38.
De Troyer, A., Gorman, R. B., & Gandevia, S. C. (2003). Distribution of inspiratory drive to the external intercostals muscles in humans. Journal of Physiology, 546, 943–954.
De Troyer, A., Kelly, S., Macklem, P. T., Zin, W. A. (1985). Mechanics of intercostal space and actions of external and internal intercostal muscles. Journal of Clinical Investigation, 75, 850–7.
Dudley, D. L. (1969). Psychophysiology of respiration in health and disease. New York: Appelton-Century-Crofts.
Eccles, R. (1996). A role for the nasal cycle in respiratory defence. European Respiration Journal, 9, 371–379.
Ernst, J. M., Litvack, D. A., Lozano, D. L., Cacioppo, J. T., & Berntson, G. G. (1999). Impedance pneumography: Noise as signal in impedance cardiography. Psychopysiology, 36, 333–338.
Evans, S. E., & Scanlon, P. D. (2003). Current practice in pulmonary function testing. Mayo Clinic Procedings, 78, 758–763.
Feleky, A. (1916). The influence of emotions on respiration. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 1, 218–222.
Frank, R. A., Dulay, M. F., & Gestland, R. C. (2003). Assessement of the sniff magnitude test as a clinical test of olfactory function. Physiology and Behavior, 78, 195–204.
Freeman, W. J., & Schneider, W. (1982). Changes in spatial patterns of rabbit olfactory EEG with conditioning to odors. Psychophysiology, 19, 44–56.
Fung, M.-L., & St. John, W. M. (1995). Expiratory neural activities in gasping induced by pharyngeal stimulation and hypoxia. Respiration Physiology, 100, 119–127.
Gomez, P., Stahel, W. A., Danuser, B. (2004). Respiratory responses during affective picture viewing. Biological Psychology, 67, 359–373.
Grossman, P. (1983). Respiration, stress and cardiovascular function. Psychophysiology, 20, 284–300.
Grossman, S. A. (1967). A textbook of physiological psychology. New York: Wiley.
Guyton, A. C., & Hall, J. E. (2000). Textbook of Medical Physiology, 10th ed, New York: W. B. Saunders.
Han, J. N., Stegen, K., Cauberghs, M., & Vande Woestijne, K. P. (1997). Influence of awareness of the recording of breathing on respiratory pattern in healthy humans. European Respiratory Journal, 10, 161–166.
Harada, Y., Kuno, M., & Wang, Y. Z. (1995). Differential effects of carbon dioxide and pH on central chemoreceptors in the rat in vitro. Journal of Physiology, 368, 679–693.
Harver, A., & Lorig, T. S. (2000). Respiration. In Cacioppo, et al. (eds.), The Handbook of Psychophysiology, 2nd ed., pp. 265–293.
Harver, A., & Mahler, D. A. (1998). Perception of increased resistance to breathing. In H. Kostes, & A. Harver (eds.), Self-management of asthma. New York: Marcel Dekker, pp. 147–193.
Hlastala, M. P., & Berger, A. J. (1996). Physiology of respiration. New York: Oxford University Press.
Jella, S. A., & Shannahoff-Khalsa, D. S. (1993). The effects of unilateral forced nostril breathing on cognitive performance. International Journal of Neuroscience, 73, 61–68.
Jacob, S., Kinnunen, L. H., Metz, J., Cooper, M., & McClintock, M. K. (2001). Sustained human chemosignal unconsciously alters brain function. Neuroreport, 8, 2391–2394.
Johnson, R. L. Jr., & Miller, J. M. (1968). Distribution of ventilation, blood flow and gas transfer coefficient. Journal of Applied Physiology, 25, 1–15.
Kay, L. M. (2005). Theta oscillations and sensorimotor performance. Procedings of the National Academies of Science, 102, 3863–3868.
Kirk-Smith, M., Van Toller, C., & Dodd, G. (1983). Unconscious odour conditioning in human subjects. Biological Psychology, 17, 221–231.
Kline, J. P., Schwartz, G. E., Dikman, Z. V., & Bell, I. R. (2000). Electroencephalographic registration of low concentrations of isoamyl acetate. Consciousness and Cognition, 9, 50–65.
Laing, D. G. (1983). Natural sniffing gives optimum odour perception for humans. Perception, 12, 99–117,
Lehrer, P., Feldman, J., Giardino, N., Song, H. S., & Schmaling, K. (2002). Psychological aspects of asthma. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 70, 691–711.
Levine, S., Silage, D., Henson, D., Wang, J. Y., Krieg, J., LaManca, J., & Levy, S. (1991). Use of a triaxial magnetometer for respiratory measurements. Journal of Applied Physiology, 70, 2311–2321.
Lorig, T. S. (1999). On the similarity of odor and language processing. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews, 23, 391–398.
Lorig, T. S., Herman, K. B., Schwartz, G. E., & Cain, W. S. (1990). EEG activity during administration of low concentration odors. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 28, 405–408.
Lorig, T. S., Huffman, E., DeMartino, A., & DeMarco, J. (1991). The effects of low concentration odors on EEG activity and behavior. Journal of Psychophysiology, 5, 69–77.
Lorig, T. S., Malin, E. L., & Horwitz, J. E. (2005). Odor mixture alters neural resources during symbolic problem solving. Biological Psychology, 69, 205–216.
Lorig, T. S., Matia, D. C., Peszka, J. J., & Bryant, D. N. (1996). The effects of active and passive stimulation on chemosensory event-related potentials. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 23, 199–205.
Lorig, T. S., Schwartz, G. E., Herman, K. B., & Lane, R. (1988). Brain and Odor II: EEG activity during nose and mouth breathing. Psychobiology, 16, 285–287.
McCool, D. F., Wang, J., & Ebi, K. L. (2002). Tidal volume and respiration timing derived from a portable ventilation monitor. Chest, 122, 684–691.
Mortimer, K. M., Fallot, A., Balmes, J. R., & Tager, I. B. (2003). Evaluating the use of a portable spirometer in a study of pediatric asthma. Chest, 123, 1899–1907.
Nielsen, J., & Roth, P. (1929). Clinical spirography. Archive of Clinical Medicine, 43, 132–138.
Overbosch, P., de Wijk, R., de Jonge, T. J., & Koster, E. P. (1989). Temporal integration and reaction times in human smell. Physiology and Behavior, 45, 615–626.
Pauly, J. E. (1957). Electromyographic studies of human respiration, Chicago Medical School Quarterly, 18, 80–88.
Pennock, B. E. (1990). Rib and abdominal piezoelectric film belts to measure ventilatory airflow. Journal of Clinical Monitoring, 6, 276–283.
Que, C. L., Kolmaga, C., Durand, L. G., Kelly, S. M., & Macklem, P. T. (2002). Phonospirometry for noninvasive measurement of ventilation: methodology and preliminary results. Journal of Applied Physiology, 93, 1515–1526.
Richards, D. W., Jr. (1953). The nature of cardiac and pulmonary dsypnea. Circulation, 7, 15–29.
Ries, A. L. (1989). Measurement of lung volumes. Clinical Chest Medicine, 10, 177–186.
Rittweger, J., Lambertz, M., & Langhorst, P. (1997). Influences of mandatory breathing on rhythmical components of electrodermal activity. Clinical Physiology, 17, 609–618.
Ritz, Thomas (2004). Probing the psychophysiology of the airways: Physical activity, experience emotion and facially expressed emotion. Psychophysiology, 41, 809–821.
Ritz, T., Dahme, B., Dubois, A. B., Folgering, H., Fritz, G. K., Harver, A., Kotses, H., Lehrer, P. M., Ring, C., Steptoe, A., & Van de Woestijne, K. P. (2002). Guidelines for mechanical lung function measurements in psychophysiology. Psychophysiology, 39, 546–67.
Rosanski, E. A., & Hoffman, A. M. (1999). Pulmonary function testing in small animals. Clinical Technique in Small Animal Practice, 14, 237–41.
Saucier, D. M., Tessem, F. K., Sheerin, A. H., & Elias, L. (2004). Unilateral forced nostril breathing affects dichotic listening for emotional tones. Brain and Cognition, 55, 403–405.
Sasaki, C. T., & Mann, D. G. (1976). Dilator naris function. Archive of Otolaryngology, 102, 365–367.
Schneider, R., Schmidt, S., Binder, M., Schafer, F., & Walach, H. (2003). Respiration-related artifacts in EDA recordings: introducing a standardized method to overcome multiple interpretations. Psychological Reports, 93, 907–920.
Sinha, R., Lovallo, W. R., & Parsons, O. A. (1992). Cardiovascular differentiation of emotions. Psychosomatic Medicine, 54, 422–435.
Slosman, D. O., De Ribaupierre, S., Chicherio, C., Ludwig, C., Montandon, M. L., Allaoua, M., Genton, L., Pichard, C., Grousset, A., Mayer, E., Annoni, J. M., & De Ribaupierre, A. (2004). Negative neurofunctional effects of frequency, depth and environment in recreational scuba diving: the Geneva “memory dive” study. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 38, 108–114.
Sobel, N., Prabhakaran, V., Desmond, J. E., Glover, G. H., Goode, R. L., Sullivan, E. V., & Gabrieli, J. D. (1998). Sniffing and smelling: Separate subsystems in human olfactory cortex. Nature, 392, 282–286.
Sobel, N., Prabhakaran, V., Hartley, C. A., Desmond, J. E., Glover, G. H., Sullivan, E. V., & Gabrieli, J. D. (1999). Blind smell: brain activation induced by an undetected air-borne chemical. Brain, 122, 209–217.
Sternbach, G. L., Varon, J., Fromm, R. E., Sicuro, M., & Basket, P. J. (2001). Galen and the origins of artificial ventilation, the arteries and the pulse. Resuscitation, 49, 119–122.
Sutherland, G. F., Wolf, A., & Kennedy, F. (1938). The respiratory fingerprint of the nervous system. Medical Record, 148, 101–103.
Shea, S. A., & Guz, A. (1992). Personnalite ventilatoire – An overview. Respiration Physiology, 87, 275–291.
Warren, D. W., Walker, J. C., Drake, A. F., & Lutz, R. W. (1992). Assessing the effects of odorants on nasal airway size and breathing. Physiology and Behavior, 51, 425–430.
Werntz, D. A., Bickford, R. G., & Shannahoff-Khalsa, D. (1987). Selective hemispheric stimulation by unilateral forced nostril breathing. Human Neurobiology, 6, 165–171.
Wientjes, C. J. F., & Grossman, P. (1998). Respiratory psychophysiology as a discipline: introduction to the special issue. Biological Psychology, 49, 1–8.
Wilhelm, F. H., Grossman, P., & Coyle, M. A. (2004). Improving estimation of cardiac vagal tone during spontaneous breathing using a paced breathing calibration. Biomedical Science Instrumentation 40, 317–24.
Wilhelm, F. H., Roth, W. T., & Sackner, M. A. (2003). The LifeShirt. An advanced system for ambulatory measurement of respiratory and cardiac function. Behavior Modification, 23, 671–679.
Wilson, T. A., Legrand, A., Gevenois, P. A., & De Troyer, A. (2001). Respiratory effects of the external and internal intercostal muscles in humans. Journal of Physiology, 530, 319–330.
Zelano, C. Bensafi, M., Porter, J., Mainland, J., Johnson, B., Bremner, E., Telles, C., Khan, R., & Sobel, N. (2005). Attentional modulation in human primary olfactory cortex. Nature Neuroscience, 8, 114–120.
Zhu, H., Goodyear, B. G., Lauzon, M. L., Brown, R. A., Mayer, G. S., Law, A. G., Mansinha, L., & Mitchell, J. R. (2003). Medical Physics, 30, 1134–1141.

Reference Title: REFERENCES

Reference Type: reference-list

Abel, G. G., Blanchard, E. B., Barlow, D. H., & Mavissakalian, M. (1975). Identifying specific erotic cues in sexual deviations by audiotaped descriptions. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 8, 247–260.
American Psychological Association (1992). Ethical principles of psychologists and code of conduct. American Psychologist 47, 1597–1161.
Amoroso, D. M., & Brown, M. (1973). Problems in studying the effects of erotic material. Journal of Sex Research 9, 187–195.
Andersson, K. E., & Wagner, G. (1995). Physiology of penile erection. Physiological Review 75, 191–236.
Arnow, B. A., Desmond, J. E., Banner, L. L., Glover, G. H., Solomon, A., Polan, M. L., et al. (2002). Brain activation and sexual arousal in healthy, heterosexual males. Brain, 125(Pt. 5), 1014–1023.
Bancroft, J. (1989). Human sexuality and its problems. Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone.
Bancroft, J.(1995). Are the effects of androgens on male sexuality noradrenergically mediated? Some consideration of the human. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews, 2, 1–6.
Bancroft, J.(1999). Central inhibition of sexual response in the male: A theoretical perspective. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 23, 763–784.
Bancroft, J. (2004). Annual Review of Sex Research, 15, 1–39.
Bancroft, J., & Bell, C. (1985). Simultaneous recording of penile diameter and penile arterial pulse during laboratory-based erotic stimulation in normal subjects. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 29, 303–313.
Bancroft, J., & Janssen, E. (2000). The dual control model of male sexual response: A theoretical approach to centrally mediated erectile dysfunction. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Review, 24, 571–579.
Bancroft, J., & Janssen, E.(2001) Psychogenic erectile dysfunction in the era of pharmacotherapy: A theoretical approach. In Mulcahy, J. (Ed.), Male sexual function: A guide to clinical management. Totowa, NJ: Humana Press, 79–89.
Bancroft, J., Jones, H. G., & Pullan, B. P. (1966). A simple transducer for measuring penile erection with comments on its use in the treatment of sexual disorder. Behavior Research and Therapy 4, 239–241.
Barbaree, H. E., Marshall, W. L., & Lanthier, R. (1979). Deviant sexual arousal in rapists. Behavior Therapy and Research 17, 215–222.
Barlow, D. H. (1986). Causes of sexual dysfunction: The role of anxiety and cognitive interference. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 54, 140–157.
Barlow, D. H., Becker, R., Leitenberg, H., & Agras W. (1970). A mechanical strain gauge for recording penile circumference change. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 6, 355–367.
Basson, R., & Brotto, L. A. (2003). Sexual psychophysiology and effects of sildenafil citrate in oestrogenised women with acquired genital arousal disorder and impaired orgasm: A randomised controlled trial. BJOG: an International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology, 110, 1014–1024.
Basson, R., McInnes, R., Smith, M. D., Hodgson, G., & Koppiker, N. (2002). Efficacy and safety of sildenafil citrate in women with sexual dysfunction associated with female sexual arousal disorder. Journal of Women's Health & Gender-Based Medicine, 11, 367–377.
Bechara, A., Bertolino, M. V., Casabe, A., & Fredotovich, N. (2004). A double-blind randomized placebo control study comparing the objective and subjective changes in female sexual response using sublingual apomorphine. Journal of Sexual Medicine, 1, 209–214.
Beck, J. G., Sakheim, D. K., & Barlow, D. H. (1983). Operating characteristics of the vaginal photoplethysmograph: some implications for its use. Archives of Sexual Behavior 12, 43–58.
Beharry, R. K., Hale, T. M., Wilson, E. A., Heaton, J. P., & Adams, M. A. (2003). Evidence for centrally initiated genital vasocongestive engorgement in the female rat: Findings from a new model of female sexual arousal response. International Journal of Impotence Research, 15, 122–128.
Berman, J. R., Berman, L. A., Lin, H., Flaherty, E., Lahey, N., Goldstein, I., et al. (2001). Effect of sildenafil on subjective and physiologic parameters of the female sexual response in women with sexual arousal disorder. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 27, 411–420.
Bogaert, A. F. (1996). Volunteer bias in human sexuality research: Evidence for both sexuality and personality differences in males. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 25, 125–140.
Bohlen, J. G., & Held, J. P. (1979). An anal probe for monitoring vascular and muscular events during sexual response. Psychophysiology, 16, 318–323.
Bradley, W. E., Timm, G. W., Gallagher, J. M., & Johnson, B. K. (1985). New method for continuous measurement of nocturnal penile tumescence and rigidity. Urology, 26, 4–9.
Burnett, A. L. (1997). Nitric Oxide in Penis: Physiology and Pathology. Journal of Urology 157, 320–324.
Cacioppo, J. T., & Berntson, G. G. (1994). Relationship between attitudes and evaluative space: A critical review, with emphasis on the separability of positive and negative substrates. Psychological Bulletin, 115, 401–423.
Canli, T. (2004). Functional Brain Mapping of Extraversion and Neuroticism: Learning From Individual Differences in Emotion Processing. Journal of Personality, 72, 1105–1132.
Carmichael, M. S., Warburton, V. L., Dixen, J., & Davidson, J. M. (1994). Relationships among cardiovascular, muscular, and oxytocin responses during human sexual activity. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 23, 59–79.
Caruso, S., Agnello, C., Intelisano, G., Farina, M., DiMari, L., & Cianci, A. (2004). Efficacy and safety of daily intake of apomorphine. Urology, 63, 955–959.
Cranston-Cuebas, M. A., & Barlow, D. H. (1990). Cognitive and affective contributions to sexual functioning. Annual Review of Sex Research 1:119–161.
Cunningham, W. A., Raye, C. L., & Johnson, M. K. (2004). Implicit and explicit evaluation: fMRI correlates of valence, emotional intensity, and control in the processing of attitudes. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 16, 1717–1729.
Damasio, A. (1994). Descartes' Error. New York: Putnam & Sons.
Deliganis, A. V., Maravilla, K. R., Heiman, J. R., Carter, W. O., Garland, P. A., Peterson, B. T., et al. (2002). Female genitalia: Dynamic mr imaging with use of ms-325 initial experiences evaluating female sexual response. Radiology, 225, 791–799.
Dickinson, R. L. (1933). Human sex anatomy. Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins.
Droegemueller, W. (1992). Anatomy. In Comprehensive Gynecology, A. L. Herbst, D. R. Mishell, M. A. Stenchever, & W. Droegemueller (Eds), pp. 43–78. St. Louis: Mosby Year Book.
Earls, C. M., & Jackson, D. R. (1981). The effects of temperature on the mercury-in-rubber strain gauge. Journal of Applied Behavioural Analysis, 3, 145–149.
Earls, C. M., Marshall, W. L., Marshall, P. G., Morales, A., & Surridge, D. H., 1983. Penile elongation: A method for the screening of impotence. Journal of Urology, 139: 90–92.
Earls, C. M., Morales, A., & Marshall, W. L. 1988. Penile sufficiency: An operational definitation. Journal of Urology 139:536–538.
Everaerd, W. 1988. Commentary on sex research: Sex as an emotion. Journal of Psychology and Human Sexuality, 2: 3–15.
Everaerd, W., & Laan, E. (2000). Drug treatments for women's sexual disorders. Journal of Sex Research, 37, 195–204.
Everaerd, E., Laan, E., & Both, S. (Eds.) (2003). Sexual Appetite, Desire and Motivation Energetics of the Sexual System. Amsterdam: Royal Dutch Academy of Sciences.
Farkas, G. M., Evans, I. M., Sine, L. F., Eifert, G., Wittlieb, E., & Vogelmann-Sine, S. (1979). Reliability and validity of the mercury-in-rubber strain gauge measure of penile circumference. Behavior Therapy, 10, 555–561.
Fisher, C., Gross, J., & Zuch, J. (1965). Cycle of penile erection synchronous with dreaming (REM) sleep. Archives of General Psychiatry, 12, 27–45.
Fisher, S. (1973). The female orgasm. New York: Basic Books.
Fisher, S., & Osofsky, H. (1967). Sexual Responsiveness in Women: Psychological Correlates. Archives of General Psychiatry, 17, 214–226.
Fleck, K., & Polich, J. (1988). P300 and the menstrual cycle. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 71, 157–160.
Freund, K. (1963). A laboratory method for diagnosing predominance of hemo- or hetero-erotic interest in the male. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 1, 85–93.
Freund, K., Langevin, R., & Barlow, D. (1974). Comparison of two penile measures of erotic arousal. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 12, 355–359.
Fugl-Meyer, A. R., Sjogren, K., & Johansson, K. (1984). A vaginal temperature registration system. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 13, 247–260.
Geer, J. H. (1983). Measurement and methodological considerations in vaginal photometry. Paper presented at the meeting of the International Academy of Sex Research, Harriman, NY.
Geer, J. H., & Manguno, G. M. (1997). Gender differences in Cognitive Processes in Sexuality. Annual Review of Sex Research, 9, 90–124.
Geer, J. H., Morokoff, P., & Greenwood, P. (1974). Sexual arousal in women: The development of a measurement device for vaginal blood volume. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 3, 559–564.
Gerstenberg, T. C., Nordling, J., Hald, T., & Wagner, G. (1989). Standardized evaluation of erectile dysfunction in 95 consecutive patients. Journal of Urology, 141, 857–862.
Giesbers, A. A. G. M., Bruins, J. L., Kramer, A. E. J. L., & Jonas, U. (1987). New methods in the diagnosis of impotence: Rigiscan penile tumescence and rigidity monitoring and diagnostic papaverine hydrocloride injection. World Journal of Urology, 5, 173–176.
Gillian, P., & Brindley, G. S. (1979). Vaginal and pelvic floor responses to sexual stimulation. Psychophysiology, 16, 471–481.
Gimpl, G., & Fahrenholz, F. (2001). The oxytocin receptor system: Structure, function and regulation. Physiological Reviews, 81, 629–683.
Gonzalez-Cadavid, N. F., Ignarro, L. J., & Rajfer, J. (1999). Nitric oxide and the cyclic GMP system in the penis. Molecular Urology, 3(2), 51–59.
Graham, C. A., Sanders, S. A., Milhausen, R., & McBride, K. (2004). Turning on and turning off: A focus group study of the factors that affect women's sexual arousal. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 33, 527–538.
Hall, G. C. N., Hirschman, R., & Oliver, L. L. (1995). Sexual arousal and arousability to pedophilic stimuli in a community sample of normal men. Behavior Therapy, 26, 681–694.
Halpern, C. T., Udry, J. R., & Suchindran, C. (1998). Monthly measures of salivary testosterone predict sexual activity in adolescent males. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 27, 445–65.
Hamann, S., Herman, R. A., Nolan, C. L., & Wallen, K. (2004). Men and women differ in amygdala response to visual sexual stimuli. Nature Neuroscience, 7, 411–416.
Hatch, J. P. (1979). Vaginal photoplethysmography: Methodological considerations. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 8, 357–374.
Hedricks, C. A. (1994). Sexual Behavior across the menstrual cycle: A biopsychosocial approach. Annual Review of Sex Research, 5, 122–172.
Heiman, J. R. (1976). Issues in the use of psychophysiology to assess female sexual dysfunction. Journal of Sex and Marital Therapy, 2, 197–204.
Heiman, J. R. (1977). A psychophysiological exploration of sexual arousal patterns in females and males. Psychophysiology, 14, 266–274.
Henson, C., Rubin, H. B., & Henson, D. (1979). Women's sexual arousal concurrently assessed by three genital measures. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 8, 459–469.
Henson, D. E., & Rubin, H. B. (1978). A comparison of two objective measures of sexual arousal of women. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 16, 143–151.
Henson, D. E., Rubin, H. B., & Henson, C. (1979). Analysis of the consistency of objective measures of sexual arousal in women. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 12, 701–711.
Henson, D. E., Rubin, H. B., & Henson, C. (1982). Labial and vaginal blood volume responses to visual and tactile stimuli. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 11, 23–31.
Hicks, R. G. (1970). Experimenter effects on the physiological experiment. Psychophysiology, 7, 10–17.
Hoffmann, H., Janssen, E., & Turner, S. L. (2004). Classical conditioning of sexual arousal in women and men: Effects of varying awareness and biological relevance of the conditioned stimulus. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 33, 1–11.
Hoon, P. W., Wincze, J. P., & Hoon, E. F. (1976). Physiological assessment of sexual arousal in women. Psychophysiology, 13, 196–204.
Hoon, P., Bruce, K., and Kinchelow, G. (1982). Does the menstrual cycle play a role in erotic arousal? Psychophysiology, 19, 21–26.
Howett, M. K., Neely, E. B., Christensen, N. D., Wigdahl, B., Krebs, F. C., Malamud, D., et al. (1999). A broad-spectrum microbicide with virucidal activity against sexually transmitted viruses. Antimicrobial Agents & Chemotherapy, 43(2), 314–321.
Hoyle, C. H., Stones, R. W., Robson, T., Whitley, K., and Burnstock, G. (1996). Innervation of vasculature and microvasculature of the human vagina by NOS and neuropeptide-containing nerves. Journal of Anatomy, 188, 633–644.
Janssen, E. (2002). Psychophysiological measures of sexual response. In M. W. Wiederman & B. E. Whitley (Eds.), Handbook for conducting research on human sexuality. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum, 139–171.
Janssen, E. (Ed.) (in press). The Psychophysiology of Sex. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press, in press.
Janssen, E., Carpenter, D., & Graham, C. (2003). Selecting films for sex research: Gender differences in erotic film preference. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 32, 243–251.
Janssen, E., & Everaerd, W. (1993). Determinants of male sexual arousal. Annual Review of Sex Research, 4, 211–245.
Janssen, E., Everaerd, W., Spiering, M., & Janssen, J. (2000). Automatic processes and the appraisal of sexual Stimuli: Toward an information processing model of sexual arousal. Journal of Sex Research, 37(2), 8–23.
Janssen, E., Everaerd, W., van Lunsen, H., & Oerlemans, S. (1994a). Validation of a psychophysiological Waking Erectile Assessment (WEA) for the diagnosis of male erectile disorder. Urology, 43, 686–695.
Janssen, E., Everaerd, W., van Lunsen, H.,, & Oerlemans, S. (1994b). Visual stimulation facilitates penile responses to vibration. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 62, 1222–1228.
Janssen, E., Vissenberg, M., Visser, S., & Everaerd, W. (1997). An in vivo comparison of two circumferential penile strain gauges: Introducing a new calibration method. Psychophysiology, 34, 717–720.
Janssen, E., Vorst, H., Finn, P., & Bancroft, J. (2002). The Sexual Inhibition (SIS) and Sexual Excitation (SES) Scales: II. Predicting psychophysiological response patterns. Journal of Sex Research, 39, 127–132.
Jennings, J. R., Tahmoush, A. J., & Redmont, D. P. (1980). Non-invasive measurement of peripheral vascular activity. In I. R. Martin & P. H. Venables (Eds.), Techniques in psychophysiology. New York: Wiley.
Jin, P. (1992). Toward a reconceptualization of the law of initial value. Psychological Bulletin, 111, 176–184.
Johnston, V. S., & Oliver-Rodriguez, J. C. (1997). Facial beauty and the late positive component of event-related potentials. Journal of Sex Research, 3, 188–198.
Jovanovic, U. J. (1967). Some characteristics of the beginning of dreams. Psychologie Fortschung, 30, 281–306.
Jovanovic, U. J. (1971). The recording of physiological evidence of genital arousal in human males and females. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 1, 309–320.
Julien, E. and Over, R. (1981). Male sexual arousal and the law of initial value. Psychophysiology, 18, 709–711.
Jünemann, K. P., Scheepe, J., Persson-Jünemann, C., Schmidt, P., Abel, K., Zwick, A., Tschada, R., & Alken, P. (1994). Basic experimental studies on corpus cavernosum electromyography and smooth-muscle electromyography of the urinary bladder. World Journal of Urology, 12, 266–273.
Kaiser, W., & Findeis, M. (1999). Artifact processing during exercise testing. Journal of Electrocardiology, 32(Suppl), 212–219.
Kaplan, H. S. (1977). Hypoactive sexual desire. Journal of Sex and Marital Therapy, 3, 3–9.
Kaplan, H. S. (1979). Disorders of sexual desire. New York: Brunner/Mazel.
Karacan, I. (1969). A simple and inexpensive transducer for quantitative measurements of penile erection during sleep. Behavior Research Methods and Instrumentation, 1, 251–252.
Karacan, I., Rosenbloom, A., and Williams, R. L. (1970). The clitoral erection cycle during sleep. Psychophysiology, 7, 338.
Karacan, I., Salis, P. J., Ware, J. C., Dervent, B., Williams, R. L., Scott, F. B., Attia, S. L., & Beutler, L. E. (1978). Nocturnal penile tumescence and diagnosis in diabetic impotence. American Journal of Psychiatry, 135, 191–197.
Karama, S., Lecours, A. R., Leroux, J.-M., Bourgouin, P., Beaudoin, G., Joubert, S., et al. (2002). Areas of brain activation in males and females during viewing of erotic film excerpts. Human Brain Mapping, 16, 1–13.
Kirby, R. (2004). An Atlas of Erectile Dysfunction. New York: Parthenon Publishing.
Kitchell, K., & Resnick, I. M. (1999). Albertus Magnus De Animalibus: A Medieval Summa Zoologica. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press.
Korff, J., & Geer, J. H. (1983). The relationship between sexual arousal experience and genital response. Psychophysiology, 20, 121–127.
Khalife, S., Binik, Y. M., Cohen, D. R., & Amsel, R. (2000). Evaluation of clitoral blood flow by color doppler ultrasonography. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 26, 187–189.
Krug, R., Plihal, W., Fehm, H. L., & Born, J. (2000). Selective influence of the menstrual cycle on perception of stimuli with reproductive significance: An event-related potential study. Psychophysiology, 37, 111–122.
Kuban, M., Barbaree, H. E., & Blanchard, R. (1999). A comparison of volume and circumference phallometry: Response magnitude and method agreement. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 28, 345–359.
Laan, E., & Everaerd, W. (1995). Determinants of female sexual arousal: Psychophysiological theory and data. Annual Review of Sex Research, 6, 32–76.
Laan, E., Everaerd, W., van Bellen, G., & Hanewald, G. (1994). Women's sexual and emotional responses to male- and female produced erotica. Archives of sexual behavior, 23, 153–170.
Laan, E., Everaerd, W., & Evers, A. (1995). Assessment of female sexual arousal: Response specificity and construct validity. Psychophysiology, 32, :476–485.
Laan, E., & Janssen, E. (in press). How do men and women feel? Determinants of subjective experience of sexual arousal. In E. Janssen (Ed.), The Psychophysiology of Sex. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press, in press.
Laan, E., & van Lunsen, R. H. W. (2002). Orgasm latency, duration and quality in women: Validation of a laboratory sexual stimulation technique. Paper presented at the International Academy of Sex Research (IASR), Hamburg, Germany.
Laan, E., van Lunsen, R. H., Everaerd, W., Riley, A., Scott, E., & Boolell, M. (2002). The enhancement of vaginal vasocongestion by sildenafil in healthy premenopausal women. Journal of Women's Health & Gender-Based Medicine, 11, 357–365.
Lang, P. J. (1994). The varieties of emotional experience: A meditation on James−Lange Theory. Psychological Review, 101, 211–221.
vanLankveld, J., van den Hout, M. A.(2004). Increasing Neutral Distraction Inhibits Genital but not Subjective Sexual Arousal of Sexually Functional and Dysfunctional Men. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 33, 549–558.
Larsen, J. T., McGraw, P., & Cacioppo, J. T. (2001). Can people feel happy and sad at the same time? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 684–696.
Laws, D. R. (1977). A comparison of the measurement characteristics of two circumferential penile transducers. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 6, 45–51.
Laws, D. R., & Bow, R. A. (1976). An improved mechanical strain gauge for recording penile circumference changes. Psychophysiology, 13, 596–599.
Laws, D. R., & Holmen, M. L. (1978). Sexual response faking by pedophiles. Criminal Justice and Behavior, 5, 343–356.
Levin, R. J. (1992). The mechanisms of human female sexual arousal. Annual Review of Sex Research, 3, 1–48.
Levin, R. J. (1997). Assessing human female sexual arousal by vaginal plethysmography: A critical examination. Sexologies: European Journal of Medical Sexology, 6, 25–31.
Levin, R. (2003). Is prolactin the biological ‘off switch’ for human sexual arousal? Sexual and Relationship Therapy, 18, 237–243.
Levin, R. J., & Wagner, G. (1978). Haemodynamic changes of the human vagina during sexual arousal assessed by a heated oxygen electrode. Journal of Physiology, 275, 23–24.
Levine, L. A., & Carroll, R. A. (1994). Nocturnal penile tumescence and rigidity in men without complaints of erectile dysfunction using a new quantitative analysis software. Journal of Urology, 152, 1103–1107.
Linden, W., & Estrin, R. (1988). Computerized cardiovascular monitoring: Method and data. Psychophysiology, 25, 227–234.
Lohr, B. A., Adams, H. E., & Dacis, J. M. (1997). Sexual arousal to erotic and aggressive stimuli in sexually coercive and noncoersive men. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 106, 230–242.
Maas, C. P., ter Kuile, M. M., Laan, E., Tuijnman, C. C., Weijenborg, P. T., Trimbos, J. B., et al. (2004). Objective assessment of sexual arousal in women with a history of hysterectomy. BJOG: an International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology, 111, 456–462.
Maravilla, K. R., Heiman, J. R., Garland, P. A., Cao, Y., Carter, W. O., Peterson, B. T., et al. (2003). Dynamic mr imaging of the sexual arousal response in women. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 29, 71–77.
Masters, W. H., & Johnson, V. E. (1966). Human sexual response. New York: Little, Brown and Company.
Masters, W. H., & Johnson, V. E. (1970). Human sexual inadequacy. New York: Little, Brown and Company.
McConaghy, N. (1974). Measurements of change in penile dimensions. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 3, 381–388.
Mendelsohn, M. (1896). Ist das Radfahren als eine gesundheidsgemässe uebung anzusehen und aus ärtzlichen gesichtspunkten zu empfehlen? Deutsche Medicinische Wochenschrift, 22, 383–384.
Meston, C. M., & Gorzalka, B. B. (1996). Differential effects of sympathetic activation on sexual arousal in sexually dysfunctional and functional women. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 105, 582–591.
Meston, C. M., & Gorzalka, B. B. (1995). The effects of sympathetic activation on physiological and subjective sexual arousal in women. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 3, 651–664.
Meston, C. M., & Heiman, J. R. (1998). Ephedrine-activated physiological sexual arousal in women. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 652–656.
Meuwissen, I., & Over, R. (1992). Sexual arousal across phases of the human menstrual cycle. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 21, 101–119.
Meuwissen, I., & Over, R. (1993). Female sexual arousal and the law of initial value: Assessment at several phases of the menstrual cycle. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 22, 403–413.
Moll, A. (1912) The sexual life of the child. New York: Macmillan.
Montorsi, F., Perani, D., Anchisi, D., Salonia, A., Scifo, P., Rigiroli, P., et al. (2003). Apomorpine-induced brain modulation during sexual stimulation: A new look at central phenomena related to erectile dysfunction. International Journal of Impotence Research, 15(3), 203–209.
Morokoff, P. J., & Heiman, J. (1980). Effects of erotic stimuli on sexually functional and dysfunctional women. Multiple measures before and after sex therapy. Behavior Research and Therapy, 18, 127–137.
Morokoff, P. J., Myers, L. S., Hay, J., & Flora, M. N. (1988). Effectiveness of a procedure for disinfecting the vaginal photoplethysmograph contaminated with herpes simplex virus type 2. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 17(4), 363–369.
Morrell, M. J., Dixen, J. M., Carter, S., & Davidson, J. M. (1984). The influence of age and cycling status on sexual arousability in women. American Journal of Obstetric Gynecology, 148, 66–71.
Mosher, D. L. (1998). Multiple indicators of subjective sexual arousal. In C. M. Davis, W. L. Yarber, R. Bauserman, G. Schreer, & S. L. Davis, (Eds.), Handbook of sexuality-related measures. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Munoz, M. M., Bancroft, J., & Marshall, I. (1993). The performance of the Rigiscan in the measurement of penile tumescence and rigidity. International Journal of Impotence Research, 5, 69–76.
Ohlmeyer, P., Brilmayer, H., & Hullstrong, H. (1944). Periodische organge im schlaf II. Pfluengers. Archiv fuer die Gesamta Physiologic, 249, 50–55.
O'Reilly, M. A., Cunningham, C. J., Lawlor, B. A., Walsh, C. D., & Rowan, M. J. (2004). The effect of the menstrual cycle on electrophysiological and behavioral measures of memory and mood. Psychophysiology, 41, 592–603.
Osborn, C. A., & Pollack, R. H. (1977). The effects of two types of erotic literature on physiological and verbal measures of female sexual arousal. Journal of Sex Research, 13, 250–256.
Palace, E. M., & Gorzalka, B. B. (1990). The enhancing effects of anxiety on arousal in sexually dysfunctional and functional women. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 99, 403–411.
Palace, E. M. (1995a). A cognitive-physiological process model of sexual arousal and response. Clinical Psychology, Science and Practice, 2, 4, 370–384.
Palace, E. M. (1995b). Modification of dysfunctional patterns of sexual response through autonomic arousal and false physiological feedback. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 63, 604–615.
Palti, Y., & Bercovici, B. (1967). Photoplethysmographic study of the vaginal blood pulse. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 97, 143–153.
Polan, M. L., Desmond, J. E., Banner, L. L., Pryor, M. R., McCallum, S. W., Atlas, S. W., et al. (2003). Female sexual arousal: A behavioral analysis. Fertility & Sterility, 80, 1480–1487.
Prause, N., Cerny, J., & Janssen, E. (2005). The labial photoplethysmograph: A new instrument for assessing genital hemodynamic changes in women. Journal of Sexual Medicine, 2, 58–65.
Prause, N., & Janssen, E. (2004). Four approaches to the processing of vaginal pulse amplitude (VPA) signals. Poster presented at the International Academy of Sex Research (IASR), Helsinki, Finland.
Prause, N., & Janssen, E. (2006). Vaginal photoplethysmography. In I. Goldstein, C. M. Meston, S. Davis, & A. Traish (Eds.), Textbook of female sexual dysfunction. New York: Taylor & Francis, 359–367.
Prause, N., Janssen, E., & Hetrick, W. P. (2003). The role of attention and affective response to sexual cues in the experience of sexual desire and sexual arousal. Psychophysiology, 40 (Supp 1), S69.
Richards, J. C., Bridger, B. A., Wood, M. M., Kalucy, R. S., & Marshall, V. R. (1985). A controlled investigation into the measurement properties of two circumferential penile strain gauges. Psychophysiology, 22, 568–571.
Richards, J. C., Kalucy, R. S., Wood, M. M., & Marshall, V. R. (1990). Linearity of the electromechanical penile plethysmograph's output at large expansions. Journal of Sex Research, 27, 283–287.
Robinson, P. (1976). The modernization of sex. New York: Harper.
Rogers, G. S., Van de Castle, R. L., Evans, W. S., & Critelli, J. W. (1985). Vaginal pulse amplitude response patterns during erotic conditions and sleep. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 14, 327–342.
Rosen, R. C., & Beck, J. G. (1988). Patterns of sexual arousal. New York: Guilford Press.
Rosen, R. C., & Rosen, L. R. (1981). Human Sexuality. New York: Knopf.
Rosen et al. (in press). Sexual Dysfunction, Sexual Psychophysiology & Psychopharmacology: Laboratory studies in sexual psychopharmacology in men and women. In E. Janssen (Ed.), The Psychophysiology of Sex. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press, in press.
Rowland, D., Tai, W., & Brummett, K. (in press). Interactive Processes in Ejaculatory Disorders: Psychophysiological considerations. In E. Janssen (Ed.), The Psychophysiology of Sex. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press, in press.
Sakheim, D. K., Barlow, D. H., Abrahamson, D. J., & Beck, J. G. (1987). Distinguishing between organogenic and psychogenic erectile dysfunction. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 25, 379–390.
Sakheim, D. K., Barlow, D. H., & Beck, J. G. (1985). Diurnal penile tumescence: A pilot study of waking erectile potential in sexual functional and dysfunctional men. Sexuality and Disability, 4, 68–97.
Sasso, F., Stief, C. G., Gulino, G., Alcini, E. Jüneman, K. P., Gerstenberg, T., Merckx, L., & Wagner, G. (1997). Progress in corpus cavernosum electromyography (CC-EMG): Third international workshop on corpus cavernosum electromyography (CC-EMG). International Journal of Impotence Research, 1, 43–45.
Saunders, D. M., Fisher, W. A., Hewitt, E. C., & Clayton, J. P. (1985). A Method For Empirically Assessing Volunteer Selection Effects: Recruitment Procedures and Responses to Erotica. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49,
Schiavi, R. C. (1992). Laboratory methods for evaluating erectile dysfunction. In R. C. Rosen, and S. R. Leiblum (Eds), Erectile disorders: Assessment and treatment. New York: Guilford Press, pp. 55–71.
Schreiner-Engel, P., Schiavi, R. C., Smith, H., & White, D. (1981). Sexual arousability and the menstrual cycle. Psychosomatic Medicine, 43, 199–214.
Scollon, C. N., Diener, E., Oishi, S., & Biswas-Diener, R. (2005). An experience sampling and cross-cultural investigation of the relation between pleasant and unpleasant emotion. Cognition and Emotion, 19, 27–52.
Seeley, F., Abramsen, P., Perry, L., Rothblatt, A., & Seeley, D. (1980). Thermogenic measures of sexual arousal: A methodological note. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 9, 77–85.
Seto, M. (in press). Psychophysiological Assessment of Paraphilic Sexual Interests. In E. Janssen (Ed.), The Psychophysiology of Sex. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press, in press.
Shapiro, A., & Cohen, H. (1965). The use of mercury capillary length gauges for the measurement of the volume of thoracic and diaphragmatic components of human respiration: A theoretical analysis and a practical method. Transactions of the New York Academy of Sciences, 26, 634–649.
Shapiro, A., Cohen, H., DiBianco, P., & Rosen, G. (1968). Vaginal blood flow changes during sleep and sexual arousal in women. Psychophysiology, 4. 349.
Sintchak, G., & Geer, J. H. (1975). A vaginal plethysmograph system. Psychophysiology, 12, 113–115.
Sipski, M. L., Alexander, C. J., & Rosen, R. (2001). Sexual arousal and orgasm in women: Effects of spinal cord injury. Annals of Neurology, 49, 35–44.
Slob, A. K., Ernste, M., & van der Werff-ten Bosch, J. (1991). Menstrual cycle phase and sexual arousability in women. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 20, 567–577.
Slob, A. K., Koster, J., Radder, J. K., & van der Werff-ten Bosch, J. (1990). Sexuality and psychophysiological functioning in women with diabetes mellitus. Journal of Sex and Marital Therapy, 2, 59–69.
Slob, A. K., Steyvers, C. L., Lottman, P. E., van der Werff ten Bosch, J. J., Hop, W. C. (1998). Routine psychophysiological screening of 384 men with erectile dysfunction. Journal of Sex and Marital Therapy, 24, 273–279.
Solnick, R., & Berrin, J. E. (1977). Age and male erectile responsiveness. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 6, 1–9.
Sommer, F., Caspers, H. P., Esders, K., Klotz, T., & Engelmann, U. (2001). Measurement of vaginal and minor labial oxygen tension for the evaluation of female sexual function. Journal of Urology, 165, 1181–1184.
Spiering, M., Everaerd, W., & Laan, E. (2004). Conscious Processing of Sexual Information: Mechanisms of Appraisal. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 33, 369–380.
Spiering, M., Everaerd, W., & Janssen, E. (2003). Priming the sexual system: Implicit versus explicit activation. Journal of Sex Research, 40, 134–145.
Stoleru, S., & Mouras, H. (in press). Brain Functional Imaging Studies of Sexual Desire and Arousal in Human Males. In E. Janssen (Ed.), The Psychophysiology of Sex. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press, in press.
Stoleru, S., Redoute, J., Costes, N., Lavenne, F., Le Bars, D., Dechaud, H., et al. (2003). Brain processing of visual sexual stimuli in men with hypoactive sexual desire disorder. Psychiatry Research: Neuroimaging, 124(2), 67–86.
Strassberg, D. S., & Lowe, K. (1995). Volunteer bias in sexuality research. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 24, 369–382.
Suh, D. D., Yang, C. C., Cao, Y., Heiman, J. R., Garland, P. A., & Maravilla, K. R. (2004). Mri of female genital and pelvic organs during sexual arousal. Journal of Psychosomatic Obstetrics & Gynecology, 25, 153–163.
Tiefer, L. (1991). Historical, scientific, clinical, and feminist criticisms of “The Human Sexual Response Cycle” model. Annual Review of Sex Research. 2, 1–23.
Van de Velde, T. H. (1926). Ideal marriage: Its physiology and technique. New York: Random House.
Wabrek, A. J., Whitaker, K. F., McCahill, D., & Woronick, C. L. (1986). Vaginal penetration pressure: a pilot study. World Congress of Sexology – Proceedings, 55–61.
Wagner, G., & Gerstenberg, T. (1988). Human in vivo studies of electrical activity of corpus cavernosum (EACC). Journal of Urology, 139, 327A.
Wagner, G., Gerstenberg, T., & Levin, R. J. (1989). Electrical activity of corpus cavernosum during flaccidity and erection of the human penis: A new diagnostic method? Journal of Urology, 142, 723–725.
Wagner, G., & Levin, R. J. (1978). Vaginal fluid. In E. Hafez and T. Evans (Eds.), The human vagina. Amsterdam: Elsevier.
Wagner, G., & Levin, R. J. (1984). Human vaginal pH and sexual arousal. Fertility and Sterility, 41, 389–394.
Wagner, G., & Mulhall, J. (2001). Pathophysiology and diagnosis of male erectile dysfunction. BJU International, 88(Suppl. 3), 3–10.
Wagner, G., Wabrek, A. J., & Dalgaard, D. (1986). Vaginal penetration pressure: a parameter in impotence diagnosis? World Journal of Urology, 4, 250–251.
Walpurger, V., Pietrowsky, R., Kirschbaum, C., & Wolf, O. T. (2004). Effects of the menstrual cycle on auditory event-related potentials. Hormones and Behavior, 46, 600–606.
Webster, J. S., & Hammer, D. (1983). Thermistor measurement of male sexual arousal. Psychophysiology, 20, 115–115.
Wein, A. J., Fishkin, R., Carpiniello, V. L., & Malooy. T. R. (1981). Expension without significant rigidity during nocturnal penile tumescence testing: A potential source of misinterpretation. Journal of Urology, 126, 343–344.
Weijmar Schultz W., van Andel, P., Sabelis, I., Mooyaart, E. (1999). Magnetic resonance imaging of male and female genitals during coitus and female sexual arousal. British Medical Journal, 319, 1596–1600.
Wheeler, D., & Rubin, H. B. (1987). A comparison of volumetric and circumferential measures of penile erection. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 16, 289–299.
Whipple, B., & Komisaruk, B. R. (2002). Brain (pet) responses to vaginal-cervical self-stimulation in women with complete spinal cord injury: Preliminary findings. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 28, 79–87.
Wiederman, M. W. (1999). Volunteer bias in sexuality research using college student participants. Journal of Sex Research, 36, 59–66.
Wincze, J. P., Hoon, E. F., & Hoon. P. W. (1976). Physiological responsivity of normal and sexually dysfunctional women during erotic stimulus exposure. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 20, 445–451.
Wolchik, S. A., Braver, S. L., & Jensen, K. (1985). Volunteer bias in erotica research: Effects of intrusiveness of measure and sexual background. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 14, 93–107.
Wouda, J. C., Hartmen, P. M., Bakker, R. M., Bakker, J. O., van de Weil, H. B. M., Schultz, W., et al. (1998). Vaginal plethysmography in women with dyspareunia. Journal of Sex Research, 35, 141–147.
Yilmaz, U., Kromm, B. G., & Yang, C. C. (2004). Evaluation of autonomic innervation of the clitoris and bulb. Journal of Urology, 172, 1930–1934.
Yilmaz, U., Soylu, A., Ozcan, C., & Caliskan, O. (2002). Clitoral electromyography. Journal of Urology, 167, 616–620.
Zuckerman, M. (1971). Physiological measures of sexual arousal in the human. Psychological Bulletin, 75, 297–329.

Reference Title: REFERENCES

Reference Type: reference-list

Abbs, J. H., Gracco, V. L. & Blair, C. (1984). Functional muscle partitioning during voluntary movement: Facial muscle activity for speech. Experimental Neurology, 85, 469–479.
Adrian, E. D. & Bronk, D. W. (1929). The discharge of impulses in motor nerve fibers. Part II. The frequency of discharge in reflex and voluntary contractions. Journal of Physiology, 67, 119–51.
Alexander, A. B., & Smith, D. D. (1979). Clinical applications of EMG biofeedback. In R. I. Gatchel & K. P. Price (Eds.), Clinical applications of biofeedback: Appraisal and status (pp. 112–33). New York: Pergamon.
Allain, S., Carbonnell, L., Burle, B., Hasbroucq, T., & Vidal, F. (2004). On-line executive control: An electromyographic study. Psychophysiology, 41, 113–16.
Allport, G. W. (1968). The historical background of modern social psychology. In G. Lindzey & E. Aronson (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (2nd ed.). Menlo Park, CA: Addison-Wesley.
Ancoli-Israel, S. (1997). The polysomnogram. In M. R. Pressman & W. C. Orr (Eds.), Understanding Sleep: The evaluation and treatment of sleep disorders (pp. 177–91). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Andreassi, J. L. (1995). Psychophysiology: Human behavior and response (3rd Ed.). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Anthony, B. I. (1985). In the blink of an eye: Implications of reflex modifcation for information processing. Advances in Psychophysiology, 1, 167–218.
Arndt, J., Allen, J. J. B., & Greenberg. J. (2001). Traces of terror: Subliminal death primes and facial electromyographic indices of affect. Motivation and Emotion, 25, 253–277.
Arena, J. G., Bruno, G. M., Hannah, S. L., & Meador, K. (1995). A comparison of frontal electromyographic biofeedback training, trapezius electromyographic biofeedback training, and progressive relaxation therapy in the treatment of tension headache. Headache, 35, 411–419.
Bansevicius, D. & Sjaastad, O. (1996). Cervicogenic headache: The influence of mental load on pain level and EMG of the shoulder-neck and facial muscle. Headache, 36, 372–78.
Bansevicius, D., Westgaard, R. H., & Jensen, C. (1997). Mental stress of long duration: EMG activity, perceived muscle tension, fatigue, and pain development in pain-free subjects. Headache, 37, 499–510.
Bains, A. E. (1918). Studies in electro-physiology (animal and vegetable). London: G. Routledge & Sons.
Bakker, F. C., Boschker, M. S. J., & Chung, T. (1996). Changes in muscular activity while imagining weight lifting using stimulus or response propositions. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 18, 313–24.
Bartholow, B. D., Fabiani, M., Gratton, G., & Bettencourt, B. A. (2001). A psychophysiological examination of cognitive processing of affective responses to social expectancy violations. Psychological Science, 12(3), 197–204.
Basmajian, J. V. (1989). Biofeedback: Principles and practice for clinicians (3rd ed.). Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
Basmajian, J. V. & De Luca, C. J. (1985). Muscles alive: Their functions revealed by electromyography (5th ed.). Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
Baveles, J. B., Black, A., Chovil, N., Lemery, C. R., & Mullett, J. (1988). Form and function in motor mimicry: Topographic evidence that the primary function is communicative. Human Communication Research, 14, 275–299.
Bavelas, J. B., Black, A., Lemery, C. R., & Mullett, J. (1986). “I show how you feel”: Motor mimicry as a communicative act. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 322–329.
Beebe-Center, J. G. (1932). The Psychology of Pleasantness and Unpleasantness. New York: D. Van Nostrand Company, Inc.
Berkinblit, M. B., Feldman, A. G., & Fulson, O. I. (1986). Adaptability of innate motor patterns and motor control mechanisms. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 9, 585–638.
Blumenthal, T., Cuthbert, B. N., Filion, D. L., Hackley, S., Lipp, O. V., & van Boxtel, A. (2005). Committee report: Guidelines for human startle eyeblink electromyographic studies. Psychophysiology, 42, 1–15.
Boiten, F. (1996). Autonomic response patterns during voluntary facial action. Psychophysiology, 33, 123–131.
Bond, C. F. & Titus, L. J. (1983). Social facilitation: A meta-analysis of 241 studies. Psychological Bulletin, 94, 265–92.
Braathen, E. T. & Sveback, S. (1994). EMG response patterns and motivational styles as predictors of performance and discontinuation in explosive and endurance sports among talented teenage athletes. Personality and Individual Differences, 17, 545–56.
Bradley, M., Cuthbert, B. N., Lang, P. J. (1999). Affect and the startle reflex. In M. E. Dawson, A. Schell, A. Boehmelt (Eds.), Startle modification: Implications for neuroscience, cognitive science, and clinical science (pp. 157–83). Stanford, CA: Cambridge University Press.
Bramsley, G. R., Bruun, G. Buchthal, F., Guld, C. & Petersen, H. S. (1967). Reduction of electrical interference in measurements of bioelectrical potentials in a hospital. Acta Polytechnica Scandanavia Electrical Engineering Series, 15, 1–37.
Britt, T. W. & Blumenthal, T. D. (1992). The effects of anxiety on motoric expression of the startle response. Personality and Individual Differences, 13, 91–7.
Brown, P. (2000). Cortical drives to human muscles: The Piper and related rhythms. Progress in Neurobiology, 60, 97–108.
Bruintjes, T. D., van Olphen, A. F., Hillen, B., & Weijs, W. A. (1996). Electromyography of the human nasal muscles. European Archives of Otorhinolaryngology, 253, 464–69.
Brunia, C. H. M. & Boelhouwer, A. J. W. (1988). Reflexes as tools: A window in the central nervous system. Advances in Psychophysiology, 3, 1–67.
Brunia, C. H. M. & van Boxtel, G. J. M. (2000). Motor preparation. In J. T. Cacioppo, L. G. Tassinary and G. Bernston (Eds.), The Handbook of Psychophysiology. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Budzynski, T. H., & Stoyva, I. M. (1969). An instrument for producing deep muscle relaxation by means of analog information feedback. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 2, 231–37.
Burtt, H. E. & Tuttle, W. W. (1925). The patellar tendon reflex and affective tone. American Journal of Psychology, 36, 553–61.
Cacioppo, J. T., Berntson, G. & Klein, D. J. (1992). What is an emotion? The role of somatovisceral afference, with special emphasis on somatovisceral “illusions.” Review of Personality and Social Psychology, 14, 63–98.
Cacioppo, J. T., Bush, L. K., & Tassinary, L. G. (1992). Microexpressive facial actions as a function of affective stimuli: Replication and extension. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 515–26.
Cacioppo, J. T., Klein, D. J., Berntson, G., & Hatfield, E. (1993). The psychophysiology of emotion. In M. Lewis & J. M. Haviland (Eds.), Handbook of emotions (pp. 119–42). New York: Guilford.
Cacioppo, J. T., Marshall-Goodell, B. S. & Dorfman, D. D. (1983). Skeletal muscular patterning: Topographical analysis of the integrated electromyogram. Psychophysiology, 20, 269–83.
Cacioppo, J. T., Marshall-Goodell, B. S. & Gormezano, I. (1983). Social psychophysiology: Bioelectrical measurement, experimental control, and analog-to-digital data acquistion. In J. T. Cacioppo & R. E. Petty (Eds.), Social psychophysiology: A sourcebook (pp. 666–92). New York: Guilford Press.
Cacioppo, J. T., Martzke, J. S., Petty, R. E. & Tassinary, L. G. (1988). Specific forms of facial EMG response index emotions during an interview: From Darwin to the continuous flow hypothesis of affect-laden information processing. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 592–604.
Cacioppo, J. T., & Petty, R. E. (1979a). Attitudes and cognitive response: An electrophysiological approach. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 2181–199.
Cacioppo, J. T. & Petty, R. E. (1979b). Lip and nonpreferred forearm EMG activity as a function of orienting task. Biological Psychology, 9, 103–13.
Cacioppo, J. T. & Petty, R. E. (1981a). Electromyograms as measures of extent and affectivity of information processing. American Psychologist, 36, 441–56.
Cacioppo, J. T. & Petty, R. E. (1981b). Electromyographic specificity during covert information processing. Psychophysiology, 18, 518–23.
Cacioppo, J. T. & Petty, R. E. (1986). Social processes. In M. G. H. Coles, E. Donchin, & S. Porges (Eds.), Psychophysiology: Systems, processes, and applications (pp. 646–79). New York: Guilford Press.
Cacioppo, J. T., Petty, R. E., Losch, M. E. & Kim, H. S. (1986). Electromyographic activity over facial muscle regions can differentiate the valence and intensity of affective reactions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 260–268.
Cacioppo, J. T., Petty, R. E. & Morris, K. (1985). Semantic, evaluative, and self-referent processing: Memory, cognitive effort, and somatovisceral activity. Psychophysiology, 22, 371–84.
Cacioppo, J. T., Petty, R. E. & Tassinary, L. G. (1989). Social psychophysiology: A new look. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 22, 39–91.
Cacioppo, J. T., Priester, J. T., & Berntson, G. (1993). Rudimentary determinants of attitudes: II. Arm flexion and extension have differential effects on attitudes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65, 5–17.
Cacioppo, J. T., Rourke, P. A., Marshall-Goodell, B. S., Tassinary, L. G. & Baron, R. S. (1990). Rudimentary physiological effects of mere observation. Psychophysiology, 27, 177–86.
Cacioppo, J. T., & Tassinary, L. G. (1989). The concept of attitude: A psychophysiological analysis. In H. L. Wagner & A. S. R. Manstead (Eds.), Handbook of psychophysiology: Emotion and social behaviour. Chichester: Wiley.
Cacioppo, J. T. & Tassinary, L. G. (1990a). Inferring psychological significance from physiological signals. American Psychologist, 45, 16–28.
Cacioppo, J. T. & Tassinary, L. G. (1990b). Psychophysiology and psychophysiological inference. In J. T. Cacioppo & L. G. Tassinary (Eds.). Principles of psychophysiology (pp. 3–33). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Cacioppo, J. T. Tassinary, L. G., & Fridlund, A. (1990c). The skeletomotor system. In J. T. Cacioppo & L. G. Tassinary (Eds.), Principles of psychophysiology (pp. 325–84). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Cappella, J. N. (1993). The facial feedback hypothesis in human interaction: Review and speculation. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 12, 13–29.
Chapman, A. J. (1974). An electromyographic study of social facilitation: A test of the “mere presence” hypothesis. British Journal of Psychology, 65, 123–28.
Chovil, N. (1991). Social determinants of facial displays. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 15, 141–54.
Chun, W. X. (1985). An approach to the nature of tension headache. Headache, 25, 188–89.
Cohn, J. F., Zlochower, A. J., Lien, J. & Kanade, T. (1999). Automated face analysis by feature point tracking has high concurrent validity with manual FACS coding. Psychophysiology, 36, 35–43.
Coles, M. G. H., Gratton, G., Bashore, T. R., Eriksen, C. W., & Donchin, E. (1985). A psychophysiological investigation of the continuous flow model of human information processing. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 11 529–53.
Compton, R. W. (1973). Morphological, physiological, and behavioral studies of the facial musculature of the Coati (Nasua). Brain, Behavior, and Evolution, 7, 85–126.
Cook, T. D. & Campbell, D. T. (1979). Quasi-Experimentation: Design and analysis issues for field settings. Boston: Houghton Mifflin
Cooper, R., Osselton, J. W., & Shaw, J. C. (1980). EEG technology (3rd ed.). London: Butterworth.
Cram, J. R., Kasman, G. & Holtz, J. (1998). Introduction to surface EMG. Boston: Jones & Bartlett Publishers.
Cuthbertson, R. A. (1990). The highly original Dr. Duchenne. In R. A. Cuthbertson (Ed. & Trans.), The mechanism of human facial expression (pp. 225–41). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Dambrun, M., Despres, G., & Guimond, S. (2004). On the multifaceted nature of prejudice: Psychophysiology responses to ingroup and outgroup ethnic stimuli. Current Research in Social Psychology, 8, 187–204.
Darwin, C. (1873). The expression of the emotions in man and animals. New York: Appleton. (Original work published 1872)
Davis, J. F. (1952). Manual of surface electromyography. Montreal: Laboratory for Psychological Studies, Allan Memorial Institute of Psychiatry.
Davis, J. F., & Malmo, R. B. (1951). Electromyographic recording during interview. American Journal of Psychiatry, 107, 908–16.
Davis, J. F., Malmo, R. B., & Shagass, C. (1954). Electromyographic reaction to strong auditory stimulation in psychiatric patients. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 8, 177–86.
Davis M., Walker D. L., Myers K. M. (2003). Role of the amygdala in fear extinction measured with potentiated startle. Annals of the New York Academy of Science, 985, 218–32.
Davis, R. C. (1938). The relation of muscle action potentials to difficulty and frustration. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 23, 141–58.
Davis, R. C. (1940). Set and muscular tension. Indiana University Publications, Science Series No. 10.
Davis, W. J., Rahman, M. A., Smith, L. J., Burns, A., Senecal, L., McArthur, D., Halpern, J. A., Perlmuter, A., Sickels, W., & Wagner, W. (1995). Properties of human affect induced by static color slides (IAPS): Dimensional, categorical and electromyographic analysis. Biological Psychology, 41, 229–53.
de Jong, R., Coles, M. G., Logan, G. D. & Gratton, G. (1990). In search of the point of no return: The contol of response processes. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 16, 164–82.
De Luca, C. J. & Erim, Z. (1994). Common drive of motor units in regulation of muscle force. Trends in Neuroscience, 17, 299–305.
De Luca, C. J. & Knaflitz, M. (1992). Surface electromyography: What's new? Torino, Italy: C.L.U.T Editrice.
De Luca, C. J. & Merletti, R. (1988). Surface myoelectric signal cross-talk among muscles of the leg. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 69, 568–75.
De Luca, C. J. (1997). The use of surface electromyography in biomechanics. Journal of Applied Biomechanics, 13, 135–63.
Desmedt, J. E. & Godaux, E. (1981). Spinal motoneuron recruitment in man: Rank deordering with direction but not with speed of movement. Science, 214, 933–36.
Detenber, B. H., Simmons, R. F., & Reiss, J. E. (2000). The emotional significance of color in television presentations. Media Psychology, 2, 331–55.
Dimberg, U. (1982). Facial reactions to facial expressions. Psychophysiology, 19, 643–47.
Dimberg, U. (1990). Gender differences in facial reactions to facial expressions. Biological Psychology, 30, 151–59.
Dimberg, U. (1997). Social fear and expressive reactions to social stimuli. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 38, 171–74.
Disselhorst-Klug, C., Silny, J. & Rau, G. (1997). Improvement of spatial resolution in surface-EMG: A theoretical and experimental comparison of different spatial filters. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 44, 567–74.
Dodge, R. B. (1911). A systematic exploration of a normal knee jerk, its technique, the form of muscle contraction, its amplitude, its latent time and its theory. Zeitschrift fur Allgemeine Physiologie, 12, 1–58.
Dollins, A. B. & McGuigan, F. J. (1989). Frequency analysis of electromyographically measured covert speech behavior. Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science, 24, 27–30.
Dorfman, D. & Cacioppo, J. T. (1990). Waveform moment analysis: Topographical analysis of nonrhythmic waveforms. In J. T. Cacioppo and L. G. Tassinary (Eds.), Principles of psychophysiology (pp. 661–707). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Duchenne, G. B. (1990). The mechanism of human facial expression (R. A. Cuthbertson, Editor & Trans.). New York: Cambridge University Press. (Original work published 1862)
Duffy, E. (1962). Activation and behavior. New York: Wiley.
Eason, R. G., & White, C. T. (1961). Muscular tension, effort, and tracking difficulty: Studies of parameters which affect tension levels and performance efficiency. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 12, 331–72.
Eccles, J. C. & Sherrington, C. S. (1930). Number and contraction values of individual motor-units examined in some muscles of the limb. Proceedings of the the Royal Society, 106B, 326–57.
Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1972). Similarities and differences between cultures in expressive movement. In R. A. Hinde (Ed.), Nonverbal communication. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Ekman, P. (1972). Universal and cultural differences in facial expressions of emotion. In J. Cole (Ed.), Nebraska symposium on motivation, (Vol. 19, pp. 207–18). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.
Ekman, P. (1982). Methods for measuring facial action. In K. R. Scherer & P. Ekman (Eds.), Handbook of methods in nonverbal behavior research (pp. 45–90). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Ekman, P. (1985). Telling lies: Clues to deceit in the marketplace, politics, and marriage. New York: Norton.
Ekman, P., & Friesen, W. V. (1978). Facial action coding system (FACS): A technique for the measurement of facial actions. Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychologists Press.
Englis, B. G., Vaughan, K. B., & Lanzetta, J. T. (1982). Conditioning of counter-empathic emotional responses. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 18, 375–391.
Epstein, L. H. (1990). Perception of activity in the zygomaticus major and corrugator supercilii muscle regions. Psychophysiology, 27, 68–72.
Fanardjian, V. V. & Manvelyan, L. R. (1987). Mechanisms regulating the activity of facial nucleus motoneurons-IV. Influences from brainstem structures. Neuroscience, 20, 845–53.
Farina, D., Cescon, C. & Merlietti, R. (2002). Influence of anatomical, physical, and detection-system parameters on surface EMG. Biological Cybernetics, 86(6), 445–56.
Faulkner, W. (1936). Absalom, Absalom! New York: Random House.
Fearing, F. (1930). Reflex action: A study in the history of physiological psychology. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
Feldman, R. S. & Rime, B. (1991). Fundamentals of nonverbal behavior. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Foerster, J. & Strack, F. (1997). Motor action in retrieval of valenced information: A motor congruence effect. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 85, 1419–1427.
Freeman, G. L. (1931). Mental activity and the muscular processes. Psychological Review, 38, 428–47.
Fridlund, A. J. (1991). Sociality of solitary: Potentiation by an implicit audience. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 229–240.
Fridlund, A. J. (1994). Human facial expression: An evolutionary view. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Fridlund, A. J., & Cacioppo, J. T. (1986). Guidelines for human electromyographic research. Psychophysiology, 23, 567–89.
Fridlund, A. J., Fowler, S. C., & Pritchard, D. A. (1980). Striate muscle tensional patterning in frontalis EMG biofeedback. Psychophysiology, 17, 47–55.
Fridlund, A. J., Hatfield, M. E., Cottam, G. L., & Fowler, S. C. (1986). Anxiety and striate-muscle activation: Evidence from electromyographic pattern analysis. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 95, 228–36.
Fridlund, A. J., & Izard, C. E. (1983). Electromyographic studies of facial expressions of emohons and patterns of emotions. In J. T. Cacioppo & R. E. Petty (Eds.), Social psychophysiology: A sourcebook (pp. 243–86). New York Guilford Press.
Friesen, W. V. (1972). Cultural differences in facial expression in a social situation: An experimental text of the concept of display rules. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of California, San Francisco.
Fulton, J. F. (1926). Muscular contraction and the reflex control of movement. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
Gale, A., & Baker, S. (1981). In vivo or in vitro? Some effects of laboratory environments, with particular reference to the psychophysiological experiment. In M. J. Christie & P. G. Mellet (Eds.), Foundations of psychosomatics. Chichester: Wiley.
Gallistel, C. R. (1980). The organization of action: The new synthesis. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Gallese, V. (2003). The roots of empathy: The shared manifold hypothesis and the neural basis of intersubjectivity. Psychopathology, 36, 171–80.
Gans, C., & Gorniak, G. C. (1980). Electromyograms are repeatable: Precautions and limitations. Science, 210, 795–97.
Gardiner, W. L., Gabriel, S., & Diekman, A. B. (2000). Interpersonal Processes. In J. T. Cacioppo, L. G. Tassinary and G. Bernston (Eds.), The Handbook of Psychophysiology. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Graziano, W. G., Smith, S. M., Tassinary, L. G., Sun, Chien-Su., & Pilkington, C. (1996). Does imitation enhance memory for faces? Four converging studies. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71(5), 874–87.
Geen, R. G. & Bushman, B. J. (1989). The arousing effects of social presence. In H. Wagner & A. Manstead (Eds.), Handbook of Social Psychophysiology (pp. 261–82). Chichester: Wiley.
Geen, R. G., & Gange, J. J. (1977). Drive theory of social facilitation: Twelve years of theory and research. Psychological Bulletin, 84, 1267–1288.
Geen, T. R. (1992). Facial expressions in socially isolated primates: Open and closed programs for expressive behavior. Journal of Research in Personality, 26, 273–80.
Geen, T. R. & Tassinary, L. G. (2002). The mechanization of expression in John Bulwar's Pathomyotonia. American Journal of Psychology, 115(2), 275–300.
Gehricke, J., & Shapiro, D. (2001). Facial and autonomic activity in depression: Social context differences during imagery. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 41, 53–64.
Germana, J. (1974). Electromyography: Human and general. In R. F. Thompson & M. M. Patterson (Eds.), Bioelectric recording techniques: Part C: Receptor and effector processes (pp. 155–63). New York: Academic Press.
Ghez, C. & Krahauer, J. (2000). The organization of movement. In E. R. Kandel, J. H. Schwartz, & T. M. Jessel, (Eds.), Principles of neural science (4th ed.), pp. 653–73. New York: Elsevier.
Gilbert, A. N., Fridlund, A. J. & Sabini, J. (1987). Hedonic and social determinants of facial displays to odors. Chemical Senses, 12, 355–363.
Girard, E., Tassinary, L. G., Kappas, A., Gosselin, P. & Bontempo, D. (1997). The covert-to-overt threshold for facial actions: An EMG study. Psychophysiology, 34, S38.
Goldstein, J. B. (1972). Electromyography: A measure of skeletal muscle response. In N. S. Greenheld & R. A. Sternbach (Eds.), Handbook of psychophysiology (pp. 329–66). New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
Golla, F. & Antonovitch, S. (1929). The relaxation of muscular tonus and the patellar reflex to mental work. Journal of Mental Science, 75, 234–41.
Gousain, A. K., Amarante, M. T. J., Hydem, J. S., & Yousif, N. J. (1996). A dynamic analysis of changes in the nasolabial fold using magnetic resonance imaging: Implications for facial rejuvination and facial animation surgery. Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, 98, 622–36.
Graham J. L. (1980). A new system for measuring nonverbal responses to marketing appeals. 1980 AMA Educator's Conference Proceedings, 46, 340–43.
Gray, H. (2000). Anatomy of the Human Body (20th Ed.). New York: Bartlby.Com. (Original work published 1918).
Greene, W. A., Turetsky, B., & Kohler, C. (2000). The skeletomotor system: Surface electromyography. In J. T. Cacioppo, L. G. Tassinary and G. Bernston (Eds.), The Handbook of Psychophysiology. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Greenwald, M. K., Cook, E. W. & Lang, P. J. (1989). Affective judgment and psychophysiological response: Dimensional covariation in the evaluation of pictorial stimuli. Journal of Psychophysiology, 3, 51–64.
Groff, B. D., Baron, R. S., & Moore, D. L. (1983). Distraction, attentional conflict, and drivelike behavior. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 19, 359–80.
Hackley, S. (1999). Implications of blink reflex research for theories of attention and consciousness. In M. E. Dawson, A. M. Schell, & A. H. Böhmelt (Eds.), Startle modification: Implications for neuroscience, cognitive science, and clinical science (pp. 137–56). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Hager, J. C., & Ekman, P. (1981). Methodological problems in Tourangeau and Ellsworth's study of facial expression and experience of emotion. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 40, 358–62.
Harvey, R. & Peper, E. (1997). Surface electromyography and mouse use. Ergonomics, 40, 781–789.
Hasbroucq, T., Burle, B., Akamatsu, M., Vidal, F., & Possamai, C. A. (2001). An electromyographic investigation of the effect of stimulus-response mapping on choice reaction time. Psychophysiology, 38(1), 157–62.
Hatfield, E., Cacioppo, J. T., & Rapson, R. L. (1993). Emotional Contagion. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Hayes, K. J. (1960). Wave analyses of tissue noise and muscle action potential. Journal of Applied Physiology, 15, 749–52.
Hazlett, R. L., McLeod, D. R., Hoehn-Saric, R. (1994). Muscle tension in generalized anxiety disorder: Elevated muscle tonus or agitated movement? Psychophysiology, 31, 189–95.
Hazlett, R. L., & Hazlett, S. Y. (1999). Emotional response to television commercials: Facial EMG vs. self-report. Journal of Advertising Research, 39, 7–23.
Hefferline, R. F., Keenan, B., & Harford, R. A. (1959). Escape and avoidance conditioning in human subjects without their observation of the response. Science, 130, 1338–39.
Henneman, E. (1980). Organization of the motoneuron pool: The size principle. In V. E. Mountcastle (Ed.), Medical physiology: Vol. 1 (14th ed., pp. 718–41). St. Louis: Mosby.
Hess, U., Banse, R. & Kappas, A. (1995). The intensity of facial expression is determined by underlying affective state and social situation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 280–288.
Hess, U., Kappas, A., McHugo, G. J., & Kleck, R. E. (1989). An analysis of the encoding and decoding of spontaneous and posed smiles: The use of facial electromyography. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 13, 121–37.
Hess, U., Philipot, P. & Blairy, S. (1999). Mimicry: Facts and fiction. In P. Phillipot, R. Feldman, & E. Coats (Eds.), The social context of nonverbal behavior: Studies in emotion and social interaction (pp. 213–41). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Hill, A. V. (1959). The heat production of muscle and nerve, 1848–1914. Annual Review of Physiology, 21, 1–18.
Hislop, H. J. & Montgomery, J. (2002). Daniels and Worthingham's Muscle Testing: Techniques of Manual Examination (7th Ed.). Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders Company.
Himer, W., Schneider, F., Koest, G. & Heimann, H. (1991). Computer-based analysis of facial action: A new approach. Journal of Psychophysiology, 5, 189–95.
Hinsey, J. C. (1940). The hypothalamus and somatic responses. In J. F. Fulton, S. Walter & A. M. Frantz (Eds.), Research publications of the Association for Research in Nervous and Mental Disease: Vol. 20 (pp. 657–685). Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
Honts, C. R., Devitt, M. K., Winbush, M., Kircher, J. C. (1996). Mental and physical countermeasures reduce the accuracy of the concealed knowledge test. Psychophysiology, 33, 84–92.
Honts, C. R., Hodes, R. L., & Raskin, D. C. (1985). Effects of physical countermeasures on the physiological detection of deception. Journal of Applied Psychology, 79, 177–87.
Honts, C. R., Raskin, D. C., & Kircher, J. C. (1987). Effects of physical countermeasures and their electromyographic detection during polygraph tests for deception. Journal of Psychophysiology, 1, 241–47.
Honts, C. R., Raskin, D. C., & Kircher, J. C. (1994). Mental and physical countermeasures reduce the accuracy of polygraph tests. Journal of Applied Psychology, 79, 252–59.
Hu, S., & Wan, H. (2003). Imagined events with specific emotional valence produce specific patterns of facial EMG activity. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 97, 1091–99.
Humphrey, G. (1951). Thinking. New York: Wiley.
Hutchinson, R. R., Pierce, G. E., Emley, G. S., Proni, T. J., & Sauer, R. A. (1977). The laboratory measurement of human anger. Biobehavioral Reviews, 1, 241–59.
Huxley, A. F. (1980). Reflections on muscle. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press.
Isley, C. L., & Basmajian, J. V. (1973). Electromyography of the human cheeks and lips. Anatomical Record, 176, 143–48.
Ison, J. R., & Hoffman, H. S. (1983). Reflex modification in the domain of startle: II. The anomalous history of a robust and ubiquitous phenomenon. Psychological Bulletin, 94, 3–17.
Iswase, M., Ouchi, Y., Okada, H., Yokoyama, C., Nobezawa, S., Tsukada, H., Takeda, M., Yamashita, K., Takeda, M., Yamaguti, K., Kuratsune, H., Shimizu, A., & Watanabe, Y. (2002). Neural substrates of human facial expression of pleasant emotion induced by comic films: A PET study. Neuroimage, 17(2), 758–68.
Ito, T. A., Chaio, K. W., Devine, P., Lorig, T., & Cacioppo, J. T., (2006). The influence of facial feedback on race bias. Psychological Science, 17(3), 256–61.
Izard, C. E. (1971). The face of emotion. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.
Jacobsen, A., Kales, A., Lehmann, D., and Hoedmaker, F. S. (1964). Muscle tonus in human subjects during sleep and dreaming. Experimental Neurology, 10, 418–24.
Jacobsen, A., Kales, A., Zweizig, J. R., and Kales, J. (1965). Special EEG and EMG techniques for sleep research. American Journal of EEG Technology, 18, 5–10.
Jacobson, E. (1927). Action currents from muscular contractions during conscious processes. Science, 66, 403.
Jacobson, E. (1932). Electrophysiology of mental activities. American Journal of Psychology, 44, 677–94.
Jahanshahi, M. & Rothwell, J. (2000). Transcranial magnetic stimulation studies of cognition: An emerging field. Experimental Brain Research, 131(1), 1–9.
James, W. (1884). What is an emotion? Mind, 9, 188–205.
James, W. (1890). The principles of psychology. New York: Holt.
Jäncke, K. & Kaufmann, N. (1994). Facial EMG responses to odors in solitude and with an audience. Chemical Senses, 19(2), 99–111.
Jäncke, L. (1996). Facial EMG in an anger-provoking situation: Individual differences in directly anger outwards or inwards. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 23, 207–14.
Jenny, A. B. & Saper, C. B. (1987). Organization of the facial nucleus and corticofacial projection in the monkey: A reconsideration of the upper motor neuron facial palsy. Neurology, 37, 930–39.
Jensen, R. (1999). Pathophysiological mechanisms of tension-type headache: a review of epidemiological and experimental studies. Cephalagia, 19(6), 602–21.
Johnson, E. W., & Pease, W. S. (1997). Practical myography, 3rd ed. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
Johnson, L. C. & Lubin, A. (1972). On planning psychophysiological experiments: Design, measurement, and analysis. In N. S. Greenheld & R. A. Sternbach (Eds.), Handbook of psychophysiology (pp. 125–58). New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
Kandel, E. R., Schwartz, J. H. & Jessel, T. M. (2000). Principles of neural science, 4th ed. New York: Elsevier.
Kappas, A., Hess, U., & Kleck, R. E. (1990). The periscope box: A nonobtrusive method of providing an eye-to-eye video perspective. Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers, 22, 375–76.
Kelso, J. A. S., Tuller, B., Vatikiotis-Bateson, E., & Fowler, C. A. (1984). Functionally specific articulatory cooperation following jaw perturbations during speech: Evidence for coordinative structures. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 10, 812–32.
Kendall, F. & McCreary, E. K. (1993). Muscles: Testing and Function, 4th ed. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
Khan, S. D., Bloodworth, D. S. & Woods, R. H. (1971). Comparative advantages of bipolar abraded skin surface electrodes over bipolar intramuscular electrodes for single motor unit recording in psychophysiological research. Psychophysiology, 8, 635–47.
Kikkawa, D. O., Lemke, B. N., & Dortzbach, R. K. (1996). Relations of the superficial musculoaponeurotic system to the orbit and characterization of the orbitomalar ligament. Opthalmic Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, 12, 77–88.
Kleinke, C. L. & Walton, J. H. (1982). Influence of reinforced smiling on affective responses in an interview. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 557–65.
Knowlton, B. J. & Squire, L. R. (1993). The learning of categories: Parallel brain systems for item memory and category knowledge. Science, 262, 1747–49.
Komi, P. V., & Buskirk, E. R. (1970). Reproducibility of electromyographic measurements with inserted wire electrodes and surface electrodes. Electromyography, 10, 357–67.
Kraut, R. E., & Johnson, R. E. (1979). Social and emotional messages of smiling: An ethological approach. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 1539–53.
Kumar, S. & Mital, A. (1996) (Eds.). Electromyography in ergonomics. London: Taylor & Francis.
Laird, J. D. (1984). The real role of facial response in the experience of emotion: A reply to Tourangeau and Ellsworth, and others. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 47, 909–17.
Lamotte, T., Priez, A., Lepoivre, E., Duchene, J. et al. (1996). Surface electromyography as a tool to study head rest comfort in cars. Ergonomics, 39, 781–96.
Lang, P. J., Greenwald, M. K., Bradley, M. M., and Hamm, A. O. (1993). Looking at pictures: Affective, facial, visceral, and behavioral reactions. Psychophysiology, 30, 261–73.
Lanzetta, J. T. & Englis, B. G. (1989). Expectations of cooperation and competition and their effects on observers' vicarious emotional responses. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 56, 543–54.
Larsen, J. T., Norris, C. J., & Cacioppo, J. T. (2003). Effects of positive and negative affect on electromyographic activity over zygomaticus major and corrugator supercilii. Psychophysiology, 40, 776–85.
Larsen, R. J., Kasimatis, M. & Frey, K. (1992). Facilitating the furrowed brow: A unobtrusive test of the facial feedback hypothesis applied to unpleasant affect. Cognition and Emotion, 6, 321–38.
Laurenti-Lions, L., Gallego, J., Chambille, B., Vardon, G. & Jacquemin, C. (1985). Control of myoelectrical responses through reinforcement. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 44, 185–93.
Lawrence, J. H. & De Luca, C. J. (1983). Myoelectrical signal vs. force relationship in different muscles. Journal of Applied Physiology, 54, 1653–59.
Leifting, B., Bes, F., Fagioli, I., and Salzarulo, P. (1994). Electromyographic activity and sleep states in infants. Sleep, 17, 718–22.
Levenson, R. W. (1992). Autonomic nervous system differences among emotions. Psychological Science, 3, 23–7.
Levenson, R. W., Ekman, P., & Friesen, W. (1990). Voluntary facial action generates emotion-specific autonomic nervous system activity. Psychophysiology, 27, 363–84.
Liddell, E. G. T. & Sherrington, C. S. (1925). Recruitment and some other features of reflex inhibition. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London (Biology), 97, 488–518.
Liddell, E. G. T. (1960). The discovery of the reflexes. Oxford: Clarendon.
Lindsley, D. B. (1935). Electrical activity of human motor units during voluntary contraction. American Journal of Physiology, 114, 90–9.
Lindsley, D. B. (1951). Emotion. In S. S. Stevens (Ed.), Handbook of Experimental Psychology (pp. 473–516). New York: Wiley.
Lippold, O. C. J. (1967). Electromyography. In P. H. Venables & I. Martin (Eds.), Manual of psychophysiological methods (pp. 245–298). New York: Wiley.
Loeb, G. E., & Gans, C. (1986). Electromyography for experimentalists. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Loeb, G. E. & Ghez, C. (2000). The motor unit and muscle action. In E. R. Kandel, J. H. Schwartz, & T. M. Jessel, (Eds.), Principles of neural science (4th ed.), pp. 674–93. New York: Elsevier.
Lowery, M. M., Stoykov, N. S. & Kuiken, T, A, (2003). Independence of myoelectic control signals examined using a surface EMG model. IEEE Transactioin on Biomedical Engineering, 50(6), 789–93.
Lucas, K. (1909). The “all-or-none” contraction of amphibian skeletal muscle. Journal of Physiology, 38, 113–33.
Lundberg, U., Dohns, I. E., Melin, B., Sandsjo, L., Palmerud, G., Kadefors, R., Ekstrom, M., & Parr, D. (1999). Psychophysiological stress responses, muscle tension, and neck and shoulder pain among supermarket cashiers. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 4, 245–55.
Lundqvist, L. O. & Dimberg, U. (1995). Facial expressions are contagious. Journal of Psychophysiology, 9, 203–211.
Luria, A. R. (1932). The nature of human conflicts. New York: Liveright.
Lutz, R. S. (2003). Covert muscle excitation is outflow from the central generation of motor imagery. Behavioural Brain Research, 140(1–2), 149–63).
Lykken, D. (1998). A tremor in the blood: Uses and abuses of the lie detector (2nd Ed.). New York: Plenum.
Lynn, P. A., Bettles, N. D., Hughes, A. D. & Johnson, S. W. (1978). Influences of electrode geometry on bipolar recordings of the surface electromyogram. Medical and Biological Engineering and Computing, 16, 651–60.
Malcolm, R., Von, J. M., & Horney, R. A. (1989). Correlations between facial electromyography and depression. Psychiatric Forum, 15, 19–23.
Malmo, R. B. (1965). Physiological gradients and behavior. Psychological Bulletin, 64 225–34.
Malmo, R. B. (1975). On emotions, needs, and our archaic brain. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
Malmo, R.B. & Malmo, H. P (2000). On electromyographic (EMG) gradients and movement-related brain activity: significance for motor control, cognitive functions, and certain psychopathologies. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 38, 145–209.
Mandryk, R. L. & Inkpen, K. M. (2004). Physiological indicators for the evaluation of co-located collaborative play. Proceedings of the 2004 ACM conference on Computer supported cooperative work, Chicago, Il. (pp. 102–11).
Markovsky, B., & Berger, S. M. (1983). Crowd noise and mimicry. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 9, 90–6.
Martin, I. (1956). Levels of muscle activity in psychiatric patients. Acta Psychologica, 12, 326–41.
Marshall-Goodell, B., Tassinary, L. G., & Cacioppo, J. T. (1990). Principles of bioelectrical measurement. In J. T. Cacioppo & L. G. Tassinary (Eds.), Principles of psychophysiology (pp. 113–48). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Mathews, B. H. C. (1934). A special purpose amplifier. Journal of Physiology (London), 81, 28.
Max, L. W. (1932). Myoesthesis and “imageless thought”. Science, 76, 235–36.
Max, L. W. (1937). An experimental study of the motor theory of consciousness: IV. Action-current responses in the deaf during awakening, kinaesthetic imagery and abstract thinking. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 24, 301–44.
McCanne, T. R., & Anderson, J. A. (1987). Emotional responding following experimental manipulation of facial electromyographic activity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 759–68.
McClelland, J. L. (1979). On the time relations of mental processes: An examination of systems in cascade. Psychological Review, 86, 287–330.
McGarry, T. & Franks, I. (1997). A horse race between independent processes: Evidence for a phantom point of no return in the preparation of a speeded motor response. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 23, 1533–42.
McGuigan, F. J. (1966). Thinking: Studies of Covert Language Processes. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.
McGuigan, F. J. (1970). Covert oral behavior during the silent performance of language. Psychological Bulletin, 74, 309–26.
McGuigan, F. J. (1978). Cognitive psychophysiology: Principles of covert behavior Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prenice−Hall.
McGuigan, F. J. (1979). Psychophysiological measurement of covert behavior: A guide for the laboratory. Hillsdale NJ: Erlbaum.
McGuigan, F. J. (1994). Biological psychology: A cybernetic science. Engelwood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
McGuigan, F. J., & Bailey S. C. (1969). Logitudinal study of covert oral behavior during silent reading. Perceptual and motor skills, 28, 170.
McGuigan, F. J., Dollins, A., Pierce, W., Lusebrink, V., & Corus, C. (1982). Fourier analysis of covert speech behavior. Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science, 17, 49–52.
McHugo, G., & Lanzetta, J. T. (1983). Methodological decisions in social psychophysiology. In J. T. Cacioppo & R. E. Petty (Eds.), Social psychophysiology: A sourcebook (pp. 630–65). New York: Guilford Press.
McHugo, G., Lanzetta, J. T. & Bush, L. (1991). The effect of attitudes on emotional reactions to expressive displays of political leaders. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 15, 19–41.
Merletti, R. (1994). Surface electromyography: Possibilities and limitations. Journal of Rehabilitative Science, 7, 24–34.
Merton, P. A. (1987). Reflexes. In R. L. Gregory (Ed.), The Oxford companion to the mind. New York: Oxford University Press.
Meyer, B. U., Werhahn, K., Rothwell, J. C., Roericht, S., & Fauth, C. (1994). Functional organization of corticonuclear pathways to motoneurones of lower facial muscles in man. Experimental Brain Research, 101, 465–72.
Meyer, D. R. (1953). On the interaction of simultaneous responses. Psychological Bulletin, 20, 204–20.
Meyer, D. R., Bahrick, H. P., & Fitts, P. M. (1953). Incentive, anxiety, and the human blink rate. Journal of Expenmental Psychology, 45, 183–287.
Mitz, V. (1976). The superfical musculo-apneurotic system (SMAS) in the parotid and cheek area. Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, 58, 80–88.
Morecraft, R. J. Stilwell-Morecraft, K. S., & Rossing, W. R. (2004). The motor cortex and facial expression: New insights from neuroscience. The Neurologist, 10(5), 235–49.
Morris, H. & Anson, B. J. (1966). Human anatomy: A complete systematic treatise (12th ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.
Mulder, T. & Hulstijn, W. (1984). The effect of fatigue and repetition of the task on the surface electromyographic signal. Psychophysiology, 21, 528–34.
Needham, D. M. (1971). Machina carnis: The biochemistry of muscular contraction in its historical development. London: Cambridge University Press.
Neumann, D. L., Lipp, O. V., & Pretorius, N. R. (2004). The effects of lead stimulus and reflex stimulus modality on modulation of the blink reflex at very short, short, and long lead intervals. Perception and Psychophysics, 66, 141–51.
Neumann, R., & Strack, F. (2000). Experiential and nonexperiential routes of motor influence on affect and evaluation. In H. Bless & J. P. Forgas (Eds.), The message within: The role of subjective experience in social cognition and behavior (pp. 52–68). Philadelphia, PA: Psychology Press.
Nosofsky, R. M. & Zaki, S. R. (1998). Dissociations between categorization and recognition in amnesic and normal individuals: An exemplar-based interpretation. Psychological Science, 9, 247–55.
Oddsson, L. I. E., Giphart, J. E., Buijs, R. J. C., Roy, S. H., Taylor, H. P., & De Luca, C. J. (1997). Development of new protocols and analysis procedures for the assessment of LBP by surface EMG techniques. Journal of Rehabilitation Research and Development, 34, 415–26.
O'Dwyer, N. J., Quinn, P. T., Guitar, B. E., Andrews, G., & Neilson, P. D. (1981). Procedures for verification of electrode placement in EMG studies of orofacial and mandibular muscles. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 241, 273–88.
Olivers, C. N. L. & Nieuwenhuis, S (2005). The beneficial effect of concurrent task-irrelevant mental activity on temporal attention. Psychological Science, 16(4), 265–69.
Orne, M. T. (1962). On the social psychology of the psychological experiment: With particular reference to demand characteristics and their implications. American Psychologist, 17, 776–83.
Paloheimo, M. (1990). Quantitative surface electromyography (qEMG): Applications in anaesthesiology and critical care [Supplementum 93]. Acta Anaesthesiologica Scandinavica, 34, 1–83.
Partridge, L.D. (1966). Signal handling characteristics of load-moving muscle in man. American Journal of Physiology, 210, 1178–91.
Petrides, M., Cadoret, G., & Mackey, S. (2005). Orofacial somatomotor responses in the macaque mokey homologue of Broca's area. Nature, 435, 1235–38.
Perry, T. J. and Goldwater, B. C. (1987). A passive behavioral measure of sleep onset in high-alpha and low alpha subjects. Psychophysiology, 24, 657–65.
Picard, R. W. (1997). Affective Computing. Cambridge: MIT Press.
Pikoff, H. (1984). Is the muscular model of headache still viable? Headache, 24, 186–98.
Platt, J. R. (1964). Strong inference. Science, 146, 347–53.
Pratt, F. H. (1917). The all-or-none principle in graded response of skeletal muscle. American Journal of Physiology, 44, 517–42.
Pratt, F. H., & Eisenberger, J. P. (1919). The quantal phenomena in muscle: Methods with further evidence of the all-or-none principle in graded response for the skeletal fibre. American Journal of Physiology, 49, 1–54.
Pritchard, D. (1995). EMG levels in children who suffer from severe headache. Headache, 35, 554–56.
Pressman, M. R. & Orr, W. C. (Eds.) (1997). Understanding sleep: The evaluation and treatment of sleep disorders. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Rajecki, D. W. (1983). Animal aggression: Implications for human aggression. In R. G. Geen & E. J. Donnerstein (Eds.), Aggression: Theoretical and empirical reviews: Vol. 1 (pp. 189–211). New York: Academic Press.
Rani, P., Sarkar, N., Smith, C. A., & Kirby, L. D. (2004). Anxiety detecting robotic system – Towards implicit human-robot collaboration. Robotica, 22, 85–95.
Rankin, R. E. & Campbell, D. (1955). Galvanic skin response to negro and white experimenters. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 30–3.
Ravaja, N., Kallinen, K., Saari, T., & Keltikangas-Jarvinen, L. (2004). Suboptimal exposure to facial expressions when viewing video messages from a small screen: Effects on emotion, attention, and memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Applied, 10, 120–131.
Rimehaug, T. & Sveback, S. (1987). Psychogenic muscle tension: The significance of motivation and negative affect in perceptual-cognitive task performance. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 5, 97–106.
Rinn, W. E. (1991). Neuropsychology of facial expression. In R. Feldman & B. Rimé (Eds.). Fundamentals of Nonverbal Behavior. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Rissen, D., Melin, B., Sandsjo, L., Dohns, I., & Lundberg, U. (2000). Surface EMG and psychophysiological stress reactions in women during repetitive work. European Journal of Applied Physiology, 83, 215–22.
Ritz, T., Dahme, B., & Claussen, C. (1999). Gradients of facial EMG and cardiac activity during emotional stimulation. Journal of Psychophysiology, 13(1), 3–17.
Ritz, T., Dahme, B. & Roth, W. T. (2004). Behavioral interventions in asthma: Biofeedback techniques. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 56, 711–20.
Rosenthal, R. & Rosnow, R. (Eds.) (1969). Artifact in behavioral research. New York: Academic Press.
Rosenthal, R. (1966). Experimenter effects in behavior research. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.
Rossi, A. M. (1959). An evaluation of the manifest anxiety scale by the use of electromyography. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 58, 64–9.
Roy, S. H., De Luca, C., Emley, M., Oddsson, L. I. E., Buijis, R. J. C., Levins, J., Newcombe, D. S., & Jabre, J. F. (1997). Classification of back muscle impairment based on the surface electromyographic signal. Journal of Rehabilitation Research and Development, 34, 405–14.
Russell, J. A., Bachorowski, J., & Fernández-Dols, J. M. (2003). Facial and Vocal Expressions of Emotion. Annual Review of Psychology, 54, 329–349.
Russell, J. A. & Fernández-Dols, J. M. (Eds.) (1997). The psychology of facial expression. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Schmidt-Nielsen, K. (1997). Animal physiology: Adaptation and environment (5th Ed.). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Schwartz, G. E. (1975). Biofeedback, self-regulation, and the patterning of physiological processes. Amencan Scientist, 63, 314–24.
Schwartz, G. E., Fair, P. L., Salt, P., Mandel, M. R., & Klerman, G. L. (1976). Facial muscle patterning to affective imagery in depressed and nondepressed subjects. Science, 192, 489–91.
Seiler, R. (1973). On the function of facial muscles in different behavioral situations: A study based on the muscle morphology and electromyography. American Journal of Physical Anthropology, 38, 567–72.
Shaw, W. A. (1940). The relation of muscular action potentials to imaginal weight lifting. Archives of Psychology, No. 247.
Sherrington, C. S. (1923). The integrative actions of the nervous system. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. (Original work published 1906.)
Shimizu, A, & Inoue, T. (1986). Dreamed speech and speech muscle activity. Psychophysiology, 23, 210–15.
Skinner, B. F. (1931). The concept of the reflex in the description of behavior. The Journal of General Psychology: Expenmental, Theoretical, Clinicial, and Historical Psychology, 5, 427–57.
Sloan, D. M., Bradley, M. M., Dimoulas, E., & Lang, P. J. (2002). Looking at facial expressions: Dysphoria and facial EMG. Biological Psychology, 60, 79–90.
Smith, R. R., Kier, W. M. (1989). Trunks, tongues, and tentacles: Moving with skeletons of muscle. American Scientist, 77, 28–35.
Smith, J. D. & Minda, J. P. (2001). Journey to the center of the category: The dissociation in amnesia between categorization and recognition. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning, Memory & Cognition, 27(4), 984–1002.
Sonnby-Borgström, M. & Jönsson, P. (2003). Models-of-self and models-of-others as related to facial muscle reactions at different levels of cognitive control. Scandanavian Journal of Psychology, 44, 141–51.
Spencer, H. (1870). Principles of Psychology (2nd ed.). London: Williams & Norgate.
Sperry, R. (1952). Neurology and the mind-brain problem. American Scientist, 40, 291–312.
Stark, R., Walter, B., Schienle, A. & Vaitl, D. (2005). Psychophysiological correlates of disgust and disgust sensitivity. Journal of Psychophysiology, 19(1), 50–60.
Stead, L., Goulev, P., Evans, C., & Mamdani, E. (2004). The emotional wardrobe. Personal and Ubiquitous Computing, 8, 282–90.
Sternbach, R. A. (1966). Principles of psychophysiology. New York: Academic.
Sternberg, S. (1969). The discovery of processing stages: Extensions of Donder's method. Acta Psychologica, 30, 276–315.
Stoyva, J., & Budzynski, T. (1974). Cultivated low arousal: An anti-stress response? In L. V. DiCara (Ed.). Recent advances in limbic and autonomic nervous system research (pp. 370–94). New York: Plenum Press.
Strack, F., Martin, L. L., & Stepper, J. (1988). Inhibitory and facilitatory conditions of the human smile: A nonobtrusive test of the facial feedback hypothesis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 768–77.
Stringham, J. M., Fuld, K., & Wenzel, A. J. (2003). Action spectrum for photophobia. Journal of the Optical Society of America, 20(10), 1852–58.
Sumitsuji, N., Nan'no, H., Kuwata, Y., and Ohta, Y. (1980). The effects of the noise due to the jet airplane to the human facial expression (EMG study), EEG changes and their manual responses at the various sleeping stages of the subjects. Electromyography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 20, 49–72.
Svebak, S., Dalen, K., & Storfjell, O. (1981). The psychological significance of task-induced tonic changes in somatic and autonomic activity. Psychophysiology, 18, 403–09.
Tassinary, L. G. (1985). Odor hedonics: Psychophysical, respiratory and facial measures. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Dartmouth College.
Tassinary, L. G. (2005). Improving the sensitivity and specificity of facial electromyography. Psychophysiology, 42, S121.
Tassinary, L. G. & Cacioppo, J. T., (1992). Unobservable facial actions and emotion. Psychological Science, 3, 28–33.
Tassinary, L. G. & Cacioppo, J. T. (2000). The skeletomotor system: Surface electromyography. In J. T. Cacioppo, L. G. Tassinary and G. Bernston (Eds.), The Handbook of Psychophysiology. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Tassinary, L. G. & Geen, T. R. (1990). James Parsons (1705–1770): A forgotten pioneer in the psychophysiology of emotion. Psychophysiology, 27, S69.
Tassinary, L. G., Cacioppo, J. T., & Geen, T. R. (1989). A psychometric study of surface electrode placements for facial electromyographic recording: I. The brow and cheek muscle regions. Psychophysiology, 26, 1–16.
Tassinary, L. G., Orr, S. P., Wolford, G., Napps, S. E., & Lanzetta, J. T. (1984). The role of awareness in affective information processing: An exploration of the Zajonc hypothesis. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 22, 489–92.
Tassinary, L. G., Vanman, E., Geen, T. R. & Cacioppo, J. T. (1987). Optimizing surface electrode placements for facial EMG recordings: Guidelines for recording from the perioral muscle region. Psychophysiology, 24, 615–16.
Teuber, H. L. (1955). Physiological psychology. Annual Review of Psychology, 6, 267–94.
Tobin, R. M., Graziano, W. G., Vanman, E. J. & Tassinary, L. G. (2000). Personality, emotional experience, and efforts to control emotions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79(4), 656–69.
Thorson, A. M. (1925). The relation of tongue movements to internal speech. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 8, 1.
Tomovic, R. & Bellman, R. (1970). A systems approach to muscle control. Mathematical Biosciences, 8, 265–77.
Tourangeau, R., & Ellsworth, P. C. (1979). The role of facial response in the experience of emotion. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 1519–31.
Trepman, E., Gellman, R. E., Solomon, R., Murthy, K. R., Micheli, L. J. & De Luca, C. (1994). Electromyographic analysis of standing posture and demi-plié in ballet and modern dancers. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 26, 771–82.
Triplett, N. (1898). The dynamogenic factors in pacemaking and competition. Amencan Journal of Psychology, 9, 507–33.
Tuomitso, M. T., Johnston, D. W. & Schmidt, T. F. H. (1996). The ambulatory measurement of posture, thigh acceleration, and muscle tension and their relationship to heart rate. Psychophysiology, 33, 409–15.
Tyron, W. W. (1991). Activity measurement in psychology and medicine. New York: Plenum Press.
van Boxtel, A. (2001). Optimal signal bandwidth for the recording of surface EMG activity of facial, jaw, oral, and neck muscles. Psychophysiology, 38, 22–34.
van Boxtel, A., Goudswaard, P., & Janssen, K. (1983). Absolute and proportional resting EMG levels in muscle contrachon and migraine headache pahents. Headache, 23, 215–22.
van Boxtel, A., Goudswaard, P., & Janssen, K. (1983). Changes in EMG power spectra of facial and jaw-elevator muscles during fatigue. Journal of Applied Physiology, 54, 51–8.
van Boxtel, A., Goudswaard, P., & Shomaker, L. R. B. (1984). Amplitude and bandwidth of the frontalis surface EMG: Effects of electrode parameters. Psychophysiology, 21, 699–707.
van Boxtel, A. & Jessurun, M. (1993). Amplitude and bilateral coherency of facial and jaw-elevator EMG activity as an index of effort during a two-choice serial reaction task. Psychophysiology, 30, 589–604.
van Boxtel, A., Damen, E. J. P., and Brunia, C. H. M. (1996). Anticipatory EMG responses of the pericranial muscles in relation to heart rate during a warned simple reaction time task. Psychophysiology, 33, 576–83.
Vanman, E. J., Boehmelt, A. H., Dawson, M. E., & Schell, A. M. (1996). The varying time course of attentional and affective modulation of the startle eyeblink response. Psychophysiology, 33, 691–97.
Vanman, E. J., Paul, B. Y., Ito, T. A., & Miller, N. (1997). The modern face of prejudice and structural features that moderate the effect of cooperation on affect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 941–59.
Vanman, E. J., Saltz, J. L., Nathan, L. R., & Warren, J. A. (2004). Racial discrimination by low-prejudiced Whites: Facial movements as implicit measures of attitudes related to behavior. Psychological Science, 15, 711–14.
Vaughan, K. B., & Lanzetta, I. T. (1981). The effects of modification of expressive displays on vicarious emotional arousal. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 17, 16–30.
Vaughan, K. B., & Lanzetta, J. T. (1980). Vicarious instigation and conditioning of facial expressive and autonomic responses to a model's expressive display of pain. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 13, 909–23.
Veiersted, K. B. (1994). Sustained muscle tension as a risk factor for trapezius myalgia. International Journal of Industrial Ergonomics, 14, 333–39.
Vitti, M., Basmajian, J. V., Ouelette, P. L., Mitchell, D. L., Eastman, W. P., & Seaborn, R.D. (1975). Electromyographic investigations of the tongue and circumoral muscular sling with fine-wire electrodes. Journal of Dental Research, 54, 844–49.
Vrana, S. R. & Rollock, D. (1998). Physiological response to a minimal social encounter: Effects of gender, ethnicity, and social context. Psychophysiology, 35, 462–69.
Waersted, M. & Westgaard, R. H. (1996). Attention-related muscle activity in different body regions during VDU work with minimal physical activity. Ergonomics, 39, 661–76.
Washburn, M. F. (1916). Movement and imagery: Outlines of a motor theory of the complexer mental processes. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
Wartenberg, R. (1946). The examination of reflexes: A simplification. Chicago: Year Book Publishers.
Waters, K. (1992). A physical model of facial tissue and muscle articulation derived from computer tomography data. Visualization in Biomedical Computing, 1808, 574–83.
Weaver, C. V. (1977). Descriptive anatomical and quantitative variation in human facial musculature and the analysis of bilateral asymmetry. Dissertation Abstracts International (University Microfilms, No. 77-24, 305).
Wells, G. L., & Petty, R. E. (1980). The effects of overt head−movements on persuasion: Compatibility and incompatibility of responses. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 1, 219–30.
Wexler, B. E., Warrenburg, S., Schwartz, G. E., & Jamner, L. D. (1992). EEG and EMG responses to emotion-evoking stimuli processed without conscious awareness. Neuropsychologia, 30, 1065–79.
Wolf, K., Mass, R., Kiefer, F., Eckert, K., Weinhold, N., Wiedemann, K., & Naber, D. (2004). The influence of olanzapine on facial expressions of emotions in schizophrenia – an improved facial EMG study. German Journal of Psychiatry, 7, 14–9.
Wheatley, J. R., Tangel, D. J., Mezzanotte, W. S., and White, D. P. (1993). Influence of sleep on the alae nasi EMG and nasal resistance in normal man. Journal of Applied Physiology, 75, 626–32.
Woodworth, R. S., & Schlosberg, H. (1954). Experimental psychology (Rev. Ed.) New York: Holt.
Wrase, J., Klein, S., Gruesser, S. M., Hermann, D., Flor, H., Mann, K., Braus, D. F., & Heinz, A. (2003). Gender differences in the processing of standardized emotional visual stimuli in humans: A functional magnetic resonance imaging study. Neuroscience Letters, 348(1), 41–5.
Wu, C. H. (1984). Electric fish and the discovery of animal electricity. American Scientist, 72, 598–607.
Zajonc, R. B. (1965). Social facilitation. Science, 149, 269–74.
Zipp, P. (1982). Recommendations for the standardization of lead positions in surface electromyography. European Journal of Applied Physiology, 50, 41–54.

Reference Title: REFERENCES

Reference Type: reference-list

Aguilera, G., Millan, M. A., Hauger, R. L., & Catt, K. J. (1987). Corticotropin-releasing factor receptors: distribution and regulation in brain, pituitary, and peripheral tissues. Ann N Y Acad Sci 512, 48–66.
Bale, T. L., & Vale, W. W. (2004). CRF and CRF receptors: role in stress responsivity and other behaviors. Annu Rev Pharmacol Toxicol 44, 525–557.
Bamberger, C. M., Schulte, H. M., & Chrousos, G. P. (1996). Molecular determinants of glucocorticoid receptor function and tissue sensitivity to glucocorticoids. Endocr Rev 17(3), 245–261.
Benker, G., Raida, M., Olbricht, T., Wagner, R., Reinhardt, W., & Reinwein, D. (1990). TSH secretion in Cushing's syndrome: relation to glucocorticoid excess, diabetes, goitre, and the ‘sick euthyroid syndrome’. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 33(6), 777–786.
Brown, M. R., Fisher, L. A., Spiess, J., Rivier, C., Rivier, J., & Vale, W. (1982). Corticotropin-releasing factor: actions on the sympathetic nervous system and metabolism. Endocrinology 111(3), 928–931.
Charmandari, E., Tsigos, C., & Chrousos, G. (2005). Endocrinology of the stress response. Annu Rev Physiol 67, 259–284.
Chikanza, I. C., Petrou, P., Kingsley, G., Chrousos, G., & Panayi, G. S. (1992). Defective hypothalamic response to immune and inflammatory stimuli in patients with rheumatoid arthritis. Arthritis Rheum 35(11), 1281–1288.
Chrousos, G. P. (1995). The hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis and immune-mediated inflammation. N Engl J Med 332(20), 1351–1362.
Chrousos, G. P. (1998). Stressors, stress, and neuroendocrine integration of the adaptive response. The 1997 Hans Selye Memorial Lecture. Ann N Y Acad Sci 851, 311–335.
Chrousos, G. P., & Gold, P. W. (1992). The concepts of stress and stress system disorders. Overview of physical and behavioral homeostasis. JAMA 267(9), 1244–1252.
Chrousos, G. P., Torpy, D. J., & Gold, P. W. (1998). Interactions between the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis and the female reproductive system: clinical implications. Ann Intern Med 129(3), 229–240.
Clauw, D. J., & Chrousos, G. P. (1997). Chronic pain and fatigue syndromes: overlapping clinical and neuroendocrine features and potential pathogenic mechanisms. Neuroimmunomodulation 4(3), 134–153.
Cutolo, M., Sulli, A., Villaggio, B., Seriolo, B., & Accardo, S. (1998). Relations between steroid hormones and cytokines in rheumatoid arthritis and systemic lupus erythematosus. Ann Rheum Dis 57(10), 573–577.
De Bellis, M. D., Chrousos, G. P., Dorn, L. D., Burke, L., Helmers, K., Kling, M. A., Trickett, P. K., & Putnam, F. W. (1994). Hypothalamic-pituitary-adren al axis dysregulation in sexually abused girls. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 78(2), 249–255.
De Bellis, M. D., Lefter, L., Trickett, P. K., & Putnam, F. W., Jr. (1994). Urinary catecholamine excretion in sexually abused girls. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 33(3), 320–327.
Ehlert, U., Gaab, J., & Heinrichs, M. (2001). Psychoneuroendocrinological contributions to the etiology of depression, posttraumatic stress disorder, and stress-related bodily disorders: the role of the hypothalamus-pituitary-adrenal axis. Biol Psychol 57(1–3), 141–152.
Elenkov, I. J., & Chrousos, G. P. (1999). Stress Hormones., Th1/Th2 patterns., Pro/Anti-inflammatory Cytokines and Susceptibility to Disease. Trends Endocrinol Metab 10(9), 359–368.
Elenkov, I. J., & Chrousos, G. P. (2002). Stress hormones, proinflammatory and antiinflammatory cytokines, and autoimmunity. Ann N Y Acad Sci 966, 290–303.
Elenkov, I. J., Papanicolaou, D. A., Wilder, R. L., & Chrousos, G. P. (1996). Modulatory effects of glucocorticoids and catecholamines on human interleukin-12 and interleukin-10 production: clinical implications. Proc Assoc Am Physicians 108(5), 374–381.
Elenkov, I. J., Webster, E. L., Torpy, D. J., & Chrousos, G. P. (1999). Stress, corticotropin-releasing hormone, glucocorticoids, and the immune/inflammatory response: acute and chronic effects. Ann N Y Acad Sci 876, 1–11.
Gold, P. W., & Chrousos, G. P. (1999). The endocrinology of melancholic and atypical depression: relation to neurocircuitry and somatic consequences. Proc Assoc Am Physicians 111(1), 22–34.
Gower, W. R., Jr. (1993). Mechanism of glucocorticoid action. J Fla Med Assoc 80(10), 697–700.
Habib, K. E., Gold, P. W., & Chrousos, G. P. (2001). Neuroendocrinology of stress. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am 30(3), 695–728.
Habib, K. E., Weld, K. P., Rice, K. C., Pushkas, J., Champoux, M., Listwak, S., Webster, E. L., Atkinson, A. J., Schulkin, J., Contoreggi, C., Chrousos, G. P., McCann, S. M., Suomi, S. J., Higley, J. D., & Gold, P. W. (2000). Oral administration of a corticotropin-releasing hormone receptor antagonist significantly attenuates behavioral, neuroendocrine, and autonomic responses to stress in primates. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 97(11), 6079–6084.
Hauger, R. L., & Aguilera, G. (1993). Regulation of pituitary corticotropin releasing hormone (CRH) receptors by CRH: interaction with vasopressin. Endocrinology 133(4), 1708–1714.
Heilig, M., & Widerlov, E. (1995). Neurobiology and clinical aspects of neuropeptide. Crit Rev Neurobiol 9(2–3), 115–136.
Koob, G. F., Lebrun, C., Martinez, J. L., Jr., Dantzer R., Le Moal, M., & Bloom, F. E. (1985). Arginine vasopressin, stress, and memory. Ann N Y Acad Sci 444, 194–202.
Kregel, K. C., Overton, J. M., Seals, D. R., Tipton, C. M., & Fisher, L. A. (1990). Cardiovascular responses to exercise in the rat: role of corticotropin-releasing factor. J Appl Physiol 68(2), 561–567.
Liu, J. P., Clarke, I. J., Funder, J. W., & Engler, D. (1994). Studies of the secretion of corticotropin-releasing factor and arginine vasopressin into the hypophysial-portal circulation of the conscious sheep. II. The central noradrenergic and neuropeptide Y pathways cause immediate and prolonged hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal activation. Potential involvement in the pseudo-Cushing's syndrome of endogenous depression and anorexia nervosa. J Clin Invest 93(4), 1439–1450.
Magiakou, M. A., Mastorakos, G., & Chrousos, G. P. (1994). Final stature in patients with endogenous Cushing's syndrome. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 79(4), 1082–1085.
Magiakou, M. A., Mastorakos, G., Oldfield, E. H., Gomez, M. T., Doppman, J. L., Cutler, G. B., Jr., Nieman, L. K., & Chrousos, G. P. (1994). Cushing's syndrome in children and adolescents. Presentation, diagnosis, and therapy. N Engl J Med 331(10), 629–636.
Magiakou, M. A., Mastorakos, G., Rabin, D., Dubbert, B., Gold, P. W., & Chrousos, G. P. (1996). Hypothalamic corticotropin-releasing hormone suppression during the postpartum period: implications for the increase in psychiatric manifestations at this time. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 81(5), 1912–1917.
Maughan, B., & McCarthy, G. (1997). Childhood adversities and psychosocial disorders. Br Med Bull 53(1), 156–169.
McEwen, B. S. (1998). Stress, adaptation, and disease. Allostasis and allostatic load. Ann N Y Acad Sci 840, 33–44.
McEwen, B. S. (2002). The neurobiology and neuroendocrinology of stress. Implications for post-traumatic stress disorder from a basic science perspective. Psychiatr Clin North Am 25(2), 469–94., ix.
Michelson, D., Stratakis, C., Hill, L., Reynolds, J., Galliven, E., Chrousos, G., & Gold, P. (1996). Bone mineral density in women with depression. N Engl J Med 335(16), 1176–1181.
Oellerich, W. F., Schwartz, D. D., Malik, K. U. (1994). Neuropeptide Y inhibits adrenergic transmitter release in cultured rat superior cervical ganglion cells by restricting the availability of calcium through a pertussis toxin-sensitive mechanism. Neuroscience 60(2), 495–502.
Orban, Z., Remaley, A. T., Sampson, M., Trajanoski, Z., & Chrousos, G. P. (1999). The differential effect of food intake and beta-adrenergic stimulation on adipose-derived hormones and cytokines in man. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 84(6), 2126–2133.
Papanicolaou, D. A., Petrides, J. S., Tsigos, C., Bina, S., Kalogeras, K. T., Wilder, R., Gold, P. W., Deuster, P. A., & Chrousos, G. P. (1996). Exercise stimulates interleukin-6 secretion: inhibition by glucocorticoids and correlation with catecholamines. Am J Physiol 271(3 Pt 1), E601–E605.
Papanicolaou, D. A., Wilder, R. L., Manolagas, S. C., & Chrousos, G. P. (1998). The pathophysiologic roles of interleukin-6 in human disease. Ann Intern Med 128(2), 127–137.
Pasquali, R., Cantobelli, S., Casimirri, F., Capelli, M., Bortoluzzi, L., Flamia, R., Labate, A. M., & Barbara, L. (1993). The hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis in obese women with different patterns of body fat distribution. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 77(2), 341–346.
Rosmond, R., Dallman, M. F., & Bjorntorp, P. (1998). Stress-related cortisol secretion in men: relationships with abdominal obesity and endocrine., metabolic and hemodynamic abnormalities. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 83(6), 1853–1859.
Skuse, D., Albanese, A., Stanhope, R., Gilmour, J., & Voss, L. (1996). A new stress-related syndrome of growth failure and hyperphagia in children., associated with reversibility of growth-hormone insufficiency. Lancet 348(9024), 353–358.
Smith, G. W., Aubry, J. M., Dellu, F., Contarino, A., Bilezikjian, L. M., Gold, L. H., Chen, R., Marchuk, Y., Hauser, C., Bentley, C. A., Sawchenko, P. E., Koob, G. F., Vale, W., & Lee, K. F. (1998). Corticotropin releasing factor receptor 1-deficient mice display decreased anxiety, impaired stress response, and aberrant neuroendocrine development. Neuron 20(6), 1093–1102.
Spinedi, E., Johnston, C. A., Chisari, A., & Negro-Vilar, A. (1988). Role of central epinephrine on the regulation of corticotropin-releasing factor and adrenocorticotropin secretion. Endocrinology 122(5), 1977–1983.
Sternberg, E. M., Hill, J. M., Chrousos, G. P., Kamilaris, T., Listwak, S. J., Gold, P. W., & Wilder, R. L. (1989). Inflammatory mediator-induced hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis activation is defective in streptococcal cell wall arthritis-susceptible Lewis rats. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 86(7), 2374–2378.
Sternberg, E. M., Young, W. S., III., Bernardini, R., Calogero, A. E., Chrousos, G. P., Gold, P. W., & Wilder, R. L. (1989). A central nervous system defect in biosynthesis of corticotropin-releasing hormone is associated with susceptibility to streptococcal cell wall-induced arthritis in Lewis rats 1. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 86(12), 4771–4775.
Suto, G., Kiraly, A., & Tache, Y. (1994). Interleukin 1 beta inhibits gastric emptying in rats: mediation through prostaglandin and corticotropin-releasing factor. Gastroenterology 106(6), 1568–1575.
Tache, Y., Monnikes, H., Bonaz, B., & Rivier, J. (1993). Role of CRF in stress-related alterations of gastric and colonic motor function. Ann N Y Acad Sci 697, 233–243.
Theoharides, T. C., Singh, L. K., Boucher, W., Pang, X., Letourneau, R., Webster, E., & Chrousos, G. (1998). Corticotropin-releasing hormone induces skin mast cell degranulation and increased vascular permeability, a possible explanation for its proinflammatory effects. Endocrinology 139(1), 403–413.
Tsigos, C., & Chrousos, G. P. (1994). Physiology of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis in health and dysregulation in psychiatric and autoimmune disorders. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am 23(3), 451–466.
Tsigos, C., & Chrousos, G. P. (2002). Hypothalamic-pituitary-adren al axis., neuroendocrine factors and stress. J Psychosom Res 53(4), 865–871.
Tsigos, C., Young, R. J., & White, A. (1993). Diabetic neuropathy is associated with increased activity of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 76(3), 554–558.
Uehara, Y., Shimizu, H., Ohtani, K., Sato, N., & Mori, M. (1998). Hypothalamic corticotropin-releasing hormone is a mediator of the anorexigenic effect of leptin. Diabetes 47(6), 890–893.
Vamvakopoulos, N. C., & Chrousos, G. P. (1994). Hormonal regulation of human corticotropin-releasing hormone gene expression: implications for the stress response and immune/inflammatory reaction. Endocr Rev 15(4), 409–420.
van der Saag, P. T., Caldenhoven, E., & van de, S. A. (1996). Molecular mechanisms of steroid action: a novel type of cross-talk between glucocorticoids and NF-kappa B transcription factors. Eur Respir J Suppl 22, 146s–153s.
Vgontzas, A. N., Papanicolaou, D. A., Bixler, E. O., Kales, A., Tyson, K., & Chrousos, G. P. (1997). Elevation of plasma cytokines in disorders of excessive daytime sleepiness: role of sleep disturbance and obesity. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 82(5), 1313–1316.
Vgontzas, A. N., Papanicolaou, D. A., Bixler, E. O., Lotsikas, A., Zachman, K., Kales, A., Prolo, P., Wong, M. L., Licinio, J., Gold, P. W., Hermida, R. C., Mastorakos, G., & Chrousos, G. P. (1999). Circadian interleukin-6 secretion and quantity and depth of sleep. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 84(8), 2603–2607.

Reference Title: REFERENCES

Reference Type: reference-list

Abel, J. J., & Crawford, A. C. (1897). On the blood-pressure raising constituent of the suprarenal capsule. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull. 8, 151–7.
Albert, D. L., Walsh, M. L. & Jonik, R. H. (1993). Aggression in humans: What is its biological foundation? Neurosci. Biobehav. Rev. 17, 405–25.
Aldrich, T. B. (1901). A preliminary report on the active principle of the suprarenal gland. Am. J. Physiol. 5, 457–61.
Appenrodt E., Schnabel R., Schwarzberg H. (1998). Vasopressin administration modulates anxiety-related behavior in rats. Physiol. Behav. 64, 543–7.
Auger, A. P. (2004). Steroid receptor control of reproductive behavior. Horm. Behav. 45, 168–72.
Auger, A. P., Tetel, M. J. & McCarthy, M. M. (2000). Steroid receptor coactivator-1 (SRC-1) mediates the development of sex-specific brain morphology and behavior. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 97, 7551–5.
Bales, K., Kim, A. J., Lewis-Reese, A. D. and Carter, C. S. (2004). Both oxytocin and vasopressin may influence alloparental behavior in male prairie voles. Horm. Behav. 45, 354–61.
Bardin, C. W., & Catteral, J. F. (1981). Testosterone: A major determinant of extragenital sexual dimorphism. Science 211, 1285–94.
Barrett, J., Abbott, D. H., & George, L. M. (1990). Extension of reproductive suppression by pheromonal cues in subordinate female marmoset monkeys (Callithrix jacchus). J. Reprod. Fert. 90, 411–18.
Bartter, F. C., Liddle, G. W., and Dunkin, L. E. Jr. (1956). The regulation of aldosterone secretion in man: The role of fluid volume. J. Clin. Invest. 35, 1306–15.
Berenbaum, S. A. & Hines, M. (1992). Early androgens are related to childhood sex-typed toy preferences. Psych. Sci. 3, 203–6.
Berg, S. J. & Wynne-Edwards, K. E. (2001). Changes in testosterone, cortisol and estradiol levels in men becoming fathers. Mayo Clin. Proc. 76, 582–92.
Bester-Me redith, J. K. & Marler, C. A. (2001). Vasopressin and aggression in cross-fostered California mice (Peromyscus californicus) and white-footed mice (Peromyscus leucopus). Horm. Behav. 40, 51–64.
Bonello, N., Jasper, M. J. and Norman R. J. (2004). Periovulatory expression of intercellular adhesion molecule-1 in the rat ovary. Biol Reprod 71, 1384–90.
Borell, M. (1976). Brown-Séquard's organotherapy and its appearance in America at the end of the nineteenth century. Bull. Hist. Med. 50, 309–20.
Bradford, J. M. W. (1988). Organic treatment for the male sex offender. Ann. New York Acad. Sci. 528, 193–202.
Breedlove, S. M. (1992). Sexual differentiation of brain and behavior. In J. B. Becker, S. M. Breedlove, & D. Crews (Eds.). Behavioral Endocrinology (pp. 39–68). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
Brown-Séquard, C. E. (1889). De quelques regles generales relatives a l'inhibition. Arch. Physiol. Norm. Pathol. 5e, sér1:739–46.
Bull, J. J., & Vogt, R. C. (1979). Temperature dependent sex determination in turtles. Science 206, 1186–8.
Burley, N. (1979). The evolution of concealed ovulation. Am. Nat. 114, 835–58.
Butts, C. L. & Sternberg, E. M. (2004). Different approaches to understanding autoimmune rheumatic diseases: the neuroimmunoendocrine system. Best Practice and Research-Clinical Rheumatology. Bailliere's Rhematol Rev. 18, 125–39.
Bynoe, M. S., Grimaldi, C. M. & Diamond, B. (2000) Estrogen up-regulates Bcl-2 and blocks tolerance induction of naïve B cells. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 97, 2703–8.
Caldwell, G. S., Glickman, S. E., & Smith, E. R. (1984). Seasonal aggression independent of seasonal testosterone in woodrats. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 81, 5255–7.
Carlson, A. A., Ziegler, T. E., & Snowdon, C. T. (1997). Ovulatory patterns of pygmy marmosets in intact and motherless families. Am. J. Primatol. 43, 347–55.
Carr, B. R. (1992). Disorders of the ovary and female reproductive tract. In J. D. Wilson and D. W. Foster (Eds.) Textbook of Endocrinology, 8th ed. (pp. 733–98). Philadelphia: Saunders Co.
Carter, C. S. (1992). Hormonal influences on human sexual behavior. In J. B. Becker, S. M. Breedlove, & D. Crews (Eds.), Behavioral Endocrinology (pp. 131–42). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
Carter, C. S. (1998). Neuroendocrine perspectives on social attachments and love. Pyschoneuroendocrin. 23, 779–818.
Carter, C. S., & Altemus, M. (1997). Integrative functions of lactational hormones in social behavior and stress management. Ann. New York Acad. Sci. 807, 164–74.
Carter, C. S., Getz, L. L. & Cohen-Parsons, M. (1986). Relationships between social organization and behavioral endocrinology in a monogamous mammal. Adv. Stud. Behav. 16, 109–45.
Clark, M. M. & Galef, B. G. Jr. (1995). A gerbil dam's fetal intrauterine position affects the sex ratios of litters she sires. Physiol. Behav. 57, 297–9.
Clark, M. M. & Galef, B. G., Jr. (1999). A testosterone-mediated trade-off between parental and sexual effort in male Mongolian gerbils (Meriones unguiculatus). J. Comp. Psychol. 113, 388–95.
Clark, M. M. & Galef, B. G. Jr. (2001). Socially induced infertility: familial effects on reproductive development of female Mongolian gerbils. Anim. Behav. 62, 897–903.
Clarke, F. M. & Faulkes, C. G. (1998). Hormonal and behavioural correlates of male dominance and reproductive status in captive colonies of the naked mole-rat, Heterocephalus glaber. Proc Roy. Soc. Lond. B. 265, 1391–9.
Converse, L. J., Carlson, A. A., Ziegler, T. E., & Snowdon, C. T. (1995). Communication of ovulatory state to mates by female pygmy marmosets, Cebuella pygmaea. Anim. Behav. 49: 615–21.
Corter, C. M., & Fleming, A. S. (1990). Maternal responsiveness in humans: Emotional, cognitive and biological factors. Adv. Stud. Behav. 19: 893–136.
Creel, S. R., Creel, N. M., Wildt, D. E., & Montfort, S. L. (1992). Behavioral and endocrine mechanisms of reproductive suppression in Serengeti dwarf mongooses. Anim. Behav. 43: 231–45.
Cutler W. B., Preti G., Krieger A., Huggins G. R., Garcia C. R., Lawley H. J. (1986). Human axillary secretions influence women's menstrual cycles: the role of donor extract from men. Horm Behav. 20, 463–73.
Cutolo, M. (1998). The roles of steroid hormones in arthritis. Brit. J. Rheumatol. 37, 597–601.
Demski, L. S. (1987). Diversity of reproductive patterns in teleost fishes. In D. Crews (Ed.) Psychobiology of Reproductive Behavior: An Evolutionary Perspective (pp. 1–27). Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice-Hall.
De Waal, F. B. M. (1982). Chimpanzee Politics: Power and Sex among the Apes. New York: Harper & Row.
Dixson, A. F., & George, L. (1982). Prolactin and parental behavior in a male New World primate. Nature 229: 551–3.
Dharmadhikari, A., Lee, Y. S., Roberts, R. L., Carter, C. S. (1997). Exploratory behavior correlates with social organization and is responsive to peptide injections in prairie voles. Ann N Y Acad Sci. 807, 610–2.
Dodds, J. C., Goldberg, L., Lawson, W., & Robinson, R. (1938). Oestrogenic activity of certain synthetic compounds, Nature 141: 247–8.
Doisy, E. A. (1936). Sex hormones. Porter Lectures delivered at the University of Kansas School of Medicine (Lawrence).
Ebner K., Bosch O. J., Kromer S. A., Singewald N., Neumann I. D. (2005). Release of oxytocin in the rat central amygdala modulates stress-coping behavior and the release of excitatory amino acids. Neuropsychopharm. 30, 223–230.
Ehrhardt, A. A. & Money, J. (1967). Progestin-induced hermaphroditism: IQ and psychosocial identity in a study of ten girls. J. Sex. Res. 3, 83–100.
Ellingwood W. E. & Resko, J. A. (1980). Sex differences in biologically active and immunoactive gonadotropins in the fetal circulation of rhesus monkeys. Endocrinol. 107: 902–7.
Engelmann, M., Wotjak, C. T., Neumann, I., Lidwig, M., & Landgraf, R. (1996). Behavioral consequences of intracerebral vasopressin and oxytocin: Focus on learning and memory. Neurosci. Biobehav. Rev. 20: 341–58.
Englander-Golden, P., Chung, H. S., Whitmore, M. R., & Dientsbier, R. A. (1980). Female sexual arousal and the menstrual cycle. J. Human Stress 6: 42–8.
Exton, M. S., Krueger, T. H. C., Koch, M., Paulsen, E., Knapp, W., Hartmann, U. & Schedlowski, M. (2001). Coitus-induced orgasm stimulates prolactin secretion in healthy subjects. Psychoneurendo. 26, 287–94.
Faulkes, C. G., & Abbott, D. H. (1997). The physiology of a reproductive dictatorship: Regulation of male and female reproduction by a single breeding female in colonies of naked mole rats. In N. G. Solomon & J. A. French (Eds.), Cooperative Breeding in Mammals (pp. 302–34). Cambridge University Press.
Ferris, C. F., Snowdon, C. T., King, J. A., Duong, T. Q., Ziegler, T. E., Ugurbil, K., Ludwig, R., Schultz-Darken, N. J., Wu, Z., Olson, D. P., Sullivan, J. M., Jr., Tannenbaum, P. L. & Vaughn, J. T. (2001). Functional imaging of brain activity in conscious monkeys responding to sexually arousing cues. NeuroReport 12, 2231–6.
Ferris, C. F., Snowdon, C. T., King, J. A., Sullivan, J. M. Jr., Ziegler, T. E., Ludwig, R., Schultz-Darken, N., Wu, Z., Olson, D. P., Tannenbaum, P. L., Einspanier, A., Vaughn, J. T., & Duong, T. Q. (2004). Imaging neural pathways associated with stimuli for sexual arousal in nonhuman primates. J. Magnet. Res. Imag. 19, 168–75.
Fleming, A. S. (1990). Hormonal and experiential correlates of maternal responsiveness in human mammalian mothers. In. N. A. Krasnegor & R. S. Bridges (Eds.), Parenting: Biochemical, Neurobiological and Behavioral Determinants, pp. 184–208. New York: Oxford University Press.
Fleming, A. S., Ruble, D., Krieger, H., & Wong, P. Y. (1997). Hormonal and experiential correlates of maternal responsiveness during pregnancy and the puerperium in human mothers. Horm. Behav. 31: 145–58.
Fleming, A. S., Corter, C., Stallings, J., & Steiner, M. (2002). Testosterone and prolactin are associated with emotional responses to infant cries in new fathers. Horm. Behav. 42, 399–413.
Floody, O. R. (1983). Hormones and aggression among female mammals. In B. B. Svare (Ed.), Hormones and Aggression Behavior (pp. 39–89). New York: Plenum.
Francis, R. C. & Barlow, G. W. (1993). Social control of primary sex differentiation in the Midas cichlid. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 90, 10673–5.
Francis, R. C., Soma, K. & Fernald, R. D. (1993). Social regulation of the brain-pituitary-gonadal axis. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 90, 7794–8.
Frank, L. G. (1986). Social organization of the spotted hyena, Crocuta crocuta. II. Dominance and reproduction. Anim. Behav. 34: 1510–27.
French, J. A. (1997). Proximate regulation of singular breeding in Callitrichid primates. In N. G. Solomon & J. A. French (Eds.), Cooperative Breeding in Mammals, pp. 34–75. New York: Cambridge University Press.
French, J. A., & Stribley, J. A. (1987). Ovarian cycles are synchronized between and within social groups of lion tamarins (Leontopithecus rosalia). Am. J. Primatol. 12: 469–78.
Frisch, R. E. (2002). Female Fertility and the Body Fat Connection. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Galligani, N., Renck, A., & Hansen, S. (1996). Personality profiles of men using anabolic steroids. Horm. Behav. 30: 170–5.
Gerra, G., Caccavari, R., Delsignore, R., Passeri, M., Fertonani Affini, G., Maestri, D., Monica, C., & Brambilla, F. (1993). Parental divorce and neuroendocrine changes in adolescents. Acta. Psychiatr. Scand. 87: 350–4.
Ginther, A. J., Ziegler, T. E. & Snowdon, C. T. (2001). Reproductive biology of captive male cotton-top tamarin monkeys as a function of social environment. Anim. Behav. 61, 65–78.
Ginther, A. J., Carlson, A. A., Ziegler, T. E. & Snowdon, C. T. (2002). Neonatal and pubertal development in males of a cooperatively breeding primate, the cotton-top tamarin (Saguinus oedipus oedipus). Biol. Reprod. 66, 282–90.
Giovenardi, M., Padoin, M. F., Cadore, L. P., & Lucion, A. B. (1997). Hypothalamic paraventricular nucleus, oxytocin, and maternal aggression in rats. Ann. New York Acad. Sci. 807: 606–9.
Glickman, S. E., Frank, L. G., Pavgi, S. & Licht, P. (1992). Hormonal correlates of masculinization in female spotted hyenas (Crocuta crocuta): 1. Infancy to sexual maturity. J. Reprod. Fertil. 95, 451–62.
Goldfoot, D. A., Wallen, K., Neff, D. A., McBrair, M. C., & Goy, R. E. (1984). Social influences on the display of sexually dimorphic behavior in rhesus monkeys: Isosexual rearing. Arch. Sex Behav. 13: 395–412.
Goldman, S. E., & Schneider, H. G. (1987). Menstrual synchrony: Social and personality factors. J. Soc. Behav. Pers. 2: 243–50.
Goy, R. W. (1970). Early hormonal influences on the development of sexual and sex-related behavior. In F. O. Schmitt (Ed.), The Neurosciences: Second Study Program (pp. 196–207). New York: Rockefeller University Press.
Goy, R. W., Bercovitch, F. B., & McBrair, M. C. (1988). Behavioral masculinization is independent of genital masculinization in prenatally androgenized female rhesus macaques. Horm. Behav. 22: 552–71.
Goy, R. W., & Deputte, B. L. (1996). The effects of diethylstilbestrol (DES) before birth on the development of masculine behavior in juvenile female rhesus monkeys. Horm. Behav. 30: 379–86.
Goy, R. W., & Resko, J. A. (1972). Gonadal hormones and behavior of normal and psuedohermaphroditic nonhuman female primates. Rec. Prog. Horm. Res. 28: 707–33.
Graham, C. E., & Nadler, R. D. (1990). Socioendocrine interactions in great ape reproduction. In T. E. Ziegler & F. B. Bercovitch (Eds.), Socioendocrinology of Primate Reproduction (pp. 33–58). New York: Wiley-Liss.
Griffin, J. E., & Wilson, J. D. (1992). Disorders of the testes and the male reproductive tract. In J. D. Wilson & D. W. Foster (Eds.), Textbook of Endocrinology, 8th ed. (pp. 799–852). Philadelphia: Saunders.
Guyton, A. C., & Hall, J. E. (1996). Textbook of Medical Physiology, 9th ed. Philadelphia: Saunders.
Hadley, M. E. (1992). Neurohypophysial hormones. In Endocrinology, pp.153–78. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice Hall.
Hall, J. A. Y., & Kimura, D. (1995). Sexual orientation and performance on sexually dimorphic motor tasks. Arch. Sex. Behav. 24, 395–407.
Hampson, E., & Kimura, D. (1992). Sex differences and hormonal influences on cognitive function in humans. In J. B. Becker, S. M. Breedlove, & D. Crews (Eds.), Behavioral Endocrinology (pp. 357–98). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
Harlow, C. R., Hearn, J. P., & Hodges, J. K. (1984). Ovulation in the marmoset monkey: Endocrinology, prediction and detection. J. Endocrin. 103: 17–24.
Harris, G. W. (1955). Neural Control of the Pituitary Gland. London: Arnold.
Hausmann, M., Slabbekoorn, D., van Goozen, S. H. M., Cohen-Kettenis, P. T., & Gunturkun, O. (2000). Sex hormones affect spatial abilities during the menstrual cycle. Behav. Neurosci. 114, 1245–50.
Heinrichs, M. Meinschmidt, G., Wippich, W., Ehlert, U. & Hellhammer, D. H. 2004. Selective amnesic effects of oxytocin on human memory. Physiol Behav. 83: 31–38.
Heist, E. K., & Poland, R. E. (1992). Bioassay methods. In C. B. Nemeroff (Ed.), Neuroendocrinology (pp. 21–38). Boca Raton, FL : CRC Press.
Himes, N. E. (1936). Medical History of Contraception. New York: Gamut.
Hines, M., & Sanberg, E. C. (1996). Sexual differentiation of cognitive abilities in women exposed to diethylstilbestrol (DES) prenatally. Horm. Behav. 30: 354–63.
Hodges, J. K., & Eastman, S. A. K. (1984). Monitoring ovarian function in marmosets and tamarins by the measurement of urinary estrogen metabolites. Am. J. Primatol. 6: 187–97.
Holekamp, K. E. & Smale, L. (1998) Dispersal status influences hormones and behavior in the male spotted hyena. Horm. Behav. 33: 205–16.
Hsu, Y. & Wolf, L. L. (1999). The winner and loser effect: Integrating multiple experiences. Anim. Behav. 57, 903–10.
Hyde, J. S., Fennema, E., & Lamon, S. J. (1990). Gender differences in mathematics performance: A meta-analysis. Psych. Bull. 107: 139–55.
Hyde, J. S., & Linn, M. C. (1988). Gender differences in verbal ability: A meta-analysis. Psych. Bull. 104: 53–69.
Imperator-McGinley, J., Peterson, R. E., Gautier, T., & Sturla, E. (1979). Androgens and the evolution of male sexual identity among male pseudohermaphrodites with 5 alpha reductase deficiency. New England J. Med. 300: 1233–7.
Inglett, B. J., French, J. A., Simmons, L. G., & Vires, K. W. (1989). Dynamics of intrafamily aggression and social reintegration in lion tamarins. Zoo. Biol. 8: 67–78.
Insel, T. R. (2003). Is social attachment an addictive disorder? Physiol. Behav. 79, 351–7.
Kleiman, D. G. (1979). Parent-offspring conflict and sibling competition in a monogamous primate. Am. Nat. 114: 753–60.
Kimball, M. M. (1989). A new perspective on women's math achievement. Psych. Bull. 105, 198–214.
Konner, M. (2004). The ties that bind, Attachment: the nature of the bonds between humans are becoming accessible to scientific investigation. Science 429: 705.
Kordon, C., Drouva, S. V., Escalera, G. M., & Weiner, R. I. (1994). Role of classic and peptide neuromediators in the neuroendocrine regulation of luteinizing hormone and prolactin. In E. Knobil & J. D. Neil (Eds.), The Physiology of Reproduction, 2nd ed. (pp. 1621–59). New York: Raven.
Kovacs, G. L., Sarnyai, Z, & Szabo, G. (1998). Oxytocin and addiction: A review. Psychoneuroendo. 23, 945–62.
Krueger, T. H. C., Haake, P., Hartmann, U., Schedlowski, M. & Exton, M. S. (2002). Orgasm-induced prolactin secretion: feedback control of sexual drive? Neurosci Biobehav. Rev. 26, 31–44.
Krueger, T. H. C., Haake, P., Chereath, D., Knapp, W., Janssen, O. E., Exton, M. S., Schedlowski, M., & Hartmann, U. (2003). Specificity of the neuroendocrine response to orgasm during sexual arousal in men. J. Endocrin. 177, 57–64.
Lazaro-Pe rea, C., Castro, C. S. S., Harrison, R., Araujo, A., Arruda, M. F. & Snowdon, C. T. (2000). Behavioral and demographic changes following the loss of the breeding female in cooperatively breeding marmosets. Behav. Ecol. Sociobiol. 48, 37–46.
Liben, L. S., Susman, E. J., Finkelstein, J. W., Chinchilli, V. M., Kunselman, S., Schwab, J., Dubas, J. S., Demers, L. M., Lookingbill, G., d'Archangelo, M. R., Krogh, H. R., & Kulin, H. E. (2002). The effects of sex steroids on spatial performance: A review and experimental clinical investigation. Develop. Psych. 38, 236–53.
Lubinski, D., Benbow, C. P., Shea, D. L., Eftekhari-Sanjani, H., & Halvorson, M. B. J., (2001) Men and women at promise for scientific excellence: Similarity not dissimilarity. Psychol. Sci. 12, 309–17.
Lund, T. D., Munson, D. J., Haldy, M. E. & Handa, R. J. 2004. Androgen inhibits, while oestrogen enhances, restraint-induced activation of neuropeptide neurons in the paraventricular nucleus of the hypothalamus. J. Neuroendocrin. 16:272–278.
Magdol, L., Moffitt, T. E., Caspi, A., Newman, D. L., Fagan, J., & Siva, P. A. (1997). Gender differences in partner violence in a birth cohort of 21 year olds: Bridging the gap between clinical and epidemiological approaches. J. Clin. Consult. Psych. 65: 68–78.
Mateo, S., & Rissman, E. F. (1984). Increased sexual activity during the mid-cycle portion of the human menstrual cycle. Horm. Behav. 18: 249–55.
Mathews, K. A., & Rodin, J. (1992). Pregnancy alters pressure responses to psychological and physical change. Psychophys. 29: 232–40.
Mazur, A., & Booth, A. (1998). Testosterone and dominance in men. Behav. Brain Sci. 21: 353–97.
McClintock, M. K. (1971). Menstrual synchrony and suppression. Nature 229: 244–5.
McClintock, M. K.(1984). Group mating in the domestic rat as a context for sexual selection: Consequences for the analysis of sexual behavior and neuroendocrine response. Adv. Stud. Behav. 14: 2–50.
McCormick, C. M. & Teillon, S. M. (2001). Menstrual cycle variation in spatial ability: relation to salivary cortisol. Horm. Behav. 39, 29–38.
McEwen, B. S. (1979). Influences of adrenocortical hormones on pituitary and brain function. In F. D. Baxter & G. G. Rousseau (Eds.), Glucocorticoid Hormone Action (pp. 467–92). New York: Springer-Verlag.
Medvei, V. C. (1982). A History of Endocrinology. Lancaster, U.K.: MTP Press.
Mendoza, S. P., & Mason, W. A. (1997). Attachment relationships in New World primates. Ann. New York Acad. Sci. 807: 203–9.
Meyer-Bah lburg, H. F. L., Gruen, R. S., New, M. I. Bell, J. J., Morishima, A., Shimshi, M. Bueno, Y., Vargas, Il, & Baker, S. W. (1996). Gender change from female to male in classical congenital adrenal hyperplasia. Horm. Behav. 30: 319–32.
Miksicek, R. J. (1993). Commonly occurring plant flavenoids have estrogenic activity. Molec. Pharmacol. 44: 37–43.
Moehlman, P. D., & Hofer, H. (1997). Cooperative breeding, reproductive suppression and body mass in canids. In N. G. Solomon & J. A. French (Eds.), Cooperative Breeding in Mammals (pp. 76–128). Cambridge University Press.
Molenda, H. A., Kilts, C. A., Allen, R. L. & Tetel, M. J. (2003). Nuclear receptor coactivator function in reproductive physiology and behavior. Biol. Reprod. 49, 1449–57.
Moore, C. R., Gallagher, T. F., & Koch, F. C. (1929). The effects of extracts of testis in correcting the castrated condition in the fowl and in the mammal. Endocrinol. 13: 367–74.
Moore, R. Y. (1978). Neuroendocrine regulation of reproduction. In S. S. C. Yen & R. B. Jaffe (Eds.), Reproductive Endocrinology: Physiology, Pathophysiology and Clinical Management (pp. 3–33). Philadelphia: Saunders.
Mori, M., Vigh, S., Miyata, A., Yoshihara, T., Oka, S., & Arimura, A. (1990). Oxytocin is the major prolactin releasing factor in the posterior pituitary. Endocrinol. 125: 1009–13.
Morris, N. M., Udry, J. R., Khan-Dawood, F., & Dawood, M. Y. (1987). Marital sex frequency and midcycle female testosterone. Arch. Sex Behav. 16: 27–37.
Munro, C., & Stabenfeldt, G. (1984). Development of a microtiter plate enzyme immunoassay for the determination of progesterone. J. Endocrinol. 101: 41–9.
Murray, G. R. (1891). Note on the treatment of myxedema by hypodermic injections of an extract of the thyroid gland of a sheep. Br. Med. J. 2: 796–7.
Niswender, G. D., & Nett, T. M. (1988). The corpus luteum and its control. In E. Knobil & J. D. Neill (Eds.), The Physiology of Reproduction (pp. 489–525). New York: Raven.
Nuñez, M., Aedo, A. R., Landgren, B. M., Cekan, S. Z., & Dicfalusy, E. (1977). Studies on the pattern of circulating steroids in the normal menstrual cycle. 6. Levels of oestrone sulphate and oestradiol sulphate. Acta Endocrin. 86: 621–33.
Nuñez, S., Fite, J. E., Patera, K. J., & French, J. A. (2001). Interactions among paternal behavior steroid hormones and parental experience in male marmosets (Callithrix kuhlii). Horm. Behav. 39, 70–82.
Oyegbile, T. O. & Marler, C. A. (2005) Winning fights elevates testosterone levels in California mice and enhances future ability to win fights. Horm. Behav. 48: 259–267.
Pfaus, J. G. (1996). Homologies of animal and human sexual behavior. Horm. Behav. 30: 187–200.
Preti, G., Cutler, W. B., Garcia, C. R., Huggins, G. R. & Lawley, H. J. (1986). Human axillary secretions influence women's menstrual cycles: The role of donor extract of females. Horm. Behav. 20, 474–82.
Pryce, C. R. (1996). Socialization, hormones and the regulation of maternal behavior in nonhuman simian primates. In J. S. Rosenblatt & C. T. Snowdon (Eds.), Parental care: Evolution Mechanisms and Adaptive Strategies, pp. 423–73. San Diego: Academic Press.
Pryce, C. R., Abbott, D. H., Hodges, J. K., & Martin, R. D. (1988). Maternal behavior is related to prepartum urinary estradiol levels in red-bellied tamarin monkeys. Physiol. Behav. 44: 717–26.
Pryce, C. R., Dobeli, M., & Martin, D. R. (1993). Effects of sex steroids on maternal motivation in the common marmoset (Callithrix jacchus): Development and application of an operant system with maternal reinforcement. J. Comp. Psych. 107: 99–115.
Purves, D., Augustine, G. J., Fitzpatrick, D., Katz, L. C., La Mantia, A. S., & McNamara, J. O. (Eds.) (1997). Neuroscience. Sunderland, MA : Sinauer Associates.
Pusey, A. I., Williams, J., & Goodall, J. (1997). The influence of dominance rank on the reproductive success of female chimpanzees. Science 277: 828–31.
Rao, G. M. (1995). Oxytocin induces intimate behaviors. Ind. J. Med. Sci. 49: 261–6.
Reichstein, T. (1936). Constituents of the adrenal cortex. Helv. Chim. Acta. 19: 402–12.
Resnick, S. M. & Maki, P. M. (2002). Effects of hormone replacement therapy on cognitive and brain aging. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 949: 203–14.
Riskind, P. N., & Martin, J. B. (1989). Functional anatomy of the hypothalamic-anterior pituitary complex. In L. J. Degroot (Ed.), Endocrinology, 2nd ed., vol. 1. (pp. 97–107). Philadelphia: Saunders.
Roberts, L. (1988). Zeroing in on the sex switch. Science 239: 21–3.
Rosenblatt, J. S. (1992). Hormone-behavior relations in the regulation of parental behavior. In J. B. Becker, S. M. Breedlove, & D. Crews (Eds.), Behavioral Endocrinology. (pp. 219–59). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
Rosenblatt, J. S., & Snowdon, C. T. (1996). Parental Care: Evolution, Mechanisms and Adaptive Significance. San Diego: Academic Press.
Ruoff, W. L., & Dziuk, P. J. (1994). Circulation of estrogens introduced into the rectum or duodenum in pigs. Domes. Anim. Endocrin. 11: 383–91.
Saab, P. G., Stoney, C. M., & McDonald, R. H. (1989). Premenopausal and postmenopausal women differ in their cardiovascular and neuroendocrine responses to behavioral stressors. Psychophys. 26: 270–80.
Saltzman, W., Severin, J. M., Schultz-Darken, N. J., & Abbott, D. H. (1997). Behavioral and social correlates of escape from suppression of ovulation in female common marmosets housed with the natal family. Am. J. Primatol. 41: 1–21.
Sapolsky, R. (1992). Neuroendocrinology of the stress response. In J. B. Becker, S. M. Breedlove, & D. Crews (Eds.), Behavioral Endocrinology (pp. 287–324). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
Saucier, D. M. Gren, S. M., Leason, J., MacFassen, A., Bell, S., & Elias, L. J. (2002). Are sex differences in navigation caused by sexually dimorphic strategies or by differences in the ability to use strategies? Behav. Neurosci. 116, 403–10.
Savage, A., Snowdon, C. T., Giraldo, H., & Soto, H. (1997). Parental care patterns and vigilance in wild cotton-top tamarins (Saguinus oedipus). In M. Norconk, A. Rosenberger, & P. A. Garber (Eds.), Adaptive Radiations of Neotropical Primates (pp. 187–99). New York: Plenum.
Savage, A., Ziegler, T. E., & Snowdon, C. T. (1988). Sociosexual development, pair-bond formation and maintenance, and mechanisms of fertility suppression in female cotton-top tamarins (Saguinus oedipus). Amer. J. Primatol. 14: 345–59.
Scott, J. P., & Fredericson, E. (1951). The causes of fighting in mice and rats. Physiol. Zool. 24, 273–309.
Sherins, R. J., Paterson, A. P., & Brightwell, D. (1982). Alteration in the plasma testosterone: estradiol ratio: An alternative to the inhibin hypothesis. Ann. New York Acad. Sci. 383: 295–306.
Sherwin, B. B. (1997). Estrogen and memory: Evidence from clinical studies. Paper presented at the society of Behavioral Neuroendocrinology (May, Baltimore).
Sherwin, B. B., Gelfand, M. M., & Brender, W. (1985). Androgen enhances sexual motivation in females: A prospective, cross-over study of sex steroid administration in the surgical menopause. Psychosom. Med. 4: 339–51.
Snowdon, C. T. (1996). Infant care in cooperatively breeding species. In J. S. Rosenblatt & C. T. Snowdon (Eds.), Parental Care: Evolution, Mechanisms and Adaptive Strategies. (pp. 643–89). San Diego: Academic Press.
Snowdon, C. T. (1997). The “nature” of sex differences: Myths of male and female. In P. A. Gowaty (Ed.), Feminism and Evolutionary Biology. (pp. 276–93). New York: Chapman & Hall.
Stern, K. & McClintock, M. K. (1998). Regulation of ovulation by human pheromones. Nature 392: 177–9.
Stoney, C. M., Owens, J. F., Matthews, K. A., Davis, M. C., & Caggiula, A. (1990). Influences of the normal menstrual cycle on physiologic functioning during behavioral stress. Psychophys. 27, 125–35.
Storey, A. E., Walsh, C. J., Quinton, R. & Wynne-Edwards, K. E. (2000). Hormonal correlates of paternal responsiveness in new and expectant fathers. Evol. Hum. Behav. 21, 79–95.
Surbey, M. K. (1990). Family composition and the timing of human menarche. In T. E. Ziegler & F. B. Bercovitch (Eds.), Socioendocrinology of Primate Reproduction (pp. 11–32). New York: Wiley-Liss.
Suzuki, T., Schaumberg, D. A., Sullivan, B. D., Liu, M., Richards, S. M., Sullivan, R. M., Dana, M. R., & Sullivan, D. A. (2002). Do estrogen and progesterone play a role in the dry eye or Sjogren's Syndrome? Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 996: 223–5.
Tannenbaum, P. L., & Wallen, K. (1997). Sexually initiated affiliation facilitates rhesus monkey integration. Ann. New York Acad. Sci. 807: 578–82.
Thorner, M. O. Vance, M. L., Horvath, E., & Kovacs, K. (1992). The anterior pituitary. In J. D. Wilson & D. W. Foster (Eds.), Textbook of Endocrinology, 8th ed. (pp. 221–310). Philadelphia: Saunders.
Trainor, B. C. & Marler, C. A. (2001a). Testosterone, paternal behavior and aggression in the monogamous California mouse (Peromyscus californicus). Horm. Behav. 40, 32–42.
Trainor, B. C. & Marler, C. A. (2001b). Testosterone promotes paternal behavior in a monogamous mammal via conversion to oestrogen. Proc. Roy Soc. Lond. B. 269, 823–9.
Trainor, B. C., Bird, I. M., Alday, N. A., Schlinger, B. A. & Marler, C. A. (2003). Variation in aromatase activity in the medial preoptic area and plasma progesterone is associated with the onset of paternal behavior. Neuroendocrin. 78, 36–44.
Trainor, B. C., Bird, I. M., & Marler, C. A. (2004). Opposing hormonal mechanisms of aggression revealed through short-lived testosterone manipulations and multiple winning experiences. Horm. Behav. 45, 115–21.
Uvnas-Moberg, K. (1997). Physiological and endocrine effects of social contact. Ann. New York Acad. Sci. 807, 146–63.
Vandenbergh, J. G. (1987). Regulation of puberty and its consequences on population dynamics in mice. Am. Zool. 27: 891–8.
Van Jaarsveld, A. S. & Skinner, J. D. (1991). Plasma androgens in spotted hyenas (Crocuta crocuta); influence of social and reproductive development. J. Reprod. Fertil. 93, 195–201.
Van Leeuwenhoek, A. (1678). Observations de natis e semine genitali animalcules. Philos. Trans. R. Soc. 12: 1040.
Wade, N. (1978). Guillemin and Schally. Science 200: 279–82, 411–14, 510–13.
Walker, S. F., McMurray, R. W., Houri, J. M., Allen, S. H., Kiesler, D., Sharp, G. C. & Schlechte, J. A. (1998). Effects of prolactin in stimulating disease activity in systemic lupus erythematosus. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 840: 762–72.
Wallen, K. (1990). Desire and ability: Hormones and the regulation of female sexual behavior. Neurosci. Biobehav. Rev. 14: 233–41.
Wallen, K.(1996). Nature needs nurture: the interaction of hormonal and social influences on the development of behavioral sex differences in rhesus monkeys. Horm. Behav. 30: 364–78.
Wallen, K., Maestripieri, D., & Mann, D. R. (1995). Effects of neonatal testicular suppression with a GnRH antagonist on social behavior in group-living rhesus monkeys. Horm. Behav. 18: 431–50.
Wallen, K., & Tannenbaum, P. L. (1997). Hormonal modulation of sexual behavior and affiliation in rhesus monkeys. Ann. New York Acad. Sci. 807: 185–202.
Wang, Z., Ferris, C. F., & De Vries, G. J. (1994). Role of septal vasopressin innervation in paternal behavior in prairie voles (Microtus ochrogaster). Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 91: 400–4.
Wang Z., & Insel, T. (1996). Parental care in voles In: J. S. Rosenblatt & C. T. Snowdon (Eds). Parental Care: Evolution Mechanisms and Adaptive Strategies. (pp 361–384). San Diego: Academic Press.
Wang, Z., Moody, K., Newman, J. D., & Insel, T. (1997). Vasopressin and oxytocin immunoreactive neurons and fibers in the forebrain of male and female common marmosets (Callithrix jacchus). Synapse 27: 14–25.
Warren, M. P., & Shortle, B. (1990). Endocrine correlates of human parenting: A clinical perspective. In N. A. Krasnegor & R. S. Bridges (Eds.), Mammalian Parenting: Biochemical, Neurobiological and Behavioral Determinants. (pp. 209–26). New York: Oxford University Press.
Wegesin, D. J. (1998). A neuropsychological profile of homosexual and heterosexual men and women. Arch. Sex. Behav. 27, 91–108.
Weller, A., & Weller, L. (1993). Menstrual synchrony between mothers and daughters and between roommates. Physiol. Behav. 53: 943–9.
Weller, A., & Weller, L. (1995). The impact of social interaction factors on menstrual synchrony in the workplace. Psychoneuroendocrin. 20: 21–31.
Weller, A., & Weller, L. (1997). Menstrual synchrony under optimal conditions. Bedouin families. J. Comp. Psych. 111: 143–51.
Wickelgren, I. (1997). Estrogen stakes claim to cognition. Science 276: 675–8.
Widowski, T. M., Porter, T. A., Ziegler, T. E., & Snowdon, C. T. (1992). The role of males on the initiation, but not the maintenance, of ovarian cycling in cotton-top tamarins (Saguinus oedipus). Am. J. Primatol. 26: 97–108.
Widowski, T. M., Ziegler, T. E., Elowson, A. M., & Snowdon, C. T. (1990). The role of males in stimulation of reproductive function in female cotton-top tamarins. (Saguinus oedipus). Anim. Behav. 40: 731–41.
Yallow, R. S. (1992). Radioimmunoassay of hormones. In J. D. Wilson & D. W. Foster (Eds.), Textbook of Endocrinology, 8th ed. (pp. 1635–45). Philadelphia: Saunders.
Yallow, R. S., & Berson, S. A. (1959). Assay of plasma insulin in human subjects by immunological methods. Nature 184: 1648–9.
Yen, S. C., & Jaffe, R. B. (1978). Reproductive Endocrinology: Physiology, Pathophysiology and Clinical Management. Philadelphia: Saunders.
Zhu, L. L. & Onaka, T. (2003). Facilitative role of prolactin-releasing peptide neurons in oxytocin cell activation after conditioned fear stimuli. Neurosci. 118, 1045–53.
Ziegler, T. E. (2000). Hormones associated with non-maternal infant care: A review of mammalian and avian studies. Folia Primatol. 71: 6–21.
Ziegler, T. E., Sholl, S. A., Scheffler, G., Haggerty, M. A., & Lasley, B. L. (1989). Excretion of estrone, estradiol and progesterone in the urine and feces of the female cotton-top tamarin (Saguinus oedipus oedipus). Am. J. Primat. 17: 185–95.
Ziegler, T. E., Widowski, T. M., Larson, M. L., & Snowdon, C. T. (1990). Nursing does affect the duration of the post-partum to ovulation interval in the cotton-top tamarin (Saguinus oedipus). J. Reprod. Fert. 90: 563–70.
Ziegler, T. E., Epple, G., Snowdon, C. T., Porter, T. A., Belcher, A. M., & Kuderling, I. (1993). Detection of the chemical signals of ovulation in the cotton-top tamarin (Saguinus oedipus). Anim. Behav. 45: 313–22.
Ziegler, T. E., Scheffler, G., Wittwer, D. J., Schultz-Darken, N., J., Snowdon, C. T., & Abbott, D. H. (1996a). Metabolism of reproductive steroids during the ovarian cycle in two species of callitrichids, Saguinus oedipus and Callithrix jacchus, and estimation of the ovulatory period from fecal steroids. Biol. Reprod. 54, 91–9.
Ziegler, T. E., Wegner, F. H., & Snowdon, C. T. (1996b). Hormonal responses to parental and nonparental conditions in male cotton-top tamarin, Saguinus oedipus, a New World primate. Horm. Behav. 30: 287–97.
Ziegler, T. E., Wegner, F. H., Carlson, A. A., Lazaro-Perea, C. & Snowdon, C. T. (2000). Prolactin levels during the periparturitional period in the biparental cotton-top tamarin (Saguinus oedipus): interactions with gender, androgen levels and parenting. Horm. Behav. 38, 112–122.
Ziegler, T. E. & Snowdon, C. T. (2000). Preparental hormone levels and parenting experience in male cotton-top tamarins, Saguinus oedipus. Horm. Behav. 38, 159–167.
Ziegler, T. E., Washabaugh, K. F. & Snowdon, C. T. (2004a). Responsiveness of expectant male cotton-top tamarins, Saguinus oedipus, to mate's pregnancy. Horm. Behav. 45, 84–92.
Ziegler, T. E., Jacoris, S. & Snowdon, C. T. (2004b). Sexual communication between breeding male and female cotton-top tamarins (Saguinus oedipus) and its relationship to infant care. Amer. J. Primatol. 64, 57–69.
Ziegler, T. E., Schultz-Darken, N. J., Scott, J. J., Snowdon, C. T. & Ferris, C. F. (2005). Neuroendocrine response to female ovulatory odors depends upon social condition in male common marmosets, Callithrix jacchus. Horm & Behav. 47, 56–64.
Zucker, K. J., Bradley, S. J., Oliver, G., Blake, J., Fleming, S. & Hood, J. (1996). Psychosocial development of women with congenital adrenal hyperplasia, Horm. Behav. 30, 300–18.

Reference Title: REFERENCES

Reference Type: reference-list

Abbas, A. K., Lichtman, A. H. & Pober, J. S. (2000). Cellular and molecular immunology. Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders.
Ader, R. & Cohen, N. (1975). Behaviorally conditioned immunosuppression. Psychosom Med 37: 333–40.
Ader, R. & Cohen, N. (1981). Psychoneuroimmunology. New York: Academic Press.
Ader, R. & Cohen, N. (1991). Conditioning of the immune response. Neth J Med 39: 263–73.
Ader, R., Felten, D. L., & Cohen, N. (2001). Psychoneuroimmunology. San Diego: Academic Press.
Adler, M. W., Geller, E. B., Rogers, T. J., Henderson, E. E. & Eisenstein, T. K. (1993). Opioids, receptors, and immunity. Adv Exp Med Biol 335: 13–20.
Andersen, B. L., Farrar, W. B., Golden-Kreutz, D., Kutz, L. A., MacCallum, R., Courtney, M. E. & Glaser, R. (1998). Stress and immune responses after surgical treatment for regional breast cancer. J Natl Cancer Inst 90: 30–36.
Andersen, B. L., Farrar, W. B., Golden-Kreutz, D. M., Glaser, R., Emery, C. F., Crespin, T. R., Shapiro, C. L. & Carson, W. E., III (2004). Psychological, behavioral, and immune changes after a psychological intervention: a clinical trial. J Clin Oncol 22: 3570–80.
Anisman, H., Baines, M. G., Berczi, I., Bernstein, C. N., Blennerhassett, M. G., Gorczynski, R. M., Greenberg, A. H., Kisil, F. T., Mathison, R. D., Nagy, E., et al. (1996a). Neuroimmune mechanisms in health and disease: 1. Health. Cmaj 155: 867–74.
Anisman, H., Baines, M. G., Berczi, I., Bernstein, C. N., Blennerhassett, M. G., Gorczynski, R. M., Greenberg, A. H., Kisil, F. T., Mathison, R. D., Nagy, E., et al. (1996b). Neuroimmune mechanisms in health and disease: 2. Disease. Cmaj 155: 1075–82.
Antoni, M. H. (2003). Stress management effects on psychological, endocrinological, and immune functioning in men with HIV infection: empirical support for a psychoneuroimmunological model. Stress 6: 173–88.
Antoni, M. H., Cruess, S., Cruess, D. G., Kumar, M., Lutgendorf, S., Ironson, G., Dettmer, E., Williams, J., Klimas, N., Fletcher, M. A., et al. (2000). Cognitive-behavioral stress management reduces distress and 24-hour urinary free cortisol output among symptomatic HIV-infected gay men. Ann Behav Med 22: 29–37.
Antoni, M. H., Schneiderman, N., Fletcher, M. A., Goldstein, D. A., Ironson, G. & Laperriere, A. (1990). Psychoneuroimmunology and HIV-1. J Consult Clin Psychol 58: 38–49.
Arkins, S., Dantzer, R. & Kelley, K. W. (1993). Somatolactogens, somatomedins, and immunity. J Dairy Sci 76: 2437–50.
Asahina, A., Hosoi, J., Beissert, S., Stratigos, A., & Granstein, R. D. (1995). Inhibition of the induction of delayed-type and contact hypersensitivity by calcitonin gene-related peptide. J Immunol 154: 3056–61.
Asahina, A., Hosoi, J., Grabbe, S. & Granstein, R. D. (1995). Modulation of Langerhans cell function by epidermal nerves. J Allergy Clin Immunol 96: 1178–82.
Avitsur, R. & Yirmiya, R. (1999). The immunobiology of sexual behavior: gender differences in the suppression of sexual activity during illness. Pharmacol Biochem Behav 64: 787–96.
Bellinger, D. L., Lorton, D., Brouxhon, S., Felten, S. & Felten, D. L. (1996). The significance of vasoactive intestinal polypeptide (VIP) in immunomodulation. Adv Neuroimmunol 6: 5–27.
Ben-Eliyahu, S. (2003). The promotion of tumor metastasis by surgery and stress: immunological basis and implications for psychoneuroimmunology. Brain behavior and immunity 17 Suppl 1: S27–36.
Ben-Eliya hu, S., Shakhar, G., Shakhar, K. & Melamed, R. (2000). Timing within the oestrous cycle modulates adrenergic suppression of NK activity and resistance to metastasis: possible clinical implications. Br J Cancer 83: 1747–54.
Ben-Eliya hu, S., Yirmiya, R., Liebeskind, J. C., Taylor, A. N. & Gale, R. P. (1991). Stress increases metastatic spread of a mammary tumor in rats: evidence for mediation by the immune system. Brain Behav Immun 5: 193–205.
Benschop, R. J., Geenen, R., Mills, P. J., Naliboff, B. D., Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K., Herbert, T. B., van der Pompe, G., Miller, G. E., Matthews, K. A., Godaert, G. L., et al. (1998). Cardiovascular and immune responses to acute psychological stress in young and old women: a meta-analysis. Psychosom Med 60: 290–6.
Benschop, R. J., Oostveen, F. G., Heijnen, C. J. & Ballieux, R. E. (1993). Beta 2-adrenergic stimulation causes detachment of natural killer cells from cultured endothelium. Eur J Immunol 23: 3242–3247.
Benschop, R. J., Rodriguez-Feuerhahn, M. & Schedlowski, M. (1996). Catecholamine-induced leukocytosis: early observations, current research, and future directions. Brain, Behavior, & Immunity 10: 77–91.
Berczi, I. (1997). Pituitary hormones and immune function. Acta Paediatr Suppl 423: 70–5.
Besedovsky, H. & Sorkin, E. (1977). Network of immune-neuroendocrine interactions. Clin Exp Immunol 27: 1–12.
Besedovsky, H., Sorkin, E., Keller, M. & Muller, J. (1975). Changes in blood hormone levels during the immune response. Proc Soc Exp Biol Med 150: 466–70.
Besedovsky, H. O. & del Rey, A. (2000). The cytokine-HPA axis feed-back circuit. Z Rheumatol 59 Suppl 2: II/26–30.
Birx, D. L., Brundage, J., Larson, K., Engler, R., Smith, L., Squire, E., Carpenter, G., Sullivan, M., Rhoads, J. & Oster, C. (1993). The prognostic utility of delayed-type hypersensitivity skin testing in the evaluation of HIV-infected patients. Military Medical Consortium for Applied Retroviral Research. J. Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes 6: 1248–1257.
Black, P. H. (1994). Immune system-central nervous system interactions: effect and immunomodulatory consequences of immune system mediators on the brain. Antimicrobial Agents & Chemotherapy 38: 7–12.
Blake-Mor timer, J., Gore-Felton, C., Kimerling, R., Turner-Cobb, J. M. & Spiegel, D. (1999). Improving the quality and quantity of life among patients with cancer: a review of the effectiveness of group psychotherapy. Eur J Cancer 35: 1581–6.
Blalock, J. E. (1984). The immune system as a sensory organ. J Immunol 132: 1067–70.
Blalock, J. E.(1999). Proopiomelanocortin and the immune-neuroendocrine connection. Ann N Y Acad Sci 885: 161–72.
Blalock, J. E., Harbour-McMenamin, D. & Smith, E. M. (1985). Peptide hormones shared by the neuroendocrine and immunologic systems. J Immunol 135: 858s–861s.
Boccia, M. L., Scanlan, J. M., Laudenslager, M. L., Berger, C. L., Hijazi, A. S. & Reite, M. L. (1997). Juvenile friends, behavior, and immune responses to separation in bonnet macaque infants. Physiol Behav 61: 191–8.
Bonneau, R. H. (1996). Stress-induced effects on integral immune components invovled in herpes simplex virus (HSV)-specific memory cytotoxic T lymphocyte activation. Brain, Behav, Immun 10: 139–63.
Bonneau, R. H., Sheridan, J. F., Feng, N. & Glaser, R. (1991). Stress-induced effects on cell-mediated innate and adaptive memory components of the murine immune response to herpes simplex virus infection. Brain, Behavior, Immun 5: 274–95.
Bosch, J. A., Berntson, G. G., Cacioppo, J. T., Dhabhar, F. S. & Marucha, P. T. (2003). Acute stress evokes selective mobilization of T cells that differ in chemokine receptor expression: A potential pathway linking immunologic reactivity to cardiovascular disease. Brain, Behavior, Immun 17: 251–9.
Bovbjerg, D., Ader, R. & Cohen, N. (1982). Behaviorally conditioned suppression of a graft-versus-host response. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 79: 583–5.
Bovbjerg, D. H. (1991). Psychoneuroimmunology. Implications for oncology? Cancer 67: 828–32.
Brenner, G. J., Cohen, N., Ader, R. & Moynihan, J. A. (1990). Increased pulmonary metastases and natural killer cell activity in mice following handling. Life Sciences 47: 1813–19.
Brosschot, J. F., Benschop, R. J., Godaert, G. L., Olff, M., De Smet, M., Heijnen, C. J. & Ballieux, R. E. (1994). Influence of life stress on immunological reactivity to mild psychological stress. Psychosom Medicine 56: 216–24.
Bryla, C. M. (1996). The relationship between stress and the development of breast cancer: a literature review. Oncol Nurs Forum 23: 441–8.
Bucala, R. (1998). Neuroimmunomodulation by macrophage migration inhibitory factor (MIF). Ann N Y Acad Sci 840: 74–82.
Bulloch, K., McEwen, B. S., Diwa, A. & Baird, S. (1995). Relationship between dehydroepiandrosterone and calcitonin gene-related peptide in the mouse thymus. Am J Physiol 268: E168–73.
Bulloch, K. & Pomerantz, W. (1984). Autonomic nervous system innervation of thymic-related lymphoid tissue in wildtype and nude mice. J Comp Neurol 228: 57–68.
Buske-Kir schbaum, A., Geiben, A. & Hellhammer, D. (2001). Psychobiological aspects of atopic dermatitis: an overview. Psychother Psychosom 70: 6–16.
Buske-Kir schbaum, A., Geiben, A., Wermke, C., Pirke, K. M. & Hellhammer, D. (2001). Preliminary evidence for Herpes labialis recurrence following experimentally induced disgust. Psychother Psychosom 70: 86–91.
Buske-Kir schbaum, A. & Hellhammer, D. H. (2003). Endocrine and immune responses to stress in chronic inflammatory skin disorders. Ann N Y Acad Sci 992: 231–40.
Buske-Kir schbaum, A., Jobst, S. & Hellhammer, D. H. (1998). Altered reactivity of the hypothalamus-pituitary-adrenal axis in patients with atopic dermatitis: pathologic factor or symptom? Ann N Y Acad Sci 840: 747–54.
Buske-Kir schbaum, A., Jobst, S., Psych, D., Wustmans, A., Kirschbaum, C., Rauh, W. & Hellhammer, D. (1997). Attenuated free cortisol response to psychosocial stress in children with atopic dermatitis. Psychosomatic Medicine 59: 419–26.
Buske-Kir schbaum, A., Kirschbaum, C., Stierle, H., Jabaij, L. & Hellhammer, D. (1994). Conditioned manipulation of natural killer (NK) cells in humans using a discriminative learning protocol. Biol Psychol 38: 143–55.
Buske-Kir schbaum, A., Kirschbaum, C., Stierle, H., Lehnert, H. & Hellhammer, D. (1992). Conditioned increase of natural killer cell activity (NKCA) in humans. Psychosom Med 54: 123–32.
Buske-Kir schbaum, A., von Auer, K., Krieger, S., Weis, S., Rauh, W. & Hellhammer, D. (2003). Blunted cortisol responses to psychosocial stress in asthmatic children: a general feature of atopic disease? Psychosom Med 65: 806–10.
Cacioppo, J. T., Berntson, G. G., Malarkey, W. B., Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K., Sheridan, J. F., Poehlmann, K. M., Burleson, M. H., Ernst, J. M., Hawkley, L. C. & Glaser, R. (1998). Autonomic, neuroendocrine, and immune responses to psychological stress: the reactivity hypothesis. Ann N Y Acad Sci 840: 664–73.
Capuron, L. & Dantzer, R. (2003). Cytokines and depression: the need for a new paradigm. Brain Behav Immun 17 Suppl 1: S119–24.
Capuron, L., Gumnick, J. F., Musselman, D. L., Lawson, D. H., Reemsnyder, A., Nemeroff, C. B. & Miller, A. H. (2002). Neurobehavioral effects of interferon-alpha in cancer patients: phenomenology and paroxetine responsiveness of symptom dimensions. Neuropsychopharmacology 26: 643–52.
Capuron, L., Hauser, P., Hinze-Selch, D., Miller, A. H. & Neveu, P. J. (2002). Treatment of cytokine-induced depression. Brain Behav Immun 16: 575–80.
Capuron, L., Neurauter, G., Musselman, D. L., Lawson, D. H., Nemeroff, C. B., Fuchs, D. & Miller, A. H. (2003). Interferon-alpha-induced changes in tryptophan metabolism. relationship to depression and paroxetine treatment. Biol Psychiatry 54: 906–14.
Capuron, L., Ravaud, A., Gualde, N., Bosmans, E., Dantzer, R., Maes, M. & Neveu, P. J. (2001). Association between immune activation and early depressive symptoms in cancer patients treated with interleukin-2-based therapy. Psychoneuroendocrinology 26: 797–808.
Carlson, L. E., Speca, M., Patel, K. D. & Goodey, E. (2004). Mindfulness-based stress reduction in relation to quality of life, mood, symptoms of stress and levels of cortisol, dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate (DHEAS) and melatonin in breast and prostate cancer outpatients. Psychoneuroendocrinology 29: 448–74.
Carr, D. J., Carpenter, G. W., Garza, H. H. J., Bake, M. L. & Gebhardt, B. M. (1995). Cellular mechanisms involved in morphine-mediated suppression of CTL activity. Adv Exp Med & Biol 373: 131–139.
Carr, D. J., Rogers, T. J. & Weber, R. J. (1996). The relevance of opioids and opioid receptors on immunocompetence and immune homeostasis. Proc Soc Exp Biol Med 213: 248–57.
Chikanza, I. C., Kuis, W. & Heijnen, C. J. (2000). The influence of the hormonal system on pediatric rheumatic diseases. Rheum Dis Clin North Am 26: 911–25.
Clevenger, C. V., Freier, D. O. & Kline, J. B. (1998). Prolactin receptor signal transduction in cells of the immune system. J Endocrinol 157: 187–97.
Coe, C. L., Kramer, M., Kirschbaum, C., Netter, P. & Fuchs, E. (2002). Prenatal stress diminishes the cytokine response of leukocytes to endotoxin stimulation in juvenile rhesus monkeys. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 87: 675–81.
Coe, C. L., Lubach, G. & Ershler, W. B. (1989). Immunological consequences of maternal separation in infant primates. In Eds. M. Lewis and J. Worobey., Infant stress and coping. 45. New York: Jossey-Bass.
Coe, C. L., Lubach, G. R., Schneider, M. L., Dierschke, D. J. & Ershler, W. B. (1992). Early rearing conditions alter immune responses in the developing infant primate. Pediatrics 90: 505–9.
Cohen, S. (1988). Psychosocial models of the role of social support in the etiology of physical disease. Health Psychol 7: 269–97.
Cohen, S. & Hamrick, N. (2003). Stable individual differences in physiological response to stressors: implications for stress-elicited changes in immune related health. Brain Behav Immun 17: 407–14.
Cohen, S., Tyrrell, D. A. J. & Smith, A. P. (1991). Psychological stress and susceptibility to the common cold. New Engl J. Med 325: 606–12.
Cole, S. W. & Kemeny, M. E. (1997). Psychobiology of HIV infection. Crit Rev Neurobiol 11: 289–321.
Conti, B., Sugama, S., Kim, Y., Tinti, C., Kim, H. C., Baker, H., Volpe, B., Attardi, B. & Joh, T. (2000). Modulation of IL-18 production in the adrenal cortex following acute ACTH or chronic corticosterone treatment. Neuroimmunomodulation 8: 1–7.
Cox, J. H. & Ford, W. L. (1982). The migration of lymphocytes across specialized vascular endothelium. IV. Prednisolone acts at several points on the recirculation pathway of lymphocytes. Cell. Immunol. 66: 407–22.
Current Protocols In Immunology. New York: John Wiley.
Cutolo, M., Sulli, A., Capellino, S., Villaggio, B., Montagna, P., Seriolo, B. & Straub, R. H. (2004). Sex hormones influence on the immune system: basic and clinical aspects in autoimmunity. Lupus 13: 635–8.
Da Silva, J. A. (1999). Sex hormones and glucocorticoids: interactions with the immune system. Ann N Y Acad Sci 876: 102–17; discussion 117–8.
Danes, R. A. & Araneo, B. A. (1989). Contrasting effects of glucocorticoids on the capacity of T cells to produce the growth factors interleukin 2 and interleukin 4. Eur J Immunol 19: 2319–25.
Dantzer, R. (2001). Cytokine-induced sickness behavior: where do we stand? Brain Behav Immun 15: 7–24.
Dantzer, R. & Kelley, K. W. (1989). Stress and immunity: an integrated view of relationships between the brain and the immune system. Life Sciences 44: 1995–2008.
Del Rey, A. & Besedovsky, H. O. (1992). Metabolic and neuroendocrine effects of pro-inflammatory cytokines. Eur J Clin Invest 22, Suppl. 1: 10–15.
Dhabhar, F. S. (1998). Stress-induced enhancement of cell-mediated immunity. In Eds. S. M. McCann, J. M. Lipton, E. M. Sternberget al., Neuroimmunomodulation: Molecular, Integrative Systems, and Clinical Advances. Ann NY Acad Sci 840: 359–372.
Dhabhar, F. S. & McEwen, B. S. (1996). Stress-induced enhancement of antigen-specific cell-mediated immunity. J. Immunology 156: 2608–15.
Dhabhar, F. S. & McEwen, B. S. (1997). Acute stress enhances while chronic stress suppresses immune function in vivo: A potential role for leukocyte trafficking. Brain Behavior & Immunity 11: 286–306.
Dhabhar, F. S. & McEwen, B. S. (1999). Enhancing versus suppressive effects of stress hormones on skin immune function. PNAS, USA 96: 1059–64.
Dhabhar, F. S. & McEwen, B. S. (2001). Bidirectional Effects Of Stress & Glucocorticoid Hormones On Immune Function: Possible Explanations For Paradoxical Observations. In Eds. R. Ader, D. L. Felten and N. Cohen., Psychoneuroimmunology, 3rd ed. San Diego: Academic Press.
Dhabhar, F. S., McEwen, B. S. & Spencer, R. L. (1997). Adaptation to prolonged or repeated stress – Comparison between rat strains showing intrinsic differences in reactivity to acute stress. Neuroendocrinology 65: 360–8.
Dhabhar, F. S., Miller, A. H., McEwen, B. S. & Spencer, R. L. (1996). Stress-induced changes in blood leukocyte distribution – role of adrenal steroid hormones. J. Immunology 157: 1638–44.
Dhabhar, F. S., Miller, A. H., McEwen, B. S. & Spencer, R. L. (1995). Effects of stress on immune cell distribution – dynamics and hormonal mechanisms. J. Immunology 154: 5511–27.
Dhabhar, F. S., Miller, A. H., McEwen, B. S. & Spencer, R. L. (1996). Stress-induced changes in blood leukocyte distribution – role of adrenal steroid hormones. J Immunology 157: 1638–44.
Dhabhar, F. S., Miller, A. H., Stein, M., McEwen, B. S. & Spencer, R. L. (1994). Diurnal and stress-induced changes in distribution of peripheral blood leukocyte subpopulations. Brain Behav Immun 8: 66–79.
Dhabhar, F. S., Satoskar, A. R., Bluethmann, H., David, J. R. & McEwen, B. S. (2000). Stress-Induced Enhancement of Skin Immune Function: A Role For IFNγ. PNAS, USA 97: 2846–51.
Draca, S. R. (1995). Endocrine-immunological homeostasis: the interrelationship between the immune system and sex steroids involves the hypothalamo-pituitary-gonadal axis. Panminerva Med 37: 71–6.
Dunn, A. J. (1995). Interactions between the nervous system and the immune system: Implications for psychopharmacology. In Eds. F. E. Bloom and D. J. Kupfer., Psychopharmacology – The fourth generation of progress. 719–31. New York: Raven.
Dunn, A. J. (2000). Cytokine activation of the HPA axis. Ann N Y Acad Sci 917: 608–17.
Epel, E., Blackburn, E. H., Lin, J., Dhabhar, F. S., Adler, N. E., Morrow, J. D. & Cawthon, R. M. (2004). Accelerated telomere shortening in response to life stress. PNAS 101: 17312–15.
Faith, R. E., Liang, H. J., Murgo, A. J. & Plotnikoff, N. P. (1984). Neuroimmunomodulation with enkephalins: enhancement of human natural killer (NK) cell activity in vitro. Clin Immunol Immunopathol 31: 412–8.
Fawzy, F. I. (1995). A short-term psychoeducational intervention for patients newly diagnosed with cancer. Supportive Care in Cancer 3: 235–8.
Felten, D. L. (1993). Direct innervation of lymphoid organs: substrate for neurotransmitter signaling of cells of the immune system. Neuropsychobiol 28: 110–12.
Felten, D. L., Felten, S. Y., Bellinger, D. L., Carlson, S. L., Ackerman, K. D., Madden, K. S., Olschowki, J. A. & Livnat, S. (1987). Noradrenergic sympathetic neural interactions with the immune system: structure and function. Immunol Rev 100: 225–60.
Felten, D. L., Felten, S. Y., Bellinger, D. L. & Madden, K. S. (1993). Fundamental aspects of neural-immune signaling. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics 60: 46–56.
Felten, S. Y., Madden, K. S., Bellinger, D. L., Kruszewska, B., Moynihan, J. A. & Felten, D. L. (1998). The role of the sympathetic nervous system in the modulation of immune responses. Adv Pharmacol 42: 583–7.
Fredrikson, M., Furst, C. J., Lekander, M., Rotstein, S. & Blomgren, H. (1993). Trait anxiety and anticipatory immune reactions in women receiving adjuvant chemotherapy for breast cancer. Brain Behav Immun 7: 79–90.
Geenen, V., Robert, F., Defresne, M. P., Boniver, J., Legros, J. J. & Franchimont, P. (1989). Neuroendocrinology of the thymus. Horm Res 31: 81–4.
Glaser, R. (2005). Stress-associated immune dysregulation and its importance for human health: a personal history of psychoneuroimmunology. Brain Behav Immun 19: 3–11.
Glaser, R., Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K., Malarkey, W. B. & Sheridan, J. F. (1998). The influence of psychological stress on the immune response to vaccines. Ann N Y Acad Sci 840: 649–55.
Glaser, R., Rice, J., Sheridan, J., Fertel, R., Stout, J., Speicher, C., Pinsky, D., Kotur, M., Post, A., Beck, M., et al. (1987). Stress-related immune suppression: health implications. Brain Behav Immun 1: 7–20.
Glaser, R., Sheridan, J., Malarkey, W. B., MacCallum, R. C. & Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K. (2000). Chronic stress modulates the immune response to a pneumococcal pneumonia vaccine. Psychosom Med 62: 804–7.
Goebel, M. U., Trebst, A. E., Steiner, J., Xie, Y. F., Exton, M. S., Frede, S., Canbay, A. E., Michel, M. C., Heemann, U. & Schedlowski, M. (2002). Behavioral conditioning of immunosuppression is possible in humans. Faseb J 16: 1869–73.
Goehler, L. E., Gaykema, R. P., Hansen, M. K., Anderson, K., Maier, S. F. & Watkins, L. R. (2000). Vagal immune-to-brain communication: a visceral chemosensory pathway. Auton Neurosci 85: 49–59.
Gorman, J. M., Mathew, S. & Coplan, J. (2002). Neurobiology of early life stress: nonhuman primate models. Semin Clin Neuropsychiatry 7: 96–103.
Harbuz, M. (2003). Neuroendocrine-immune interactions. Trends Endocrinol Metab 14: 51–2.
Harbuz, M. S., Chover-Gonzalez, A. J. & Jessop, D. S. (2003). Hypothalamo-pituitary-adrena l axis and chronic immune activation. Ann N Y Acad Sci 992: 99–106.
Harbuz, M. S., Conde, G. L., Marti, O., Lightman, S. L. & Jessop, D. S. (1997). The hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis in autoimmunity. Ann N Y Acad Sci 823: 214–24.
Hawkley, L. C. & Cacioppo, J. T. (2004). Stress and the aging immune system. Brain Behav Immun 18: 114–9.
Heijnen, C. J. & Kavelaars, A. (1999). The importance of being receptive. J Neuroimmunol 100: 197–202.
Herbert, T. B. & Cohen, S. (1993). Depression and immunity: A meta-analytic review. Psychol. Bull. 113: 472–86.
Herbert, T. B. & Cohen, S. (1993). Stress and immunity in humans: a meta-analytic review. Psychosom Med 55: 364–79.
Hirata, F. (1989). The role of lipocortins in cellular function as a second messenger of glucocorticoids. In Eds. R. P. Schleimer, H. N. Claman and A. Oronsky., Anti-inflammatory steroid action – Basic and clinical aspects. 67–95. San Diego: Academic Press.
Hoagland, H., Elmadjian, F. & Pincus, G. (1946). Stressful psychomotor performance and adrenal cortical function as indicated by the lymphocyte reponse. J. Clin. Endocrinol. 6: 301–11.
Ironson, G., Wynings, C., Schneiderman, N., Baum, A., Rodriguez, M., Greenwood, D., Benight, C., Antoni, M., LaPerriere, A., Huang, H. S., et al. (1997). Posttraumatic stress symptoms, intrusive thoughts, loss, and immune function after Hurricane Andrew. Psychosom Med 59: 128–41.
Irwin, M. (1999). Immune correlates of depression. Adv Exp Med Biol 461: 1–24.
Irwin, M. (2002). Effects of sleep and sleep loss on immunity and cytokines. Brain Behav Immun 16: 503–12.
Irwin, M. (2002). Psychoneuroimmunology of depression: clinical implications. Brain Behav Immun 16: 1–16.
Irwin, M. R. & Rinetti, G. (2004). Disordered sleep, nocturnal cytokines, and immunity: interactions between alcohol dependence and African-American ethnicity. Alcohol 32: 53–61.
Issekutz, T. B. (1990). Effects of six different cytokines on lymphocyte adherence to microvascular endothelium and in vivo lymphocyte migration in the rat. J Immunol 144: 2140–6.
Jensen, M. M. (1969). Changes in leukocyte counts associated with various stressors. J. Reticuloendothelial Soc 8: 457–65.
Jessop, D., Biswas, S., D'Souza, L., Chowdrey, H. & Lightman, S. (1992). Neuropeptide Y immunoreactivity in the spleen and thymus of normal rats and following adjuvant-induced arthritis. Neuropeptides 23: 203–7.
Jessop, D. S. (1998). Beta-endorphin in the immune system–mediator of pain and stress? Lancet 351: 1828–9.
Jessop, D. S. (2002). Neuropeptides: modulators of immune responses in health and disease. Int Rev Neurobiol 52: 67–91.
Jessop, D. S., Chowdrey, H. S., Lightman, S. L. & Larsen, P. J. (1995). Vasopressin is located within lymphocytes in the rat spleen. J Neuroimmunol 56: 219–23.
Jessop, D. S., Jukes, K. E. & Lightman, S. L. (1994). Release of alpha-melanocyte-stimulating hormone from rat splenocytes in vitro is dependent on protein synthesis. Immunol Lett 41: 191–4.
Jessop, D. S., Major, G. N., Coventry, T. L., Kaye, S. J., Fulford, A. J., Harbuz, M. S. & De Bree, F. M. (2000). Novel opioid peptides endomorphin-1 and endomorphin-2 are present in mammalian immune tissues. J Neuroimmunol 106: 53–9.
Jessop, D. S., Murphy, D. & Larsen, P. J. (1995). Thymic vasopressin (AVP) transgene expression in rats: a model for the study of thymic AVP hyper-expression in T cell differentiation. J Neuroimmunol 62: 85–90.
Jessop, D. S., Renshaw, D., Lightman, S. L. & Harbuz, M. S. (1995). Changes in ACTH and beta-endorphin immunoreactivity in immune tissues during a chronic inflammatory stress are not correlated with changes in corticotropin-releasing hormone and arginine vasopressin. J Neuroimmunol 60: 29–35.
Kavelaars, A., de Jong-de Vos van Steenwijk, T., Kuis, W. & Heijnen, C. J. (1998). The reactivity of the cardiovascular system and immunomodulation by catecholamines in juvenile chronic arthritis. Ann N Y Acad Sci 840: 698–704.
Kelley, K. W. (2004). From hormones to immunity: the physiology of immunology. Brain Behav Immun 18: 95–113.
Kenis, G. & Maes, M. (2002). Effects of antidepressants on the production of cytokines. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol 5: 401–12.
Kiecolt-G laser, J. & Glaser, R. (2002). Depression and immune function: Central pathways to morbidity and mortality. J Psychosom Res 53: 873–9.
Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K. (1999). Norman Cousins Memorial Lecture 1998. Stress, personal relationships, and immune function: health implications. Brain Behav Immun 13: 61–72.
Kiecolt-G laser, J. K. & Glaser, R. (1988). Methodological issues in behavioral immunology research with humans. Brain Behav Immun 2: 67–78.
Kiecolt-G laser, J. K. & Glaser, R. (1992). Psychoneuroimmunology: can psychological interventions modulate immunity? J Consult Clin Psychol 60: 569–75.
Kiecolt-G laser, J. K. & Glaser, R. (1999). Psychoneuroimmunology and cancer: fact or fiction? Eur J Cancer 35: 1603–7.
Kiecolt-G laser, J. K., Glaser, R., Gravenstein, S., Malarkey, W. B. & Sheridan, J. (1996). Chronic stress alters the immune response to influenza virus vaccine in older adults. PNAS USA 93: 3043–7.
Kiecolt-G laser, J. K., Malarkey, W. B., Chee, M., Newton, T., Cacioppo, J. T., Mao, H. Y. & Glaser, R. (1993). Negative behavior during marital conflict is associated with immunological down-regulation. Psychosom Med 55: 410–2.
Kiecolt-G laser, J. K., Marucha, P. T., Malarkey, W. B., Mercado, A. M. & Glaser, R. (1995). Slowing of wound healing by psychological stress. Lancet 346: 1194–6.
Kiecolt-G laser, J. K., McGuire, L., Robles, T. F. & Glaser, R. (2002). Emotions, morbidity, and mortality: new perspectives from psychoneuroimmunology. Annu Rev Psychol 53: 83–107.
Kiecolt-G laser, J. K., McGuire, L., Robles, T. F. & Glaser, R. (2002). Psychoneuroimmunology and psychosomatic medicine: back to the future. Psychosom Med 64: 15–28.
Kiecolt-G laser, J. K., Page, G. G., Marucha, P. T., MacCallum, R. C. & Glaser, R. (1998). Psychological influences on surgical recovery. Perspectives from psychoneuroimmunology. Am Psychol 53: 1209–18.
Kirschbaum, C., Pirke, K. M. & Hellhammer, D. H. (1993). The ‘Trier Social Stress Test’ – a tool for investigating psychobiological stress responses in a laboratory setting. Neuropsychobiology 28: 76–81.
Kodali, S., Ding, W., Huang, J., Seiffert, K., Wagner, J. A. & Granstein, R. D. (2004). Vasoactive intestinal peptide modulates Langerhans cell immune function. J Immunol 173: 6082–8.
Koh, K. B. & Lee, B. K. (1998). Reduced lymphocyte proliferation and interleukin-2 production in anxiety disorders. Psychosom Med 60: 479–83.
Konsman, J. P., Kelley, K. & Dantzer, R. (1999). Temporal and spatial relationships between lipopolysaccharide-induced expression of Fos, interleukin-1beta and inducible nitric oxide synthase in rat brain. Neuroscience 89: 535–48.
Krueger, J. M. & Majde, J. A. (2003). Humoral links between sleep and the immune system: research issues. Ann N Y Acad Sci 992: 9–20.
Krueger, J. M., Toth, L. A., Floyd, R., Fang, J., Kapas, L., Bredow, S. & Obal, F., Jr. (1994). Sleep, microbes and cytokines. Neuroimmunomodulation 1: 100–9.
Kuis, W., de Jong-de Vos van Steenwijk, C., Sinnema, G., Kavelaars, A., Prakken, B., Helders, P. J. & Heijnen, C. J. (1996). The autonomic nervous system and the immune system in juvenile rheumatoid arthritis. Brain Behav Immun 10: 387–98.
La cava, A. & Mataresse, G. (2004). The weight of leptin in immunity. Nature Reviews Immunology 4: 371–9.
Lambert, R. W. & Granstein, R. D. (1998). Neuropeptides and Langerhans cells. Exp Dermatol 7: 73–80.
LaPerriere, A., Ironson, G., Antoni, M. H., Schneiderman, N., Klimas, N. & Fletcher, M. A. (1994). Exercise and psychoneuroimmunology. Med Sci Sports Exerc 26: 182–90.
Larson, S. J. & Dunn, A. J. (2001). Behavioral effects of cytokines. Brain Behav Immun 15: 371–87.
Laye, S., Bluthe, R. M., Kent, S., Combe, C., Medina, C., Parnet, P., Kelley, K. & Dantzer, R. (1995). Subdiaphragmatic vagotomy blocks induction of IL-1 beta mRNA in mice brain in response to peripheral LPS. Am J Physiol 268: R1327–31.
Lekander, M., Elofsson, S., Neve, I. M., Hansson, L. O. & Unden, A. L. (2004). Self-rated health is related to levels of circulating cytokines. Psychosom Med 66: 559–63.
Lekander, M., Furst, C. J., Rotstein, S., Blomgren, H. & Fredrikson, M. (1996). Social support and immune status during and after chemotherapy for breast cancer. Acta Oncol 35: 31–7.
Lutgendorf, S. K., Cole, S., Costanzo, E., Bradley, S., Coffin, J., Jabbari, S., Rainwater, K., Ritchie, J. M., Yang, M. & Sood, A. K. (2003). Stress-related mediators stimulate vascular endothelial growth factor secretion by two ovarian cancer cell lines. Clin Cancer Res 9: 4514–21.
Madden, K. S. & Felten, D. L. (1995). Experimental basis for neural-immune interactions. Physiological Rev. 75: 77–106.
Maes, M. (1993). A review on the acute phase response in major depression. Rev Neurosci 4: 407–16.
Maes, M.(1995). Evidence for an immune response in major depression: a review and hypothesis. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry 19: 11–38.
Maestroni, G. J. & Conti, A. (1996). Melatonin and the immune-hematopoietic system therapeutic and adverse pharmacological correlates. Neuroimmunomodulation 3: 325–32.
Maier, S. F. & Watkins, L. R. (1997). Cytokines for psychologists: implications for bi-directional immune-to-brain communication for understanding behavior, mood, and cognition. Psychol Rev 105: 83–107.
Maier, S. F. & Watkins, L. R. (2003). Immune-to-central nervous system communication and its role in modulating pain and cognition: Implications for cancer and cancer treatment. Brain Behav Immun 17 Suppl 1: S125–31.
Malarkey, W. B., Wang, J., Cheney, C., Glaser, R. & Nagaraja, H. (2002). Human lymphocyte growth hormone stimulates interferon gamma production and is inhibited by cortisol and norepinephrine. J Neuroimmunol 123: 180–7.
Manuck, S. B., Cohen, S., Rabin, B. S., Muldoon, M. F. & Bachen, E. A. (1991). Individual differences in cellular immune response to stress. Psychol Sci 2: 111–5.
Marsland, A. L., Bachen, E. A., Cohen, S., Rabin, B. & Manuck, S. B. (2002). Stress, immune reactivity, and susceptibility to infectious disease. Phsyiology & Behavior 77: 711–6.
Mason, D., MacPhee, I. & Antoni, F. (1990). The role of the neuroendocrine system in determining genetic susceptibility to experimental allergic encephalomyelitis in the rat. Immunology 70: 1–5.
McEver, R. P. (1994). Selectins. Curr. Opinion Immunol. 6: 75–84.
McEwen, B. S. (1998). Protective and damaging effects of stress mediators: allostasis and allostatic load. NEJM 338: 171–9.
McEwen, B. S. (2002). The end of stress as we know it. Washington, DC: Dana Press.
McEwen, B. S., Biron, C. A., Brunson, K. W., Bulloch, K., Chambers, W. H., Dhabhar, F. S., Goldfarb, R. H., Kitson, R. P., Miller, A. H., Spencer, R. L., et al. (1997). Neural-endocrine-immune interactions: The role of adrenalcorticoids as modulators of immune function in health and disease. Brain Res Rev 23: 79–133.
McGough, K. N. (1990). Assessing social support of people with AIDS. Oncol Nurs Forum 17: 31–5.
McGregor, B. A., Antoni, M. H., Boyers, A., Alferi, S. M., Blomberg, B. B. & Carver, C. S. (2004). Cognitive-behavioral stress management increases benefit finding and immune function among women with early-stage breast cancer. J Psychosom Res 56: 1–8.
Miller, A. H. (1998). Neuroendocrine and immune system interactions in stress and depression. Psychiatr Clin North Am 21: 443–63.
Miller, A. H., Pariante, C. M. & Pearce, B. D. (1999). Effects of cytokines on glucocorticoid receptor expression and function. Glucocorticoid resistance and relevance to depression. Adv Exp Med Biol 461: 107–16.
Miller, A. H., Spencer, R. L., Stein, M. & McEwen, B. S. (1990). Adrenal steroid receptor binding in spleen and thymus after stress or dexamethasone. American Journal of Physiology 259: E405–E412.
Miller, G. E. & Cohen, S. (2001). Psychological interventions and the immune system: a meta-analytic review and critique. Health Psychol 20: 47–63.
Mills, P. J., Berry, C. C., Dimsdale, J. E., Ziegler, M. G., Nelesen, R. A. & Kennedy, B. P. (1995). Lymphocyte subset redistribution in response to acute experimental stress: effects of gender, ethnicity, hypertension, and the sympathetic nervous system. Brain Behav Immun 9: 61–69.
Morrow-Te sch, J. L., McGlone, J. J. & Norman, R. L. (1993). Consequences of restraint stress on natural killer cell activity, behavior, and hormone levels in Rhesus Macaques (Macaca mulatta). Psychoneuroendocrinol. 18: 383–95.
Munck, A., Crabtree, G. R. & Smith, K. A. (1979). Glucocorticoid receptors and actions in rat thymocytes and immunologically stimulated human peripheral lymphocytes. Monogr. Endocrinol. 12: 341–55.
Munck, A. & Guyre, P. M. (1989). Glucocorticoid physiology and homeostasis in relation to anti-inflammatory actions. In Eds. R. P. Schleimer, H. N. Claman and A. Oronsky, Anti-inflammatory steroid action – basic and clinical aspects. 30–47. San Diego: Academic Press.
Munck, A. & Naray-Fejes-Toth, A. (1992). The ups and downs of glucocorticoid physiology. Permissive and suppressive effects revisited. Molec Cell Endocrinol 90: C1–C4.
Musselman, D. L., Lawson, D. H., Gumnick, J. F., Manatunga, A. K., Penna, S., Goodkin, R. S., Greiner, K., Nemeroff, C. B. & Miller, A. H. (2001). Paroxetine for the prevention of depression induced by high-dose interferon alfa. N Engl J Med 344: 961–6.
Naliboff, B. D., Benton, D., Solomon, G. F., Morley, J. E., Fahey, J. L., Bloom, E. T., Makinodan, T. & Gilmore, S. L. (1991). Immunological changes in young and old adults during brief laboratory stress. Psychosom Med 53: 121–32.
Obendorf, M. & Patchev, V. K. (2004). Interactions of sex steroids with mechanisms of inflammation. Curr Drug Targets Inflamm Allergy 3: 425–33.
Opp, M. R. & Imeri, L. (1999). Sleep as a behavioral model of neuro-immune interactions. Acta Neurobiol Exp (Wars) 59: 45–53.
Opp, M. R. & Toth, L. A. (2003). Neural-immune interactions in the regulation of sleep. Front Biosci 8: d768–79.
Page, G. G. & Ben-Eliyahu, S. (1997). The immune-suppressive nature of pain. Semin Oncol Nurs 13: 10–5.
Page, G. G., Ben-Eliyahu, S., Yirmiya, R. & Liebeskind, J. C. (1993). Morphine attenuates surgery-induced enhancement of metastatic colonization in rats. Pain 54: 21–8.
Pariante, C. M. & Miller, A. H. (2001). Glucocorticoid receptors in major depression: relevance to pathophysiology and treatment. Biol Psychiatry 49: 391–404.
Pavlov, V. A. & Tracey, K. J. (2004). Neural regulators of innate immune responses and inflammation. Cell Mol Life Sci 61: 2322–31.
Pawlak, C. R., Jacobs, R., Mikeska, E., Ochsmann, S., Lombardi, M. S., Kavelaars, A., Heijnen, C. J., Schmidt, R. E. & Schedlowski, M. (1999). Patients with systemic lupus erythematosus differ from healthy controls in their immunological response to acute psychological stress. Brain Behav Immun 13: 287–302.
Pedersen, B. K. & Hoffman-Goetz, L. (2000). Exercise and the immune system: regulation, integration, and adaptation. Physiol Rev 80: 1055–81.
Pereira, D. B., Antoni, M. H., Danielson, A., Simon, T., Efantis-Potter, J., Carver, C. S., Duran, R. E., Ironson, G., Klimas, N. & O'Sullivan, M. J. (2003). Life stress and cervical squamous intraepithelial lesions in women with human papillomavirus and human immunodeficiency virus. Psychosom Med 65: 427–34.
Pickford, G. E., Srivastava, A. K., Slicher, A. M. & Pang, P. K. T. (1971). The stress response in the abundance of circulating leukocytes in the Killifish, Fundulus heteroclitus. I The cold-shock sequence and the effects of hypophysectomy. J. Exp. Zool. 177: 89–96.
Pruett, S. B. (2001). Quantitative aspects of stress-induced immunomodulation. Int Immunopharmacol 1: 507–20.
Pruett, S. B., Ensley, D. K. & Crittenden, P. L. (1993). The role of chemical-induced stress responses in immunosuppression: a review of quantitative associations and cause-effect relationships between chemical-induced stress responses and immunosuppression. J Toxicol Environ Health 39: 163–92.
Quan, N., He, L. & Lai, W. (2003). Endothelial activation is an intermediate step for peripheral lipopolysaccharide induced activation of paraventricular nucleus. Brain Res Bull 59: 447–52.
Quan, N. & Herkenham, M. (2002). Connecting cytokines and brain: a review of current issues. Histol Histopathol 17: 273–88.
Rabin, B. S. (1999). Stress, Immune Function, and Health. New York, Wiley-Liss.
Rabin, B. S., Cohen, S., Ganguli, R., Lysle, D. T. & Cunnick, J. E. (1989). Bidirectional interaction between the central nervous system and the immune system. Crit Rev Immunol 9: 279–312.
Raison, C. L., Broadwell, S. D., Borisov, A. S., Manatunga, A. K., Capuron, L., Woolwine, B. J., Jacobson, I. M., Nemeroff, C. B. & Miller, A. H. (2005). Depressive symptoms and viral clearance in patients receiving interferon-alpha and ribavirin for hepatitis C. Brain Behav Immun 19: 23–7.
Raison, C. L. & Miller, A. H. (2003). Depression in cancer: new developments regarding diagnosis and treatment. Biol Psychiatry 54: 283–94.
Rinner, I., Schauenstein, K., Mangge, H., Porta, S. & Kvetnansky, R. (1992). Opposite effects of mild and severe stress on in vitro activation of rat peripheral blood lymphocytes. Brain, Behav., Immun. 6: 130–40.
Robles, T. F. & Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K. (2003). The physiology of marriage: pathways to health. Physiol Behav 79: 409–16.
Roitt, I. M., Brostoff, J. & Male, D. K. (2001). Immunology. London: Gower Medical Publishing.
Romano, T. A., Felten, S. Y., Felten, D. L. & Olschowka, J. A. (1991). Neuropeptide-Y innervation of the rat spleen: another potential immunomodulatory neuropeptide. Brain Behav Immun 5: 116–31.
Roughton, E. C., Schneider, M. L., Bromley, L. J. & Coe, C. L. (1998). Maternal endocrine activation during pregnancy alters neurobehavioral state in primate infants. Am J Occup Ther 52: 90–8.
Rouppe van der Voort, C., Kavelaars, A., van de Pol, M. & Heijnen, C. J. (1999). Neuroendocrine mediators up-regulate alpha1b- and alpha1d-adrenergic receptor subtypes in human monocytes. J Neuroimmunol 95: 165–73.
Rouppe van der Voort, C., Kavelaars, A., van de Pol, M. & Heijnen, C. J. (2000). Noradrenaline induces phosphorylation of ERK-2 in human peripheral blood mononuclear cells after induction of alpha(1)-adrenergic receptors. J Neuroimmunol 108: 82–91.
Sabharwal, P., Glaser, R., Lafuse, W., Varma, S., Liu, Q., Arkins, S., Kooijman, R., Kutz, L., Kelley, K. W. & Malarkey, W. B. (1992). Prolactin synthesized and secreted by human peripheral blood mononuclear cells: an autocrine growth factor for lymphoproliferation. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 89: 7713–6.
Sanders, V. M. & Straub, R. H. (2002). Norepinephrine, The Beta-Adrenergic Receptor, and Immunity. Brain, Behavior, and Immunity 16: 290–332.
Sapolsky, R. M. (2004). Why Zebras Don't Get Ulcers. New York: W. H. Freeman and Company.
Schedlowski, M., Falk, A., Rohne, A., Wagner, T. O. F., Jacobs, R., Tewes, U. & Schmidt, R. E. (1993). Catecholamines induce alterations of distribution and activity of human natural killer (NK) cells. J Clin Immunol 13: 344–51.
Schedlowski, M., Jacobs, R., Stratman, G., Richter, S., Hädike, A., Tewes, U., Wagner, T. O. F. & Schmidt, R. E. (1993). Changes of natural killer cells during acute psychological stress. J Clin Immunol 13: 119–26.
Schedlowski, M. & Tewes, U. (1999). Psychoneuroimmunology. Amsterdam, Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Schwab, C. L., Fan, R., Zheng, Q., Myers, L. P., Hebert, P. & Pruett, S. B. (2005). Modeling and predicting stress-induced immunosuppression in mice using blood parameters. Toxicol Sci 83: 101–13.
Segerstrom, S. C. (2000). Personality and the immune system: models, methods, and mechanisms. Annals of behavioral medicine: a publication of the Society of Behavioral Medicine 22: 180–90.
Segerstrom, S. C. (2003). Individual differences, immunity, and cancer: lessons from personality psychology. Brain behavior and immunity 17 Suppl 1: S92–7.
Sephton, S. & Spiegel, D. (2003). Circadian disruption in cancer: a neuroendocrine-immune pathway from stress to disease? Brain Behav Immun 17: 321–8.
Sephton, S. E., Sapolsky, R. M., Kraemer, H. C. & Spiegel, D. (2000). Early Mortaility in Metastatic Breast Cancer Patients with Absent or Abnormal Diurnal Cortisol Rhythms. Journal of the National Cancer Institute 92: 994–1000.
Shavit, Y., Terman, G. W., Martin, F. C., Lewis, J. W., Liebeskind, J. C. & Gale, R. P. (1985). Stress, opioid peptides, the immune system, and cancer. J Immunol 135: 834s–837s.
Sheridan, J. F. (1998). Stress-induced modulation of anti-viral immunity – Normal Cousins Memorial Lecture 1997. Brain Behav Immun 12: 1–6.
Sheridan, J. F., Dobbs, C., Jung, J., Chu, X., Konstantinos, A., Padgett, D. & Glaser, R. (1998). Stress-induced neuroendocrine modulation of viral pathogenesis and immunity. Ann N Y Acad Sci 840: 803–8.
Sheridan, J. F., Feng, N., Bonneau, R. H., Allen, C. M., Huneycutt, B. S. & Glaser, R. (1991). Restraint stress differentially affects anti-viral cellular and humoral immune responses in mice. J Neuroimmunol 31: 245–55.
Sheridan, J. F., Padgett, D. A., Avitsur, R. & Marucha, P. T. (2004). Experimental models of stress and wound healing. World J Surg 28: 327–30.
Sheridan, J. F., Stark, J. L., Avitsur, R. & Padgett, D. A. (2000). Social disruption, immunity, and susceptibility to viral infection. Role of glucocorticoid insensitivity and NGF. Ann N Y Acad Sci 917: 894–905.
Snow, D. H., Ricketts, S. W. & Mason, D. K. (1983). Hematological responses to racing and training exercise in Thoroughbred horses, with particular reference to the leukocyte response. Equine Vet J 15: 149–54.
Solomon, G. F. & Moos, R. H. (1964). Emotions, immunity and disease. Arch Gen Psychiat 11: 657–69.
Spiegel, D., Bloom, J. R., Kraemer, H. C. & Gottheil, E. (1989). Effect of psychosocial treatment on survival of patients with metastatic breast cacer. Lancet 2: 888–91.
Spiegel, D., Sephton, S. E., Terr, A. I. & Stites, D. P. (1998). Effects of psychosocial treatment in prolonging cancer survival may be mediated by neuroimmune pathways. Ann N Y Acad Sci 840: 674–83.
Sprent, J. & Tough, D. F. (1994). Lymphocyte life-span and memory. Science 265: 1395–1400.
Spry, C. J. F. (1972). Inhibition of lymphocyte recirculation by stress and corticotropin. Cell Immunol 4: 86–92.
Stein, M., Ronzoni, E. & Gildea, E. F. (1951). Physiological responses to heat stress and ACTH of normal and schizophrenic subjects. Am J Psych 6: 450–5.
Steinman, L. (2004). Elaborate interactions between the immune and nervous systems. Nat Immunol 5: 575–81.
Stephanou, A., Jessop, D. S., Knight, R. A. & Lightman, S. L. (1990). Corticotrophin-releasing factor-like immunoreactivity and mRNA in human leukocytes. Brain Behav Immun 4: 67–73.
Sternberg, E. M. (2000). The Balance Within. New York: W.H Freeman and Company.
Sternberg, E. M. (2001). Neuroendocrine regulation of autoimmune/inflammatory disease. J Endocrinol 169: 429–35.
Sternberg, E. M., Chrousos, G. P., Wilder, R. L. & Gold, P. W. (1992). The stress response and the regulation of inflammatory disease. Ann Intern Med 117: 854–66.
Sternberg, E. M., Glowa, J., Smith, M., Calogero, A. E., Listwak, S. J., Aksentijevich, S., Chrousos, G. P., Wilder, R. L. & Gold, P. W. (1992). Corticotropin releasing hormone related behavioural and neuroendocrine responses to stress in Lewis and Fischer rats. Brain Research 570: 54–60.
Sternberg, E. M., Hill, J. M., Chrousos, G. P., Kamilaris, T., Listwak, S. J., Gold, P. W. & Wilder, R. L. (1989). Inflammatory mediator-induced hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis activation is defective in streptococcal cell wall arthritis-susceptible Lewis rats. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 86: 2374–8.
Sternberg, E. M., Young, W. S., Bernadini, R., Calogero, A. E., Chrousos, G. P., Gold, P. W. & Wilder, R. L. (1989). A central nervous system defect in biosynthesis of corticotropin releasing hormone is associated with susceptibility to streptococcal cell wall-induced arthritis in Lewis rats. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 86: 4771–5.
Straub, R. H. (2004). Complexity of the bi-directional neuroimmune junction in the spleen. Trends Pharmacol Sci 25: 640–6.
Straub, R. H. & Besedovsky, H. O. (2003). Integrated evolutionary, immunological, and neuroendocrine framework for the pathogenesis of chronic disabling inflammatory diseases. Faseb J 17: 2176–83.
Straub, R. H., Schaller, T., Miller, L. E., von Horsten, S., Jessop, D. S., Falk, W. & Scholmerich, J. (2000). Neuropeptide Y cotransmission with norepinephrine in the sympathetic nerve-macrophage interplay. J Neurochem 75: 2464–71.
Toft, P., Svendsen, P., Tonnesen, E., Rasmussen, J. W. & Christensen, N. J. (1993). Redistribution of lymphocytes after major surgical stress. Acta Anesthesiol Scand 37: 245–9.
Torii, H., Yan, Z., Hosoi, J. & Granstein, R. D. (1997). Expression of neurotrophic factors and neuropeptide receptors by Langerhans cells and the Langerhans cell-like cell line XS52: further support for a functional relationship between Langerhans cells and epidermal nerves. J Invest Dermatol 109: 586–91.
Toth, L. A. & Hughes, L. F. (2004). Macrophage participation in influenza-induced sleep enhancement in C57BL/6J mice. Brain Behav Immun 18: 375–89.
Toth, L. A. & Rehg, J. E. (1998). Effects of sleep deprivation and other stressors on the immune and inflammatory responses of influenza-infected mice. Life Sci 63: 701–9.
Tracey, K. J. (2002). The inflammatory reflex. Nature 420: 853–9.
Uchino, B. N., Cacioppo, J. T. & Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K. (1996). The relationship between social support and physiological processes: a review with emphasis on underlying mechanisms and implications for health. Psychol Bull 119: 488–531.
Uchino, B. N., Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K. & Glaser, R. (2000). Psychological Modulation of Cellular Immunity. In Eds. J. T. Cacioppo, L. G. Tassinary and G. G. Berntson., Handbook of Psychophysiology, pp. 1054. Cambridge: Cambridge Press.
Vacchio, M. S., Lee, J. Y. & Ashwell, J. D. (1999). Thymus-derived glucocorticoids set the thresholds for thymocyte selection by inhibiting TCR-mediated thymocyte activation. J Immunol 163: 1327–33.
Vacchio, M. S., Papadopoulos, V. & Ashwell, J. D. (1994). Steroid production in the Thymus: Implications for thymocyte selection. J Exp Med 179: 1835–1846.
Van Cauter, E. & Spiegel, K. (1999). Sleep as a mediator of the relationship between socioeconomic status and health: a hypothesis. Ann N Y Acad Sci 896: 254–61.
van der Pompe, G., Antoni, M., Visser, A. & Garssen, B. (1996). Adjustment to breast cancer: the psychobiological effects of psychosocial interventions. Patient Educ Couns 28: 209–19.
Vedhara, K., Fox, J. D. & Wang, E. C. (1999). The measurement of stress-related immune dysfunction in psychoneuroimmunology. Neurosci Biobehav Rev 23: 699–715.
Watkins, L. R., Goehler, L. E., Relton, J. K., Tartaglia, N., Silbert, L., Martin, D. & Maier, S. F. (1995). Blockade of interleukin-1 induced hyperthermia by subdiaphragmatic vagotomy: evidence for vagal mediation of immune-brain communication. Neurosci Lett 183: 27–31.
Watkins, L. R., Maier, S. F. & Goehler, L. E. (1995). Cytokine-to-brain communication: a review & analysis of alternative mechanisms. Life Sci 57: 1011–26.
Watson, I. P., Muller, H. K., Jones, I. H. & Bradley, A. J. (1993). Cell-mediated immunity in combat veterans with post-traumatic stress disorder. Med J Aust 159: 513–6.
Weber, R. J. & Pert, A. (1989). The periaqueductal gray matter mediates opiate-induced immunosuppression. Science 245: 188–90.
Webster, J. I., Tonelli, L. & Sternberg, E. M. (2002). Neuroendocrine regulation of immunity. Annu Rev Immunol 20: 125–63.
Weigent, D. A. & Blalock, J. E. (1987). Interactions between the neuroendocrine and immune systems: common hormones and receptors. Immunol Rev 100: 80–107.
Whitacre, C. C., Dowdell, K. & Griffin, A. C. (1998). Neuroendocrine influences on experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis. Ann N Y Acad Sci 840: 705–16.
Wick, G., Sgonc, R. & Lechner, O. (1998). Neuroendocrine-immune disturbances in animal models with spontaneous autoimmune diseases. Ann NY Acad Sci 840: 591–8.
Wood, P. G., Karol, M. H., Kusnecov, A. W. & Rabin, B. S. (1993). Enhancement of antigen-specific humoral and cell-mediated immunity by electric footshock stress in rats. Brain Behav Immun 7: 121–34.
Yang, E. V. & Glaser, R. (2002). Stress-induced immunomodulation and the implications for health. Int Immunopharmacol 2: 315–24.
Yirmiya, R., Pollak, Y., Morag, M., Reichenberg, A., Barak, O., Avitsur, R., Shavit, Y., Ovadia, H., Weidenfeld, J., Morag, A., et al. (2000). Illness, cytokines, and depression. Ann NY Acad Sci 917: 478–87.
Zautra, A. J., Yocum, D. C., Villanueva, I., Smith, B., Davis, M. C., Attrep, J. & Irwin, M. (2004). Immune activation and depression in women with rheumatoid arthritis. J Rheumatol 31: 457–63.
Zwilling, B. (1992). Stress affects disease outcomes. Confronted with infectious disease agents, the nervous and immune systems interact in complex ways. ASM News 58: 23–5.

Reference Title: REFERENCES

Reference Type: reference-list

Adamkiewicz, J., Nehls, P., & Rajewsky, M. F. (1984). Immunological methods for detection of carcinogen-DNA adducts. IARC Scientif Publ, 59, 199–215.
Ader, R., & Cohen, N. (1975). Behaviorally conditioned immunosuppression. Psychosom MedPsychosom Med, 37, 333–40.
Ader, R., & Cohen, N. (1993). Psychoneuroimmunology: conditioning and stress. Annu Rev Psychol, 44, 53–85.
Ader, R., Kelly, K., Moynihan, J. A., Grota, L. J., & Cohen, N. (1993). Conditioned enhancement of antibody production using antigen as the unconditioned stimulus. Brain Behav Immun, 7, 334–43.
Aebischer, I., Stampfli, M. R., Zurcher, A., Miescher, S., Urwyler, A., Frey, B., Luger, T., White, R. R., & Stadler, B. M. (1994). Neuropeptides are potent modulators of human in vitro immunoglobulin E synthesis. J Immunol, 24, 1908–13.
Akdis, C. A., Blesken, T., Akdis, M., Alkan, S. S., Heusser, C. H., & Blaser, K. (1997). Glucocorticoids inhibit human antigen-specific and enhance total IgE and IgG4 production due to differential effects on T and B cells in vitro. Eur J Immunol, 27, 2351–57.
Akiyoshi, M., Shimizu, Y., & Saito, M. (1990). Interleukin-1 increases norepinephrine turnover in the spleen and lung in rats. Biochem Biophys Res Commun, 173, 1266–70.
Alaniz, R. C., Thomas, S. A., Perez-Melgosa, M., Mueller, K., Farr, A. G., Palmiter, R. D., & Wilson, C. B. (1999). Dopamine beta-hydroxylase deficiency impairs cellular immunity. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 96, 2274–8.
Alizadeh, A. A., & Staudt, L. M. (2000). Genomic-scale gene expression profiling of normal and malignant immune cells. Curr Opin Immunol, 12, 219–25.
Antoni, M. H. (2003a). Stress management and psychoneuroimmunology in HIV infection. CNS Spectr, 8, 40–51.
Antoni, M. H. (2003b). Stress management effects on psychological, endocrinological, and immune functioning in men with HIV infection: empirical support for a psychoneuroimmunological model. Stress, 6, 173–88.
Audhya, T., Jain, R., & Hollander, C. S. (1991). Receptor mediated immunomodulation by corticotropin-releasing factor. Cell Immunol, 134, 77–84.
Bailey, G. H. (1925). The effect of fatigue upon the susceptibility of rabbits to intratracheal injections of type I pneumococcus. Am J Hyg, 5, 175–85.
Baker, C., Richards, L. J., Dayan, C. M., & Jessop, D. S. (2003). Corticotropin-releasing hormone immunoreactivity in human T and B cells and macrophages: colocalization with arginine vasopressin. J Neuroendocrinol, 15, 1070–4.
Bamberger, C. M., Wald, M., Bamberger, A. M., Ergun, S., Beil, F. U., & Schulte, H. M. (1998). Human lymphocytes produce urocortin, but not corticotropin-releasing hormone. J Clin Endocrinol Metab, 83, 708–11.
Beard, C. W., & Mitchell, B. W. (1987). Effects of environmental temperatures on the serologic responses of broiler chickens to inactivated and viable Newcatle disease vaccines. Avian Dis, 31, 321–6.
Betz, M., & Fox, B. S. (1991). Prostaglandin E2 inhibits production of Th1 lymphokines but not of Th2 lymphokines. J Immunol, 146, 108–13.
Biondi, M., & Zannino, L.-G. (1997). Psychological stress, neuroimmunomodulation, and susceptibility to infectious diseases in animals and man: A review. Psychother Psychosom, 66, 3–26.
Black, P. H. (2002). Stress and the inflammatory response: a review of neurogenic inflammation. Brain Behav Immun, 16, 622–63.
Borger, P., Hoekstra, Y., Esselink, M. T., Postma, D. S., Zaagsma, J., Vellenga, E., & Kauffman, H. F. (1998). Beta-adrenoceptor-mediated inhibition of IFN-gamma, IL-3, and GM-CSF mRNA accumulation in activated human T lymphocytes is solely mediated by the beta2-adrenoceptor subtype. Am J Respir Cell Mol Biol, 19, 400–7.
Bosch, J. A., de Geus, E. J., Kelder, A., Veerman, E. C., Hoogstraten, J., & Amerongen, A. V. (2001). Differential effects of active versus passive coping on secretory immunity. Psychophysiology, 38, 836–46.
Brennan, F. X., & Charnetski, C. J. (2000). Stress and immune system function in a newspaper's newsroom. Psychol Rep, 87, 218–22.
Brydak, L. B., Machala, M., Mysliwska, J., Mysliwski, A., & Trzonkowski, P. (2003). Immune response to influenza vaccination in an elderly population. J Clin Immunol, 23, 214–22.
Bulloch, K., & Pomerantz, W. (1984). Autonomic nervous system innervation of thymic related lymphoid tissue in wild-type and nude mice. J Comp Neurology, 228, 57–68.
Burchiel, S. W., & Melmon, K. L. (1979). Augmentation of the in vitro humoral immune response by pharmacologic agents. I: An explanation for the differential enhancement of humoral immunity via agents that elevate cAMP. Immunopharmacology, 1, 137–50.
Burns, V. E., Carroll, D., Drayson, M., Whitham, M., & Ring, C. (2003). Life events, perceived stress and antibody response to influenza vaccination in young, healthy adults. J Psychosom Res, 55, 569–72.
Burns, V. E., Carroll, D., Ring, C., Harrison, L. K., & Drayson, M. (2002a). Stress, coping, and hepatitis B antibody status. Psychosom Med, 64, 287–93.
Burns, V. E., Ring, C., Drayson, M., & Carroll, D. (2002b). Cortisol and cardiovascular reactions to mental stress and antibody status following hepatitis B vaccination: a preliminary study. Psychophysiology, 39, 361–8.
Butter, C., Healey, D. G., Agha, N., & Turk, J. L. (1988). An immunoelectron microscopical study of the expression of Class II MHC and a T lymphocyte marker during chronic relapsing experimental allergic encephalomyelitis. J Neuroimmunol, 20, 45–51.
Callaghan, P. (2004). Exercise: a neglected intervention in mental health care? J Psychiatr Ment Health Nurs 11, 476–83.
Calvo, W. (1968). The innervation of the bone marrow in laboratory animals. J Anat, 123, 315–28.
Cao, L., Martin, A., Polakos, N., & Moynihan, J. A. (2004). Stress causes a further decrease in immunity to herpes simplex virus-1 in immunocompromised hosts. J Neuroimmunol, 156, 21–30.
Carpenter, G. H., Garrett, J. R., Hartley, R. H., & Proctor, G. B. (1998). The influence of nerves on the secretion of immunoglobulin A into submandibular saliva in rats. J Physiol 512 (Pt 2), 567–73.
Chang, S. S., & Rasmussen, A. F. (1965). Stress induced suppression of interferon production in virus-infected mice. Nature, 205, 623–4.
Chuluyan, H. E., Saphier, D., Rohn, W. M., & Dunn, A. J. (1992). Noradrenergic innervation of the hypothalamus participates in adrenocortical responses to interleukin-1. Neuroendocrinology, 56, 106–11.
Cohen, N., Ader, R., Green, N., & Bovbjerg, D. (1979). Conditioned suppression of a thymus-independent antibody response. Psychosom Med, 41, 487–91.
Cohen, N., Moynihan, J. A., & Ader, R. (1994). Pavlovian conditioning of the immune system. Int Arch Allergy Immunol, 105, 101–6.
Cohen, S., Doyle, W. J., Turner, R. B., Alper, C. M., & Skoner, D. P. (2003). Emotional style and susceptibility to the common cold. Psychosom Med, 65, 652–7.
Cohen, S., & Herbert, T. B. (1996). Health psychology: Psychological factors and physical disease from the perspective of human psychoneuroimmunology. Annu Rev Psychol, 47, 113–42.
Cruess, S., Antoni, M., Cruess, D., Fletcher, M. A., Ironson, G., Kumar, M., Lutgendorf, S., Hayes, A., Klimas, N., & Schneiderman, N. (2000). Reductions in herpes simplex virus type 2 antibody titers after cognitive behavioral stress management and relationships with neuroendocrine function, relaxation skills, and social support in HIV-positive men. Psychosom Med, 62, 828–37.
Czerkinsky, C. C., Nilsson, L.-A., Nygren, H., Ouchterlony, O., & Tarkowski, A. (1983). A solid-phase enzyme-linked immunospot (ELISPOT) assay for the enumeration of specific antibody-secreting cells. J Immunol Methods, 65, 109–21.
Deinzer, R., Kleineidam, C., Stiller-Winkler, R., Idel, H., & Bachg, D. (2000). Prolonged reduction of salivary immunoglobulin A (sIgA) after a major academic exam. Int J Psychophysiol, 37, 219–32.
Del Rey, A., Besedovsky, H. O., Sorkin, E., Da Prada, M., & Arrenbrecht, S. (1981). Immunoregulation mediated by the sympathetic nervous system II. Cell Immunol, 63, 329–34.
Dhabhar, F. S. (2002). Stress-induced augmentation of immune function – the role of stress hormones, leukocyte trafficking, and cytokines. Brain Behav Immun, 16, 785–98.
Dudgeon, W. D., Phillips, K. D., Bopp, C. M., & Hand, G. A. (2004). Physiological and psychological effects of exercise interventions in HIV disease. AIDS Patient Care STDS, 18, 81–98.
Edwards, E. A., & Dean, L. M. (1977). Effects of crowding of mice on humoral antibody formation and protection to lethal antigenic challenge. Psychosom Med, 39, 19–24.
Elphick, G. F., Greenwood, B. N., Campisi, J., & Fleshner, M. (2003a). Increased serum nIgM in voluntarily physically active rats: a potential role for B-1 cells. J Appl Physiol, 94, 660–7.
Elphick, G. F., Wieseler-Frank, J., Greenwood, B. N., Campisi, J., & Fleshner, M. (2003b). B-1 cell (CD5+/CD11b+) numbers and nIgM levels are elevated in physically active vs. sedentary rats. J Appl Physiol, 95, 199–206.
Engvall, E., & Perlman, P. (1971). Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA): Quantitative assay of immunoglobulin G. Immunochem, 8, 871–9.
Ericsson, A., Kovacs, K. J., & Sawchenko, P. E. (1994). A functional anatomical analysis of central pathways subserving the effects of interleukin-1 on stress-related neuroendocrine neurons. J Neurosci, 14, 897–913.
Espinosa, E., Calderas, T., Flores-Mucino, O., Perez-Garcia, G., Vazquez-Camacho, A. C., & Bermudez-Rattoni, F. (2004). Enhancement of antibody response by one-trial conditioning: contrasting results using different antigens. Brain Behav ImmunBrain Behav Immun, 18, 76–80.
Felten, D. L., Felten, S. Y., Bellinger, D. L., Carlson, S. L., Ackerman, K. D., Madden, K. S., Olschowki, J. A., & Livnat, S. (1987). Noradrenergic sympathetic neural interactions with the immune system: Structure and function. Immunol Rev 100, 225–60.
Felten, D. L., Felten, S. Y., Carlson, S. L., Olschowka, J. A., & Livnat, S. (1985). Noradrenergic and peptidergic innervation of lymphoid tissue. J Immunol 135 (2), 755s–765s.
Feng, N., Pagniano, R., Tovar, C. A., Bonneau, R. H., Glaser, R., & Sheridan, J. F. (1991). The effect of restraint stress on the kinetics, magnitude, and isotype of the humoral immune response to influenza virus infection. Brain Behav Immun, 5, 370–82.
Fleshner, M. (2000). Exercise and neuroendocrine regulation of antibody production: protective effect of physical activity on stress-induced suppression of the specific antibody response [In Process Citation]. Int J Sports Med 2000 May; 21 Suppl 1:S14–9 21 Suppl 1, S14–S19.
Fleshner, M., Brennan, F. X., Nguyen, K., Watkins, L. R., & Maier, S. F. (1996). RU-486 blocks differentially suppressive effect of stress on in vivo anti-KLH immunoglobulin response. Am J Physiol, 271, R1344–R1352.
Fleshner, M., Goehler, L. E., Hermann, J., Relton, J. K., Maier, S. F., & Watkins, L. R. (1995). Interleukin-1 beta induced corticosterone elevation and hypothalamic NE depletion is vagally mediated. Brain Res Bull, 37, 605–10.
Florijin, Y., & Geiger, A. (1991). Community based physical activity program for HIV-1 infected persons. Proceedings of the Biological Aspects of HIV Infection Conference.
Franchimont, D. (2004). Overview of the actions of glucocorticoids on the immune response: a good model to characterize new pathways of immunosuppression for new treatment strategies. Ann N Y Acad Sci, 1024, 124–37.
Friedman, E. M., Becker, K. A., Overstreet, D. H., & Lawrence, D. A. (2002). Reduced primary antibody responses in a genetic animal model of depression. Psychosom Med, 64, 267–73.
Friedman, E. M., & Irwin, M. (2001). Central CRH suppresses specific antibody responses: effects of beta-adrenoceptor antagonism and adrenalectomy. Brain Behav Immun, 15, 65–77.
Fuchs, B. A., Albright, J. W., & Albright, J. F. (1988). Beta-adrenergic receptor on murine lymphocytes: Density varies with cell maturity and lymphocyte subtype and is decreased after antigen administration. Cell Immunol, 114, 231–45.
Futterman, A. D., Kemeny, M. E., Shapiro, D., Polonsky, W., & Fahey, J. L. (1992). Immunological variability associated with experimentally-induced positive and negative affective states. Psychol Med, 22, 231–8.
Gibson, U. E., Heid, C. A., & Williams, P. M. (1996). A novel method for real time quantitative RT-PCR. Genome Res, 6, 995–1001.
Glaser, R., Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K., Bonneau, R. H., Malarkey, W., Kennedy, S., & Hughes, J. (1992). Stress-induced modulation of the immune response to recombinant hepatitis B vaccine. Psychosom Med, 54, 22–9.
Glaser, R., Sheridan, J., Malarkey, W. B., MacCallum, R. C., & Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K. (2000). Chronic stress modulates the immune response to a pneumococcal pneumonia vaccine. Psychosom Med, 62, 804–7.
Glockner, S., Lehmann, U., Wilke, N., Kleeberger, W., Langer, F., & Kreipe, H. (2000). Detection of gene amplification in intraductal and infiltrating breast cancer by laser-assisted microdissection and quantitative real-time PCR. Pathobiology, 68, 173–9.
Gold, P. W., Chrousos, G., Kellner, C., Post, R., Roy, A., Augerinos, P., Schulte, H., & Oldfield, E. (1984). Psychiatric implications of basic and clinical studies with corticotropin-releasing factor. Am J Psychiatry, 141, 619–27.
Gold, P. W., Goodwin, F. K., & Chrousos, G. P. (1988). Clinical and biochemical manifestations of depression: relation to the neurobiology of stress. N Engl J Med, 319, 413–20.
Goodkin, K., Fuchs, I., Feaster, D., Leeka, J., & Dickson-Rishel, D. (1992). Life stressors and coping style are associated with immune measures in HIV-1 infection-a preliminary report. Int J Psychiatry Med, 22, 155–72.
Green, M. L., Green, R. G., & Santoro, W. (1988a). Daily relaxation modifies serum and salivary immunoglobulins and psychophysiologic symptom severity. Biofeedback Self Regul, 13, 187–99.
Green, M. L., Green, R. G., & Santoro, W. (1988b). Daily relaxation modifies serum and salivary immunoglobulins and psychophysiologic symptom severity. Biofeedback Self Regul, 13, 187–99.
Gruzelier, J., Smith, F., Nagy, A., & Henderson, D. (2001). Cellular and humoral immunity, mood and exam stress: the influences of self-hypnosis and personality predictors. Int J Psychophysiol, 42, 55–71.
Guszkowska, M. (2004). [The effects of exercise on anxiety, depression and mood states]. Psychiatr Pol, 38, 611–20.
Hall, N. R., McClure, J. E., Hu, S. K., Tare, N. S., Seals, C. M., & Goldstein, A. L. (1982). Effects of 6-hydroxydopamine upon primary and secondary thymus dependent immune responses. Immunopharmacology, 5, 39–48.
Han, Y. C., & Pruett, S. B. (1995). Mechanisms of ethanol-induced suppression of a primary antibody response in a mouse model for binge drinking. J Pharmacol Exp Ther, 275, 950–7.
Harbuz, M. (2003). Neuroendocrine-immune interactions. Trends Endocrinol Metab, 14, 51–2.
Harbuz, M. S., Chover-Gonzalez, A. J., & Jessop, D. S. (2003). Hypothalamo-pituitary-adrenal axis and chronic immune activation. Ann N Y Acad Sci, 992, 99–106.
Hatfield, G. W., Hung, S. P., & Baldi, P. (2003). Differential analysis of DNA microarray gene expression data. Mol Microbiol, 47, 871–7.
Heid, C. A., Stevens, J., Livak, K. J., & Williams, P. M. (1996). Real time quantitative PCR. Genome Res, 6, 986–94.
Higuchi, R., Fockler, C., Dollinger, G., & Watson, R. (1993). Kinetic PCR analysis: real-time monitoring of DNA amplification reactions. Biotechnology (NY), 11, 1026–30.
Hucklebridge, F., Clow, A., & Evans, P. (1998). The relationship between salivary secretory immunoglobulin A and cortisol: neuroendocrine response to awakening and the diurnal cycle. Int J Psychophysiol, 31, 69–76.
Hucklebridge, F., Lambert, S., Clow, A., Warburton, D. M., Evans, P. D., & Sherwood, N. (2000). Modulation of secretory immunoglobulin A in saliva; response to manipulation of mood. Biol Psychol, 53, 25–35.
Irwin, M. (1993). Brain corticotropin-releasing hormone- and interleukin-1-beta-induced suppression of specific antibody production. Endocrinol, 133, 1352–60.
Irwin, M., Costlow, C., Williams, H., Artin, K. H., Chan, C. Y., Stinson, D. L., Levin, M. J., Hayward, A. R., & Oxman, M. N. (1998). Cellular immunity to varicella-zoster virus in patients with major depression. J Infect Dis 178 Suppl, 1, S104–108.
Ishigami, T. (1919). The influence of psychic acts on the progress of pulmonary tuberculosis. Am Rev Tuberc, 2, 470–84.
Jabaaij, L., Grosheide, P. M., Heijtink, R. A., Duivenvoorden, H. J., Ballieux, R. E., & Vingerhoets, A. J. J. M. (1993). Influence of perceived psychological stress and distress on antibody response to low dose rDNA hepatitis B vaccine. J Psychosom Res, 37, 361–9.
Jabara, H. H., Ahern, D. J., Vercelli, D., & Geha, R. S. (1991). Hydrocortisone and IL-4 induce IgE isotype switching in human B cells. J Immunol, 147, 1557–60.
Jabara, H. H., Brodeur, S. R., & Geha, R. S. (2001). Glucocorticoids upregulate CD40 ligand expression and induce CD40L-dependent immunoglobulin isotype switching. J Clin Invest, 107, 371–8.
Jabara, H. H., Loh, R., Ramesh, N., Vercelli, D., & Geha, R. S. (1993). Sequential switching from mu to epsilon via gamma 4 in human B cells stimulated with IL-4 and hydrocortisone. J Immunol, 151, 4528–33.
Jemmott, J. B., Borysenko, M., Chapman, R., Borysenko, J. Z., McClelland, D. C., Meyer, D., & Benson, H. (1983). Academic stress, power motivation, and decrease in secretion rate of salivary secretory immunoglobulin A. Lancet, 1, 1400–2.
Jessop, D. S. (2002). Neuropeptides: modulators of immune responses in health and disease. Int Rev Neurobiol, 52, 67–91.
Jonsdottir, I. H., & Hoffmann, P. (2000). The significance of intensity and duration of exercise on natural immunity in rats. Med Sci Sports ExercMed Sci Sports Exerc, 32, 1908–12.
Kapasi, Z. F., Catlin, P. A., Adams, M. A., Glass, E. G., McDonald, B. W., & Nancarrow, A. C. (2003). Effect of duration of a moderate exercise program on primary and secondary immune responses in mice. Phys Ther, 83, 638–47.
Karalis, K., Muglia, L. J., Bae, D., Hilderbrand, H., & Majzoub, J. A. (1997). CRH and the immune system. J Neuroimmunol, 72, 131–6.
Kasahara, K., Tanaka, S., & Hamashima, Y. (1977). Suppressed immune response to T-cell dependent antigen in chemically sympathectomized mice. Res Commun Chem Pathol Pharmacol, 18, 533–42.
Kasprowicz, D. J., Kohm, A. P., Berton, M. T., Chruscinski, A. J., Sharpe, A. H., & Sanders, V. M. (2000). Stimulation of the B cell receptor, CD86 (B7–2), and the beta-2-adrenergic receptor intrinsically modulates the level of IgG1 produced per B cell. J Immunol, 165, 680–90.
Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K., Dura, J. R., Speicher, C. E., Trask, O. J., & Glaser, R. (1991). Spousal caregivers of dementia victims: Longitudinal changes in immunity and health. Psychosom Med, 53, 345–62.
Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K., & Glaser, R. (1992). Psychoneuroimmunology: Can psychological interventions modulate immunity? J Consult Clin Psychol, 60, 569–75.
Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K., Glaser, R., Gravenstein, S., Malarkey, W. B., & Sheridan, J. (1996). Chronic stress alters the immune response to influenza virus vaccine in older adults. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 93, 3043–7.
Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K., Glaser, R., Shuttleworth, E. C., Dyer, C. S., Ogrocki, P., & Speicher, C. E. (1987). Chronic stress and immunity in family caregivers of Alzheimer's disease victims. Psychosom Med, 49, 523–35.
Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K., Glaser, R., Strain, E., Stout, J., Tarr, K., Holliday, I., & Speicher, C. E. (1986). Modulation of cellular immunity in medical students. Behav Med J Behav Med, 9, 5–21.
Kimata, H. (2004). Differential effects of laughter on allergen-specific immunoglobulin and neurotrophin levels in tears. Percept Mot Skills, 98, 901–8.
Kimata, H., Lindley, I., & Furusho, K. (1995). Effect of hydrocortisone on spontaneous IgE and IgG4 production in atopic patients. J Immunol, 154, 3557–66.
Kohm, A. P., Mozaffarian, A., & Sanders, V. M. (2002). B cell receptor- and beta-2-adrenergic receptor-induced regulation of B7–2 (CD86) expression in B cells. J Immunol, 168, 6314–22.
Kohm, A. P., & Sanders, V. M. (1999). Suppression of antigen-specific Th2 cell-dependent IgM and IgG1 production following norepinephrine depletion in vivo. J Immunol, 162, 5299–5308.
Kohut, M. L., Thompson, J. R., Lee, W., & Cunnick, J. E. (2004). Exercise training-induced adaptations of immune response are mediated by beta-adrenergic receptors in aged but not young mice. J Appl Physiol, 96, 1312–22.
Kruszewska, B., Felten, S. Y., & Moynihan, J. A. (1995). Alterations in cytokine and antibody production following chemical sympathectomy in two strains of mice. J Immunol, 155, 4613–20.
Kusnecov, A. V., Grota, L. J., Schmidt, S. G., Bonneau, R. H., Sheridan, J. F., Glaser, R., & Moynihan, J. A. (1992). Decreased herpes simplex viral immunity and enhanced pathogenesis following stressor administration in mice. J Neuroimmunol, 38, 129–137.
Kusnecov, A. W., Husband, A. J., & King, M. G. (1988). Behaviorally conditioned suppression of mitogen-induced proliferation and immunoglobulin production: effect of time span between conditioning and reexposure to the conditioning stimulus. Brain Behav Immun, 2, 198–211.
Labott, S. M., Ahleman, S., Wolever, M. E., & Martin, R. B. (1990). The physiological and psychological effects of the expression and inhibition of emotion. Behav Med, 16, 182–9.
LaPerriere, A., Antoni, M. H., Ironson, G., Perry, A., McCabe, P., Klimas, N., Helder, L., Schneiderman, N., & Fletcher, M. A. (1994a). Effects of aerobic exercise training on lymphocyte subpopulations. Int J Sports Med, 15, s127–s130.
LaPerriere, A., Fletcher, M. A., Antoni, M. H., Klimas, N. G., Ironson, G., & Schneiderman, N. (1991). Aerobic exercise training in an AIDS risk group. Int J Sports Med, 12, s53–s57.
LaPerriere, A., Ironson, G., Antoni, M. H., Schneiderman, N., Klimas, N., & Fletcher, M. A. (1994b). Exercise and psychoneuroimmunology. Med Sci Sports Exerc, 26, 182–190.
Leu, S. J., & Singh, V. K. (1993). Suppression of in vitro antibody production by corticotropin-releasing factor neurohormone. J Neuroimmunol, 45, 23–29.
Li, C. K. (1985). ELISA-based determination of immunological binding constants. Molec Immunol, 22, 321–7.
Lingrel, J. B., Townes, T. M., Shapiro, S. G., Wernke, S. M., Liberator, P., & Menon, A. G. (1985). Structural organization of the alpha and beta globin loci of the goat. Progress in Clinical and Biological Research, 191, 67–79.
Livak, K. J., & Schmittgen, T. D. (2001). Analysis of relative gene expression data using real-time quantitative PCR and the 2(-Delta Delta C(T)) Method. Methods, 25, 402–8.
Livnat, S., Felten, S. Y., Carlson, S. L., Bellinger, D. L., & Felten, D. L. (1985). Involvement of peripheral and central catecholamine systems in neural-immune interactions. J Neuroimmunol, 10, 5–30.
Lorton, D., Hewitt, D., Bellinger, D. L., Felten, S. Y., & Felten, D. L. (1990). Noradrenergic reinnervation of the rat spleen following chemical sympathectomy with 6-hydroxydopamine: Pattern and time course of reinnervation. Brain Behav Immun 4, 198–222.
Lowe, G., Urquhart, J., & Greenman, J. (2000). Academic stress and secretory immunoglobulin A. Psychol Rep, 87, 721–2.
Macy, E., Kemeny, M., & Saxon, A. (1988). Enhanced ELISA: How to measure less than 10 picograms of a specific protein (immunogobulin) in less than 8 hours. FASEB J 2, 3003–09.
Madden, K. S., Boehm, G. W., Lee, S. C., Grota, L. J., Cohen, N., & Ader, R. (2001). One-trial conditioning of the antibody response to hen egg lysozyme in rats. J Neuroimmunol, 113, 236–9.
Madden, K. S., Sanders, V. M., & Felten, D. L. (1995). Catecholamine influences and sympathetic neural modulation of immune responsiveness. Ann Rev Pharmacol Toxicol, 35, 417–48.
Maes, M., Meltzer, H., Jacobs, J., Suy, E., Calabrese, J., Minner, B., & Raus, J. (1993). Autoimmunity in depression: increased antiphospholipid autoantibodies. Acta Psychiatr Scand, 87, 160–6.
Malarkey, W. B., Pearl, D. K., Demers, L. M., Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K., & Glaser, R. (1995). Influence of academic stress and season on 24-hour mean concentrations of ACTH, cortisol, and beta-endorphin. Psycho Neuroendocrinology, 20, 499–508.
Marsland, A. L., Bachen, E. A., Cohen, S., Rabin, B., & Manuck, S. B. (2002). Stress, immune reactivity and susceptibility to infectious disease. Physiol Behav, 77, 711–16.
Mashaly, M. M., Hendricks, G. L., 3rd, Kalama, M. A., Gehad, A. E., Abbas, A. O., & Patterson, P. H. (2004). Effect of heat stress on production parameters and immune responses of commercial laying hens. Poult Sci, 83, 889–94.
Matsuzaki, S., Canis, M., Vaurs-Barriere, C., Pouly, J. L., Boespflug-Tanguy, O., Penault-Llorca, F., Dechelotte, P., Dastugue, B., Okamura, K., & Mage, G. (2004). DNA microarray analysis of gene expression profiles in deep endometriosis using laser capture microdissection. Mol Hum Reprod, 10, 719–28.
McGillis, J. P., Park, A., Rubin-Fletter, P., Turck, C., Dallman, M. F., & Payan, D. G. (1989). Stimulation of rat B-lymphocyte proliferation by corticotropin-releasing factor. J Neurosci Res, 23, 346–52.
McLean, R. G. (1982). Potentiation of Keystone virus infection in cotton rats by glucocorticoid-induced stress. J Wildl Dis, 18, 141–8.
McNaughton, M. E., Smith, L. W., Patterson, T. L., & Grant, I. (1990). Stress, social support, coping resources, and immune status in elderly women. J Nerv Ment Dis, 178, 460–1.
McShane, L. M., Shih, J. H., & Michalowska, A. M. (2003). Statistical issues in the design and analysis of gene expression microarray studies of animal models. J Mammary Gland Biol Neoplasia, 8, 359–74.
Meijerink, J., Mandigers, C., van de Locht, L., Tonnissen, E., Goodsaid, F., & Raemaekers, J. (2001). A novel method to compensate for different amplification efficiencies between patient DNA samples in quantitative real-time PCR. J Mol Diagn, 3, 55–61.
Miller, G. E., Cohen, S., Pressman, S., Barkin, A., Rabin, B. S., & Treanor, J. J. (2004). Psychological stress and antibody response to influenza vaccination: when is the critical period for stress, and how does it get inside the body? Psychosom Med, 66, 215–23.
Miyoshi, I., Yoshimoto, S., Kubonishi, I., Fujishita, M., Ohtsuki, Y., Yamashita, M., Yamato, K., Hirose, S., Taguchi, H., Niiya, K., & et al. (1985). Infectious transmission of human T-cell leukemia virus to rabbits. Int J Cancer, 35, 81–5.
Mohr, D. C., & Genain, C. (2004). Social support as a buffer in the relationship between treatment for depression and T-cell production of interferon gamma in patients with multiple sclerosis. J Psychosom Res, 57, 155–8.
Mohr, D. C., Goodkin, D. E., Islar, J., Hauser, S. L., & Genain, C. P. (2001). Treatment of depression is associated with suppression of nonspecific and antigen-specific T(H)1 responses in multiple sclerosis. Arch Neurol, 58, 1081–6.
Mulder, C. L., Antoni, M. H., Duivenvoorden, H. J., Kauffmann, R. H., & Goodkin, K. (1995). Active confrontational coping predicts decreased clinical progression over a one-year period in HIV-infected homosexual men. J Psychosom Res, 39, 957–65.
Muller, M. B., Uhr, M., Holsboer, F., & Keck, M. E. (2004). Hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenocortical system and mood disorders: highlights from mutant mice. Neuroendocrinology, 79, 1–12.
Murray, S. E., Lallman, H. R., Heard, A. D., Rittenberg, M. B., & Stenzel-Poore, M. P. (2001). A genetic model of stress displays decreased lymphocytes and impaired antibody responses without altered susceptibility to Streptococcus pneumoniae. J Immunol, 167, 691–8.
Murray, S. E., Rosenzweig, H. L., Johnson, M., Huising, M. O., Sawicki, K., & Stenzel-Poore, M. P. (2004). Overproduction of corticotropin-releasing hormone blocks germinal center formation: role of corticosterone and impaired follicular dendritic cell networks. J Neuroimmunol, 156, 31–41.
Nehlsen-Cannarella, S. L., Nieman, D. C., Balk-Lamberton, A. J., Markoff, P. A., Chritton, D. B., Gusewitch, G., & Lee, J. W. (1991a). The effects of moderate exercise training on immune response. Med Sci Sports Exerc, 23, 64–70.
Nehlsen-Cannarella, S. L., Nieman, D. C., Jessen, J., Chang, L., Gusewitch, G., Blix, G. G., & Ashley, E. (1991b). The effects of acute moderate exercise on lymphocyte function and serum immunoglobulin levels. Int J Sports Med, 12, 391–8.
Ng, V., Koh, D., Mok, B. Y., Chia, S. E., & Lim, L. P. (2003). Salivary biomarkers associated with academic assessment stress among dental undergraduates. J Dent Educ, 67, 1091–4.
Nieman, D. C. (1991). The effects of acute and chronic exercise on immunoglobulins. Sports Med, 11, 183–201.
Ohira, H. (2004). Social support and salivary secretory immunoglobulin A response in women to stress of making a public speech. Percept Mot Skills, 98, 1241–50.
Overbergh, L., Valckx, D., Waer, M., & Mathieu, C. (1999). Quantification of murine cytokine mRNAs using real time quantitative reverse transcriptase PCR. Cytokine, 11, 305–312.
Padgett, D. A., & Glaser, R. (2003). How stress influences the immune response. Trends Immunol, 24, 444–8.
Parker, D. C. (1993). T cell-dependent B cell activation. Ann Rev Immunol, 11, 331–60.
Paul-Eugene, N., Kolb, J. P., Calenda, A., Gordon, J., Kikutani, H., Kishimoto, T., Mencia-Huerta, J. M., Braquet, P., & Dugas, B. (1992). Functional interaction between beta-2-adrenoceptor agonists and Interleukin-4 in the regulation of CD23 expression and release and IgE production in human. Molec Immunol, 30, 157–64.
Peters, C. J., & Theofilopoulos, A. N. (1977). Antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity against murine leukemia viral antigens: studies with human lymphoblastoid cell lines and human peripheral lymphocytes as effector cells comparing rabbit, goat, and mouse antisera. J Immunol, 119, 1089–96.
Pfaffl, M. W. (2001). A new mathematical model for relative quantification in real-time RT-PCR. Nucleic Acids Res 29, e45.
Podojil, J. R., Kin, N. W., & Sanders, V. M. (2004). CD86 and beta2-adrenergic receptor signaling pathways, respectively, increase Oct-2 and OCA-B Expression and binding to the 3'-IgH enhancer in B cells. J Biol Chem, 279, 23394–404.
Podojil, J. R., & Sanders, V. M. (2003). Selective regulation of mature IgG1 transcription by CD86 and beta2-adrenergic receptor stimulation. J Immunol, 170, 5143–51.
Potter, W. Z. (1984). Psychotherapeutic drugs and biogenic amines: current concepts and therapeutic implications. Drugs, 28, 127–43.
Raison, C. L., & Miller, A. H. (2003). When not enough is too much: the role of insufficient glucocorticoid signaling in the pathophysiology of stress-related disorders. Am J Psychiatry, 160, 1554–65.
Rajeevan, M. S., Ranamukhaarachchi, D. G., Vernon, S. D., & Unger, E. R. (2001). Use of real-time quantitative PCR to validate the results of cDNA array and differential display PCR technologies. Methods, 25, 443–51.
Ramer-Quinn, D. S., Baker, R. A., & Sanders, V. M. (1997). Activated Th1 and Th2 cells differentially express the beta-2-adrenergic receptor: A mechanism for selective modulation of Th1 cell cytokine production. J Immunol, 159, 4857–67.
Ramirez-Amaya, V., & Bermudez-Rattoni, F. (1999). Conditioned enhancement of antibody production is disrupted by insular cortex and amygdala but not hippocampal lesions. Brain Behav Immun, 13, 46–60.
Reilly, F. D., McCuskey, P. A., & Meineke, H. A. (1976). Studies of the hematopoietic microenvironment. VIII. Adrenergic and cholinergic innervation of the murine spleen. Anat Rec, 185, 109–118.
Reyes, M. P., & Lerner, A. M. (1976). Interferon and neutralizing antibody in sera of exercised mice with coxsackievirus B-3 myocarditis. Proc Soc Exp Biol Med, 151, 333–8.
Riccardi, C., Bruscoli, S., & Migliorati, G. (2002). Molecular mechanisms of immunomodulatory activity of glucocorticoids. Pharmacol Res, 45, 361–68.
Riegele, L. (1929). Uber die mikroscopische Innervation der Milz. Z Zellforschmikrosk Anat, 9, 511–33.
Rigsby, L., Dishman, R. K., Jackson, A. W., Maclean, G. S., & Raven, P. B. (1992). Effects of exercise training on men seropositive for the human immunodeficiency virus-1. Med Sci Sports Exerc, 24, 6–12.
Ring, C., Harrison, L. K., Winzer, A., Carroll, D., Drayson, M., & Kendall, M. (2000). Secretory immunoglobulin A and cardiovascular reactions to mental arithmetic, cold pressor, and exercise: effects of alpha-adrenergic blockade. Psychophysiology, 37, 634–43.
Rogers, M. P., Reich, P., Strom, T. B., & Carpenter, C. B. (1976). Behaviorally conditioned immunosuppression: replication of a recent study. Psychosom Med, 38, 447–51.
Roper, R. L., Conrad, D. H., Brown, D. M., Warner, G. L., & Phipps, R. P. (1990). Prostaglandin E2 promotes IL-4-induced IgE and IgG1 synthesis. J Immunol, 145, 2644–51.
Rosenkranz, M. A., Jackson, D. C., Dalton, K. M., Dolski, I., Ryff, C. D., Singer, B. H., Muller, D., Kalin, N. H., & Davidson, R. J. (2003). Affective style and in vivo immune response: neurobehavioral mechanisms. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 100, 11148–52.
Rotton, J., & Dubitsky, S. S. (2002). Immune function and affective states following a natural disaster. Psychol Rep, 90, 521–4.
Rudorfer, M. V., Ross, R. J., Linnoila, M., Sherer, M. A., & Potter, W. Z. (1985). Exaggerated orthostatic responsivity of plasma norepinephrine in depression. Arch/GenPsychiatry, 42, 1186–92.
Sachar, E. J. (1982). Endocrine abnormalities in depression. In, E. S. Paykel, ed. New York: Guilford, pp. 191–201.
Sanders, V. M., Baker, R. A., Ramer-Quinn, D. S., Kasprowicz, D. J., Fuchs, B. A., & Street, N. E. (1997). Differential expression of the beta-2-adrenergic receptor by Th1 and Th2 clones: Implications for cytokine production and B cell help. J Immunol, 158, 4200–10.
Sanders, V. M., Iciek, L., and Kasprowicz, D. (2000). Psychological Factors and Humoral Immunity. In Handbook of Psychphysiology, L. T. J. Cacioppo, and G. Berntson, ed. New York: Cambridge University Press, pp. 425–55.
Sanders, V. M., Kasprowicz, D. J., Kohm, A. P., & Swanson, M. A. (2001). Neurotransmitter receptors on lymphocytes and other lymphoid cells. In Psychoneuroimmunology (3rd ed.), R. Ader, D. Felten, & N. Cohen, eds. San Diego: Academic Press, pp. 161–96.
Sanders, V. M., & Munson, A. E. (1984a). Beta-adrenoceptor mediation of the enhancing effect of norepinephrine on the murine primary antibody response in vitro. J Pharmacol Exp Ther 230 (1), 183–92.
Sanders, V. M., & Munson, A. E. (1984b). Kinetics of the enhancing effect produced by norepinephrine and terbutaline on the murine primary antibody response in vitro. J Pharmacol Exp Ther 231 (3), 527–31.
Sanders, V. M., & Powell-Oliver, F. E. (1992). Beta-2-adrenoceptor stimulation increases the number of antigen-specific precursor B lymphocytes that differentiate into IgM-secreting cells without affecting burst size. J Immunol, 148, 1822–8.
Sanders, V. M., & Straub, R. H. (2002). Norepinephrine, the beta-adrenergic receptor, and immunity. Brain Behav Immun, 16, 290–332.
Sapolsky, R., Rivier, C., Yamamoto, G., Plotsky, P., & Vale, W. (1987). Interleukin-1 stimulates the secretion of hypothalamic corticotropin-releasing factor. Science, 238, 522–4.
Sarid, O., Anson, O., Yaari, A., & Margalith, M. (2004). Academic stress, immunological reaction, and academic performance among students of nursing and physiotherapy. Res Nurs Health, 27, 370–7.
Schleifer, S. J., Keller, S. E., Camerino, M., Thornton, J. C., & Stein, M. (1983). Suppression of lymphocyte stimulation following bereavement. JAMA 250, 374–7.
Schleifer, S. J., Keller, S. E., Meyerson, A. T., Raskin, M. J., Davis, K. L., & Stein, M. (1984). Lymphocyte function in major depressive disorder. Arch/GenPsychiatry, 41, 484–6.
Schlenzig, C., Jager, H., & Rieder, H. (1989). Supervised physical exercise leads to psychological and immunological improvement in pre-AIDS patients. Proceedings of the 5th International AIDS Conference, 337–330.
Schmittgen, T. D., & Zakrajsek, B. A. (2000). Effect of experimental treatment on housekeeping gene expression: validation by real-time, quantitative RT-PCR. J Biochem Biophys Methods, 46, 69–81.
Schmittgen, T. D., Zakrajsek, B. A., Mills, A. G., Gorn, V., Singer, M. J., & Reed, M. W. (2000). Quantitative reverse transcription-polymerase chain reaction to study mRNA decay: comparison of endpoint and real-time methods. Anal Biochem, 285, 194–204.
Sedgwick, J. D., & Holt, P. G. (1983). A solid-phase immunoenzymatic technique for the enumeration of specific antibody-secreting cells. J Immunol Methods, 57, 301–9.
Segerstrom, S. C., & Miller, G. E. (2004). Psychological stress and the human immune system: a meta-analytic study of 30 years of inquiry. Psychol Bull, 130, 601–30.
Seidel, A., Arolt, V., Hunstiger, M., Rink, L., Behnisch, A., & Kirchner, H. (1995). Cytokine production and serum proteins in depression. Scand J Immunol, 41, 534–8.
Seidel, A., Arolt, V., Hunstiger, M., Rink, L., Behnisch, A., & Kirchner, H. (1996). Increased CD56+ natural killer cells and related cytokines in major depression. Clin Immunol Immunopathol, 78, 83–5.
Selye, H. (1936). A syndrome produced by diverse noxious agents. Nature, 138, 132–130.
Selye, H. (1946). The general adaptor syndrome and the diseases of adaptation. J Clin Endocrinol, 6, 117–230.
Shimizu, N., Hori, T., & Nakane, H. (1994). An interleukin-1-beta-induced noradrenaline release in the spleen is mediated by brain corticotropin-releasing factor: an in vivo microdialysis study in conscious rats. Brain Behav Immun, 7, 14–23.
Silagi, S., & Schaefer, A. E. (1986). Successful immunotherapy of mouse melanoma and sarcoma with recombinant interleukin-2 and cyclophosphamide. J Bioll Resp Modif, 5, 411–22.
Silberman, D. M., Ayelli-Edgar, V., Zorrilla-Zubilete, M., Zieher, L. M., & Genaro, A. M. (2004). Impaired T-cell dependent humoral response and its relationship with T lymphocyte sensitivity to stress hormones in a chronic mild stress model of depression. Brain Behav Immun, 18, 81–90.
Singh, V. K. (1989). Stimulatory effect of corticotropin-releasing factor neurohormone on human lymphocyte proliferation and interleukin-2 receptor expression. J Neuroimmunol, 23, 257–62.
Singh, V. K., & Leu, S.-J. C. (1990). Enhancing effect of corticotropin-releasing neurohormone on the production of interleukin-1 and interleukin-2. Neuroscience Letters, 120, 151–4.
Smith, E. M., Morrill, A. C., Meyer III, W. J., & Blalock, J. E. (1986). Corticotropin releasing factor induction of leukocyte-derived immunoreactive ACTH and endorphins. Nature, 321, 881–882.
Smith, T. P., Kennedy, S. L., & Fleshner, M. (2004). Influence of age and physical activity on the primary in vivo antibody and T cell-mediated responses in men. J Appl Physiol, 97, 491–8.
Snijdewint, F. G., Kalinski, P., Wierenga, E. A., Bos, J. D., & Kapsenberg, M. L. (1993). Prostaglandin E2 differentially modulates cytokine secretion profiles of human T helper lymphocytes. J Immunol, 150, 5321–9.
Snyder, B. K., Roghmann, K. J., & Sigal, L. H. (1990). Effect of stress and other biopsychosocial factors on primary antibody response. J Adolesc Health Care, 11, 472–9.
Solomon, G. F., & Moos, R. H. (1964). Emotions, immunity, and disease: A speculative theoretical integration. Arch/GenPsychiatry, 11, 657–74.
Solomon, G. F., & Moos, R. H. (1965). The relationship of personality to the presence of rheumatoid factor in asymptomatic relatives of patients with rheumatoid arthritis. Psych Med, 27, 350–60.
Stein, M., Miller, A. H., & Trestman, R. L. (1991). Depression, the immune system, and health and illness. Arch/GenPsychiatry, 48, 171–7.
Stone, A. A., Cox, D. S., Valdimarsdottir, H., Jandorf, L., & Neale, J. M. (1987). Evidence that secretory IgA antibody is associated with daily mood. J Personality Soc Psychol, 52, 988–93.
Stone, A. A., Neale, J. M., Cox, D. S., Napoli, A., Valdimarsdottir, H., & Kennedy-Moore, E. (1994). Daily events are associated with a secretory immune response to an oral antigen in men. Hlth Psychol, 13, 440–6.
Strohle, A., & Holsboer, F. (2003). Stress responsive neurohormones in depression and anxiety. Pharmacopsychiatry 36 Suppl, 3, S207–214.
Swanson, M. A., Lee, W. T., & Sanders, V. M. (2001). IFN-gamma Production by Th1 Cells Generated from Naive CD4(+) T Cells Exposed to Norepinephrine. J Immunol, 166, 232–40.
Takagi, S., & Ohira, H. (2004). Effects of expression and inhibition of negative emotions on health, mood states, and salivary secretory immunoglobulin A in Japanese mildly depressed undergraduates. Percept Mot Skills, 98, 1187–98.
Talmadge, J. E. (1985). Immunoregulation and immunostimulation of murine lymphocytes by recombinant human interleukin-2. J Biol Resp Modif, 4, 18–34.
Teh, H. S., & Paetkau, V. (1976). Regulation of immune responses. II. The cellular basis of cyclic AMP effects on humoral immunity. Cell Immunol, 24, 220–9.
Theorell, T., Blomkvist, V., Jonsson, H., Schulman, S., Berntorp, E., & Stigendal, L. (1995). Social support and the development of immune function in human immunodeficiency virus infection. Psychosom Med, 57, 32–6.
Tyagi, S., & Kramer, F. R. (1996). Molecular beacons: probes that fluoresce upon hybridization. Nat Biotechnol, 14, 303–8.
Van der Pouw-Kraan, T., Van Kooten, C., Rensink, I., & Aarden, L. (1992). Interleukin (IL)-4 production by human T cells: differential regulation of IL-4 vs. IL-2 production. J ImmunolEur J Immunol, 22, 1237–41.
Vedhara, K., Bennett, P. D., Clark, S., Lightman, S. L., Shaw, S., Perks, P., Hunt, M. A., Philip, J. M., Tallon, D., Murphy, P. J., et al. (2003). Enhancement of antibody responses to influenza vaccination in the elderly following a cognitive-behavioural stress management intervention. Psychother Psychosom, 72, 245–52.
Vedhara, K., Cox, N. K., Wilcock, G. K., Perks, P., Hunt, M., Anderson, S., Lightman, S. L., & Shanks, N. M. (1999). Chronic stress in elderly carers of dementia patients and antibody response to influenza vaccination. Lancet, 353, 627–31.
Vedhara, K., McDermott, M. P., Evans, T. G., Treanor, J. J., Plummer, S., Tallon, D., Cruttenden, K. A., & Schifitto, G. (2002). Chronic stress in nonelderly caregivers: psychological, endocrine and immune implications. J Psychosom Res, 53, 1153–61.
Venihaki, M., Zhao, J., & Karalis, K. P. (2003). Corticotropin-releasing hormone deficiency results in impaired splenocyte response to lipopolysaccharide. J Neuroimmunol, 141, 3–9.
Vitetta, E. S., Fernandez-Botran, R., Myers, C. D., & Sanders, V. M. (1989). Cellular interactions in the humoral immune response. Adv Immunol, 45, 1–105.
Wallgren, P., Wilen, I. L., & Fossum, C. (1994). Influence of experimentally induced endogenous production of cortisol on the immune capacity in swine. Veterinary Immunol Immunopathol, 42, 301–16.
Watson, J., Epstein, R., & Cohn, M. (1973). Cyclic nucleotides as intracellular mediators of the expression of antigen-sensitive cells. Nature, 246, 405–9.
Wayner, E. A., Flannery, G. R., & Singer, G. (1978). Effects of taste aversion conditioning on the primary antibody response to sheep red blood cells and Brucella abortus in the albino rat. Physiol Behav, 21, 995–1000.
Webster, E. L., Tracey, D. E., Jutila, M. A., Wolfe, S. A. J., & DeSouza, E. B. (1990). Corticotropin-releasing factor receptors in mouse spleen: Identification of receptor-bearing cells as resident macrophages. Endocrinol, 127, 440–52.
Webster, J. I., & Sternberg, E. M. (2004). Role of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis, glucocorticoids and glucocorticoid receptors in toxic sequelae of exposure to bacterial and viral products. J Endocrinol, 181, 207–21.
Webster, J. I., Tonelli, L., & Sternberg, E. M. (2002). Neuroendocrine regulation of immunity. Annu Rev Immunol, 20, 125–63.
Weiss, J. M., Sundar, S. K., Becker, K. J., & Cierpial, M. A. (1989). Behavioral and neural influences on cellular immune responses: effects of stress and interleukin-1. J Clin Psychiatry, 50, 43–53.
Whitham, M., & Blannin, A. K. (2003). The effect of exercise training on the kinetics of the antibody response to influenza vaccination. J Sports Sci, 21, 991–1000.
Willemsen, G., Ring, C., Carroll, D., Evans, P., Clow, A., & Hucklebridge, F. (1998). Secretory immunoglobulin A and cardiovascular reactions to mental arithmetic and cold pressor. Psychophysiology, 35, 252–9.
Willemsen, G., Ring, C., McKeever, S., & Carroll, D. (2000). Secretory immunoglobulin A and cardiovascular activity during mental arithmetic: effects of task difficulty and task order. Biol Psychol, 52, 127–41.
Williams, J. M., & Felten, D. L. (1981). Sympathetic innervation of murine thymus and spleen: A comparative histofluorescence study. AnatRec, 199, 531–42.
Williams, J. M., Peterson, R. G., Shea, P. A., Schmedtje, J. F., Bauer, D. C., & Felten, D. L. (1981). Sympathetic innervation of murine thymus and spleen: Evidence for a functional link between the nervous and immune systems. Brain Res Bull 6 (1), 83–94.
Wu, C. Y., Sarfati, M., Heusser, C., Fournier, S., Rubio-Trujillo, M., Peleman, R., & Delespesse, G. (1991). Glucocorticoids increase the synthesis of immunoglobulin E by interleukin 4-stimulated human lymphocytes. J Clin Invest, 87, 870–7.
Yamada, A., Jensen, M. M., & Rasmussen, A. F. (1964). Stress and susceptibility to viral infections. III. Antibody response and viral retention during avoidance learning stress. Proc Soc Exp Biol Med, 116, 677–80.
Yang, E. V., & Glaser, R. (2002). Stress-induced immunomodulation and the implications for health. Int Immunopharmacol, 2, 315–24.
Yorty, J. L., & Bonneau, R. H. (2003). Transplacental transfer and subsequent neonate utilization of herpes simplex virus-specific immunity are resilient to acute maternal stress. J Virol, 77, 6613–9.
Yorty, J. L., & Bonneau, R. H. (2004). Impact of maternal stress on the transmammary transfer and protective capacity of herpes simplex virus-specific immunity. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol, 287, R1316–R1324.
Zan, H., Komori, A., Li, Z., Cerutti, A., Schaffer, A., Flajnik, M. F., Diaz, M., & Casali, P. (2001). The translesion DNA polymerase zeta plays a major role in Ig and bcl-6 somatic hypermutation. Immunity, 14, 643–53.
Zeier, H., Brauchli, P., & Joller-Jemelka, H. I. (1996). Effects of work demands on immunoglobulin A and cortisol in air traffic controllers. Biol Psychol, 42, 413–23.
Zis, A. P., & Goodwin, F. K. (1982). The amine hypothesis. In, E. S. Paykel, ed. New York: Guilford, pp. 175–90.

Reference Title: REFERENCES

Reference Type: reference-list

Abkevich, V., Camp, N. J., Hensel, C. H., Neff, C. D., Russell, D. L., Hughes, D. C., Plenk, A. M., Lowry, M. R., Richards, R. L., Carter, C., Frech, G. C., Stone, S., Rowe, K., Chau, C. A., Cortado, K., Hunt, A., Luce, K., O'Neil, G., Poarch, J., Potter, J., Poulsen, G. H., Saxton, H., Bernat-Sestak, M., Thompson, V., Gutin, A., Skolnick, M., Shattuck, D., and Cannon-Albright, L. 2003. Predisposition locus for major depression at chromosome 12q22–12q23.2. American Journal of Human Genetics, 73:1271–81.
Arnold, P. D., Zai, G., and Richter, M. A. 2004. Genetics of anxiety disorders. Current Psychiatry Reports, 6:243–254.
Beitchman, J. H., Mik, H. M., Ehtesham, S., Douglas, L., and Kennedy, J. L. 2004. MAOA and persistent, pervasive childhood aggression. Molecular Psychiatry, 9:546–547.
Bester-Meredith, J. K., Young, L. J., and Marler, C. A. 1999. Species differences in paternal behavior and aggression in Peromyscus and their associations with vasopressin immunoreactivity and receptors. Hormones and Behavior, 36:25–38.
Blonigen, D. M. and Krueger, R. F. 2005. Human quantitative genetics of aggression. In Biology of Aggression. Edited by R. J. Nelson. New York: Oxford University Press.
Bockamp, E., Maringer, M., Spangenberg, C., Fees, S., Fraser, S., Eshkind, L., Oesch, F., and Zabel, B. 2002. Of mice and m odels: improved animal models for biomedical research. Physiological Genomics, 11:115–32.
Buss, D. M. 1999. Evolutionary Psychology: The New Science of the Mind. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.
Boomsma, D., Busjahn, A., and Peltonen, L. 2002. Classical twin studies and beyond. Nature Review, 3:872–882.
Bouchard, J. T. and McGue M. 2003. Genetic and environmental influences on human psychological differences. Journal of Neurobiology 54:4–45.
Burnett, A. L., Nelson, R. J., Calvin, D., Demas, G. E., Klein, S. L., Kriegsfeld, Dawson, T. M., & Snyder, S. H. 1996. Nitric oxide-dependent penile erection in mice lacking neural nitric oxide synthase. Molecular Medicine, 2:288–296.
Brunner, H. G., Nelen, M., Breakefield, X. O., Ropers, H. H., and van Oost, B. A. 1993. Abnormal behavior associated with a point mutation in the structural gene for monoamine oxidase A. Science, 262:578–580.
Cacioppo, J. T., Tassinary, L. G., and Berntson, G. G. 2006. Psychophysiological science. In Handbook of Psychophysiology (3rd ed.). Cacioppo, J. T., Tassinary, L. G., and Berntson, G. G. (Eds). Cambridge University Press: New York.
Caldji, C., Tannenbaum, B., Sharma, S., Francis, D., Plotsky, P., and Meaney, M. J. 1998. Maternal care during infancy regulates the development of neural systems mediating the expression of fearfulness in the rat. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences (USA), 95:5335–5340.
Carpinelli, M. R., Hilton, D. J., Metcalf, D., Antonchuk, J. L., Hyland, C. D., Mifsud, S. L., Di Rago, L., Hilton, A. A., Willson, T. A., Roberts, A. W., Ramsay, R. G., Nicola, N. A., and Alexander, W. S. 2004. Suppressor screen in Mpl−/−mice: c-Myb mutation causes supraphysiological production of platelets in the absence of thrombopoietin signaling. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 101:6553–8.
Carter, C. S., DeVries, A. C., and Getz, L. L. 1995. Physiological substrates of mammalian monogamy: the prairie vole model. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews, 19:303–314.
Cases, O., Seif, I., Grimsby, J., Gaspar, P., Chen, K., Pournin, S., Muller, U., Aguet, M., Babinet, C., Shih, J. C., et al. 1995. Aggressive behavior and altered amounts of brain serotonin and norepinephrine in mice lacking MAOA. Science, 268:1763–1766.
Caspi A, McClay J, Moffitt T. E., Mill J, Martin J, Craig I. W., Taylor A, and Poulton R. 2002. Role of genotype in the cycle of violence in maltreated children. Science, 297:851–854.
Champagne, F., Diorio, J., Sharma, S., and Meaney, M. J. 2001. Naturally occurring variations in maternal behavior in the rat are associated with differences in estrogen-inducible central oxytocin receptors. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences (USA), 98:12736–12741.
Champagne, F. A., Weaver, I. C., Diorio, J., Sharma, S., and Meaney, M. J. 2003. Natural variations in maternal care are associated with estrogen receptor alpha expression and estrogen sensitivity in the medial preoptic area. Endocrinology. 144:4720–4724.
Curtis, D. J. 2004. Modifier screens in the mouse: Time to move forward with reverse genetics. Science, 101: 7209–7210.
DeFries, J. C., Gervais, M. C., and Thomas, E. A. 1978. Response to 30 generations of selection for open-field activity in laboratory mice. Behavior Genetics, 8:3–13.
Di Maria, E., Gulli, R., Begni, S., De Luca, A., Bignotti, S., Pasini, A., Bellone, E., Pizzuti, A., Dallapiccola, B., Novelli, G., Ajmar, F., Gennarelli, M., and Mandich, P. 2004. Variations in the NMDA receptor subunit 2B gene (GRIN2B) and schizophrenia: a case-control study. American Journal of Medical Genetics. B. Neuropsychiatriatric Genetics, 128B:27–29.
Durrant, R. and Ellis, B. 2003. Evolutionary psychology. In: Handbook of Psychology, Vol. 3: Biological Psychology. Edited by M. Gallagher and R. J. Nelson. New York: Wiley & Sons.
Egger, G., Liang, G., Aparicio, A., and Jones, P. A. 2004. Epigenetics in human disease and prospects for epigenetic therapy. Nature, 429:457–463.
Evans, A., Van Baal, C. M., McCarron, P., delange, M., Soerensen, T. I. A., deGeus, E. J. C., Kyvik, K., Pedersen, N. L., Spector, T. D., Andrew, T., Patterson, C., Whitfield, J. B., Zhu, G., Martin, N. G., Kaprio, J., Boomsma, D. I. 2003. The genetics of coronary heart disease: the contribution of twin studies. Twin Research, 6:432–441.
Falconer, D. S. & McKay, T. F. C. 1996. Introduction to quantitative genetics. 4th ed. Harlow UK: Longman.
Farrall, M. 2004. Quantitative genetic variation: a post-modern view. Human Molecular Genetics, 3:R1–7.
Fernandez-Teruel, A., Escorihuela, R. M., Gray, J. A., Aguilar, R., Gil, L., Gimenez-Llort, L., Tobena, A., Bhomra, A., Nicod, A., Mott, R., Driscoll, P., Dawson, G. R., and Flint, J. 2002. A quantitative trait locus influencing anxiety in the laboratory rat. Genome Research, 12: 618–26.
Ferreira, M. A. 2004. Linkage analysis: principles and methods for the analysis of human quantitative traits. Twin Research, 7:513–530.
Fisher, R. A. 1918. The correlation between relatives on the supposition of Mendelian inheritance. Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, 52: 399–433.
Flint J. 2003. Analysis of quantitative trait loci that influence animal behavior. Journal of Neurobiology, 54:46–77.
Flint, J., Corley, R., DeFries, J. C., Fulker, D. W., Gray, J. A., Miller, S. Collins, A. C. 1995. A simple genetic basis for a complex psychological trait in laboratory mice. Science, 269:1432–5.
Fortini, M. E., Skupski, M. P., Boguski, M. S., and Hariharan, I. K. 2000. A survey of human disease gene counterparts in the Drosophila genome. The Journal of Cell Biology, 150:F23–30.
Francis, D. D., Diorio, J., Liu, D., and Meaney, M. J. 1999, Non-genomic transmission across generations of maternal behavior and stress responses in the rat. Science, 286:1155–1158.
Fullerton, J., Cubin, M., Tiwari, H., Wang, C., Bomhra, A., Davidson, S., Miller, Fairburn, C., Goodwin, G., Neale, M. C., Fiddy, S., Mott, R., Allison, D. B., and Flint, J. 2003. Linkage analysis of extremely discordant and concordant sibling pairs identifies quantitative-trait loci that influence variation in the human personality trait neuroticism. American Journal of Human Genetics, 72:879–90.
Galderisi, U., Cascino, A., and Giordano, A. 1999. Antisense oligonucleotides as therapeutic agents. Journal of Cellular Physiology, 181:251–257.
Galton, D. J. and Galton C. J. 1997. Francis Galton: his approach to polygenic disease. Journal of the Royal College of Physicians of London, 31:570–3.
Gardiner, K. 1995. Human genome organization. Current Opinion in Genetics and Development, 5:315–322.
Ginsburg, B. E. 1958. Genetics as a tool in the study of behavior. Perspectives in Biology and Medicine, 1:397–424.
Griffiths, A. J. F., Gelbart, W. M., Miller, J. H. and Lewontin, R. C. 1999. Modern Genetic Analysis. 7th Edition. W. H. Freeman & Sons, New York.
Grozinger, C. M., Sharabash, N. M., Whitfield, C. W., and Robinson, G. E. 2003. Pheromone-mediated gene expression in the honey bee brain. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences (USA), 100:14519–14525.
Gu, H., Marth, J. D., Orban, P. C., Mossmann, H., and Rajewsky, K. 1994. Deletion of a DNA polymerase beta gene segment in T cells using cell type-specific gene targeting. Science, 265:103–106.
Herrnstein, R. J. and Murray, C. 1994. The Bell Curve: Intelligence and Class Structure in American Life. New York: Free Press.
Hicks B M, Krueger R F, Iacono W G, McGue M, and Patrick C J. 2004. Family transmission and heritability of externalizing disorders: a twin-family study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 61:922–928.
Holschneider, D. P., Chen, K., Seif, I., and Shih, J. C. 2001. Biochemical, behavioral, physiologic, and neurodevelopmental changes in mice deficient in monoamine oxidase A or B. Brain Research Bulletin, 56:453–462.
Insel, T. R. and Shapiro, L. E. 1992. Oxytocin receptors and maternal behavior. Annals of the New York Academy of Science, 652:122–141.
Insel, T. R., Wang, Z. X., and Ferris, C. F. 1994. Patterns of brain vasopressin receptor distribution associated with social organization in microtine rodents. Journal of Neuroscience, 14:5381–5392.
International Human Genome Sequencing Consortium. 2001. Initial sequencing and analysis of the human genome. Nature, 409: 860–921.
Jensen, A. R. 1973. Personality and scholastic achievement in three ethnic groups. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 43:115–125.
Jorgensen, E. M. and Mango, S. E. 2002. The art and design of genetic screens: Caenorhabditis elegans. Nature Reviews. Genetics, 3:356–69.
Klebig, M. L., Wall, M. D., Potter, M. D., Rowe, E. L., Carpenter, D. A., and Rinchik, E. M. 2003. Mutations in the clathrin-assembly gene Picalm are responsible for the hematopoietic and iron metabolism abnormalities in fit1 mice. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 100:8360–5.
Koch, L. G., Meredith, T. A., Fraker, T. D., Metting, P. J., and Britton S L. 1998. Heritability of treadmill running endurance in rats. American Journal of Physiology, 275:R1455–R1460.
Knoblauch, H., Müller-Myhsok, B., Busjahn, A., Ben Avi, L., Bähring, S., Baron, H., Heath S. C., Uhlmann, R., Faulhaber, H-D., Shpitzen, S., Aydin, A., Reshef, A., Rosenthal, M., Eliav, O., Mühl, A., Lowe, A., Schurr, D., Harats, D., Jeschke, E., Friedlander, Y., Schuster, H., Luft, F. C., Leitersdorf, E. 2000. A cholesterol-lowering gene maps to chromosome 13q. Am. J. Hum. Genet., 66:157–166.
Krebs, J. R. and Davies, N. B. 1993. An Introduction to Behavioural Ecology. Blackwell Scientific, Oxford.
Lander E S, Linton L M, Birren B, Nusbaum C, Zody M C, Baldwin J, Devon K, Dewar K, Doyle M, FitzHugh W, Funke R, et al. 2001. Initial sequencing and analysis of the human genome. Nature, 409:860–921.
Lapidge, K. L., Oldroyd, B. P., and Spivak, M. 2002. Seven suggestive quantitative trait loci influence hygienic behavior of honey bees. Naturwissenschaften, 89:565–868.
Lee, P., Morley, G., Huang, Q., Fischer, A., Seiler, S., Horner, J. W., Factor, S., Vaidya, D., Jalife, J., and Fishman, G. I. 1998. Conditional lineage ablation to model human diseases. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 95:11371–6.
Legrand, L. N., Iacono, W. G. and McGue, M. 2005. Predicting addiction. American Scientist, 93:140–147.
Lewandoski, M. 2001. Conditional control of gene expression in the mouse. Nature Reviews Genetics, 2:743–755.
Lim, M. M., Wang, Z., Olazabal, D. E., Ren, X., Terwilliger, E. F., and Young, L. J. 2004. Enhanced partner preference in a promiscuous species by manipulating the expression of a single gene. Nature, 429:754–757.
Lin, S. H., Kiyohara, T., and Sun, B. 2003. Maternal behavior: activation of the central oxytocin receptor system in parturient rats? Neuroreport, 14:1439–1444.
Liu, D., Diorio, J., Tannenbaum, B., Caldji, C., Francis, D., Freedman, A., Sharma, S., Pearson, D., Plotsky, P. M., and Meaney, M. J. 1997. Maternal care, hippocampal glucocorticoid receptors, and hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal responses to stress. Science, 277:1659–1662.
Liu, D., Diorio, J., Day, J. C., Francis, D. D., and Meaney, M. J. 2000. Maternal care, hippocampal synaptogenesis and cognitive development in rats. Nature 3:799–806.
Lorenz, K. Z. 1966. Evolution and the Modification of Behaviour. Methuen, London.
Lowenstein, P. R. and Castro, M. G. 2001. Genetic engineering within the adult brain: Implications for molecular approaches to behavioral neuroscience. Physiology and Behavior, 73:833–839.
Mani, S. K., Blaustein, J. D., Allen, J. M., Law, S. W., O'Malley, B. W., and Clark, J. H. 1994. Inhibition of rat sexual behavior by antisense oligonucleotides to the progesterone receptor. Endocrinology, 135:1409–1414.
Manning, A. 1967. Introduction to Animal Behavior. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA.
Manuck, S. B., Flory, J. D., Ferrell, R. E., Mann, J. J., and Muldoon, M. F. 2000. A regulatory polymorphism of the monoamine oxidase-A gene may be associated with variability in aggression, impulsivity, and central nervous system serotonergic responsivity. Psychiatry Research, 95:9–23.
Maxson, S. 2002. Behavioral genetics. In: Handbook of Psychology: Biological Psychology. Vol. 3. Edited by M. Gallagher and R. J. Nelson. New York Wiley & Sons.
McCormick, J. A., Lyons, V., Jacobson, M. D., Noble, J., Diorio, J., Nyirenda, M., Weaver, S., Ester, W., Yau, J. L., Meaney, M. J., Seckl, J. R., and Chapman, K. E. 2000. 5′-heterogeneity of glucocorticoid receptor messenger RNA is tissue specific: differential regulation of variant transcripts by early-life events. Molecular Endocrinology, 14:506–517.
Morton, N. E. 1991. Parameters of the human genome. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science (USA), 88:7474–7476.
Mott, R., Talbot, C. J., Turri, M. G., Collins, A. C., and Flint, A. J. 2000. Method for fine mapping quantitative trait loci in outbred animal stocks. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 97:12649–54.
Mouse Genome Sequencing Consortium. 2002. Initial sequencing and comparative analysis of the mouse genome. Nature. 420: 520–562.
Mueller, W. H. 1976. Parent-child correlations for stature and weight among school aged children: A review of 24 studies. Human Biology, 48: 379–397.
Muller, U. 1999. Ten years of gene targeting: targeted mouse mutants, from vector design to phenotype analysis. Mechanisms of Development, 82:3–21.
Nash, M. W., Huezo-Diaz, P., Williamson, R. J., Sterne, A., Purcell, S., Hoda, F., Cherny, S. S., Abecasis, G. R., Prince, M., Gray, J. A., Ball, D., Asherson, P., Mann, A., Goldberg, D., McGuffin, P., Farmer, A., Plomin, R., Craig, I. W. and Pak, C. 2004. Genome-wide linkage analysis of a composite index of neuroticism and mood-related scales in extreme selected sibships. Human Molecular Genetics, 13:2173–82.
Nelson, R. J. 1997. The use of genetic “knock-out” mice in behavioral endocrinology research. Hormones and Behavior, 31:188–196.
Nelson, R. J. and Young, K. A. 1998. Behavioral effects of targeted disruption of specific genes. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 22:453–462.
Nisenbaum, L. K. 2002. The ultimate chip shot: can microarray technology deliver for neuroscience? Genes, Brain and Behavior, 1:27–34.
Newman T K, Syagailo Y V, Barr C S, Wendland J R, Champoux M, Graessle M, Suomi S J, Higley J D, Lesch K P. 2005. Monoamine oxidase: A gene promoter variation and rearing experience influences aggressive behavior in rhesus monkeys Biological Psychiatry, 57:167–172.
Nicholson, I. R. 1990. Are heritability estimates generalizable? Lack of evidence from cross-sample correlations. Social Biology 37:147–61.
No, D., Yao, T.-P. and Evans, R. M. 1996. Ecdysone-inducible gene expression in mammalian cells and transgenic mice. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences. (USA), 93:3346–3351.
Nurnberger, J. I. Jr., Foroud, T., Flury, L., Su, J., Meyer, E. T., Hu, K., Crowe, R., Edenberg, H., Goate, A., Bierut, L., Reich, T., Schuckit, M., and Reich, W. 2001. Evidence for a locus on chromosome 1 that influences vulnerability to alcoholism and affective disorder. The American Journal of Psychiatry, 158:718–24.
Papadimitriou, G. N., Dikeos, D. G., Souery, D., Del-Favero, J., Massat, I., Avramopoulos, D., Blairy, S., Cichon, S., Ivezic, S., Kaneva, R., Karadima, G., Lilli, R., Milanova, V., Nothen, M., Oruc, L., Rietschel, M., Serretti, A., Van Broeckhoven, C., Stefanis, C., and Mendlewicz, J., 2003. Association between the phospholipase A2 gene and unipolar affective disorder: A multicentre case-control study. Psychiatric Genetics, 13:211–220.
Park, S. K., Sedore, S. A., Cronmiller, C., and Hirsh, J. 2000. Type II cAMP-dependent protein kinase-deficient Drosophila are viable but show developmental, circadian, and drug response phenotypes. Journal of Biological Chemistry, 275:20588–20596.
Phillips, T. J., Belknap, J. K., Hitzemann, R. J., Buck, K. J., Cunningham, C. L., and Crabbe, J. C. 2002. Harnessing the mouse to unravel the genetics of human disease. Genes, Brain, and Behavior, 1:14–26.
Phimister, B. 1999. Going global. Nature Genetics, 21: 1–1.
Plomin, R. and Crabbe, J. 2000. DNA. Psychological Bulletin, 126:806–828.
Plomin, R., DeFries, J. C., McClearn, G. E., and McGuffin, P. 2000. Behavioral Genetics. Fourth edition. New York: Worth.
Rat Genome Sequencing Project Consortium. 2004. Genome sequence of the brown norway rat yields insights into mammalian evolution. Nature. 428: 493–521.
Rice, T. K. and Borecki, I. B. 2001. Familial resemblance and heritability. Advances in Genetics, 42:35–44.
Rothenbuhler, W. C. 1964a. Behavior genetics of nest cleaning of honey-bees. I. Responses of four inbred lines to disease killed broods. Animal Behaviour, 12:578–583.
Rothenbuhler, W. C. 1964b. Behavior genetics of nest cleaning of honey-bees. IV. Responses of F1 and backcross generations to disease-killed brood. American Zoologist, 4:111–123.
Rubin, G. M., Hong, L., Brokstein, P., Evans-Holm, M., Frise, E., Stapleton, M., and Harvey, D. A. 2000. A Drosophila complementary DNA resource. Science, 287:2222–4.
Ruppell, O., Pankiw, T., and Page, R. E. 2004a. Pleiotropy, epistasis and new QTL: the genetic architecture of honey bee foraging behavior. Journal of Heredity, 95:481–491.
Rueppell, O., Pankiw, T., Nielsen, D. I., Fondrk, M. K., Beye, M., and Page, R. E. 2004b. The genetic architecture of the behavioral ontogeny of foraging in honeybee workers. Genetics, 167:1767–1779.
Sabol, S. Z., Hu, S., and Hamer, D. 1998. A functional polymorphism in the monoamine oxidase A gene promoter. Human Genetics, 103:273–279.
Sax, K., 1923. The association of size difference with seed-coat pattern and pigmentation in Phaseolus vulgaris. Genetics, 8:552–560.
Segalat, L. 1999. Genetic analysis of behavior in the nematode, Caenorhabditis elegans. In: B. C. Jones & P. Mormede (Eds.) Neurobehavioral genetics: Methods and applications. (pp. 373–381) Boca Raton: CRC.
Shih, J. C. 2004. Cloning, after cloning, knock-out mice, and physiological functions of MAO A and B. Neurotoxicology, 25:21–30.
Shishkina, G. T., Kalinina, T. S., Sournina, N. Y., and Dygalo, N. N. 2001. Effects of antisense to the α2A-adrenoceptors administered into the region of the locus ceruleus on behaviors in plus-maze and sexual behavior tests in sham operated and castrated male rats. Journal of Neuroscience, 21:726–731.
Silventoinen, K. 2003. Determinants of variation in adult body height. Journal of Biosocial Sciences, 35: 263–285.
Silventoinen K, Kaprio J, Lahelma E, Koskenvuo M. 2000. Relative effect of genetic and environmental factors on body height: differences across birth cohorts among Finnish men and women. American Journal of Public Health, 90:627–630.
Sokalowski, M. B. 1999. Genetic analysis of food search behavior in the fruit fly, Drosphilia melanogaster. In: B. C. Jones & P. Mormede (Eds.) Neurobehavioral genetics: Methods and applications. (pp. 357–364) Boca Raton: CRC.
St Johnston, D. 2002. The art and design of genetic screens: Drosophila melanogaster. Nature Reviews. Genetics 3:176–88.
Sung, Y. H., Song, J., and Lee, H-W. 2004. Functional genomics approach using mice. Journal of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, 37:122–32.
Tanaka, M., Yoshida, M., Emoto, H., and Ishii, H. 2000. Noradrenaline systems in the hypothalamus, amygdala and locus coeruleus are involved in the provocation of anxiety: basic studies. European Journal of Pharmacology, 405:397–406.
Tang, Y.-P., Shimizu, E., Dube, G. R., Rampon, C., Kerchner, G. A., Zhuo, M., Liu, G., and Tsien, J. Z. 1999. Genetic enhancement of learning and memory in mice Nature, 401, 63–69.
Thiele, T. E., Willis, B., Stadler, J., Reynolds, J. G., and Bernstein, I. L., McKnight, G. S. 2000. High ethanol consumption and low sensitivity to ethanol-induced sedation in protein kinase A-mutant mice. The Journal of Neuroscience, 20:RC75:1–6.
Thoday, J. M., 1960. Location of polygenes. Nature, 191: 368–370.
Wallace, D. C. 1999. Mitochondrial diseases in man and mouse. Science, 283:1482–1488.
Wallace, D. C. 2001. Mitochondrial defects in neurodegenerative disease. Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities Research Review, 7:158–166.
Wahlsten, D., Metten, P., Phillips, T. J., Boehm, S. L. 2nd., Burkhart-Kasch, S., Dorow, J., Doerksen, S., Downing, C., Fogarty, J., Rodd-Henricks, K., Hen, R., McKinnon, C. S., Merrill, C. M., Nolte, C., Schalomon, M., Schlumbohm, J. P., Sibert, J. R., Wenger, C. D., Dudek, B. C., and Crabbe, J. C. 2003. Different data from different labs: lessons from studies of gene-environment interaction. Journal of Neurobiology, 54:283–311.
Walther, W. and Stein, U. 2000. Viral vectors for gene transfer: a review of their use in the treatment of human diseases. Drugs, 60: 249–271.
Watson, J. B. 1925. Behaviorism. Norton, New York.
Watson, J. D. and Crick, F. H. C. 1953a. Molecular structure of nucleic acids: a structure for deoxyribose nucleic acid. Nature, 171: 737–738.
Watson, J. D. and Crick, F. H. C. 1953b. Genetical implications of the structure of deoxyribosenucleic acid. Nature, 171, 964–967.
Weaver, I. C. G., Cervoni, N., Champagne, F. A., D'Alessio, A. C., Sharma, S., Seckl, J. R., Dymov, S., Szyf, M., Meaney, M. J. 2004. Epigenetic programming by maternal behavior. Nature Neuroscience, 7, 847–854.
Whitfield, C. W., Cziko, A. M., and Robinson, G. E. 2003. Gene expression profiles in the brain predict behavior in individual honey bees. Science, 302:296–299.
Wolf, F. W. and Heberlein, U. 2003. Invertebrate models of drug abuse. Journal of Neurobiology, 54:161–78.
Wright, S. 1921. Systems of mating. Genetics, 6:111–178.
Young, L. J., Nilsen, R., Waymire, K. G., MacGregor, G. R., and Insel, T. R. 1999. Increased affiliative response to vasopressin in mice expressing the V1a receptor from a monogamous vole. Nature, 400: 766–768.
Young, L. J., Wang, Z., Donaldson, R., and Rissman, E. F. 1998. Estrogen receptor alpha is essential for induction of oxytocin receptor by estrogen. Neuroreport, 9:933–936.

Reference Title: REFERENCES

Reference Type: reference-list

Abdullaev, Y. G. & Posner, M. I. (1998). Event-related brain potential imaging of semantic encoding during processing single words. Neuroimage, 7: 1–13.
Akhtar, N. & Enns, J. T. (1989). Relations between covert orienting and filtering in the development of visual attention. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 48: 315–344.
Akshoomoff, N., Pierce, K., & Courchesne, E. (2002). The neurobiological basis of autism from a developmental perspective. Developmental Psychopathology, 14(3): 613–34.
Allman, J. (2001). The anterior cingulate cortex: The evolution of an interface between emotion and cognition. In A. Damasio, et al (eds.), Unity of Knowledge. Annals of New York Academy of Science, 935: 107–117.
Anderson, S. W., Damasio, H., Tranel, D. & Damasio, A. R. (2000). Long-term sequelae of prefrontal cortex damage acquired in early childhood. Developmental Neuropsychology, 18(3): 281–296.
Awh, E. & Pashler, H. (2000). Evidence for split attentional foci. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 26: 834–46.
Baddeley, A. D. (1993). Working memory or working attention? In A. D. Baddeley & L. Weiskrantz (Eds.), Attention: Selection, Awareness, & Control. (pp. 152–170). Oxford: Clarendon Press.
Barkley, R. A. (1997). Behavioral inhibition, sustained attention, and executive functions: Constructing a unifying theory of ADHD. Psychological Bulletin, 121: 65–94.
Beauregard, M., Levesque, J. & Bourgouin, P. (2001). Neural correlates of conscious self- regulation of emotion. Journal of Neuroscience, 21: RC165: 1.
Benes, F. (1999). Model generation and testing to probe neural circuitry in the cingulate cortex of postmortem schizophrenic brains. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 24: 219–229.
Berger, A., Jones, L, Rothbart, M. K. & Posner, M. I. (2000). Computerized games to study the development of attention in childhood. Behavioral Research Methods and Instrumentation, 32: 290–303.
Bijttebier, P. (1998). Monitoring and blunting coping styles in children. Unpublished doctoral thesis. Catholic University of Leuven, Belgium.
Bisley, J. W. & Goldberg, M. E. (2003). Neuronal activity in the lateral intraparietal area and spatial attention. Science, 299: 81–86.
Blair, R. J. R., Morris, J. S., Frith, C. D., Perrett, D. I. & Dolan, R. J. (1999). Dissociable neural responses to facila expression of sadness and anger. Brain, 1222: 883–893.
Booth, J., Carlson, C. L. & Tucker, D. (2001). Cognitive inattention in the ADHD subtypes. Paper presented at the 10th meeting of the International Society for Research in Child and Adolescent Psychopathology, Vancouver, Canada.
Botvinick, M. M., Braver, T. S., Barch, D. M., Carter, C. S. & Cohen, J. D. (2001). Conflict monitoring and cognitive control. Psychological Review, 108: 624–652.
Botvinick, M., Braver, T. S., Yeung, N., Ullsperger, M., Carter, C. S., Cohen, J. D. (2004). Conflict monitoring: Computational and empirical studies. In M. I. Posner (Ed.), Cognitive Neuroscience of Attention. New York: Guildford 91–104.
Broadbent, D. E. (1958). Perception and Communication. New York: Pergamon.
Bronson, M. B. (2000). Self-Regulation in Early Childhood. New York: Guilford Press.
Bush, G., Luu, P. & Posner, M. I. (2000). Cognitive and emotional influences in the anterior cingulate cortex. Trends in Cognitive Science, 4/6: 215–222.
Casey, B. J., Durston, S. & Fossella, J. A. (2001). Evidence for a mechanistic model of cognitive control. Clinical Neuroscience Research, 1: 267–282.
Casey, B. J., Thomas, K. M., Davidson, M. C., Kunz, K., Franzen, P. L. (2002). Dissociating striatal and hippocampal function developmentally with a stimulus-response compatibility task. Journal of Neuroscience, 22: 8647–8652.
Casey, B. J., Trainor, R. J., Orendi, J. L., Schubert, A. B., Nystrom, L. E., Giedd, J. N., Castellanos, F. X., Haxby, J. V., Noll, D. C., Cohen, J. D., Forman, S. D., Dahl, R. E. & Rapoport, J. L. (1997). A developmental functional MRI study of prefrontal activation during performance of a go-no-go task. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 9: 835–847.
Cavanagh, P. (2004). Attention routines and the architecture of selection. In M. I. Posner (Ed.), Cognitive Neuroscience of Attention. (pp. 29–44). New York: Guilford Press.
Cherry, E. C. Some experiments on the recognition of speech with one and two ears. Journal of the Acoustical Society, 25: 975–979.
Cheesman, J. & Merikle, P. M. (1984). Priming with and without awareness. Perception and Psychophysiology, 36: 387–395.
Cohen, J. D., Dunbar, K. & McClelland, J. L. (1990). On the control of automatic processes: A parallel distributed processing model of the Stroop effect. Psychological Review, 97(3): 332–361.
Cohen, J. D., Aston-Jones, G. & Gilzenrat, M. S. (2004). A systems level theory on attention and cognitive control. In M. I. Posner (Ed.), Cognitive Neuroscience of Attention. (pp. 29–44). New York: Guilford Press.
Corbetta, M. (1998). Frontoparietal cortical networks for directing attention and the eye to visual locations: Identical, independent, or overlapping neural systems? Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, 95: 831–838.
Corbetta, M., Kincade, J. M., Ollinger, J. M., McAvoy, M. P. & Shulman, G. (2000). Voluntary orienting is dissociated from target detection in human posterior parietal cortex. Nature Neuroscience, 3: 292–297.
Corbetta, M., Miezin, F. M., Dobmeyer, S., Shulman, G. L. & Petersen, S. E. (1991). Selective and divided attention during visual discriminations of shape, color, and speed: Functional anatomy by positron emission tomography. Journal of Neuroscience, 11: 2383–2402.
Corbetta, M. & Shulman, G. L. (2002). Control of goal-directed and stimulus-driven attention in the brain. Nature Neuroscience Reviews, 3: 201–215.
Coull, J. T., Frith, C. D., Frackowiak, R. S. & Grasby, P. M. (1996). A fronto-parietal network for rapid visual information processing: A PET study of sustained attention and working memory. Neuropsychologia, 34(11): 1085–1095.
Coull, J. T., Nobre, A. C. & Frith, C. D. (2001). The noradrenergic alpha2 agonist clonidine modulates behavioural and neuroanatomical correlates of human attentional orienting and alerting. Cerebral Cortex, 11(1): 73–84.
Dale, A. M., Liu, A. K., Fischi, B. R., Buckner, R., Beliveau, J. W., Lewine, J. D. & Halgren, E. (2000), Dynamic statistical parameter mapping: Combining fMRI and MEG for high resolution cortical activity. Neuron, 26: 55–67.
Damasio, A. (1994). Descartes Error: Emotion, Reason and the Brain. New York: G. P. Putnam.
Davidson, M. C. & Marrocco, R. T. (2000). Local infusion of scopoplamine into intraparietal cortex slows cover orienting in rhesus monkeys. Journal of Neurophysiology, 83: 1536–49.
Davidson, R. J., Putnam, K. M. & Larson, C. L. (2000). Dysfunction in the neural circuitry of emotion regulation: A possible prelude to violence. Science, 289: 591–594.
Dehaene, S., Artiges, E., Naccache, L., Martelli, C., Viard, A., Schurhoff, F., Recasens, C., Martinot, M. L. P., Leboyer, M. & Martinot, J. L., (2003). Conscious and subliminal conflicts in normal subjects and patients with schizophrenia: The role of the anterior cingulate. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA, 100(23): 13722–13727.
Derryberry, D. & Reed, M. A. (1994). Temperament and the self-organization of personality. Development and Psychopathology, 6: 653–676.
Derryberry, D. & Rothbart, M. K. (1988). Arousal, affect, and attention as components of temperament. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 55: 958–966.
Desimone, R., Duncan, J. (1995). Neural mechanisms of selective visual attention. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 18: 193–222.
Diamond, A., Briand, L., Fossella, J. & Gehlbach, L. (2004). Genetic and neurochemical modulation of prefrontal cognitive functions in children. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161: 125–135.
Diamond, A. (1991). Neuropsychological insights into the meaning of object concept development. In S. Carey, & R. Gelman (Eds.), The Epigenesis of Mind: Essays on Biology and Cognition (pp. 67–110). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Donchin, E. & Cohen, L. (1967). Average evoked potentials and intermodal selective attention. EEG and Clinical Neurophysiology, 22: 537–546.
Drevets, W. C. (2000). Neuroimaging studies of mood disorders. Biological Psychiatry, 18: 813–829.
Drevets, W. C. & Raichle, M. E. (1998). Reciprocal suppression of regional cerebral blood flow during emotional versus higher cognitive processes: Implications for interactions between emotion and cognition. Cognition and Emotion, 12: 353–385.
Driver, J., Eimer, M. & Macaluso, E. (2004). Neurobiology of human spatial attention: Modulation, generation, and integration. In N. Kanwisher & J. Duncan, (Eds.), Attention and Performance XX: Functional Brain Imaging of Visual Cognition, 267–300.
Duncan, J. & Owen, A. M. (2000). Common regions of the human frontal lobe recruited by diverse cognitive demands. Trends in Neurosciences, 23: 475–483.
Duncan, J., Seitz, R. J., Kolodny, J., Bor, D., Herzog, H. Ahmed, A., Newell, F. N. & Emslie, H. (2000). Aneural basis for general intelligence. Science, 289: 457–460.
Durston, S., Thomas, K. M., Yang, Y., Ulug, A. M., Zimmerman, R. D. & Casey, B. J. (2002). A neural basis for the development of inhibitory control. Developmental Science, 5: F9–F16.
Early, T. S., Posner, M. I., Reiman, E. M. & Raichle, M. E. (1989). Hyperactivity of the left stiato-pallidal projection, Part I: Lower level theory. Psychiatric Developments, 2: 85–108.
Egan, M. F., Goldberg, T. E., Kolachana, B. S., Callicott, J. H., Mazzanti, C. M., Straub, R. E., Goldman, D. & Weinberger, D. R. (2001). Effect of COMT Val108/158 Met genotype on frontal lobe function and risk for schizophrenia. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA, 98: 6917–22.
Eriksen, C. W. & Hoffman, J. E. (1972). Temporal and spatial characteristics of selective encoding from visual displays. Perception & Psychophysics, 12: 201–204.
Eriksen, C. W. & Hoffman, J. E. (1973). The extent of processing noise elements during selective encoding from visual displays. Perception and Psychophysics, 14: 155–160.
Evarts, E. V. (1968). Relation of the pyramidal tract activity to force exerted during voluntary movement. Journal of Neurophysiology, 31: 14–27.
Everitt, B. J. & Robbins, T. W. (1997). Central cholinergic systems and cognition. Annual Review of Psychology, 48: 649–684.
Fan, J., Flombaum, J. I., McCandliss, B. D., Thomas, K. M., & Posner, M. I. (2003). Cognitive and brain mechanisms of conflict. Neuroimage, 18: 42–57.
Fan, J., Fossella, J. A., Summer T. & Posner, M. I. (2003). Mapping the genetic variation of executive attention onto brain activity. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA, 100: 7406–11.
Fan, J., McCandliss, B. D., Sommer, T., Raz, M. & Posner, M. I. (2002). Testing the efficiency and independence of attentional networks. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 3(14): 340–347.
Fan, J., Wu, Y., Fossella, J., & Posner, M. I. (2001). Assessing the heritability of attentional networks. BioMed Central Neuroscience, 2: 14.
Fernandez-Duque, D. & Black, S. (2006). Attentional networks in normal aging and Alzheimer's disease. Neuropsychology. 20, 133–143.
Fernandez-Duque, D. & Posner, M. I. (2001). Brain imaging of attentional networks in normal and pathological states. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology, 23: 74–93.
Fodor, (1983). Modularity of Mind. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Fossella, J., Sommer, T., Fan, J., Wu, Y., Swanson, J. M., Pfaff, D. W. & Posner, M. I. (2002). Assessing the molecular genetics of attention networks. BMC Neuroscience, 3: 14.
Fox, E., Ricardo, R., & Dutton, K. (2002). Attentional bias for threat: Evidence for delayed disengagement from emotional faces. Cognition and Emotion, 16: 355–379.
Fox, E., Russo, R., Bowles, R. J. & Dutton, K. (2001). Do threatening stimuli draw or hold attention in subclinical anxiety? Journal of Experimental Psychology – General, 130: 681–700.
Friedrich, F. J., Egly R., Rafal, R. D. & Beck, D. (1998). Spatial attention deficits in humans: A comparison of superior parietal and temporal-parietal junction lesions. Neuropsychology, 12(2): 193–207.
Fuentes, L. J. (2004). Inhibitory processing in the attentional networks. In M. I. Posner (Ed.), Cognitive Neuroscience of Attention. (pp. 29–44). New York: Guilford Press.
Fuentes, L. J., Boucart, M., Vivas, A. B., Álvarez, R. & Zimmerman, M. A. (2000). Inhibitory tagging in inhibition of return is affected in schizophrenia: Evidence from the Stroop task. Neuropsychology, 14: 134–140.
Fuentes, L. J., Vivas, A. B. & Humphreys, G. W. (1999). Inhibitory tagging of stimulus properties in inhibition of return: Effects on semantic priming and flanker interference. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Experimental Psychology, 52: 149–164.
Gall, S., Kerschreiter, R. & Mojzisch, A. (2002). Handbuch Biopsychologie und Neurowissenschaften. Bern, Switzerland: Verlag Hans Huber.
Georgopoulos, A. P., Lurito, J. T., Petrides, M., Schwartz, A. B. & Massey, J. T. (1989). Mental rotation of the neuronal population vector. Science, 243: 234–236.
Gerardi-Caulton, G. (2000). Sensitivity to spatial conflict and the development of self-regulation in children 24–36 months of age. Developmental Science, 3/4: 397–404.
Goldberg, T. E. & Weinberger, D. R. (2004). Genes and the parsing of cognitive processes. Trends in Cognitive Science, 8: 325–335.
Goldman-Rakic, P. S. (1988). Topography of cognition. Parallel distributed networks in primate association cortex. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 11: 137–156.
Grandy, D. K. & Kruzich, P. J. (2004). A molecular genetic approach to the neurobiology of attention utilizing dopamine receptor-deficient mice. In M. I. Posner (Ed.), Cognitive Neuroscience of Attention. New York: Guilford, pp. 260–268.
Greenwood, P. M., Sunderland, T., Friz, J. L. & Parasuraman, R. (2000). Genetics and visual attention: Selective deficits in healthy adult carriers of the epsilon 4 allele of the apolipoprotein E gene. Proceedings of National Academy of Sciences, USA, 97: 11661–11666.
Gusnard, D. A., Ollinger, J. M., Shulman, G. L., Cloninger, C. R., Price, J. L., Van Essen, D. C. & Raichle, M. E. (2003). Persistence and brain circuitry. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States, 100: 3479–3484.
Hackley, S. A. & Valle-Inclan, F. (1998). Automatic alerting does not speed late motoric processes in a reaction-time task. Nature, 391: 786–788.
Han, C. J., O'Tuathaigh, C. M. & Koch, C. (2004). A practical assay for attention in mice. In M. I. Posner (Ed.), Cognitive Neuroscience of Attention. New York: Guilford, pp. 294–312.
Hebb, D. O. (1949). Organization of Behavior. New York: John Wiley & Sons.
Heinze, H. J., Mangun, G. R., Burchert, W., Hinrichs, H., Scholtz, M., Muntel, T. F., Gosel, A., Scherg, M., Johannes, S., Hundeshagen, H., Gazzaniga, M. S. & Hillyard, S. A. (1994). Combined spatial and temporal imaging of brain activity during visual selective attention in humans. Nature, 372: 543–546.
Hillyard, S. A., Di Russo, F. & Martinez, A. (2004). The imaging of visual attention. In N. Kanwisher & J. Duncan (Eds.), Functional Neuroimaging of Visual Cognition Attention and Performance XX (pp. 381–390).
Holroyd, C. B. & Coles, M. G. H. (2002). The neural basis of human error processing: Reinforcement learning, dopamine and the error related negativity. Psychological Review, 109: 679–709.
Hubel, D. & Wiesel, T. N. (1968). Receptive field and functional architecture of the monkey striate cortex. Journal of Physiology (London), 195: 215–243.
Hunt, A & Kingstone, A. (2003). Covert and overt voluntary attention: Linked or independent. Cognitive Brain Research, 18: 102–105.
Intriligator, J. & Cavanagh, P. (2001). The spatial resolution of visual attention. Cognitive Psychology, 43: 171–216.
James, W. (1890). Principles of Psychology. New York: Holt.
Jones, L. B., Rothbart, M. K. & Posner, M. I. (2003). Development of executive attention in preschool children. Developmental Science, 6: 498–504.
Jonides, J. (1981). Voluntary versus automatic control over the mind's eye's movement. In J. B. Long & A. D. Baddeley (Eds.), Attention and Performance IX (pp. 187–203). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Kahneman, D. (1973). Attention and Effort. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Kanwisher, N. & Duncan, J. (Eds). (2004). Functional neuroimaging of visual cognition. Attention and Performance XX. Oxford U.K.: Oxford University Press.
Karnath, H-O., Ferber, S. & Himmelbach, M. (2001). Spatial awareness is a function of the temporal not the posterior parietal lobe. Nature, 411: 95–953.
Kastner, S., Pinsk, M. A., De Weerd, P., Desimone, R. & Ungerleider, L. G. (1999). Increased activity in human visual cortex during directed attention in the absence of visual stimulation. Neuron, 22: 751–761.
Kennard. M. A. (1955). The cingulate gyrus in relation to consciousness. Journal of Nervous Mental Disorders, 121(1): 34–9.
Klein, R. M. (1980). Does oculomotor readiness mediate cognitive control of visual attention? In R. Nickerson (Ed.), Attention and Performance, 259–276. New York: Academic Press.
Klein, R. M. (2000). Inhibition of return. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 4: 138–147.
Klein, R. M. (2004). On the control of visual orienting. In M. I. Posner (Ed.), Cognitive Neuroscience of Attention. (pp. 29–44). New York: Guilford Press.
Klein, R. M. & Kingstone, R. M. (1993). Why do visual offsets reduce saccadic latencies? Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 16: 583–4.
Klein, R. M. & McCormick, P. (1989). Covert visual orienting: Hemifield-activation can be mimicked by zoom lens and midlocation placement strategies. Acta Psychologica, 70: 235–250.
Kochanska, G. (1995). Children's temperament, mothers' discipline, and security of attachment: Multiple pathways to emerging internalization. Child Development, 66: 597–615.
Kochanska, G., Murray, K., Jacques, T. Y., Koenig, A. L. & Vandegeest, K. A. (1996). Inhibitory control in young children and its role in emerging internationalization. Child Development, 67: 490–507.
Kramer, A. F. & Hahn, S. (1995). Splitting the beam: Distribution of attention over noncontiguous regions of the visual field. Psychological Science, 6: 381–386.
LaBerge, D. (1995). Attentional Processing. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Landry, R. & Bryson, S. E. (2004). Impaired disengagement of attention in young children with autism. Journal of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. 45, 1115–1122.
Levy, F. (1980). The development of sustained attention (vigilance) and inhibition in children: Some normative data. Journal of Child Psychology, 27: 77–84.
Lin, C. C. H., Hsiao, C. K. & Chen, W. J. (1999). Development of sustained attention assessed using the continuous performance test among children 6–15 years of age. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 27(5): 403–412.
Liotti, M., Mayberg, H. S., McGinnis, S., Brannan, S. L. & Jerabeck, P. (2003). Unmasking disease-specific cerebral flow abnormalities: Mood challenge in patients with remitted unipolar depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 159: 183–186.
Macaluso, E., Frith, C. D. & Driver, J. (2000). Modulatilon of human visual cortex by cross-modal spatial attention. Science, 289: 1204–1208.
Mackworth, J. F. & Mackworth, N. H. (1956). The overlapping of signals for decisions. American Journal of Psychology, 69: 26–47.
Marrocco, R. T. & Davidson, M. C. (1998). Neurochemistry of attention. In R. Parasuraman (Ed.), The Attentive Brain. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 35–50.
Martinzez, A., DiRusso, F., Anllo-Vento, L. Sereno, M., Buxton, R., Hillyard, S. (2001). Putting spatial attention on the map: Timing and localization of stimulus selection processing striate and extrastriate visual areas. Vision Reseach, 41: 1437–1457.
Maruff, P., Currie, J., Hay, D., McArthur-Jackson, C. & Malone, V. (1995). Asymmetries in the covert orienting of visual spatial attention in schizophrenia. Neuropsychologia, 31: 1205–1223.
MacDonald, A. W., Cohen, J. D., Stenger, V. A. & Carter, C. S. (2000). Dissociating the role of the dorsolateral prefrontal and anterior cingulate cortex in cognitive control. Science, 288: 1835–1838.
Mattay, V. S. & Goldberg, T. E. (2004). Imaging genetic influences in human brain function. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 14 (2): 239–247.
Mayberg, H. S. (2003). Modulating dysfunctional limbic-cortical circuits in depression: Towards development of brain-based algorithms for diagnosis and optimized treatment. British Medical Bulletin, 65: 193–207.
Mesulam, M.-M. (1981). A cortical network for directed attention and unilateral neglect. Annals of Neurology, 10: 309–325.
Miller, M. B., Van Horn, J. D., Wolford, G. L., Handy T. C., Valsangkr-Smyth, M., Inati, S., Grafton, S., and Gazzaniga, M. S. (2002). Extensive individual differences in brain activations associated with episodic retrieval are reliable over time. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 14: 1200–1214.
Morrison, F. J. (1982). The development of alertness. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 34: 187–199.
Mountcastle, V. M. (1978). The world around us: Neural command functions for selective attention. Neuroscience Research Progress Bulletin, 14(Suppl): 1–47.
Moruzzi, G. & Magoun, H. W. (1949). Brainstem reticular formation and activation of the EEG. EEG and Clinical Neurophysiology, 1: 455–473.
Nakayama, K. (1990). The iconic bottleneck and the tenuous link between early processing and perception. In Colin Blakemore (Ed.), Vision: Coding and Efficiency (pp. 411–422). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Neely, J. H. (1977). Semantic priming and retrieval from lexical memory: Roles of inhibitionless spreading activation and limited-capacity attention. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 106: 226–254.
Nikolaev, A. R., Ivanitsky, G. A., Ivanitsky, A. M., Abdullaev, Y. G. & Posner, M. I. (2001). Short-term correlation between frontal and Wernicke's areas in word association. Neuroscience Letters, 298: 107–110.
Nimchinsky, E. A., Gilissen, E., Allman, J. M., Perl, D. P., Erwin, J. M. & Hof, P. R. (1999). A neuronal morphologic type unique to humans and great apes. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, 96: 5268–5273.
Nobre, A. C. (2004). Probing the flexibility of attentional orienting in the human brain. In M. I. Posner (Ed.), Cognitive Neuroscience of Attention. New York: Guilford, pp. 157–179.
O'Connor, D. H., Fukui, M. M., Pinsk, M. A., Kasnter, S. (2002). Attention modulates responses in the human lateral geniculate nucleus. Nature Neuroscience, 5(11): 1203–1209.
Ochsner, K. N., Bunge, S. A., Gross, J. J. & Gabrieli, J. D. E. (2002). Rethinking feelings: An fMRI study of the cognitive regulation of emotion. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 14: 1215–1229.
Ochsner, K. N., Kossyln, S. M., Cosgrove, G. R., Cassem, E. H., Price, B. H., Nierenberg, A. A. & Rauch, S. L. (2001). Deficits in visual cognition and attention following bilateral anterior cingulotomy. Neuropsychologia, 39: 219–230.
Parasuraman, R., Greenwood, P. M., Haxby, J. B. & Grady, C. L. (1992). Visuospatial attention in dementia of the Alzheimer type. Brain, 115: 711–733.
Parasuraman, R., Greenwood, P. M., Kumar, R. & Fossella, J. et.al. (2005). Beyond heritability: Neurotransmitter genes differentially modulate visuospatial attention and working memory. Psychological Science. 16, 200–207.
Pardo, P. J., Knesevich, M. A., Vogler, G. P., Pardo J. V., Towne, B., Clonninger, C. R. & Posner, M. I. (2000). Genetic and state variables of neurocognitive dysfunction in schizophrenia: A twin study. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 26: 459–477.
Perry, R. J. & Zeki, S. (2000). The neurology of saccades and covert shifts of spatial attention. Brain, 123: 2273–2293.
Pollak, S. D. & Kistler, D. J. (2002). Early experience is associated with the development of categorical representations for facial expressions of emotion. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States, 99: 9072–9076.
Posner, M. I. (1978). Chronometric Explorations of Mind. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Posner, M. I. (1980). Orienting of attention. The 7th Sir F. C. Bartlett Lecture. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 32: 3–25.
Posner, M. I. (1988). Structures and functions of selective attention. In T. Boll and B. Bryant (Eds.), Master Lectures in Clinical Neuropsychology and Brain Function: Research, Measurement, and Practice, American Psychological Association (pp. 171–202).
Posner M. I. (Ed.) (2004). Cognitive Neuroscience of Attention. New York: Guilford.
Posner, M. I. (2004). The achievements of brain imaging: Past and present. To appear in N. Kanwisher & J. Duncan (Eds.), Attention and Performance XX, Oxford University Press (pp. 505–528).
Posner, M. I. & Cohen, Y. A. (1984). Components of visual orienting. In H. Bouma & D. G. Bouwhuis (Eds.), Attention and Performance X, (pp. 513–556), Hillsdale, NJ: LEA.
Posner, M. I. & Gilbert, C. D. (1999). Attention and primary visual cortex: Proceedings of the National Academy of Science of U.S.A., 96/6: 2585–2587.
Posner, M. I., Inhoff, A., Friedrich, F. J. & Cohen, A. (1987). Isolating attentional systems: A cognitive-anatomical analysis. Psychobiology, 15: 107–121.
Posner, M. I. & Petersen, S. E. (1990). The attention system of the human brain. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 13: 25–42.
Posner, M. I. & Raichle, M. E. (1994). Images of Mind. Scientific American Books.
Posner, M. I. & Raichle, M. E. (Eds.) (1998). Neuroimaging of cognitive procsses. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the U.S., 95: 763–764.
Posner, M. I. & Rothbart, M. K. (1998). Attention, self-regulation and consciousness. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London B: 353: 1915–1927.
Posner, M. I. & Rothbart, M. K. (2000). Developing mechanisms of self-regulation. Development and Psychopathology, 12: 427–441.
Posner, M. I. & Rothbart, M. K. (2004). Hebb's Neural networks support the integration of psychological science. Canadian Psychologist, 45: 265–278.
Posner, M. I., Rothbart, M. K., Vizueta, N., Thomas, K. M., Levy, K., Fossella, J., Silbersweig, D. A., Stern, E., Clarkin, J. & Kernberg, O. (2003). An approach to the psychobiology of personality disorders. Development and Psychopathology, 15(4): 1093–1096.
Rafal, R. (1998). Neglect. In R. Parasuraman (Ed.), The Attentive Brain. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press (pp. 711–733).
Raichle, M. E., Fiez, J. A., Videen, T. O., McCleod, A. M. K., Pardo, J. V., Fox, P. T. & Petersen, S. E. (1994). Practice-related changes in the human brain: Functional anatomy during nonmotor learning. Cerebral Cortex, 4: 8–26.
Rainville, P., Duncan, G. H., Price, D. D., Carrier, B. & Bushnell, M. C. (1997). Pain affect encoded in human anterior cingulated but not somatosensory cortex. Science, 277: 968–970.
Reiss, D., Backus, B. T. & Heeger, D. J. (2000). Activity in primary visual cortex predicts performance in a visual detection task. Nature Neuroscience, 3: 940–945.
Rensink, R. A., O'Regan, J. K., & Clark, J. J. (1997). To see or not to see: The need for attention to perceive changes in scenes. Psychological Science, 8(5): 368–373.
Ridderinkhof, K. R. & van der Molen, M. W. (1995). A psychophysiologicl analysis of developmental differences in the ability to resist interference. Child Development, 66: 1040–1056.
Rizzolatti, G., Riggio, L., Dascola, I. & Umilta, C. (1987). Reorienting attention across the horizontal and vertical meridians: Evidence in favor of the premotor theory of attention. Neuropsychologia, 25: 31–40.
Robertson, I. H., Mattingley, J. B., Rorden, C. & Driver, J. (1998). Phasic alerting of neglect patients overcomes their spatial deficit in visual awareness. Nature, 395: 169–172.
Robertson, I. H., Tegnér, R., Tham, K., Lo, A. & Nimmo-Smith, I. (1995). Sustained attention training for unilateral neglect: Theoretical and rehabilitation implications. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology, 17(3): 416–430.
Rock, I. & Gutman, D. (1981). The effects of inattention on form perception. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 7: 502–534.
Rodier, P. M. (2002). Converging evidence for brain stem injury during autism. Development and Psychopathology, 14: 537–559.
Rosler, F., Heil, M. & Roder, B. (1997). Slow negative brain potentials as reflections of specific modular resources of cognition. Biological Psychology, 21: 109–141.
Rothbart, M. K., Ahadi, S. A. & Evans, D. E. (2000). Temperament and personality: Origins and outcomes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78: 122–135.
Rothbart, M. K., Ahadi, S. A. & Hershey, K. (1994). Temperament and social behavior in children. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 40: 21–39.
Rothbart, M. K., Ellis, L. K. & Posner, M. I. (2004). Temperament and self-regulation. In R. F. Baumeister & K. D. Vohs (Eds.), Handbook of Self-Regulation: Research, Theory, and Applications, New York: Guilford Press, 18: 357–370.
Rothbart, M. K., Ellis, L. K., Rueda, M. R. & Posner, M. I. (2003). Developing mechanisms of conflict resolution. Journal of Personality, 71(6): 1113–1143.
Rueda, M. R., Fan, J., McCandliss, B., Halparin, J. D., Gruber, D. B., Pappert, L. & Posner, M. I. (2004). Development of attentional networks in childhood. Neuropsychologia, 42: 1029–1040.
Rueda, M. R., Holtz, F., Posner, M. I. & Fuentes, L. (in process). Factors influencing the development of alertness. Manuscript in preparation.
Rueda, M. R., Posner, M. I. & Rothbart, M. K. (2005). Development of executive attention: Contributions to the emergence of self-regulation. Developmental Neuropsychology 28, 573–599.
Rueda, M. R., Posner, M. I., Rothbart, M. K. & Davis-Stober, C. P. (2004). Development of the time course for processing conflict: An event-related potentials study with 4 year olds and adults. BMC Neuroscience, 5: 39.
Ruff, H. A. & Rothbart, M. K. (1996). Attention in early development: Themes and variations. New York: Oxford University Press.
Rugg, M. D. & Coles, M. G. H. (1995). Electrophsyiology of Mind. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Sanders, A. (1998). Elements of Human Performance. Mahwah N. J.: LEA.
Sapir, A., Soroker, N., Berger, A. & Henik, A. (1999). Inhibition of return in spatial attention: Direct evidence for collicular generation. Nature Neuroscience, 2(12): 1053–1054.
Scherg, M. & Berg, P. (1993). Brain Electrical Source Anlaysis. Version 2.0 NeuroScan, Herndon, VA.
Schiller, P. H., Sandell, J. H. & Maunsell, H. R. (1987). The effect of frontal eye field and superior colliculus lesions on saccadic latencies in the Rhesus monkey. Journal of Neurophysiology, 57(4): 1033–1049.
Schippel, P., Vasey, M. W., Cravens-Brown, L. M. & Bretveld, R. A. (2003). Suppressed attention to rejection, ridicule, and failure cues: A unique correlate of reactive but not proactive aggression in youth. Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology, 32: 40–55.
Shallice, T. (1988). From Neuropsychology to Mental Structure. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Shulman, G. L. Remington, R. W. & McClean, J. P. (1979). Moving attention through space. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 5: 522–526.
Simon, T. J., Bish, J. P., Bearden, C. E., Ding, L., Ferrante, S., Nguyen, V., Gee, J., McDonald-McGinn, D., Zackai, E. H. & Emanuel, B. S. (2005). A multi-level analysis of cognitive dysfunction and psychopathology associated with chromosome 22q11. 2 deletion syndrome in children, 17: 753–784.
Sobin, C., Kiley-Brabeck, K., Daniels, S., Blundell, M., Anyane-Yeboa, K. & Karayiorgou, M. (2004). Networks of attention in children with the 22q11 deletion syndrome. Developmental Neuropsychology, 26: 611–626.
Sohlberg, M. M., McLaughlin, K. A., Pavese, A., Heidrich, A. & Posner, M. I. (2000). Evaluation of attention process therapy training in persons with acquired brain injury. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology, 22: 656–676.
Sokolov, E. N. (1963). Higher nervous functions: The orienting reflex. Annual Review of Physiology, 25: 545–580.
Soumi, S. J. (2003). Gene-environment interactions and the neurobiology of social conflict. Annals of New York Academy of Science, 1008: 132–139.
Stroop, J. R. (1935). Studies of interference in serial verbal reactions. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 18: 643–662.
Stins, J. F., van Baal, C G M, A. Tinca, Polderman, J. C., Verhulst, F. C. & Boomsma, D. I. (2004). Heritability of Stroop and flanker performance in 12-year-old children. BMC Neuroscience, 5: 49.
Sturm, W., Willmes, K., Orgass, B. & Hartje, W. (1997). Do specific attention effects need specific training. Neurological Rehabilitation, 7: 81–103.
Sutton, S., Nraren, M., Zubin, J., & John, E. R. (1965). Evoked potential correlates of stimulus uncertainty. Science, 150: 1187–1188.
Swanson, J., Deutsch, C., Cantwell, D., Posner, M., Kenndy, J., Barr, C., Moyzis, R., Schuck, S., Flodman, P., & Spence, A. (2001). Genes and attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Clinical Neuroscience Research, 1(3): 207–216.
Swanson, J. M., Kraemer, H. C., Hinshaw, S. P., Arnold, L. E., Conners, C. K., Abikoff, H. B., Clevenger, W., Davies, M., Elliott, G. R., Greenhill, L. L., Hechtman, L., Hoza, B., Jensen, P. S., March, J. S., Newcorn, J. H., Owens, E. B., Pelham, W. E., Schiller, E., Severe, J. B., Simpson, S., Vitiello, B., Wells, K., Wigal, T. & Wu, M. (2001). Clinical relevance of the primary findings of the MTA: Success rates based on severity of ADHD and ODD symptoms at the end of treatment. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 40(2): 168–179.
Swanson, J., Oosterlaan, J., Murias, M., Moyzis, R., Schuck, S., Mann, M., Feldman, P., Spence, M. A., Sergeant, J., Smith, M., Kennedy J. & Posner, M. I. (2000). ADHD children with 7-repeat allele of the DRD4 gene have extreme behavior but normal performance on critical neuropsychological tests of attention Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, USA, 97: 4754–4759.
Swanson, J. M., Posner, M. I., Potkin, S., Bonforte, S., Youpa, D., Cantwell, D. & Crinella, F. (1991). Activating tasks for the study of visual-spatial attention in ADHD children: A cognitive anatomical approach. Journal of Child Neurology, 6: S119–S127.
Taylor, T., Kingstone, A. F. & Klein, R. M. (1998). Visual offsets and oculomotor disinhibition: Endogenous and exogenous contributions to the gap effect. Canadian Journal of Experimental Psychology, 52: 192–200.
Theeuwes, J., Kramer, A. F., Han, S. & Irwin, D. E. (1998). Our eyes do not always go where want them to go: Capture of the eyes by new objects. Psychological Science, 9: 379–385.
Titchener, E. B. (1909). Experimental Psychology of the Thought Processes. New York: Macmillan.
Treisman, A. M. & Gelade, G. (1980). A feature-integration theory of attention. Cognitive Psychology, 12: 97–136.
Trick, L. M. & Enns, J. T. (1998). Lifespan changes in attention: the visual search task. Cognitive Development, 13: 369–386.
Turken, A. U. & Swick, D. (1999). Response selection in the human anterior cingulate cortex. Nature Neurosceince, 2(10): 920–924.
Uttal, W. R. (2001). The New Phrenology: The Limits of Localizing Cognitive Processes in the Brain. Cambridge MA: MIT Press.
Vasey, M. W. & Macleod, C. (2001). Information-processing factors in childhood-anxiety: A review and developmental perspective. In M. E. Vasey & M. R. Dadds (Eds.), The Developmental Psychopathology of Anxiety, (pp. 253–277). New York: Oxford University Press.
van Veen V, Carter C S: (2002). The timing of action-monitoring processes in the anterior cingulate cortex. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 14: 593–602.
Van Voorhis, S. T. & Hilyard, S. A. (1977). Visual evoked potential and selective attention to points in space. Perception and Psychophysiology, 1: 54–62.
Venter, J. C., Adams, M. D., Myers, E. W., Li, P. W., Mural, R. J., Sutton et al., (2001). The sequence of the human genome. Science, 291: 1304–1335.
Vivas, A. B., Humphreys, G. W. & Fuentes, L. J. (2003). Inhibitory processing following damage to the parietal lobe. Neuropsychologia, 41: 1531–1540.
Volpe, B. T., LeDoux, J. E. & Gazzaniga, M. S. (1979). Information processing of visual stimuli in an extinguished visual field. Nature, 282: 1947–52.
Voytko, M. L., Olton, D. S., Richardson, R. T., Gorman, L. K., Tobin, J. R. & Price, D. L. (1994). Basal forebrain lesions in monkeys disrupt attention but not learning and memory. Journal of Neuroscience, 14(1): 167–186.
Walter, W. G., Cooper, R., Aldridge, V. J., McCallum, W. C. & Winter, A. L. (1964). Contingent negative variation: an electrical sigh of sensorimotor association and expectancy in the human brain. Nature, 203: 380–384.
Wang, K. J., Fan, J., Dong, Y., Wang C., Lee, T. M. C. & Posner, M. I. (2005). Selective impairment of attentional networks of orienting and executive control in schizophrenia. Schiz. Res. 78, 235–241.
Wender, P. (1971). Minimal Brain Dysfunction in Children. New York: Wiley-Liss.
Wojciulik, E., Kanwisher, N. & Driver, J. (1998). Covert visual attention modulates face-specific activity in the human fusiform gyrus: fMRI study. Journal of Neurophysiology, 79(3): 1574–1578.
Wurtz, R. H., Goldberg, E. & Robinson, D. L. (1980). Behavioral modulation of visual responses in monkey: Stimulus selection for attention and movement. Progress in Psychobiology and Physiological Psychology, 9: 43–83.
Yantis, S. (1992). Multi-element visual tracking: Attention and perceptual organization. Cognitive Psychology, 3: 295–340.

Reference Title: REFERENCES

Reference Type: reference-list

Aston-Jones, G., Rajkowski, J., Kubiak, P., Valentino, R. J. and Shipley, M. T. (1996). Role of the locus coeruleus in emotional activation, Progress in Brain Research, 107, 379–402.
Bachen, E. A., Manuck, S. B., Cohen, S., Muldoon, M. F., Raibel, R., Herbert, T. B., & Rabin, B. S. (1995). Adrenergic blockade ameliorates cellular immune responses to mental stress in humans. Psychosomatic Medicine, 57, 366–372.
Bard, P. (1960). Anatomical organization of the central nervous system in relation to control of the heart and blood vessels. Physiological Review 40 (Suppl 4), 3–21.
Benschop, R. J., Nieuwenhuis, E. E. S., Tromp, E. A. M., Godart, G. L. R., Ballieux, R. E. and van Doornen, L. P. J. (1994). Effects of β-adrenergic blockade on immunologic and cardiovascular changes induced by mental stress, Circulation, 89, 762–769.
Bernard, C. (1878). Leçons sur les phénomènes de la vie communes aux animaux et aux végétaux. Paris: B. Baillière et Fils. (Lectures on the phenomena of life common to animals and plants, 1974, translated by H. E. Hoff, R Guillemin, and L. Guillemin. Springfiled, Ill: Thomas.)
Bernard, C. (1879). Leçons sur les phénomènes de la vie communes aux animaux et aux végétaux. Paris: B. Baillière et Fils.
Berntson, G. G. & Boysen, S. T. (1990). Cardiac indices of cognition in infants, children and chimpanzees. In C. Rovee-Collier & L. Lipsitt (Eds.), Advances in infancy research. Vol 6. (pp. 187–220). New York: Ablex.
Berntson, G. G., Cacioppo, J. T., Binkley, P. F., Uchino, B. N., Quigley, K. S. & Fieldstone, A. (1994a). Autonomic cardiac control: III. Psychological stress and cardiac response in autonomic space as revealed by pharmacological blockades. Psychophysiology, 31, 599–608.
Berntson, G. G., Cacioppo, J. T., & Quigley, K. S. (1991). Autonomic Determinism: The modes of autonomic control, the doctrine of autonomic space, and the laws of autonomic constraint. Psychological Review, 98, 459–487.
Berntson, G. G., Cacioppo, J. T., & Quigley, K. S. (1993). Cardiac psychophysiology and autonomic space in humans: Empirical perspectives and conceptual implications. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 296–322.
Berntson, G. G., Cacioppo, J. T. & Quigley, K. S. (1994b). Autonomic cardiac control. I. Estimation and validation from pharmacological blockades. Psychophysiology, 31, 572–585.
Berntson, G. G., Cacioppo, J. T., Quigley, K. S., & Fabro, V. J. (1994c). Autonomic space and psychophysiological response. Psychophysiology, 31, 44–61.
Berntson, G. G., Cacioppo, J. T., & Quigley, K. S. (1995). The metrics of cardiac chronotropism: Biometric perspectives. Psychophysiology, 32, 162–171.
Berntson, G. G., Sarter, M., & Cacioppo, J. T. (1998). Anxiety and cardiovascular reactivity: The basal forebrain cholinergic link. Behavioural Brain Research, 94, 225–248.
Berntson, G. G., Sarter, M. & Cacioppo, J. T. (2003). Ascending visceral regulation of cortical affective information processing. European Journal of Neuroscience, 18, 2103–2109.
Blessing, W. W. (1997). The lower brainstem and bodily homeostasis. New York: Oxford.
Bosch, J. A., Berntson, G. G., Cacioppo, J. T., Dhabhar, F. S., & Marucha, P. T. (2003). Acute stress evokes a selective mobilization of T cells that differ in chemokine receptor expression: A potential pathway linking immunologic reactivity to cardiovascular disease. Brain, Behavior & Immunity, 17, 251–259.
Bosch, J. A., Berntson, G. G., Cacioppo, J. T., & Marucha, P. T. (2005). Differential mobilization of functionally distinct Natural Killer subsets during acute psychological stress. Psychosomatic Medicine, 67, 366–375.
Bradley, P. B., & Elkes, J. (1953). The effect of atropine, hyoscyamine, physostigmine, and neostigmine on the electrical activity of the brain of the conscious cat. Journal of Physiology (London), 120, 14P–15P.
Cacioppo, J. T. (1994). Social neuroscience: Autonomic, neuroendocrine, and immune responses to stress. Psychophysiology, 31, 113–128.
Cacioppo J. T. & Berntson, G. G. (2006) The brain, homeostasis and health: balancing demands of the internal and external milieu. In Friedman, H. S. & Cohen Silver, R. (Eds.) The Oxford Handbook of Health Psychology. New York: Oxford University Press.
Cacioppo, J. T., Berntson, G. G., Binkley, P. F., Quigley, K. S., Uchino, B. N., & Fieldstone, A. (1994). Autonomic cardiac control. II. Basal response, noninvasive indices, and autonomic space as revealed by autonomic blockades. Psychophysiology, 31, 586–598.
Cacioppo, J. T., Berntson, G. G., & Klein, D. J. (1992). What is an emotion? The role of somatovisceral afference, with special emphasis on somatovisceral “illusions”. Review of Personality and Social Psychology, 14, 63–98.
Cacioppo, J. T., Berntson, G. G., Sheridan, J. F., & McClintock, M. K. (2000). Multi-level integrative analyses of human behavior: The complementing nature of social and biological approaches. Psychological Bulletin, 126, 829–843.
Cacioppo, J. T., Crites, S. L., & Garnder, W. L. (1996). Attitudes to the right: Evaluative processing is associated with lateralized late positive event-related brain potentials. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22, 1205–1219.
Cacioppo, J. T., Klein, D. J., Berntson, G. G., & Hatfield, E. (1993). The psychophysiology of emotion. In R. Lewis & J. M. Haviland (Eds.), The handbook of emotions (pp 119–142). New York: Guilford Press.
Cacioppo, J. T., Malarkey, W. B., Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K., Uchino, B. N., Sgoutas-Emch, S. A., Sheridan, J. F., Berntson, G. G., & Glaser, R. (1995). Heterogeneity in neuroendocrine and immune responses to brief psychological stressors as a function of autonomic cardiac activation. Psychosomatic Medicine, 57, 154–164.
Cacioppo, J. C. & Tassinary, L. G. (1990). Inferring psychological significance from physiological signals. American Psychologist, 45, 16–28.
Cacioppo, J. T., Uchino, B. N., Crites, S. L., Snydersmith, M. A., Smith, G., Berntson, G. G. & Lang, P. J. (1992). The relationship between facial expressiveness and sympathetic activation in emotion: A critical review, with emphasis on modeling underlying mechanisms and individual differences. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 110–128.
Cahill, L. & Alkire, M. T. (2003) Epinephrine enhancement of human memory consolidation: Interaction with arousal at encoding. Neurobiology of Learning and Memory, 79, 194–198.
Cannon, W. B. (1928). The mechanism of emotional disturbance of bodily functions. New England Journal of Medicine, 198, 877–884.
Cannon, W. B.(1929). Organization for physiological homeostasis. Physiological Reviews, 9, 399–431.
Cannon, W. B. (1932). The wisdom of the body. New York: Norton.
Cannon, W. B. (1939). The wisdom of the body. (2nd Ed.). London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co.
Cechetto, D. F. and Saper, C. B. (1990). Role of the cerebral cortex in autonomic function. In A. D. Loewy and K. M. Spyer (Eds.), Central regulation of autonomic function (pp. 208–233) New York: Oxford.
Chen, Q. H., & Toney, G. M. (2003). Identification and characterization of two functionally distinct groups of spinal cord-projecting paraventricular nucleus neurons with sympathetic-related activity. Neuroscience, 118, 797–807.
Chwalisz, K., Diener, E., & Gallagher, D. (1988). Autonomic arousal feedback and emotional experience: Evidence from the spinal cord injured. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 820–828.
Clark, K. B., Naritoku, D. K., Smith, D. C., Browing, R. A. & Jensen, R. A. (1999). Enhanced recognition memory following vagus nerve stimulation in human subjects. Nature Neuroscience, 2, 94–98.
Cofer, C. N., & Appley, M. H. (1964). Motivation: Theory and research. New York: John Wiley.
Damasio, A. R. (1994). Descartes Error. New York: Grosset/Putnam.
Dampney, R. A., Polson, J. W., Potts, P. D., Hirooka, Y., & Horiuchi, J. (2003). Functional organization of brain pathways subserving the baroreceptor reflex: studies in conscious animals using immediate early gene expression. Cellular and Molecular Neurobiology, 23, 597–616.
Danielsen, E. H., Magnuson, D. J., & Gray, T. S. (1989). The central amygdaloid nucleus innervation of the dorsal vagal complex in rat: a Phaseolus vulgaris leucoagglutinin lectin anterograde tracing study. Brain Research Bulletin, 22, 705–715.
de Kloet, E. R. (2003). Hormones, brain and stress. Endocrine Regulation, 37, 51–68.
Dhabhar, F. S. (2003). Stress, leukocyte trafficking, and the augmentation of skin immune function. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 992, 205–217.
Dhabhar, F. S., & Viswanathan, K. (2005). Short-term stress experienced at the time of immunization induces a long-lasting increase in immunological memory. American Journal of Physiology: Regulatory, Integrative and Comparative Physiology, 289, R738–R744.
Ditto, B., & France, C. (1990). Carotid baroreflex sensitivity at rest and during psychological stress in offspring of hypertensives and non-twin sibling pairs, Psychosomatic Medicine, 52, 610–620.
Duffy, E. (1957). The psychological significance of the concept of “arousal” or “activation”. Psychological Review, 64, 265–275.
Dunn, A. J., & Berridge, C. S. (1990). Physiological and behavioral responses to corticotropin-releasing factor administration: Is CRF a mediator of anxiety or stress responses. Brain Research Reviews, 15, 71–100.
Dworkin, B. R. (1993). Learning and physiological regulation. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press.
Dworkin, B. R., & Dworkin, S. (1990). Learning of physiological responses: I. Habituation, sensitization, and classical conditioning. Behavioral Neuroscience, 104, 298–319.
Dworkin, B. R., & Dworkin, S. (1999). Heterotopic and homotopic classical conditioning of the baroreflex. Integrative Physiology and Behavioral Science, 34, 158–176.
Dworkin, B. R., Elbert, T., Rau, H., Birbaumer, N., Pauli, P., Droste, C. & Brunia, C. H. (1994). Central effects of baroreceptor activation in humans: attenuation of skeletal reflexes and pain perceptions. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 91, 6329–6333.
Edwards, L., McIntyre, D., Carroll, D., Ring, C. & Martin, U. (2002). The human nociceptive flexion reflex threshold is higher during systole than diastole. Psychophysiology, 39, 678–681.
Elam, M., Svensson, T. H., & Thoren, P. (1974). Differentiated cardiovascular afferent regulation of locus coeruleus neurons and sympathetic nerves. Brain Research, 358, 77–84.
Elridge, F. L. (1994). Central integration of mechanisms in exercise hyperpnea. Medical Sciences in Sports and Exercise, 26, 319–327.
Eppinger, H., & Hess, L. (1915). Vagotonia: A clinical study in vegetative neurology (trans. W. M. Kraus & S. E. Jelliffe). New York: The Nervous and Mental Disease Publishing Co.
Feldman, S. M., & Waller, H. J. (1962). Dissociation of electrocortical activation and behavioral arousal. Nature, 196, 1320–1322.
Folkow, B. (2000). Perspecties on the integrative functions of the ‘sympatho-adrenomedullary system’. Autonomic Neuroscience, 83, 101–115.
Franchini, K. G., & Krieger, E. M. (1992). Carotid chemoreceptors influence arterial pressure in intact and aortic-denervated rats. American Journal of Physiology, 262, R677–683.
Fredrickson, M., & Matthews, K. A. (1990). Cardiovascular responses to behavioral stress and hypertension: A meta-analytic review. Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 12, 30–39.
Fulton, J. F. (1949). Textbook of Physiology (16th ed.). Philadelphia: Saunders.
Gairard, A., Pernot, F., Bergmann, C., & van Overloop, B. (1994). Ions, parathyroids, and genetic hypertension. American Journal of Medical Science, 307 (Suppl 1), S126–129.
Gandelman, R. (1992). The psychobiology of behavioral development. New York: Oxford.
Gebber, G. L. (1990). Central determinants of sympathetic nerve discharge. In A. D. Loewy and K. M. Spyer (Eds.), Central regulation of autonomic function. (pp. 126–144). New York: Oxford.
Gelsema, A. J., Agarwal, S. K., & Calaresu, F. R. (1989). Cardiovascular responses and changes in neural activity in the rostral ventrolateral medulla elicited by electrical stimulation of the amygdala of the rat. Journal of the Autonomic Nervous System, 27, 91–100.
Grassi, G. (2004). Sympathetic and baroreflex function in hypertension: implications for current and new drugs. Current Pharmaceutical Design, 10, 3579–3589.
Gray, J. A., & McNaughton, N. (1996). The neuropsychology of anxiety: Reprise. Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, 43, 61–134.
Gray, T. S. (1993). Amygdaloid CRF pathways. Role in autonomic, neuroendocrine, and behavioral responses to stress. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 697, 53–60.
Gray, T. S., & Bingaman, E. W. (1996). The amygdala: corticotropin-releasing factor, steroids, and stress. Critical Reviews in Neurobiology, 10, 155–168.
Guyenet, P. G. (1990). Role of the ventral medulla oblongata in blood pressure regulation. In A. D. Loewy and K. M. Spyer (Eds.), Central regulation of autonomic function. (pp. 134–167). New York: Oxford.
Hansen, M. K., O' Connor, K. A., Goehler, L. E., Watkins, L. R., & Maier, S. F. (2001). The contribution of the vagus nerve in interleukin-1beta-induced fever is dependent on dose. American Journal of Physiology: Regulatory, Integrative & Comparative Physiology, 280, R929–934.
Harper, R. M. (1996). The cerebral regulation of cardiovascular and respiratory functions. Seminars in Pediatric Neurology, 3, 13–22.
Hassert, D. L., Miyashita, T., & Williams, C. L. (2004). The effects of peripheral vagal nerve stimulation at a memory-modulating intensity on norepinephrine output in the basolateral amygdala. Behavioral Neuroscience, 118, 79–88.
Head, G. A. (1995). Baroreflexes and cardiovascular regulation in hypertension. Journal of Cardiovascular Pharmacology, 26, S7–16.
Hebb, D. O. (1955). Drives and the CNS (Conceptual nervous system). Psychological Review, 62, 243–254.
Hillyard, S. A., Mangun, G. R., Woldorff, M. G., & Luck, S. J. (1995). Neural systems mediating selective attention. In M. S. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The cognitive neurosciences. (pp. 665–681). Cambridge: MIT Press.
Holmes, T. H., & Ripley, H. S. (1955). Experimental studies on anxiety reactions. American Journal of Psychiatry, 111, 921–929.
Hurley, K. M., Herbert, H., Moga, M. M., & Saper, C. B. (1991). Efferent projections of the infralimbic cortex of the rat. Journal of Comparative Neurology, 308, 249–276.
Inui, K., Murase, S., & Nosaka, S. (1994). Facilitation of the arterial baroreflex by the ventrolateral part of the midbrain periaqueductal grey matter in rats. Journal of Physiology, 477, 89–101.
Inui, K., Nomura, J., Murase, S., & Nosaka, S. (1995). Facilitation of the arterial baroreflex by the preoptic area in anaesthetized rats. Journal of Physiology, 488, 521–531.
Ito, T. A., Thompson, E., & Cacioppo, J. T. (2004). Tracking the timecourse of social perception: the effects of racial cues on event-related brain potentials. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 30, 1267–1280.
Iwata, J., & LeDoux, J. E. (1988). Dissociation of associative and nonassociative concomitants of classical fear conditioning in the freely behaving rat. Behavioral Neuroscience, 102, 66–76.
James, W. (1884). What is an emotion? Mind, 9, 188–205.
Janssen, B. J., Tyssen, C. M., Struijker Boudier, H. A., & Hutchins, P. M. (1992). 24-hour homeodynamic states of arterial blood pressure and pulse interval in conscious rats. Journal of Applied Physiology, 73, 754–761.
Johnson, E. O., Kamilaris, T. C., Chrousos, G. P., & Gold, P. W. (1992). Mechanisms of stress: A dynamic overview of hormonal and behavioral homeostasis. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews, 16, 115–130.
Karlamangla, A. S., Singer, B. H., McEwen, B. S., Rowe, J. W., & Seeman, T. E. (2002). Allostatic load as a predictor of functional decline. MacArthur studies of successful aging. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, 55, 696–710.
Kirby, R. F., Callahan, M. F., McCarty, R., & Johnson, A. K. (1989). Cardiovascular and sympathetic nervous system responses to an acute stressor in borderline hypertensive rats (BHR). Physiology & Behavior, 46, 309–313.
Koizumi, K., & Kollai, M. (1981). Control of reciprocal and non-reciprocal action of vagal and sympathetic efferents: Study of centrally induced reactions. Journal of the Autonomic Nervous System, 3, 483–501.
Koizumi, K. & Kollai, M. (1992). Multiple modes of operation of cardiac autonomic control: development of the ideas from Cannon and Brooks to the present, Journal of the Autonomic Nervous System, 41, 19–30.
Korner, P. I. (1995a). Cardiovascular hypertrophy and hypertension: causes and consequences. Blood Pressure (Suppl), 2, 6–16.
Korner, P. I.(1995c). Cardiac baroreflex in hypertension: role of the heart and angiotensin II. Clinical & Experimental Hypertension, 17, 425–439.
Korner, P. I., & Angus, J. J. (1992). Structural determinants of vascular resistance properties in hypertension. Haemodynamic and model analysis. Journal of Vascular Research, 29, 293–312.
Krout, K. E., Belzer, R. E., Loewy, A. D. (2002). Brainstem projections to midline and intralaminar thalamic nuclei of the rat. Journal of Comparative Neurology, 448, 53–101.
Lacey, J. I. (1956). The evaluation of autonomic responses: Toward a general solution. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 67, 123–164.
Lacey, J. I. (1959). Psychophysiological approaches to the evaluation of psychotherapeutic process and outcome. In E. A. Rubinstein & M. B. Parloff (Eds.), Research in psychotherapy (pp. 160–208). Washington: APA.
Lacey, J. I. (1967). Somatic response patterning and stress: Some revisions of activation theory. In M. H. Appley & R. Trumbull (Eds.), Psychological stress: Issues in research (pp. 4–44). New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.
Lewis, S. J., Verberne, A. J. M., Robinson, T. G., Jarrott, B., Louis, W. J., & Beart, P. M. (1989). Excitotoxin-induced lesions of the central but not basolateral nucleus of the amygdala modulate the baroreceptor heart rate reflex in conscious rats. Brain Research, 494, 232–240.
Levine, S., Haltmeyer, G. C., & Karas, G. G. (1967). Physiological and behavioral effects of infantile stimulation. Physiology & Behavior, 2, 55–59.
Loewy, A. D. (1990). Autonomic control of the eye. In A. D. Loewy and K. M. Spyer (Eds.), Central regulation of autonomic function (pp. 268–285). New York: Oxford.
Lidberg, L., & Wallin, B. G. (1981). Sympathetic skin nerve discharges in relation to amplitude of skin resistance responses. Psychophysiology, 18, 268–271.
Lucini, D., Norbiato, G., Clerici, M., Pagani, M. (2002). Hemodynamic and autonomic adjustments to real life stress conditions in humans. Hypertension, 39, 184–188.
Luiten, P. G., ter Horst, G. J., Karst, H., & Steffens, A. B. (1985). The course of paraventricular hypothalamic efferents to autonomic structures in medulla and spinal cord. Brain Research, 329, 374–378.
Lundin, S., Ricksten, S.-E., & Thoren, P. (1984). Interaction between “mental stress” and baroreceptor reflexes concerning effects on heart rate, mean arterial pressure and renal sympathetic activity in conscious spontaneously hypertensive rats. Acta Physiologica Scandinavica, 120, 273–281.
Magoun, H. W. (1963). The waking brain. Springfield: Charles C. Thomas.
Malliani, A. (1999). The pattern of sympathovagal balance explored in the frequency domain. News in Physiological Science, 14, 111–117.
Malmo, R. T. (1975). On emotions, needs, and our archaic brain. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
Maver, J., Strucl, M., & Accetto, R. (2004). Autonomic nervous system activity in normotensive subjects with a family history of hypertension. Clinical Autonomic Research, 14, 369–375.
McEwen, B. S., Chattarji, S. (2004). Molecular mechanisms of neuroplasticity and pharmacological implications: the example of tianeptine. European Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology, 14 (Suppl 5), S497–502.
McEwen, B. S., & Seeman, T. (1999). Protective and damaging effects of mediators of stress. Elaborating and testing the concepts of allostasis and allostatic load. Annals of the New York Academy of Science, 896, 30–47.
McEwen, B. S., & Stellar, E. (1993). Stress and the individual: Mechanisms leading to disease. Archives of Internal Medicine, 153, 2093–2101.
McEwen, B. S., & Wingfield, J. C. (2003). The concept of allostasis in biology and biomedicine. Hormones and Behavior, 43, 2–15.
Meaney, M. J. (2001). Maternal care, gene expression, and the transmission of individual differences in stress reactivity across generations. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 24, 1161–1192.
Meaney, M. J., Diorio, J., Francis, D., Widdowson, J., LaPlante, P, Caldji, C., Sharma, S., Seckl, J. R., & Plotsky, P. M. (1996). Early environmental regulation of forebrain glucocorticoid receptor gene expression: implications for adrenocortical responses to stress. Developmental Neuroscience, 18, 49–72.
Montagu, J. D., & Coles, E. M. (1966). Mechanisms and measurement of the galvanic skin response. Psychological Bulletin, 65, 261–279.
Moos, R. H., & Engle, B. T. (1962). Psychophysiological reactions in hypertensive and arthritic patients. Journal of Psychosomatic Medicine, 6, 227–242.
Neafsey, E. J. (1990). Prefrontal cortical control of the autonomic nervous system: anatomical and physiological observations. Progress in Brain Research, 85, 147–166.
Ness, T. J., Fillingim, R. B., Randich, A., Backensto, E. M., & Faught, E. (2000). Low intensity vagal nerve stimulation lowers human thermal pain thresholds. Pain, 86, 81–85.
Nosaka, S., Nakase, N., & Murata, K. (1989). Somatosensory and hypothalamic inhibitions of baroreflex vagal bradycardia in rats. Pflugers Archives, 413, 656–666.
Obrist, P. A., (1981). Cardiovascular psychophysiology: A perspective. Plenum, New York.
Obrist, P. A., Webb, R. A., Sutterer, J. R., & Howard, J. L. (1970). The cardiac-somatic relationship: Some reformulations. Psychophysiology, 6, 569–587.
Oppenheimer, S. M., & Cechetto, D. F. (1990). Cardiac chronotropic organization of the rat insular cortex. Brain Research, 533, 66–72.
Pascoe, J. P., Bradley, D. J., & Spyer, K. M. (1989). Interactive responses to stimulation of the amygdaloid central nucleus and baroreceptor afferent activation in the rabbit. Journal of the Autonomic Nervous System, 26, 157–167.
Powell, D. A., Goldberg, S. R., Dauth, G. W., Schneiderman, E., & Schneiderman, N. (1972). Adrenergic and cholinergic blockade of cardiovascular responses to subcortical electrical stimulation in unanesthetized rabbits. Physiology & Behavior, 8, 927–936.
Quan, N., Avitsur, R., Stark, J. L., He, L., Lai, W., Dhabhar, F., & Sheridan, J. F. (2003). Molecular mechanisms of glucocorticoid resistance in splenocytes of socially stressed male mice. Journal of Neuroimmunology, 137, 51–58.
Reaven, G. M. (2005). The metabolic syndrome: requiescat in pace. Clinical Chemistry, 51, 931–938.
Recordati, G. (1984). The functional role of the visceral nervous system. A critical evaluation of Cannon's “homeostatic” and “emergency” theories. Archives Italienes de Biologie, 122, 248–267.
Recordati, G. (2002). The visceral nervous system and its environments. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 214, 293–304.
Reisenzein, R. (1983). The Schachter theory of emotion: Two decades later. Psychological Bulletin, 94, 239–264.
Robbins, T. W., & Everitt, B. J. (1995). Arousal systems and attention. In M. S. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The cognitive neurosciences. (pp. 703–729). Cambridge: MIT Press.
Robbins, T. W., Granon, S., Muir, J. L., Durantou, F., Harrison, A., Everitt, B. J. (1998). Neural systems underlying arousal and attention. Implications for drug abuse. Annals of the New York Academy of Science, 846, 222–237.
Robertson, D., Hollister, A. S., Biaggioni, I., Netterville, J. L., Mosqueda-Garcia, R., & Robertson, R. M. (1993). The diagnosis and treatment of baroreflex failure. New England Journal of Medicine, 329, 1449–1455.
Robinson, B. F., Epstein, S. E., Beiser, G. D. & Braunwald, E. (1966). Control of heart rate by the autonomic nervous system. Circulation Research, 14, 400–411.
Romanovsky, A. A. (2004). Do fever and anapyrexia exist? Analysis of set point-based definitions. American Journal of Physiology: Regulatory and Integrative Comparative Physiology, 287, R992–995.
Rosengren, A., Hawken, S., Ounpuu, S., Sliwa, K., Zubaid, M., Almahmeed, W. A., Blackett, K. N., Sitthi-amorn, C., Sato, H., & Yusuf, S. (2004). Association of psychosocial risk factors with risk of acute myocardial infarction in 11119 cases and 13648 controls from 52 countries (the INTERHEART study): case-control study. Lancet, 364, 953–62.
Rowell, L. B. (1986). Human circulation regulation during physical stress. New York: Oxford.
Sanders, B. J., & Lawler, J. E. (1992). The borderline hypertensive rat (BHR) as a model for environmentally-induced hypertension: a review and update. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews, 16, 207–217.
Sapolsky, R. M. (2003). Stress and plasticity in the limbic system. Neurochemical Research, 28, 1735–1742.
Sarter, M. (1994). Neuronal mechanisms of the attentional dysfunctions in senile dementia and schizophrenia: two sides of the same coin? Psychopharmacology, 114, 539–550.
Sarter, M., & Bruno, J. P. (1997). Cognitive functions of cortical acetylcholine: toward a unifying hypothesis. Brain Research Reviews, 23, 28–46.
Sarter, M., Bruno, J. P., & Berntson, G. G. (2003). Reticular activating system. In Nadel, L. (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Cognitive Science. Vol. 3 (pp 963–967). London: Nature Publishing Group.
Schachter, S., & Singer, J. E. (1962). Cognitive, social, and physiological determinants of emotional state. Psychological Review, 69, 379–399.
Schulkin, J., McEwen, B. S., & Gold, P. W. (1994). Allostasis, amygdala, and anticipatory angst. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews, 18, 385–396.
Schwaber, J. S., Kapp, B. S., Higgins, G. A., & Rapp, P. R. (1982). Amygdaloid and basal forebrain direct connections with the nucleus of the solitary tract and the dorsal motor nucleus. Journal of Neuroscience, 10, 1424–1438.
Seckl, J. R., & Meaney, M. J. (2004). Glucocorticoid programming. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1032, 63–84.
Selye, H. (1973). Homeostasis and heterostasis. Perspectives in Biology and Medicine, 16, 441–445.
Selye, H. (1956). The stress of life. New York: McGraw Hill.
Seeman, T. E., McEwen, B. S., Rowe, J. W., & Singer, B. H. (2001). Allostatic load as a marker of cumulative biological risk: MacArthur studies of successful aging. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 98, 4770–4775.
Sequeira, H., Viltart, O., Ba-M'Hamed, S., & Poulain, P. (2000). Cortical control of somato-cardiovascular integration: neuroanatomical studies. Brain Research Bulletin, 53, 87–93.
Sevoz-Couche C, Comet M A, Hamon M, Laguzzi R. (2003). Role of nucleus tractus solitarius 5-HT3 receptors in the defense reaction-induced inhibition of the aortic baroreflex in rats. Journal of Neurophysiology., 90, 2521–2530.
Sgoutas-Emch, S. A., Cacioppo, J. T., Uchino, B. N., Malarkey, W., Pearl, D., Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K., & Glaser, R. (1994). The effects of an acute psychological stressor on cardiovascular, endocrine, and cellular immune response: A perspective study of individuals high and low in heart rate reactivity. Psychophysiology, 31, 264–271.
Shih, C. D., Chan, S. H., & Chan, J. Y. (1995). Participation of hypothalamic paraventricular nucleus in the locus coeruleus-induced baroreflex suppression in rats. American Journal of Physiology, 269, H46–52.
Sokolov, E. N. (1963). Perception and the conditioned reflex. New York: MacMillan.
Spyer, K. M. (1989). Neural mechanisms involved in cardiovascular control during affective behavior. Trends in Neuroscience, 12, 506–513.
Spyer, K. M. (1990). The central nervous organization of reflex circulatory control. In A. D. Loewy and K. M. Spyer (Eds.), Central regulation of autonomic function. (pp. 1168–1188). New York: Oxford University Press.
Steptoe, A., & Sawada, Y. (1989). Assessment of baroreceptor reflex function during mental stress and relaxation. Psychophysiology, 26, 140–147.
Sterling, P, & Eyer, J. (1988). Allostasis: A new paradigm to explain arousal pathology. In S. Fisher & J. Reason (Eds.). Handbook of Life Stress, Cognition and Health. (pp. 629–649). New York: John Wiley & Sons.
Stitt, J. T. (1979). Fever versus hyperthermia. Federation Proceedings, 38, 39–43.
Thayer, J. F., & Lane, R. D. (2000). A model of neurovisceral integration in emotion regulation and dysregulation. Journal of Affective Disorders, 61, 201–216.
Tomaka, J., Blascovich, J., Kibler, J., & Ernst, J. M. (1997). Cognitive and physiological antecedents of threat and challenge appraisal. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 63–72.
Turner, J. R. (1994). Cardiovascular reactivity and stress. New York: Plenum
Uno, H., Tarara, R., Else, J. G., Suleman, M. A., & Sapolsky, R. M. (1989). Hippocampal damage associated with prolonged and fatal stress in primates. Journal of Neuroscience, 9, 1705–1711.
Van Roon, A. M., Mulder, L. J., Althaus, M., & Mulder G. (2004). Introducing a baroreflex model for studying cardiovascular effects of mental workload. Psychophysiology, 41, 961–981.
Venables, P. H., & Christie, M. J. (1980). Electrodermal activity. In I. Martin & P. H. Venables (Eds.). Techniques in psychophysiology (pp. 3–67). Chichester: Wiley & Sons.
Wallace, D. M., Magnuson, D. J. & Gray, T. S. (1992). Organization of amygdaloid projections to brainstem dopaminergic, noradrenergic, and adrenergic cell groups in the rat. Brain Research Bulletin, 28, 447–454.
Watkins, L., Grossman, P., & Sherwood, A. (1996). Noninvasive assessment of baroreflex control in borderline hypertension: comparison with the phenylephrine method. Hypertension, 28, 238–243.
Wenger, M. A. (1941). The measurement of individual differences in autonomic balance. Psychosomatic Medicine, 3, 427–434.
Werner, J. (1988). Functional mechanisms of temperature regulation, adaptation and fever: complementary system theoretical and experimental evidence. Pharmacology & Therapeutics, 37, 1–23.
Williams, C. L., & Clayton, E. C. (2001). Contributions of brainstem structures in modulation memory storage processes. In Gold, P. E. & Greenough, W. T. (Eds.). Memory consolidation: Essays in honor of James L. McGaugh. (pp. 141–163). Washington, D.C.: American Psychological Association.
Wood, D. (2001). Established and emerging cardiovascular risk factors. American Heart Journal, 141, 49–57.
Zardetto-Smith, A. M., & Gray, T. S. (1995). Catecholamine and NPY efferents from the ventrolateral medulla to the amygdala in the rat. Brain Research Bulletin, 38, 253–260.

Reference Title: REFERENCES

Reference Type: reference-list

Adkinson, C. D., & Berg, W. K. (1976). Cardiac deceleration in newborns: Habituation, dishabituation, and offset responses. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 21, 46–60.
Akselrod, S., Gordon, D., Madwed, J. B., Snidman, N. C., Shannon, D. C., & Cohen, R. J. (1985). Hemodynamic regulation: Investigation by spectral analysis. American Journal of Physiology, 249, H867–H875.
Akselrod, S., Gordon, D., Ubel, R. A., Shannon, D. C., Barger, A. C., & Cohen, R. J. (1981). Power spectrum analysis of heart rate fluctuation: A quantitative probe of beat-to-beat cardiovascular control. Science, 213, 220–222.
Attuel, P., Leporho, M. A., Ruta, J., Lucet, V., Steinberg, C., Azancot, A., & Coumel, P. (1986). The evolution of the sinus heart rate and variability as a function of age from birth to 16 years. In E. F. Doyle (Ed.), Pediatric cardiology: Proceedings of the second world congress 1985. New York: Springer-Verlag.
Ax, A. F. (1953). The physiological differentiation between fear and anger in humans. Psychosomatic Medicine, 15, 433–442.
Barry, R. J., Clarke, A. R., & Johnstone, S. J. (2003). A review of electrophysiology in attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder: I. Qualitative and quantitative electroencephalography. Clinical Neurophysiology, 114, 171–183.
Barry, R. J., Clarke, A. R., McCarthy, R., Selikowitz, M., Johnstone, S. J., & Rushby, J. A. (2004). Age and gender effects in EEG coherence: I. Developmental trends in normal children. Clinical Neurophysiology, 115, 2252–2258.
Barry, R. J., Clarke, A. R., McCarthy, R., & Selikowitz, M. (2005). Adjusting EEG coherence for inter-electrode distance effects: An exploration in normal children. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 55, 313–321.
Bell, M. A. (2002). Power changes in infant EEG frequency bands during a spatial working memory task. Psychophysiology, 39, 450–458.
Bell, M. A., & Fox, N. A. (1992). The relations between frontal brain electrical activity and cognitive development during infancy. Child Development, 63, 1142–1163.
Bell, M. A., & Fox, N. A. (1994). Brain development over the first year of life. Relations between electroencephalographic frequency and coherence and cognitive and affective behaviors. In G. Dawson & K. W. Fischer (Eds.), Human behavior and the developing brain (pp. 314–345). New York: Guilford Press.
Bell, M. A., & Fox, N. A. (1996). Crawling experience is related to changes in cortical organization during infancy: Evidence from EEG coherence. Developmental Psychobiology, 29, 551–561.
Benes, F. M., Turtle, M., Khan, Y., & Farol, P. (1994). Myelination of a key relay zone in the hippocampal formation occurs in human brain during childhood, adolescence and adulthood. Archives of General Psychiatry, 51, 477–484.
Berg, W. K., & Berg, K. M. (1979). Psychophysiological development in infancy: State, sensory function and attention. In J. D. Osofsky (Ed.), Handbook of infant development (pp. 283–343). New York: Wiley.
Berger, H. (1929). Uber das Elektrenkephalogramm des Menschen: I. Archiv fur Psychiatri und Nervenkrankheiten, 87, 527–570.
Berger, H. (1932a). Uber das Elektrenkephalogramm des Menschen: IV. Archiv fur Psychiatri und Nervenkrankheiten, 97, 6–26.
Berger, H. (1932b). Uber das Elektrenkephalogramm des Menschen: V. Archiv fur Psychiatri und Nervenkrankheiten, 98, 231–254.
Berntson, G. G., Bigger, J. T., Eckberg, D. L., Grossman, P., Kaufman, P. G., Malik, M., Nagaraja, H. N., Porges, S. W., Saul, J. P., Stone, P. H., & van der Molen, M. W. (1997). Heart rate variability: Origins, methods, and interpretive caveats. Psychophysiology, 34, 623–648.
Berntson, G. G., & Boysen, S. T. (1990). Cardiac indices of cognition in infants, children and chimpanzees. In C. Rovee-Collier & L. P. Lipsitt (Eds.), Advances in Infancy Research (pp. 187–220). Norwood, NJ: Albex.
Berntson, G. G., Cacioppo, J. T., & Quigley, K. S. (1993). Respiratory sinus arrhythmia: Autonomic origins, physiological mechanisms, and psychophysiological implications. Psychophysiology, 30, 183–196.
Best, C. T. (1993). Emergence of language-specific constraints in perception of non-native speech: A window on early phonological development. In B. de Boysson-Bardies, S. de Schonen, P. Jusczyk, P. MacNeilage, & J. Morton (Eds), Developmental Neurocognition: Speech and face processing in the first year of life (pp. 289–304). Boston: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Binkley, P. F., & Boudoulas, H. (1986). Measurement of myocardial inotropy. In C. V. Leier (Ed.), Cardiotonic drugs: A clinical survey (pp. 5–48). New York: Marcel Dekker.
Black, L. S., de Regnier, R. A., Long, J., Georgieff, M. K., & Nelson, C. A. (2004). Electrographic imaging of recognition memory in 34–38 week gestation intrauterine growth restricted newborns. Experimental Neurology, 190 Suppl 1, S72–83.
Buchanan, T. W., Lutz, K., & Mirzazade, S. (2000). Recognition of emotional prosody and verbal components of spoken language: An fMRI study. Cognitive Brain Research, 9, 227–238.
Buss, K. A., Davidson, R. J., Kalin, N. H., & Goldsmith, H. H. (2004). Context-specific freezing and associated physiological reactivity as a dysregulated fear response. Developmental Psychology, 40, 583–594.
Cacioppo, J. T., Berntson, G. G., Binkley, P. F., Quigley, K. S., Uchino, B. N., & Fieldstone, A. (1994). Autonomic cardiac control. II. Basal response, noninvasive indices, and autonomic space as revealed by autonomic blockades. Psychophysiology, 31, 586–598.
Calkins, S. D., Fox, N. A., & Marshall, T. R. (1996). Behavioral and physiological antecedents of inhibited and uninhibited behavior. Child Development, 67, 523–540.
Case, R. (1992). The role of the frontal lobes in the regulation of cognitive development. Special Issue: The role of frontal lobe maturation in cognitive and social development. Brain and Cognition, 20, 51–73.
Chelune, G. J., Ferguson, W., Koon, R., & Dickey, T. O. (1986). Frontal lobe disinhibition in attention deficit disorder. Child Psychiatry and Human Development, 16, 221–234.
Cheour, M., Ceponiene, R., Lehtokoski, A., Luuk, A., Allik, J., Alho, K., et al. (1998). Development of language-specific phoneme representations in the infant brain. Nature Neuroscience, 1, 351–353.
Chugani, H. T., & Phelps, M. E. (1986). Maturational changes in cerebral function in infants determined by 18FDG positron emission tomography. Science, 231, 840–843.
Cicchetti, D. (1993). Developmental psychopathology: Reactions, reflections, projections. Special Issue: Setting a path for the coming decade: Some goals and challenges. Developmental Review, 14, 471–502.
Cicchetti, D., & Richters, J. E. (1993). Developmental considerations in the investigation of conduct disorder. Special Issue: Toward a developmental perspective on conduct disorder. Development and Psychopathology, 5, 331–344.
Coan, J. A., & Allen, J. J. (2004). Frontal EEG asymmetry as a moderator and mediator of emotion. Biological Psychology, 67, 7–49.
Cohn, J. F., Matias, R., Tronick, E. Z., Connell, D., & Lyons-Ruth, D. (1986). Face-to-face interactions of depressed mothers and their infants. In E. Z. Tronick & T. Field (Eds.), Maternal depression and infant disturbance (pp. 31–45). San Francisco: Jossey Bass.
Cohn, J. F., & Tronick, E. Z. (1989). Specificity of infants' response to mothers' affective behavior. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 28, 242–248.
Cole, P. M., Zahn-Waxler, C., Fox, N. A., Usher, B. A., & Welsh, J. D. (1996). Individual differences in emotion regulation and behavior problems in preschool children. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 105, 518–529.
Darrow, C. W. (1929). Electrical and circulatory responses to brief sensory and ideational stimuli. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 12, 267–300.
Davidson, R. J. (1984a). Affect, cognition and hemispheric specialization. In C. E. Izard, J. Kagan, & R. B. Zajonc (Eds.), Emotions, cognition and behavior (pp. 320–365). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Davidson, R. J. (1984b). Hemispheric asymmetry and emotion. In K. R. Scherer & P. Ekman (Eds.), Approaches to emotion (pp. 39–57). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Davidson, R. J. (1992). Anterior cerebral asymmetry and the nature of emotion. Brain and Cognition, 30, 125–151.
Davidson, R. J. (1993). The neuropsychology of emotion and affective style. In M. Lewis & J. M. Haviland (Eds.), Handbook of emotion (pp. 143–154). New York: Guilford.
Davidson, R. J. (1995). Cerebral asymmetry, emotion, and affective style. In R. J. Davidson & K. Hugdahl (Eds.), Brain asymmetry. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Davidson, R. J. (2000). Affective style, psychopathology, and resilience: Brain mechanisms and plasticity. American Psychologist, 55, 1196–1214.
Davidson, R. J., & Fox, N. A. (1982). Asymmetrical brain activity discriminates between positive versus negative stimuli in human infants. Science, 218, 1235–1237.
Davidson, R. J., & Fox, N. A. (1989). The relation between tonic EEG asymmetry and ten month old emotional response to separation. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 98, 127–131.
Dawson, G. (1994). Development of emotional expression and emotion regulation in infancy: Contributions of the frontal lobe. In G. Dawson & K. W. Fischer (Eds.), Human behavior and the developing brain (pp. 346–379). New York, NY: The Guilford Press.
Dawson, G., Grofer Klinger, L., Panagiotides, H., Hill, D., & Spieker, S. (1992). Frontal lobe activity and affective behavior in infants of mothers with depressive symptoms. Child Development, 63, 725–737.
Dawson, G., Panagiotides, H., Grofer Klinger, L., & Hill, D. (1992). The role of frontal lobe functioning in the development of self-regulatory behavior in infancy. Brain and Cognition, 20, 152–175.
de Haan, M., & Nelson, C. A. (1997). Recognition of the mother's face by six-month-old infants: A neurobehavioral study. Child Development, 68, 187–210.
de Haan, M., Johnson, M. H., & Halit, H. (2003). Development of face-sensitive event-related potentials during infancy: A review. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 51, 45–58.
Dennis, M. (1991). Frontal lobe function in childhood and adolescence: A heuristic for assessing attention regulation, executive control, and the intentional states important for social discourse. Developmental Neuropsychology, 7, 327–358.
Diamond, A., & Goldman-Rakic, P. S. (1983). Comparison of performance on a Piagetian object permanence task in human infants and rhesus monkeys: Evidence for involvement of prefrontal cortex. Society for Neuroscience Abstracts, 9, 641.
Diamond, A., & Goldman-Rakic, P. S. (1986). Comparative development in human infants and infant rhesus monkeys of cognitive functions that depend on prefrontal cortex. Society for Neuroscience Abstracts, 12, 742.
Diamond, A., & Goldman-Rakic, P. S. (1989). Comparison of human infants and rhesus monkeys on Piaget's AB task: Evidence for dependence on dorsolateral prefrontal cortex. Experimental Brain Research, 74, 24–40.
Diamond, A., Prevor, M. B., Callender, G., & Druin, D. P. (1997). Prefrontal cortex cognitive deficits in children treated early and continuously for PKU. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 62 (4, Serial No. 252).
Diamond, A., Zola-Morgan, S., & Squire, L. R. (1989). Successful performance by monkeys with lesions of the hippocampal formation on A-not-B and object retrieval, two tasks that mark developmental changes in human infants. Behavioral Neuroscience, 103, 526–537.
Dreyfus-Brisac, C., & Monod, N. (1975). The electroencephalogram of full term newborns and premature infants. In G. C. Lairy (Ed.), Handbook of electroencephalography and clinical neurophysiology: Volume 6. The normal EEG throughout life (pp. 6B-6–6B-30). Amsterdam. Elsevier.
Duffy, F. H., Als, H., & McAnulty, G. B. (1990). Behavioral and electrophysiological evidence for gestational age effects in healthy preterm and fullterm infants studied two weeks after expected due date. Child Development, 61, 1271–1286.
Edelman, G. M. (1987). Neural Darwinism: The theory of neuronal group selection. New York: Basic Books.
El-Sheikh, M. (2005). Stability of respiratory sinus arrhythmia in children and young adolescents: A longitudinal examination. Developmental Psychobiology, 46, 66–74.
Emde, R. N., & Walker, S. (1976). Longitudinal study of infant sleep: Results of 14 subjects studied at monthly intervals. Psychophysiology, 13, 456–461.
Eppinger, H. & Hess, L. (1915). Vagotonia: a clinical study in vegetative neurology [translated by Karua, W. M. and Jellife, S. E.]. New York: The Nervous and Mental Disease Publishing Company.
Fernald, A. (1993). Approval and disapproval: Infant responsiveness to vocal affect in familiar and unfamiliar languages. Child Development, 64, 674.
Field, T. (1986). Models for reactive and chronic depression in infancy. In E. Z. Tronick & T. Field (Eds.), Maternal depression and infant disturbance (pp. 47–60). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Field, T. M. (1979). Visual and cardiac responses to animate and inanimate faces by young term and preterm infants. Child Development, 50, 188–194.
Field, T., Fox, N. A., Pickens, J., & Nawrocki, T. (1995). Relative right frontal EEG activation in 3- to 6-month-old infants of “depressed” mothers. Developmental Psychology, 31, 358–363.
Field, T., Healy, B., Goldstein, S., Perry, S., Bendall, D., Schanberg, S., Zimmerman, E., & Kuhn, C. (1988). Infants of depressed mothers show “depressed” behavior even with nondepressed adults. Child Development, 59, 1569–1579.
Field, T., Sandberg, D., Garcia, R., Vega-Lahr, N., Goldstein, S., & Guy, L. (1985). Prenatal problems, postpartum depression, and early mother-infant interaction, Developmental Psychology, 12, 1152–1156.
Fischer, K. W. (1980). A theory of cognitive development: The control and construction of hierarchies of skills. Psychological Review, 87, 477–531.
Fischer, K. W. (1983). Developmental levels as periods of discontinuity. New Directions for Child Development, 21, 5–20.
Fischer, K. W. (1987). Relations between brain and cognitive development. Child Development, 58, 623–632.
Fischer, K. W., & Rose, S. P. (1994). Dynamic development of coordination of components in brain and behavior: A framework for theory and research. In G. Dawson & K. W. Fischer (Eds.), Human behavior and the developing brain (pp. 3–66). New York: The Guilford Press.
Fox, N. A. (1989). Heart-rate variability and behavioral reactivity: Individual differences in autonomic patterning and their relation to infant and child temperament. In J. S. Reznick (Ed.), Perspectives on behavioral inhibition. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Fox, N. A. (1991). If it's not left, it's right: Electroencephalogram asymmetry and the development of emotion. American Psychologist, 46, 863–872.
Fox, N. A. (1994). Dynamic cerebral processes underlying emotion regulation. In N. A. Fox (Ed.), The development of emotion regulation: Behavioral and biological considerations. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development (pp. 152–166), 59 (2–3, Serial No. 240).
Fox, N. A., & Bell, M. A. (1990). Electrophysiological indices of frontal lobe development: Relations to cognitive and affective behavior in human infants over the first year of life. In A. Diamond (Ed.), The development and neural bases of higher cognitive functions. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 608, 677–698.
Fox, N. A., & Davidson, R. J. (1984). Hemispheric substrates of affect: A developmental model. In N. A. Fox & R. J. Davidson (Eds.), The Psychobiology of Affective Development (pp. 353–382). Hillside, N.J: Erlbaum Press.
Fox, N. A., & Davidson, R. J. (1986a). Taste-elicited changes in facial signs of emotion and the asymmetry of brain electrical activity in human newborns. Neuropsychologia, 24, 417–422.
Fox, N. A., & Davidson, R. J. (1986b). Psychophysiological measures of emotion: New directions in developmental research. In C. E. Izard & P. Read (Eds.), Measuring emotions in infants and children Vol. II (pp. 13–47). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Fox, N. A., & Davidson, R. J. (1988). Patterns of brain electrical activity during the expression of discrete emotions in ten month old infants. Developmental Psychology, 24, 230–236.
Fox, N. A., & Field, T. (1989). Young children's responses to entry into preschool: Psychophysiological and behavioral findings. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 10, 527–540.
Fox, N. A., & Gelles, M. (1984). Face-to-face interaction in term and preterm infants. Infant Mental Health Journal, 5, 192–205.
Fox, N. A., Bell, M. A., & Jones, N. A. (1992). Individual differences in response to stress and cerebral asymmetry. Developmental Neuropsychology, 8, 161–184.
Fox, N. A., Calkins, S. D., & Bell, M. A. (1994). Neural plasticity and development in the first two years of life: Evidence from cognitive and socioemotional domains of research. Development and Psychopathology, 6, 677–696.
Fox, N. A., & Davidson, R. J. (1987). EEG asymmetry in ten month old infants in response to approach of a stranger and maternal separation. Developmental Psychology, 23, 233–240.
Fox, N. A., Henderson, H. A., Rubin, K. H., Calkins, S. D., & Schmidt, L. A. (2001). Continuity and discontinuity of behavioral inhibition and exuberance: Psychophysiological and behavioral influences across the first four years of life. Child Development, 72, 1–21.
Fox, N. A., Nichols, K. E., Henderson, H. A., Rubin, K. H., Schmidt, L. A., Hamer, D. H., Ernst, M., & Pine, D. S. (2005). Evidence for a gene environment interaction in predicting behavioral inhibition in middle childhood. Psychological Science, 16, 921–926
Fox, N. A., & Porges, S. W. (1985). The relation between neonatal heart period patterns and developmental outcome. Child Development, 56, 28–37.
Fox, N. A., Rubin, K. H., Calkins, S. D., Marshall, T. R., Coplan, R. J., Porges, S. W., Long, J. M., & Stewart, S. (1995). Frontal activation asymmetry and social competence at four years of age. Child Development, 66, 1770–1784.
Fox, N. A., Schmidt, L. A., Calkins, S. D., Rubin, K. H., Coplan, R. J. (1996). The role of frontal activation in the regulation and dysregulation of social behavior during the preschool years. Development and Psychopathology, 8, 89–102.
Fracasso, M. P., Porges, S. W., Lamb, M. E., & Rosenberg, A. A. (1994). Cardiac activity in infancy: Reliability and stability of individual differences. Infant Behavior and Development, 17, 277–284.
Gainotti, G., Caltagirone, C., & Zoccolotti, P. (1993). Left/right and cortical/subcortical dichotomies in the neuropsychological study of human emotions. Cognition and Emotion, 7, 71–93.
Galkina, N. S., & Boravova, A. I. (1996). Formation of electroencephalographic mu- and alpha-rhythms in children during the second to third years of life. Human Physiology, 22, 540–545.
Gastaut, H., Dongier, M., & Courtois, G. (1954). On the signifiance of “wicket rhythms” in psychosomatic medicine. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 6, 687.
Gauthier, I., & Nelson, C. A. (2001). The development of face expertise. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 11, 219–224.
Gilles, F. H., Shankle, W., & Dooling, E. C. (1983). Myelinated tracts: Growth patterns. In F. H. Gilles, A. Leviton, & E. C. Dooling (Eds.), The developing human brain: Growth and epidemiologic neuropathology (pp. 117–183). Boston: John Wright-PSG.
Goldman-Rakic, P. S. (1987a). Development of cortical circuitry and cognitive function. Child Development, 58, 601–622.
Goldman-Rakic, P. S. (1987b). Circuitry of the prefrontal cortex and the regulation of behavior by representational knowledge. In F. Plum & V. Mountcastle (Eds.), Handbook of physiology, Volume 5 (pp. 373–417). Bethesda, MD: American Physiological Society.
Goldman-Rakic, P. S., Isseroff, A., Schwartz, M., & Bugbee, N. (1983). The neurobiology of cognitive development. In M. M. Haith & J. J. Campos (Eds.), Handbook of child psychology: Vol. II. Infancy and developmental Psychobiology (pp. 281–344). New York: Wiley.
Gottlieb, G. (1976). The role of experience in the development of behavior and the nervous system. In G. Gottlieb (Ed.), Neural and behavioral specificity, studies on the development of behavior and the nervous system Vol. 3. New York: Academic Press.
Graham, F. K., & Clifton, R. K. (1966). Heart-rate changes as a component of the orienting response. Psychological Bulletin, 65, 305–320.
Greenough, W. T., & Black, J. E. (1992). Induction of brain structure by experience: Substrates for cognitive development. In M. R. Gunnar & C. A. Nelson (Eds.), Minnesota Symposia on Child Psychology: Vol. 24. Developmental behavioral neuroscience (pp. 155–200). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Greenough, W. T., Black, J., & Wallace, C. (1987). Effects of experience on brain development. Child Development, 58, 540–559.
Greenough, W. T., & Volkmar, F. R. (1973). Pattern of dendritic branching in the occipital cortex of rats reared in complex environments. Experimental Neurology, 40, 491–504.
Groome, L. J., Swiber, M. J., Atterbury, J. L., Bentz, L. S., & Holland, S. B. (1997). Similarities and differences in behavioral state organization during sleep periods in the perinatal infant before and after birth. Child Development, 68, 1–11.
Hagne, I. (1968). Development of the waking EEG in normal infants during the first year of life. In P. Kellaway & I. Petersén (Eds.), Clinical electroencephalography of children (pp. 97–118). New York: Grune & Stratton.
Hagne, I. (1972). Development of the EEG in normal infants during the first year of life. Acta Pediatrica Scandinavica, (Suppl. 232), 25–32.
Hagne, I., Persson, J., Magnusson, R., & Petersen, I. (1973). Spectral analysis via fast Fourier transform of waking EEG in normal infants. In P. Kellaway & I. Petersén (Eds.), Automation of clinical EEG (pp. 103–143). New York: Raven Press.
Harmony, T., Alvarez, A., Pascual, R., Ramos, A., Marosi, E., Diaz de Leon, A. E., et al. (1988). EEG maturation on children with different economic and psychosocial characteristics. International Journal of Neuroscience, 41, 103–113.
Hassett, J., & Danforth, D. (1982). An introduction to the cardiovascular system. In J. T. Cacioppo & R. E. Petty (Eds.), Perspectives in cardiovascular psychophysiology. New York:Guilford.
Heller, W. (1993). Neuropsychological mechanisms of individual differences in emotion, personality, and arousal. Neuropsychology, 7, 476–489.
Henderson, H. A. (2004). The interaction of reactivity and regulation in predicting monitoring: Effects of temperament. Unpublished Doctoral dissertation, University of Maryland, College Park.
Henderson, H. A., Fox, N. A. & Rubin, K. H. (2001). Temperamental contributions to social behavior: The moderating roles of frontal EEG asymmetry and gender. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 40, 68–74.
Henderson, H. A., Marshall, P. J., Fox, N. A., & Rubin, K. H. (2004). Psychophysiological and behavioral evidence for varying forms and functions of nonsocial behavior in preschoolers. Child Development, 75, 251–263.
Henriques, J. B., & Davidson, R. J. (1990). Regional brain electrical asymmetries discriminate between previously depressed subjects and healthy controls. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 99, 22–31.
Henriques, J. B., & Davidson, R. J. (1991). Left frontal hypoactivation in depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 100, 535–545.
Henry, J. R. (1944). Electroencephalograms of normal children. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 9 (3, Serial No. 39).
Hirsch, J. A., & Bishop, B. (1981). Respiratory sinus arrhythmia in humans: How breathing pattern modulates heart rate. American Journal of Physiology, 241, H620–H629.
Hirshfeld, D. R., Rosenbaum, J. F., Biederman, J., Bolduc, E. A., Faraone, S. V., Snidman, N., Reznick, J. S., & Kagan, J. (1992). Stable behavioral inhibition and its association with anxiety disorder. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 31, 103–111.
Hodgson-Minnie, L. D., Schmidt, L. A., Trainor, L. J., Santesso, D. L., & Sonnadara, R. (2006). Frontal brain electrical activity (EEG) and heart rate responses to children's musical emotions in 9-month-old infants. Manuscript in preparation.
Howard, L., & Polich, J. (1985). P300 latency and memory span development. Developmental Psychology, 21, 283–289.
Hubel, D. H., & Wiesel, T. N. (1970). The period of susceptibility to the physiological effects of unilateral eye closure in kittens. Journal of Physiology (London), 206, 419–436.
Huttenlocher, P. R. (1979). Synaptic density in human frontal cortex: Developmental changes and effects of aging. Brain Research, 163, 195–205.
Huttenlocher, P. R.(1984). Synapse elimination and plasticity in developing human cerebral cortex. American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 88, 488–496.
Huttenlocher, P. R., & de Courten, C. (1987). The development of synapses in striate cortex of man. Human Neurobiology, 6, 1–9.
Huttenlocher, P. R., de Courten, C., Garey, L. J., & Van der Loos, H. (1982). Synaptogenesis in human visual cortex: Evidence for synapse elimination during normal development. Neuroscience Letters, 33, 247–252.
Jasper, H. H. (1958). The ten-twenty electrode system of the International Federation. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 10, 371–375.
Jetha, M. K., Schmidt, L. A., & Goldberg, J. O. (2005). Resting frontal brain activation asymmetry and shyness and sociability in schizophrenia [Abstract]. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 31(2), 455.
John, E. R. (1977). Functional neuroscience: vol. 2. Neurometrics. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Jones, N. A., & Fox, N. A. (1992). Electroencephalogram asymmetry during emotionally evocative films and its relation to positive and negative affectivity. Brain and Cognition, 20, 280–299.
Kagan, J., Reznick, J. S., & Snidman, N. (1987). The physiology and psychology of behavioral inhibition. Child Development, 58, 1459–1473.
Kagan, J., Reznick, J. S., & Snidman, N. (1988). Biological bases of childhood shyness. Science, 240, 167–171.
Kagan, J., & Snidman, N. (1991). Infant predictors of inhibited and uninhibited profiles. Psychological Science, 2, 40–44.
Kapp, B. S., Supple, W. F., & Whalen, P. J. (1994). Stimulation of the amygdaloid central nucleus produces EEG arousal. Behavioral Neuroscience, 108, 81–93.
Katona, P. G., & Jih, F. (1975). Respiratory sinus arrhythmia: A noninvasive measure of parasympathetic cardiac control. Journal of Applied Physiology, 39, 801–805.
Krafchuk, E. E., Tronick, E. Z., & Clifton, R. K. (1983). Behavioral and cardiac responses to sound in preterm neonates varying in risk status: A hypothesis of their paradoxical reactivity. In T. M. Field & A. Sostek (Eds.), Infants born at risk: Physiological and perceptual processes (pp. 99–128). New York: Grune & Stratton.
Kuhlman, W. N. (1978). Functional topography of the human mu rhythm. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 44, 83–93.
Lacey, J. I. (1967). Somatic response patterning and stress: Some revisions of activation theory. In M. H. Apley & R. Trumbull (Eds.), Psychological stress. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.
Lagerlund, T. D., Sharbrough, F. W., Rack, C. R., Erickson, B., Strelow, D. C., Cicora, K. M., & Busacker, N. E. (1993). Determination of 10–20 system electrode locations using magnetic resonance image scanning with markers. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 86, 7–14.
Lahmeyer, H. W., Reynolds, C. F., Kupfer, D. J., King, R. (1989). Biologic markers in borderline personality disorder: A review. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 50, 217–225.
Lenneberg, E. (1967). Biological foundations of language. New York: Wiley.
Leppanen, P. H., Guttorm, T. K., Pihko, E., Takkinen, S., Eklund, K. M., & Lyytinen, H. (2004). Maturational effects on newborn ERPs measured in the mismatch negativity paradigm. Experimental Neurology, 190 Suppl 1, S91–101.
Lester, B. M. (1975). Cardiac habituation of the orienting response to an auditory signal in infants of varying nutritional status. Developmental Psychology, 11, 432–442.
Lewis, M., Kagan, J., Campbell, H., & Kalafat, J. (1966). The cardiac response as a correlate of attention in infants. Child Development, 37, 63–71.
Lewis, M., & Stieben, J. (2004). Emotion regulation in the brain: Conceptual issues and directions for developmental research. Child Development, 75, 371–376.
Lewis, M., Wilson, C. D., Ban, P., & Baumel, M. H. (1970). An exploratory study of resting cardiac rate and variability from the trimester of prenatal life through the first year of postnatal life. Child Development, 41, 799–812.
Lindsley, D. B. (1939). A longitudinal study of the occipital alpha rhythm in normal children: Frequency and amplitude standards. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 55, 197–213.
Malliani, A., Pagani, M., & Lombardi, F. (1994). Physiology and clinical implications of variability of cardiovascular parameters with focus on heart rate and blood pressure. American Journal of Cardiology, 73, 3C–9C.
Marshall, P. J., Bar-Haim, Y., & Fox, N. A. (2002). Development of the EEG from 5 months to 4 years of age. Clinical Neurophysiology, 113, 1199–1208.
Marshall, P. J., Fox, N. A., & the BEIP Core Group (2004). A comparison of the electroencephalogram (EEG) between institutionalized and community children in Romania. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 16, 1327–1338.
Masataka, N. (1999). Preference for infant-directed singing in 2-day-old hearing infants of deaf parents. Developmental Psychology, 35, 1001–1005.
Matousek, M., & Petersén, I. (1973). Frequency analysis of the EEG in normal children and adolescents. In P. Kellaway & I. Petersén (Eds.), Automation of clinical electroencephalography (pp. 75–102). New York: Raven Press.
Maurer, D. (2005). Introduction to the Special Issue on Critical Periods Rexamined: Evidence from human sensory development. Developmental Psychobiology, 46, 155–292.
McCall, R. B., & Kagan, J. (1967). Attention in the infant: Effects of complexity, contour, perimeter, and familiarity. Child Development, 38, 939–952.
Mezzacappa, E., Kindlon, D., Earls, F., & Saul, J. P. (1994). The utility of spectral analytic techniques in the study of the autonomic regulation of beat-to-beat heart rate variability. International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 4, 29–44.
Mezzacappa, E., Tremblay, R. E., Kindlon, D., Saul, J. P., Arseneault, L., Seguin, J., Pihl, R. O., & Earls, F. (1997). Anxiety, antisocial behavior, and heart rate regulation in adolescent males. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 38, 457–469.
Miller, A., Fox, N. A., Cohn, J. F., Forbes, E. E., Sherrill, J. T., & Kovacs, M. (2002). Regional patterns of brain activity in adults with a history of childhood-onset depression: Gender differences and clinical variability. American Journal of Psychiatry, 159, 934–940.
Miller, B. L., & Lesser, I. M. (1988). Late-life psychosis and modern neuroimaging. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 11, 33–46.
Mills, D. L., Coffey-Corina, S. A., & Neville, H. J. (1994). Variability in cerebral organization during primary language acquisition. In G. Dawson & K. Fischer (Eds.), Human behavior and the developing brain (pp. 427–455). New York: The Guilford Press.
Mizuno, T., Yamauchi, N., Watanabe, A., Komatsushiro, M., Takagi, T., Iinuma, K., & Arakawa, T. (1970). Maturation of patterns of EEG: Basic waves of healthy infants under 12 months of age. Tahoka Journal of Experimental Matachewan, 91–98.
Moffit, T. E., & Henry, B. (1989). Neuropsychological assessment of executive functions in self-reported delinquents. Development and Psychopathology, 1, 105–118.
Muthukumaraswamy, S. D., & Johnson, B. W. (2004). Changes in rolandic mu rhythm during observation of a precision grip. Psychophysiology, 41, 152–156.
Myslobodsky, M. S., Coppola, R., Bar-Ziv, J., & Weinberger, D. R. (1990). Adequacy of the international 10–20 electrode system for computed neurophysiologic topography. Journal of Clinical Neurophysiology, 7, 507–518.
Nelson, C. A. (1994). Neural correlates of recognition memory in the first postnatal year. In G. Dawson and K. W. Fischer (Eds.), Human behavior and the developing brain (pp. 269–313). New York: The Guilford Press.
Nelson, C. A., & Collins, P. F. (1991). Event-related potential and looking time analysis of infants' responses to familiar and novel events: Implications for visual recognition memory. Developmental Psychology, 27, 50–58.
Nelson, C. A., & Collins, P. F. (1992). Neural and behavioral correlates of visual recognition memory in 3- and 8-month-old infants. Brain and Cognition, 19, 105–121.
Nelson, C. A., & Collins, P. F. (1992). Neural and behavioral correlates of visual recognition memory in 4- and 8-month-old infants. Brain and Cognition, 19, 105–121.
Nelson, C. A., & Monk, C. (2001). The use of event-related potentials in the study of cognitive development. In C. A. Nelson & M. Luciana (Eds.), Handbook of Developmental Cognitive Neuroscience (pp. 125–136). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Neville, H. J., Kutas, M., & Schmidt, A. (1982a). Event-related potential studies of cerebral specialization during reading: II. Studies of congenitally deaf adults. Brain and Cognition, 16, 316–337.
Neville, H. J., Kutas, M., & Schmidt, A. (1982b). Event-related potential studies of cerebral specialization during reading: I. Studies of normal adults. Brain and Cognition, 16, 300–315.
Niznikiewicz, M. A., O' Donnell, B. F., Nestor, P. G., Smith, L., Law, S., Karapelou, M., Shenton, M. E., & McCarley, R. W. (1997). ERP assessment of visual and auditory language processing in schizophrenia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 106, 85–94.
Nunez, P. (1981). Electric fields of the brain. New York: Oxford University Press.
Orekhova, E. V., Stroganova, T. A., & Posikera, I. N. (2001). Alpha activity as an index of cortical inhibition during sustained internally controlled attention in infants. Clinical Neurophysiology, 112, 740–749.
Parker, S. W., Nelson, C. A., & the BEIP Core Group (2005). The impact of early institutional rearing on the ability to discriminate facial expressions of emotion: An event-related potential study. Child Development, 76, 54–72.
Petitto, L. A. (1993). On the ontogenetic requirements for early language acquisition. In: de Boysson-Bardies, S. Schonen, P. Jusczyk, P. F. MacNeilage, & J. Morton (Eds.), Developmental neurocognition: Speech and face processing in the first year of life. NATO ASI series D: Behavioral and social sciences, Vol. 69 (pp. 365–383). Dordrecht, Netherlands: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Pihan, H., Altenmuller, E., & Ackermann, H. (1997). The cortical processing of perceived emotion: A DC-potential study on affective speech prosody. Neuroreport: An Internaltional Journal for the Rapid Communication of Research in Neuroscience, 8, 623–627.
Pivik, R. T., Broughton, R. J., Coppola, R., Davidson, R. J., Fox, N., & Nuwer, M. R. (1993). Guidelines for the recording and quantitative analysis of electroencephalographic activity in research contexts. Psychophysiology, 30, 547–558.
Pollock, V. E., & Schneider, L. S. (1990). Quantitative, waking EEG research on depression. Biological Psychiatry, 27, 757–780.
Porges, S. W. (1992). Vagal tone: A physiologic marker of stress vulnerability. Pediatrics, 90, 498–504.
Porges, S. W. (1983). Heart rate patterns in neonates: A potential diagnostic window to the brain. In T. Field & A. Sostek (Eds.), Infants born at risk: Physiological and perceptual processes (pp. 3–22). New York: Grune & Stratton.
Porges, S. W. (1986). Respiratory sinus arrythmia: Physiological basis, quantitative methods, and clinical implications. In P. Grossman, K. Jansen, & D. Vail (Eds.), Cardiac respiratory and somatic psychophysiology (pp. 223–264). New York: Guilford.
Porges, S. W., Doussard-Roosevelt, J. A., & Maiti, A. K. (1994). Vagal tone and the physiological regulation of emotion. In N. A. Fox (Ed.), The development of emotion regulation: Biological and behavioral considerations (pp. 167–188). Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 59 (2–3, Serial No. 240).
Porges, S. W., Doussard-Roosevelt, J. A., Portales, A. L., & Suess, P. E. (1994). Cardiac vagal tone: Stability and relation to difficulties in infants and 3-year-olds. Developmental Psychobiology, 27, 289–300.
Porges, S. W., McCabe, P. M., & Yongue, B. G. (1982). Respiratory-heart rate interactions: Physiological implications for pathophysiology and behavior. In J. Cacioppo & R. Petty (Eds.), Perspectives in cardiovascular psychophysiology (pp. 223–264). New York: Guilford.
Pribram, K. H. (1973). The primate frontal cortex: Executive of the brain. In K. H. Pribram, & A. R. Luria (Eds.), Psychophysiology of the frontal lobes.
Pritchard, W. S. (1986). Cognitive event-related potential correlates of schizophrenia. Psychological Bulletin, 100, 43–66.
Raine, A. (1993). The psychopathology of crime: Criminal behavior as a clinical disorder. San Diego, Academic Press.
Raine, A., & Jones, F. (1987). Attention, autonomic arousal, and personality in behaviorally disordered children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 15, 583–599.
Raine, A., & Venables, P. H. (1984). Tonic heart rate level, social class, and antisocial behavior in adolescents. Biological Psychology, 18, 123–132.
Raine, A., & Venables, P. H. (1987). Contingent negative variation, P3 evoked potentials, and antisocial behavior. Psychophysiology, 24, 191–199.
Raine, A., Venables, P. H., & Williams, M. (1990a). Relationships between central and autonomic measures of arousal at age 15 years and criminality at age 24 years. Archives of General Psychiatry, 47, 1003–1007.
Raine, A., & Venables, P. H., & Williams, M. (1990b). Autonomic orienting responses in 15-year-old male subjects and criminal behavior at age 24. American Journal of Psychiatry, 147, 933–937.
Raine, A., Venables, P. H., & Williams, M. (1995). High autonomic arousal and electrodermal orienting at age 15 years as protective factors against criminal behavior at age 29 years. American Journal of Psychiatry, 152, 1595–1600.
Reynolds, G. D., & Richards, J. E. (in press). Familiarization, attention, and recognition memory in infancy: an ERP and cortical source localization study. Developmental Psychology.
Richards, J. E. (1985). The development of sustained visual attention in infants from 14 to 26 weeks of age. Psychophysiology, 22, 409–416.
Richards, J. E. (1987). Infant visual sustained attention and respiratory sinus arrhythmia. Child Development, 58, 488–496.
Richards, J. E. (1989). Development and stability in visual sustained attention in 14, 20, and 26 week old infants. Psychophysiology, 26, 422–430.
Rivera-Gaxiola, M., Silva-Pereyra, J., & Kuhl, P. K. (2005). Brain potentials to native and non-native speech contrasts in 7- and 11-month-old American infants. Developmental Science, 8, 162–172.
Rock, A. M. L., Trainor, L. J., & Addison, T. L. (1999). Distinctive messages in infant-directed lullabies and play songs. Developmental Psychology, 35, 527–534.
Rose, S., Schmidt, K., & Bridger, W. H. (1976). Cardiac and behavioral responsivity to tactile stimulation in premature and fullterm infants. Developmental Psychology, 12, 311–320.
Rubin, K. H., Stewart, S. L., & Coplan, R. J. (1995). Social withdrawal in childhood: Conceptual and empirical perspectives. In T. Ollendick & R. Prinz (Eds.), Advances in Clinical Child Psychology (Vol. 17, pp. 157–196). New York: Plenum Press.
Sameroff, A. J., Cashmore, T. F., & Dykes, A. C. (1973). Heart tare decelerations during visual fixation in human newborns. Developmental Psychology, 8, 117–199.
Santesso, D. L., Reker, D. L., Schmidt, L. A., & Segalowitz, S. J. (2006a). Frontal electroencephalogram activation asymmetry, emotional intelligence, and externalizing behaviors in 10-year-old children. Child Psychiatry and Human Development, 36, 311–328.
Santesso, D. L., Schmidt, L. A., & Trainor, L. J. (2006b). Frontal brain electrical activity (EEG) and heart rate responses to affective infant-directed (ID) speech in 9-month-old infants. Manuscript in preparation.
Santesso, D. L., Segalowitz, S. J., & Schmidt, L. A. (2005). ERP correlates of error monitoring in 10-year-old children are related to socialization. Biological Psychology, 70, 79–87.
Santesso, D. L., Segalowitz, S. J., & Schmidt, L. A. (2006c). Error-related electrocortical responses are enhanced in children with obsessive-compulsive behaviors. Developmental Neuropsychology, 29, 431–445.
Santesso, D. L., Segalowitz, S. J., & Schmidt, L. A. (2006d) Error-related electrocortical responses in 10-year-old children and young adults. Developmental Science.
Satterfield, J. H., Cantwell, D. P., & Satterfield, B. T. (1974). Pathophysiology of the hyperactive child syndrome. Archives of General Psychiatry, 31, 839–844.
Schacter, D. L., Kagan, J., & Leichtman, M. (1995). True and false memories in children and adults: A cognitive neuroscience perspective. Psychology, Public Policy and Law, 2, 411–428.
Schaffer, C. E., Davidson, R. J., & Saron, C. (1983). Frontal and parietal electroencephalogram asymmetry in depressed and nondepressed subjects. Biological Psychiatry, 18, 753–762.
Scherer, K. R., & Zentner, M. R. (2001). Emotional effects of music: Production rules. In P. N. Juslin & J. A. Sloboda (Eds.), Music and Emotion: Theory and Research (pp. 361–392). New York: Oxford University Press.
Schmidt, L. A.(1996). The psychophysiology of self-presentation anxiety in seven-year-old children: A multiple measure approach. Unpublished Doctoral Dissertation, University of Maryland, College Park, MD.
Schmidt, L. A. (1999). Frontal brain electrical activity in shyness and sociability. Psychological Science, 10, 316–320.
Schmidt, L. A. (2006). Psychometric properties of resting frontal brain electrical activity (EEG) and their relation to temperament in 9-month-old human infants. Manuscript in preparation.
Schmidt, L. A., Cote, K. A., Santesso, D. L., & Milner, C. E. (2003). Frontal electroencephalogram (EEG) alpha asymmetry during sleep: Stability and its relation to affective style. Emotion, 3, 401–407.
Schmidt, L. A., & Fox, N. A. (1994). Patterns of cortical electrophysiology and autonomic activity in adults' shyness and sociability. Biological Psychology, 38, 183–198.
Schmidt, L. A., Fox, N. A., Schulkin, J., & Gold, P. W. (1999). Behavioral and psychophysiological correlates of self-presentation in temperamentally shy children. Developmental Psychobiology, 35, 119–135.
Schmidt, L. A., Polak, C. P., & Spooner, A. L. (2005). Biological and environmental contributions to childhood shyness: A diathesis-stress model. In W. R. Crozier & L. E. Alden (Eds.), The Essential Handbook of Social Anxiety for Clinicians (pp. 33–55). United Kingdom: John Wiley & Sons.
Schmidt, L. A., Trainor, L. J., & Santesso, D. L. (2003). Development of frontal electroencephalogram (EEG) and heart rate (ECG) responses to affective musical stimuli during the first 12 months of post-natal life. [Special Issue on Affective Neuroscience], Brain and Cognition, 52, 27–32.
Segalowitz, S. J., Davies, P. L., Santesso, D., Gavin, W. J., & Schmidt, L. A. (2004). The development of the error negativity in children and adolescents. In M. Ullsperger & M. Falkenstein (Eds.), Errors, Conflicts, and the Brain: Current Opinions on Performance Monitoring (pp. 177–184). Leipzig: Max Planck Institute for Cognition and Neurosciences.
Segalowitz, S. J., & Schmidt, L. A. (2003). Developmental psychology and the neurosciences. In J. Valsiner & K. Connolly (Eds.), Handbook of Developmental Psychology (pp. 48–71). London: Sage Publishers.
Shankman, S. A., Tenke, C. E., Bruder, G. E., Durbin, C. E., Hayden, E. P., & Klein, D. N. (1995). Low positive emotionality in young children: Associations with EEG asymmetry. Development and Psychopathology 17, 85–98.
Siddappa, A. M., Georgieff, M. K., Wewerka, S., Worwa, C., Nelson, C. A., & Deregnier, R. A. (2004). Iron Deficiency Alters Auditory Recognition Memory in Newborn Infants of Diabetic Mothers. Pediatric Research, 55, 1034–1041.
Sidman, R. L., & Rakic, P. (1973). Neuronal migration with special reference to developing human brain: A review. Brain Research, 62, 1–35.
Slater, A., & Morison, V. (1991). Visual attention and memory at birth. In M. J. Weiss, & P. R. Zelazo (Eds.), Newborn attention: Biological constraints and the influence of experience (pp. 256–277). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
Smith, J. R. (1938a). The electroencephalogram during normal infancy and childhood: I. Rhythmic activities present in the neonate and their subsequent development. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 53, 431–453.
Smith, J. R.(1938b). The electroencephalogram during normal infancy and childhood: II. The nature and growth of alpha waves. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 53, 455–469.
Smith, J. R.(1938c). The electroencephalogram during normal infancy and childhood: III. Preliminary observations on the pattern sequence during sleep. Journal of Genetic III Psychology, 53, 471–482.
Smith, J. R.(1939a). The “occipital” and “pre-central” alpha rhythms during the first two years. Journal of Psychology, 7, 223–226.
Smith, J. R.(1941). The frequency and growth of the human alpha rhythms during infancy and childhood. Journal of Psychology, 11, 177–198.
Snidman, N., Kagan, J., Riordan, L., & Shannon, D. C. (1995). Cardiac function and behavioral reactivity during infancy. Psychophysiology, 32, 199–207.
Stifter, C. A., & Fox, N. A. (1990). Infant reactivity and regulation: Physiological correlates of newborn and five-month temperament. Developmental Psychology, 26, 582–588.
Stifter, C. A., Fox, N. A., & Porges, S. W. (1989). Facial expressivity and heart rate variability in five- and ten-month-old infants. Infant Behavior and Development, 12, 127–137.
Stroganova, T. A., Orekhova, E. V., & Posikera, I. N. (1999). EEG alpha rhythm in infants. Clinical Neurophysiology, 110, 997–1012.
Sutton, S. K., & Davidson, R. J. (1997). Prefrontal brain asymmetry: A biological substrate of the behavioral approach and inhibition systems. Psychological Science, 8, 204–210.
Task Force of the European Society of Cardiology and the North American Society of Pacing and Electrophysiology. (1996). Heart rate variability: Standards of measurement, physiological interpretation, and clinical use. Circulation, 93, 1043–1065.
Terwogt, M. M., & van Grinsven, F. (1991). Musical expression of moodstates. Psychology of Music, 19, 99–109.
Thatcher, R. W. (1991). Maturation of the human frontal lobes: Physiological evidence for staging. Special Issue: Developmental consequences of early frontal lobe damage. Developmental Neuropsychology, 7, 397–419.
Thatcher, R. W.(1994). Psychopathology of early frontal lobe damage: Dependence on cycles of development. Special Issue: Neural plasticity, sensitive periods, and psychopathology. Development and Psychopathology, 6, 565–596.
Thatcher, R. W., Krause, P., & Hrybyk, M. (1986). Corticocortical association fibers and EEG coherence: A two compartmental model. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 64, 123–143.
Thatcher, R. W., Walker, R. A., Giudice, S. (1987). Human cerebral hemispheres develop at different rates and ages. Science, 236, 1110–1112.
Theall-Honey, L. A., & Schmidt, L. A. (2006). Do temperamentally shy children process emotion differently than non-shy children? Behavioral, psychophysiological, and gender differences in reticent preschoolers. Developmental Psychobiology, 48, 187–196,
Tomarken, A. J., Davidson, R. J., & Henriques, J. B. (1990). Resting frontal brain asymmetry predicts affective responses to films. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 791–801.
Tomarken, A. J., Davidson, R. J., Wheeler, R. E., & Kinney, L. (1992). Psychometric properties of resting anterior EEG asymmetry: Temporal stability and internal consistency. Psychophysiology, 29, 576–592.
Trainor, L. J. (1996). Infant preferences for infant-directed versus noninfant-directed playsongs and lullabies. Infant Behavior and Development, 19, 83–92.
Trainor, L. J., Clark, E. D., Huntley, A., & Adams, B. A. (1997). The acoustic basis of preferences for infant-directed singing. Infant Behavior and Development, 20, 383–396.
Trainor, L. J., & Trehub, S. E. (1992). The development of referential meaning in music. Music Perception, 9, 455–470.
Trehub, S. E., & Trainor, L. J. (1998). Singing to infants: Lullabies and play songs. In C. Rovee-Collier, L. P. Lipsilt, & H. Hayne (Eds.), Advances in Infancy Research (pp. 43–77). Stamford, Connecticut: Ablex Publishing Corporation.
Trehub, S. E., Unyk, A. M., & Trainor, L. J. (1993). Adults identify infant-directed music across cultures. Infant Behavior and Development, 16, 193–211.
Welsh, M. C., Pennington, B. F., & Groisser, D. B. (1991). A normative-developmental study of executive function: A window on prefrontal function in children. Developmental Neuropsychology, 7, 131–149.
Wheeler, R. E., Davidson, R. J., & Tomarken, A. J. (1993). Frontal brain asymmetry and emotional reactivity: A biological substrate of affective style. Psychophysiology, 30, 82–89.
Zahn, T. P. (1986). Psychophysiological approaches to psychophysiology. In M. G. H. Coles, E. Donchin, & S. W. Porges (Eds.), Psychophysiology: Systems, processes, and applications (pp. 508–610). New York: Guilford.
Zahn, T. P., & Kruesi, M. J. P. (1993). Autonomic activity in boys with disruptive behavior disorders. Psychophysiology, 30, 605–614.
Zahn-Waxler, C., Cole, P. M., Darby Welsh, J., & Fox, N. A. (1995). Psychophysiological correlates of empathy and prosocial behaviors in preschool children with behavior problems. Development and Psychopathology, 7, 27–48.

Reference Title: REFERENCES

Reference Type: reference-list

Adam, G. (1967). Interoception and Behavior: An experimental study. (R. Chatel & R. Slucki, Trans.). Budapest: Akademiai Kiado.
Àdàm, G., Preisich, P., Kukorelli, T., & Kelemen, V. (1965). Changes in human cerebral electrical activity in response to mechanical stimulation of the duodenum. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 18, 409–415.
Adrian, E. D. (1926). The impulses produced by sensory nerve endings. Part 1. Journal of Physiology, 61, 49–72.
Axelrod, J. (1984). Stress hormones: Their interaction and regulation. Science, 224, 452–459.
Bàrdos, G., Nagy, J., & Àdàm, G. (1980). Thresholds of behavioral reactions evoked by intestinal and skin stimulation in rats. Physiology and Behavior, 24, 661–665.
Batman, B. A., Hardy, J. C., Leuenberger, U. A., Smith, M. B., Yang, Q. X., & Sinoway, L. I. (1994). Sympathetic nerve activity during prolonged rhythmic forearm exercise. J Appl Physiol, 76(3), 1077–1081.
Berntson, G. G., Cacioppo, J. T., & Quigley, K. S. (1991). Autonomic determainism: The modes of autonomic control, the doctrine of autonomic space, and the laws of autonomic constraint. Psychological Review, 98, 459–487.
Brenner, J., & Jones, J. M. (1974). Interoceptive discrimination in intact humans: Detection of cardiac activity. Physiology and Behavior, 13, 763–767.
Brodal, A. (1969). Neurological Anatomy (2nd ed.). New York: Oxford.
Bronk, D. W., & Stella, G. (1932). Afferent impulses in the carotid sinus nerve. Journal of Cell and Comparative Physiology, 1, 113–130.
Bronk, D. W., & Stella, G. (1935). The response to steady pressures of single end organs in the isolated carotid sinus. The American Journal of Physiology, 110, 708–714.
Browning, E. T., Brostrom, C. O., & Groppi, V. E., Jr. (1976). Altered adenosine cyclic 3',5'-monophosphaste synthesis and degradation by C-6 astrocytoma cells following prolonged exposure to norepinephrine. Molecular Pharmacololgy, 12, 32–40.
Bykov, K. M. ([1942] 1957). The cerebral cortex and the internal organs. (T. f. t. R. a. e. b. W. H. Gantt, Trans.). New York: Chemical Publishing Co.
Bykov, K. M., & Kurtsin, I. T. ([1949]1966). The corticovisceral theory of the pathogenesis of peptic ulcer (T. f. t. R. a. e. b. S. A. Corson, Trans.). Oxford: Pergamon Press.
Cannon, W. B. (1939). The wisdom of the body. (2nd ed.). New York: W. W. Norton and Company.
Cannon, W. B., & Washburn, A. L. (1912). An explanation of Hunger. American Journal of Physiology, 29, 441–455.
Chapman, K. M., & Pankhurst, J. H. (1976). Strain sensitivity and directionality in cat atrial mechanoreceptors in vitro. Journal of Physiology, 259, 405–426.
Chernigovskiy, V. N. (1967). Interoceptors (a. e. b. D. B. L. Translated from the Russian by G. Onischenko, Trans.). Washington: American Psychological Association.
Deguchi, T., & Axelrod, J. (1973). Supersensitivity and subsensitivity of the β-adrenergic receptor in pineal gland regulated by catecholamine transmitter. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 70, 24411–24414.
Dworkin, B. (1988). Hypertension as a learned response: The baroreceptor reinforcement hypothesis. In T. Elbert, W. Langosch, A. Steptoe & D. Vaitl (Eds.), Behavioral medicine in cardiovascular disorders (pp. 17–47). Chichester: John Wiley & So.
Dworkin, B. R. (1993). Learning and Physiological Regulation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Dworkin, B. R., & Dworkin, S. (1995). Learning of physiological responses: II. Classical conditioning of the baroreflex. Behavioral Neuroscience, 109, 1119–1136.
Dworkin, B. R., & Dworkin, S. (2004). Baroreflexes of the rat. III. Open-loop gain and electroencephalographic arousal. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol, 286(3), R597–605.
Dworkin, B. R., Dworkin, S., & Tang, X. (2000). Carotid and aortic baroreflexes of the rat I: open-loop steady-state properties and blood pressure variability. Am. J. Physiol. Regulatory integrative Comp. Physiol., 279, R1910–R1921.
Dworkin, B. R., Elbert, T., Rau, H., Birbaumer, N., Pauli, P., Droste, C., et al. (1994). Central effects of baroreceptor activation in humans: Attenuation of skeletal reflexes and pain perception. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA, 91, 6329–6333.
Dworkin, B. R., Filewich, R. J., Miller, N. E., Craigmyle, N., & Pickering, T. G. (1979). Baroreceptor activation reduces reactivity to noxious stimulation: Implications for hypertension. Science, 205, 1299–1301.
Dworkin, B. R., Tang, X., Snyder, A., & Dworkin, S. (2000). Carotid and aortic baroreflexes of the rat II: open-loop frequency response and the blood pressure spectrum. Am. J. Physiol. Regulatory integrative Comp. Physiol., 279, R1922–R1933.
Eckberg, D. L. (1976). Temporal response patterns of the human sinus node to brief carotid baroreceptor stimuli. Journal of Physiology, 258, 769–782.
Eckberg, D. L., & Sleight, P. (1992). Human Baroreflexes in health and Disease (Vol. 43). Oxford: Clarendon Press.
Elbert, T., Lutzenberger, W., Rockstroh, B., Kessler, M., Pietrowsky, R., & Birbaumer, N. (1988). Baroreceptor stimulation increases pain threshold in borderline hypertensives. Psychophysiology, 25, 25–29.
Faber, J. E., & Brody, M. J. (1983). Reflex hemodynamic response to superior laryngeal nerve stimulation in the rat. Journal of the Autonomic Nervous System, 9, 607–622.
Furedy, J., Rau, H., & Roberts, L. (1992). Physiological and psychological differentiation of bidirectional baroreceptor carotid manipulation in humans. Physiology and Behavior, 52, 953–958.
Gavin, J. R., Rothe, J., Neville, J., D. M., De Meyts, P., & Buell, D. N. (1974). Insulin-dependent regulation of insulin receptor concentrations: A direct demonstration in cell culture. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 71 (84–88).
Ghione, S. (1996). Hypertension-Associated Hypalgesia. Hypertension, 28, 494–504.
Gold, P. E. (1984). Memory Modulation: Roles of Peripheral Catecholamines. In L. R. Squire & N. Butters (Eds.), Neuropsychology pf Memory (pp. 566–578). New York: The Guilford Press.
Gray, J. A. B., & Malcolm, J. L. (1951). The excitation of touch receptors in a frog's skin. Journal of Physiology, 115, 1–15.
Gray, J. A. B., & Matthews, P. B. C. (1951). A comparison of the adaptation of the pacinian corpuscle with the accommodation of its own axon. Journal of Physiology, 114, 454–464.
Greeley, J., Le, D. A., Poulos, C. X., & Cappell, H. (1984). Alcohol is an effective cue in the conditional control of tolerance to alcohol. Psychopharmacology, 83, 159–162.
Hefferline, R. F., & Perera, T. B. (1963). Propioceptive discriminatin of a covert operant without its observation by the subject. Science, 13, 834–835.
Heymans, C., & Neil, E. (1958). Reflexogenic areas of the cardiovascular system. Boston: Little, Brown and Company.
Hölzl, R., Erasmus, L., Kröger, C., Whitehead, W. E., & Ottenjann, R. Analysis of Visceral Hyperalgesia in Symptomatic Subgroups of the “Irritable Bowel Syndrome” (Forschungberichte No. 29). Mannheim: Otto-Seltz-Institut (University of Mannheim).
Hölzl, R., Erasmus, L., & Möltner, A. (1996). Detection, discrimination and sensation of visceral stimuli. Biological Psychology, 42, 199–214.
Hunt, J. N. (1961). Osmotic control of gastric emptying. Gastroenterology, 41, 49–51.
Hunt, J. N., & Stubbs, D. F. (1975). The volume and energy content of meals as determinants of gastric emptying. Journal of Physiology (London), 245, 209–225.
Ismay, M. J. A., Lumbers, E. R., & Stevens, A. D. (1979). The action of angiotensin II on the baroreflex response of the conscious ewe and the conscious fetus. The Journal of Physiology, 288, 467–479.
Jänig, W., & Häbler, H.-J. (1995). Visceral-autonomic integration. In G. F. Gebhart (Ed.), Visceral pain. Progress in pain research and management. (Vol. 4, pp. 311–348). Seattle: IASP Press.
Jones, G. E. (1994). Perception of visceral sensations: A review of recent findings, methodologies, and future directions. Advances in Psychophysiology, 5, 55–192.
Kappagoda, C. T., & Padsha, M. (1980). Transducer properties of atrial receptors in the dog avter 60 min of increased atrial pressure. Canadian Journal of Physiological Pharmacology, 59, 837–842.
Kezdi, P. (1962). Mechanism of the carotid sinus in experimental hypertension. Circulation Research, 11, 145–152.
Kim, J. A., Siegel, S., & Patenall, V. R. (1999). Drug-onset cues as signals: intraadministration associations and tolerance. J Exp Psychol Anim Behav Process, 25(4), 491–504.
Koch, E. B. (1932). Die Irradiation der pressorezeptorischen Kreislaufreflexe. Klinische Wochenschrift, 2, 225–227.
Koushanpour, E., & Kelso, D. M. ed: (1972). Partition of the carotid sinus baroreceptor response in dogs between the mechanical properties of the wall and the receptor elements. Circulation Research, 31, 831–845.
Koushanpour, E., & Kenfield, K. J. (1981). Partition of carotid sinus baroreceptor response in dogs with chronic renal hypertension. Circulation Research, 48, 267–273.
Kreiger, E. M. (1970). Time course of baroreceptor resetting in acute hypertension. American Journal of Physiology, 218, 486–490.
Kukorelli, T., & Juhàsz, G. (1976). Electroencephalographic Synchronization induced by stimulation of the small intestine and splanchnic nerve in cats. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurology, 41, 491–500.
Kukorelli, T., & Juhàsz, G. (1977). Sleep induced by intestinal stimulation in cats. Physiology & Behavior, 19, 355–358.
Landgren, S. (1952). On the excitation mechanism of the carotid baroceptors. Acta Physiologica Scandinavia, 26, 1–34.
Lee, M. H. M., Zaretsky, H. H., Ernst, M., Dworkin, B. R., & Jonas, R. (1985). The analgesic effects of aspirin and placebo on experimentally induced tooth pulp pain. Journal of Medicine, 16, 417–428.
Lowenstein, W. R., & Mendelson, M. (1965). Components of receptor adaptation in a Pacinian corpuscle. Journal of Physiology, 177, 377–397.
Lowenstein, W. R., & Skalak, R. (1966). Mechanical transmission in a Pacinian corpuscle: An analysis and a theory. Journal of Physiology, 182, 346–378.
Mallorga, P., Tallman, J. F., Henneberry, R. C., Hirata, F., Strittmatter, W. T., & Axelrod, J. (1980). Mepacrine blocks β-adrenergic agonist-induced desensitization in astrocytoma cells. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 77, 1341–1345.
McCubbin, J. W., Green, J. H., & Page, I. H. (1956). Baroreceptor function in chronic renal hypertension. Circulation Research, 4, 205–210.
McGaugh, J. L. (1966). Time-dependence processes in memory storage. Science, 153, 1351–1358.
McGaugh, J. L. (1989). Involvement of Hormonal and Neuromodulatory Systems in the Regulation of Memory Storage. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 12, 255–287.
McGaugh, J. L., Cahill, L., & Roozendaal, B. (1996). Involvement of the Amygdala in Memory Storage: Interaction with other brain systems. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 93, 13508–13514.
McHugh, P. R., & Moran, T. H. (1985). The Stomach: A conception of Its Dynamic Role in Satiety. Progress in Psychobiology and Physiological Psychology, 2, 197–232.
Mei, N. (1978). Vagal glucoreceptors in the small intestine of the cat. Journal of Physiology (London), 282, 485–506.
Mifflin, S. W., & Kunze, D. L. (1982). Rapid resetting of low pressure vagal receptors in the superior vena cava of the rat. Circulation Research, 51, 241–249.
Miller, N. E. (1959). Liberalization of basic S-R concepts; extensions to conflict behavior, motivation and social learning. In K. S. (Ed.), Psychology: A study of a science (Vol. 2, study 1, pp. 196–292). New York: McGraw-Hill.
Miller, N. E. (1966). Experiments relevant to learning theory and psychopathology. In W. S. Sahakian (Ed.), Psychopathology today: Experimentation, theory, and research (pp. 148–166). Itasca, IL: Peacock.
Mountcastle, V. (1980). Medical physiology (14th ed.). St. Louis: Mosby.
Norgren, R. (1985). Taste and the autonomic nervous system. Chemical Senses, 10, 143–161.
Numao, Y., Siato, M., Terui, N., & Momoru, K. (1985). The aortic nerve-sympathetic reflex in the rat. Journal of the Autonomic Nervous System, 13, 65–79.
Ochoa, J., & Torebjork, E. (1983). Sensations evoked by intraneural microstimulation of single mechanoreceptor units innervating the human hand. Journal of Physiology, 342, 633–654.
Paintal, A. S. (1972). Cardiovascular receptors. In E. Neil (Ed.), Handbook of Sensory Physiology (Vol. III/1). New York: Springer.
Pavlov, I. P. (1940). Complete collected works (Vol. 1). Moscow: Academy of Sciences of the USSR.
Pavlov, I. P. ([1897] 1910). The work of the digestive glands (T. f. t. R. b. W. H. Thompson, Trans. 2nd English ed.). London: Charles Griffin and Company.
Race, D., & Rosenbaum, M. (1966). Non-respiratory oscillations in systemic arterial pressure of dogs. Circulation Research, 18, 525–533.
Randich, A., Ren, K., & Gebhart, G. F. (1990). Electrical stimulation of cervical vagal afferents. II. Central relays for behavioral antinociception and arterial blood pressure decreases. Journal of Neurophysiology, 64(4), 1115–1124.
Rau, H., Elbert, T., Geiger, B., & Lutzenberger, W. (1992). PRES: The controlled noninvasive stimulation of the carotid baroreceptors in humans. Psychophysiology, 29(2), 165–172.
Riggs, L. A., Ratliff, F., Cornsweet, J. C., & Cornsweet, T. N. (1953). The Disappearance of Steadily Fixated Visual Test Objects. J. Optical. Soc. of America, 43(6), 495–501.
Rockstroh, B., Dworkin, B. R., Lutzenberger, W., Ernst, M., Elbert, T., & Birbaumer, N. (1988). The influence of baroreceptor activation on pain perception. In T. Elbert, W. Langosch, A. Steptoe & D. Vaitl (Eds.), Behavioral Medicine in Cardiovascular Disorders (pp. 49–60). Chichester: John Wiley & Sons.
Sagawa, K. (1983). Baroreflex conrol of systemic arterial pressure and vascular bed. In J. T. Shepherd & F. M. Abboud (Eds.), Handbook of physiology: The cardiovascular system (Vol. 3, pp. 453–496). Bethesda Md: American Physiological Society.
Sapru, H. N., Gonzalez, E., & Krieger, A. J. (1981). Aortic nerve stimulation in the rat: Cardiovascular and respiratory responses. Brain Research Bulletin, 6, 393–398.
Schwartz, G. J., & Moran, T. H. (1996). Sub-diaphragmatic Vagal Afferent Integration of Meal-Related Gastrointestinal Signals. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews, 20(1), 47–56.
Siegel, S. (1972). Conditioning of insulin-induced glycemia. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 89, 233–241.
Siegel, S. (1983). Classical conditioning, drug tolerance, and drug dependence. In Y.Israel, F. B. Glaser, H. Kalant, R. E. Popham, W. Schmidt & R. G. Smart (Eds.), Research advances in alcohol and drug problems (Vol. 7, pp. 207–243). New York: Plenum Press.
Siegel, S., Krank, M. D., & Hinson, R. E. (1987). Anticipation of pharmacological and nonpharmacological events: Classical conditioning and addictive behavior. Journal of Drug Issues, XX, 83–109.
Sinoway, L., & Prophet, S. (1990). Skeletal muscle metaboreceptor stimulation opposes peak metabolic vasodilation in humans. Circ Res, 66(6), 1576–1584.
Skinner, B. F. (1981). Selection by consequences. Science, 213, 501–504.
Slucki, H., Adam, G., & Porter, R. W. (1965). Operant discrimination of an interoceptive stimulus in rhesus monkeys. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 8, 405–414.
Smith, G. P., & Gibbs, J. (1994). Satiating effects of cholecystokinin. Annals of the New York academy of Sciences, 713, 236–241.
Smythe, G. A., Pascoe, W. S., & Storlien, L. H. (1989). Hypothalamic noradrenergic and sympathoadrenal control of glycemia after stress. American Journal of Physiology, 256, E231–E235.
Sokolowska, M., Siegel, S., & Kim, J. A. (2002). Intraadministration associations: conditional hyperalgesia elicited by morphine onset cues. J Exp Psychol Anim Behav Process, 28(3), 309–320.
Stellar, J. R., & Stellar, E. (1985). The neurobiology of motivation and reward. New York: Springer-Verlag.
Strulovici, B., Cerione, R. A., Kilpatrick, B. F., Caron, M. G., & Lefkowitz, R. J. (1984). Direct demonstration of impaired functionality of a purified desensitized beta-adrenergic receptor in a reconstituted system. Science., 225, 837–840.
Terasaki, W. L., Brooker, G., de Vellis, J., Inglish, D., Hsu, C., & Moylan, R. D. (1978). Involvement of cyclic AMP and protein synthesis in catecholamine refractoriness. In W. J. George & L. J. Ignarro (Eds.), Advances in cyclic nucleotide research (Vol. 9, pp. 33–52). New York: Raven Press.
Thomas E. Lohmeier, Eric D. Irwin, Martin A. Rossing, David J. Serdar, & Robert S. Kieval, Prolonged Activation of the Baroreflex Produces Sustained Hypotension Hypertension. 2004;43[part 2]:306–311).
Whitehead, W. E., & Schuster, M. M. (1983). Techniques for the assessment of the anorectal mechanism. In R. Hölzl & W. E. Whitehead (Eds.), Psychophysiology of the Gastrointestinal Tract (pp. 311–329). New York and London: Plenum Press.
Zamir, N., & Shuber, E. (1980). Altered pain perception in hypertensive humans. Brain Research, 201, 471–474.

Reference Title: REFERENCES

Reference Type: reference-list

Abbruzzese, G., Assini, A., Buccolieri, A., Marchese, R., & Trompetto, C. (1999). Changes of intracortical inhibition during motor imagery in human subjects. Neurosci Lett, 263(2–3), 113–116.
Adams, J. A. (1987). Historical review and appraisal of research on the learning, retention, and transfer of human motor skills [Review]. Psychological Bulletin, 101(1), 41–74.
Aizawa, H., Inase, M., Mushiake, H., Shima, K., & Tanji, J. (1991). Reorganization of activity in the supplementary motor area associated with motor learning and functional recovery. Experimental Brain Research, 84(3), 668–671.
Aizawa, H., & Tanji, J. (1994). Corticocortical and thalamocortical responses of neurons in the monkey primary motor cortex and their relation to a trained motor task. Journal of Neurophysiology, 71(2), 550–560.
Amunts, K., Schlaug, G., Jancke, L., Steinmetz, H., Schleicher, A., Dabringhaus, A., et al. (1997). Motor cortex and hand motor skills: Structural compliance in the human brain. Human Brain Mapping, 5(4), 206–215.
Amunts, K., Schlaug, G., Schleicher, A., Steinmetz, H., Dabringhaus, A., Roland, P. E., et al. (1996). Asymmetry in the human motor cortex and handedness. Neuroimage, 4(3 Pt 1), 216–222.
Annett, J. (1996). On knowing how to do things: a theory of motor imagery. Brain Res Cogn Brain Res, 3(2), 65–69.
Antervo, A., Hari, R., Katila, T., Poutanen, T., Seppanen, M., & Tuomisto, T. (1983). Cerebral magnetic fields preceding self-paced plantar flexions of the foot. Acta Neurologica Scandinavica, 68(4), 213–217.
Aroniadou, V. A., & Keller, A. (1995). Mechanisms of LTP induction in rat motor cortex in vitro. Cerebral Cortex, 5(4), 353–362.
Arshavsky, Y. I. (2003). Cellular and network properties in the functioning of the nervous system: from central pattern generators to cognition. Brain Res Brain Res Rev, 41(2–3), 229–267.
Asanuma, H., & Arissian, K. (1984). Experiments on functional role of peripheral input to motor cortex during voluntary movements in the monkey. Journal of Neurophysiology, 52(2), 212–227.
Asanuma, H., & Keller, A. (1991). Neuronal mechanisms of motor learning in mammals. [Review]. Neuroreport, 2(5), 217–224.
Barker, A. T., Jalinous, R., & Freeston, I. L. (1985). Non-invasive magnetic stimulation of the human motor cortex. Lancet, 1, 1106–1107.
Bartholow, R. (1874). Experimental investigations into the functions of the human brain. American Journal of Medical Sciences (New Series), 67, 305–313.
Basser, P. J., Mattiello, J., & LeBihan, D. (1994). MR diffusion tensor spectroscopy and imaging. Biophys J, 66(1), 259–267.
Bates, J. (1951). Electrical activity of the cortex accompanying movements. Journal of Physiology (London), 113, 240.
Beisteiner, R., Hollinger, P., Lindinger, G., Lang, W., & Berthoz, A. (1995). Mental representations of movements: Brain potentials associated with imagination of hand movements. Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol, 96(2), 183–193.
Berger, H. (1929). Über des Elektrenkephalogramm des Menschen. Archiv für Psychiatrie und Nervenkrankheiten, 87, 527–570.
Betz, W. (1874). Anatomischer Nachweis zweier Gehirncentra. Centralblatt für die medizinische Wissenschaften, 12, 578–580, 595–599.
Binkofski, F., & Buccino, G. (2004). Motor functions of the Broca's region. Brain Lang, 89(2), 362–369.
Binkofski, F., Buccino, G., Stephan, K. M., Rizzolatti, G., Seitz, R. J., & Freund, H. J. (1999). A parieto-premotor network for object manipulation: Evidence from neuroimaging. Exp Brain Res, 128(1–2), 210–213.
Bogousslavsky, J., & Caplan, L. (Eds.), (1995). Stroke syndromes. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press.
Bossom, J. (1974). Movement without proprioception. Brain Research, 71(2–3), 285–296.
Brass, M., Bekkering, H., Wohlschlaeger, A., & Prinz, W. (2000). Compatibility between observed and executed finger movements: comparing symbolic, spatial and imitative cues. Brain and Cognition, 44, 124–143.
Broca, P. (1861). Remarques sur le siege de la faculte du language articule, suivives d'une observation d'aphemie (perte de la parole). Bulletines de la Societe Anatomique, 36, 330–357.
Brodmann, K. (1909). Vergleichende Lokalisationslehre der Grosshirnrinde in ihren Prinzipien dargestellt auf Grund des Zellenbaues. Leipzig: Barth.
Brown, T. G. (1911). The intrinsic factors in the act of progression in the mammal. Proc Royal Soc, B84, 308–319.
Buccino, G., Binkofski, F., Fink, G. R., Fadiga, L., Fogassi, L., Gallese, V., et al. (2001). Action observation activates premotor and parietal areas in a somatotopic manner: an fMRI study. Eur J Neurosci, 13(2), 400–404.
Buccino, G., Lui, F., Canessa, N., Patteri, I., Lagravinese, G., Benuzzi, F., et al. (2004). Neural circuits involved in the recognition of actions performed by nonconspecifics: an FMRI study. J Cogn Neurosci, 16(1), 114–126.
Buchel, C., & Friston, K. J. (1997). Modulation of connectivity in visual pathways by attention: cortical interactions evaluated with structural equation modelling and fMRI. Cereb Cortex, 7(8), 768–778.
Capaday, C. (2002). The special nature of human walking and its neural control. Trends Neurosci, 25(7), 370–376.
Capaday, C., Lavoie, B. A., Barbeau, H., Schneider, C., & Bonnard, M. (1999). Studies on the corticospinal control of human walking. I. Responses to focal transcranial magnetic stimulation of the motor cortex. J Neurophysiol, 81(1), 129–139.
Carey, D. P. (1996). ‘Monkey see, monkey do’ cells. Neurophysiology. Curr Biol, 6(9), 1087–1088.
Charcot, J. M. (1877). Contribution a l'étude des localisations dans l'écorce des hémispheres du cerveau. Observations relatives aux paralysies et aux convulsions d'origine corticale. Revue Mensuelle de Médecine et de Chirurgie, 1, 1–18, 113–123, 180–195, 357–376, 437–457.
Chen, Y., & Reggia, J. A. (1996). Alignment of coexisting cortical maps in a motor control model. Neural Computation, 8(4), 731–755.
Clegg, B. A., DiGirolamo, G. J., & Keele, S. W. (1998). Sequence learning. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 2(8), 275–281.
Cochin, S., Barthelemy, C., Roux, S., & Martineau, J. (1999). Observation and execution of movement: similarities demonstrated by quantified electroencephalography. Eur J Neurosci, 11(5), 1839–1842.
Cohen, N. J., & Squire, L. R. (1980). Preserved learning and retention of pattern-analyzing skill in amnesia: dissociation of knowing how and knowing that. Science, 210(4466), 207–210.
Coles, M. G. (1989). Modern mind-brain reading: psychophysiology, physiology, and cognition. Psychophysiology, 26(3), 251–269.
Courtemanche, R., Sun, G. D., & Lamarre, Y. (1997). Movement-related modulation across the receptive field of neurons in the primary somatosensory cortex of the monkey. Brain Research, 777(1–2), 170–178.
Craighero, L., Bello, A., Fadiga, L., & Rizzolatti, G. (2002). Hand action preparation influences the responses to hand pictures. Neuropsychologia, 40(5), 492–502.
Cushing, H. (1909). A note upon the faradic stimulation of the postcentral gyrus in conscious patients. Brain, 32, 44–53.
Decety, J., Jeannerod, M., Germain, M., & Pastene, J. (1991). Vegetative response during imagined movement is proportional to mental effort. Behav Brain Res, 42(1), 1–5.
Deiber, M. P., Ibanez, V., Honda, M., Sadato, N., Raman, R., & Hallett, M. (1998). Cerebral processes related to visuomotor imagery and generation of simple finger movements studied with positron emission tomography. Neuroimage, 7(2), 73–85.
Donoghue, J. P., Suner, S., & Sanes, J. N. (1990). Dynamic organization of primary motor cortex output to target muscles in adult rats. II. Rapid reorganization following motor nerve lesions. Experimental Brain Research, 79(3), 492–503.
Ehrsson, H. H., Naito, E., Geyer, S., Amunts, K., Zilles, K., Forssberg, H., et al. (2000). Simultaneous movements of upper and lower limbs are coordinated by motor representations that are shared by both limbs: a PET study. Eur J Neurosci, 12(9), 3385–3398.
Elbert, T., Pantev, C., Wienbruch, C., Rockstroh, B., & Taub, E. (1995). Increased cortical representation of the fingers of the left hand in string players. Science, 270(5234), 305–307.
Engel, A. K., Moll, C. K., Fried, I., & Ojemann, G. A. (2005). Invasive recordings from the human brain: clinical insights and beyond. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 6(1), 35–47.
Fadiga, L., Buccino, G., Craighero, L., Fogassi, L., Gallese, V., & Pavesi, G. (1999). Corticospinal excitability is specifically modulated by motor imagery: a magnetic stimulation study. Neuropsychologia, 37(2), 147–158.
Fadiga, L., Fogassi, L., Pavesi, G., & Rizzolatti, G. (1995). Motor facilitation during action observation: a magnetic stimulation study. J Neurophysiol, 73(6), 2608–2611.
Ferrari, P. F., Gallese, V., Rizzolatti, G., & Fogassi, L. (2003). Mirror neurons responding to the observation of ingestive and communicative mouth actions in the monkey ventral premotor cortex. Eur J Neurosci, 17(8), 1703–1714.
Ferrier, D. (1873). Experimental researches in cerebral physiology and pathology. West Riding Lunatic Asylum Reports, 3, 1–50.
Ferrier, D. (1875). Experiments in the brain of monkeys. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series B: Biological Sciences, 23, 409–430.
Finger, S. (1994). Origins of Neuroscience. A History of Explorations into Brain Function. New York: Oxford University Press.
Flourens, M. J. P. (1824). Recherches expérimentales sur les propriétés et les fonctions du systeme nerveux dans les animaux vertébrés. Paris: Crevot.
Foerster, O. (1909). Über den Lähmungstypus bei corticalen Hirnherden. Deutsche Zeitschrift für Nervenheilkunde, 37, 349–414.
Foerster, O. (1936a). Motorische Felder und Bahnen. In H. Bumke & O. Foerster (Eds.), Handbuch der Neurologie (Vol. 6, pp. 1–357). Berlin: Springer-Verlag.
Foerster, O. (1936b). Symptomatologie der Erkrankungen des Grosshirns. Motorische Felder und Bahnen. In O. Bumke & O. Foerster (Eds.), Handbuch der Neurologie (Vol. 6, pp. 1–357). Berlin: Springer-Verlag.
Foerster, O., & Penfield, W. (1930). The structural basis of traumatic epilepsy and results of radical operation. Brain, 53, 99–120.
Fogassi, L., Gallese, V., Buccino, G., Craighero, L., Fadiga, L., & Rizzolatti, G. (2001). Cortical mechanism for the visual guidance of hand grasping movements in the monkey: A reversible inactivation study. Brain, 124(Pt 3), 571–586.
Fox, P. T., Mintun, M. A., & Raichle, M. E. (1986). Mapping Human Visual Cortex with Positron Emission Tomography. Nature, 323, 806–809.
Freund, H. J. (1983). Motor unit and muscle activity in voluntary motor control. Physiol Rev, 63(2), 387–436.
Freund, H. J.(1987). Motor deficits after cortical lesions in man. Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Suppl, 39, 81–82.
Fritsch, G., & Hitzig, E. (1870). Ueber die Elektrische Erregbarkeit des Grosshirns. Arch. Anat. Physiol. Wiss. Med., 37, 300–332.
Fuster, J. M. (1995). Memory in the Cerebral Cortex: An Empirical Approach to Neural Networks in the Human and Nonhuman Primate. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Gallese, V., Fadiga, L., Fogassi, L., & Rizzolatti, G. (1996). Action recognition in the premotor cortex. Brain, 119 (Pt 2), 593–609.
Gallese, V., Fogassi, L., Fadiga, L., & Rizzolatti, G. (2002). Action representation and the inferior parietal lobule. In W. Prinz & B. Hommel (Eds.), Attention and performance XIX: Common mechanisms in perception and action (pp. 334–355). Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.
Gangitano, M., Mottaghy, F. M., & Pascual-Leone, A. (2001). Phase-specific modulation of cortical motor output during movement observation. Neuroreport, 12(7), 1489–1492.
Gastaut, H. J., & Bert, J. (1954). EEG changes during cinematographic presentation; moving picture activation of the EEG. Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Suppl, 6(3), 433–444.
Gerardin, E., Sirigu, A., Lehericy, S., Poline, J. B., Gaymard, B., Marsault, C., et al. (2000). Partially overlapping neural networks for real and imagined hand movements. Cereb Cortex, 10(11), 1093–1104.
Geschwind, N. (1965). Disconnection Syndromes in Animals and Man. Brain, 88, 237–294, 585–644.
Goldring, S., & Ratcheson, R. (1972). Human motor cortex: sensory input data from single neuron recordings. Science, 175(29), 1493–1495.
Gonzalez-L ima, F., & McIntosh, A. R. (1994). Neural Network Interactions Related to Auditory Learning Analyzed with Structural Equation Modelling. Hum Brain Mapp, 2, 23–44.
Gould, H., Cusick, C., Pons, T., & Kaas, J. (1986). The relationship of corpus callosum connections to electrical stimulation maps of motor, supplementary motor, and the frontal eye fields in owl monkeys. Journal of Comparative Neurology, 247, 287–325.
Grafton, S., Hazeltine, E., & Ivry, R. (1998). Abstract and effector-specific representations of motor sequences identified with PET. Journal of Neuroscience, 18, 9420–9428.
Grillner, S., Cangiano, L., Hu, G., Thompson, R., Hill, R., & Wallen, P. (2000). The intrinsic function of a motor system – from ion channels to networks and behavior. Brain Res, 886(1–2), 224–236.
Grillner, S., & Wallen, P. (1985). Central pattern generators for locomotion, with special reference to vertebrates. Annu Rev Neurosci, 8, 233–261.
Halsband, U., & Freund, H. J. (1990). Premotor cortex and conditional motor learning in man. Brain, 113(Pt 1), 207–222.
Halsband, U., & Freund, H. J. (1993a). Motor learning. Curr Opin Neurobiol, 3(6), 940–949.
Halsband, U., & Freund, H. J. (1993b). Motor learning. [Review]. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 3(6), 940–949.
Hari, R., & Kaukoranta, E. (1985). Neuromagnetic studies of somatosensory system: principles and examples. Prog Neurobiol, 24(3), 233–256.
Hashimoto, R., & Rothwell, J. C. (1999). Dynamic changes in corticospinal excitability during motor imagery. Exp Brain Res, 125(1), 75–81.
Heath, C. J., Hore, J., & Phillips, C. G. (1976). Inputs from low threshold muscle and cutaneous afferents of hand and forearm to areas 3a and 3b of baboon's cerebral cortex. Journal of Physiology (London), 257(1), 199–227.
Heimer, L. (1983). The Human Brain and Spinal Cord. Functional Neuroanatomy and Dissection guide. (2nd ed.). New York: Springer-Verlag.
Hess, G., & Donoghue, J. P. (1994). Long-term potentiation of horizontal connections provides a mechanism to reorganize cortical motor maps. Journal of Neurophysiology, 71(6), 2543–2547.
Hlustik, P., Solodkin, A., Gullapalli, R. P., Noll, D. C., & Small, S. L. (2001). Somatotopy in human primary motor and somatosensory hand representations revisited. Cereb Cortex, 11(4), 312–321.
Horwitz, B., Friston, K. J., & Taylor, J. G. (2000). Neural modeling and functional brain imaging: an overview. Neural Netw, 13(8–9), 829–846.
Huntley, G. W. (1997). Correlation between Patterns of Horizontal Connectivity and the Extent of Short-Term Representational Plasticity in Rat Motor Cortex. Cerebral Cortex, 7, 143–156.
Huntley, G. W., & Jones, E. G. (1991). Relationship of intrinsic connections to forelimb movement representations in monkey motor cortex: a correlative anatomic and physiological study. Journal of Neurophysiology, 66(2), 390–413.
Ingvar, D. H., & Risberg, J. (1965). Influence of mental activity upon regional cerebral blood flow in man. A preliminary study. Acta Neurol Scand Suppl, 14, 183–186.
Iwaniuk, A. N., & Whishaw, I. Q. (1999). How skilled are the skilled limb movements of the raccoon (Procyon lotor)? Behav Brain Res, 99(1), 35–44.
Jackson, J. H. (1863). Convulsive spasms of the right hand and arm preceding epileptic seizures. Medical Times and Gazette, 1, 589.
Jackson, J. H. (1873). Observations on the localisation of movements in the cerebral hemispheres, as revealed by cases of convulsions, chorea and “aphasia”. West Riding Asylum Medical Reports, 3, 175–195.
Jacobs, K. M., & Donoghue, J. P. (1991). Reshaping the Cortical Motor Map by Unmasking Latent Intracortical Connections. Science, 251, 944–947.
Jankowska, E., Jukes, M. G., Lund, S., & Lundberg, A. (1967). The effect of DOPA on the spinal cord. 6. Half-centre organization of interneurones transmitting effects from the flexor reflex afferents. Acta Physiol Scand, 70(3), 389–402.
Jeannerod, M. (1995). Mental imagery in the motor context. Neuropsychologia, 33(11), 1419–1432.
Jeannerod, M.(2001). Neural simulation of action: a unifying mechanism for motor cognition. Neuroimage, 14(1 Pt 2), S103–109.
Jeannerod, M., Arbib, M. A., Rizzolatti, G., & Sakata, H. (1995). Grasping objects: the cortical mechanisms of visuomotor transformation. Trends Neurosci, 18(7), 314–320.
Jenkins, I. H., Brooks, D. J., Nixon, P. D., Frackowiak, R. S., & Passingham, R. E. (1994). Motor sequence learning: a study with positron emission tomography. Journal of Neuroscience, 14(6), 3775–3790.
Jezzard, P., Matthews, P. M., & Smith, S. M. (2001). Functional MRI: an introduction to methods. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Jones, E. G. (1983). The nature of the afferent pathways conveying short-latency inputs to primate motor cortex. In J. Desmedt (Ed.), Motor Control Mechanisms in Health and Disease (pp. 263–285). New York: Raven Press.
Kaas, J. H., Florence, S. L., & Neeraj, J. (1997). Reorganization of sensory systems of primates after injury [Review]. Neuroscientist, 3(2), 123–130.
Kaas, J. H., Nelson, R. J., Sur, M., Lin, C. S., & Merzenich, M. M. (1979). Multiple representations of the body within the primary somatosensory cortex of primates. Science, 204(4392), 521–523.
Kaòovskπ, P. (2002). Dystonia: a disorder of motor programming or motor execution? Movement Disorders, 17(6), 1143–1147.
Karni, A., Meyer, G., Jezzard, P., Adams, M. M., Turner, R., & Ungerleider, L. G. (1995). Functional MRI Evidence for Adult Motor Cortex Plasticityt during Motor Skill Learning. Nature, 377, 155–158.
Kawashima, R., Roland, P. E., & O'Sullivan, B. T. (1994). Fields in human motor areas involved in preparation for reaching, actual reaching, and visuomotor learning: a positron emission tomography study. Journal of Neuroscience, 14(6), 3462–3474.
Keller, A., Arissian, K., & Asanuma, H. (1990). Formation of new synapses in the cat motor cortex following lesions of the deep cerebellar nuclei. Experimental Brain Research, 80(1), 23–33.
Keller, A., Arissian, K., & Asanuma, H. (1992). Synaptic Proliferation in the Motor Cortex of Adult Cats after Long-Term Thalamic Stimulation. Journal of Neurophysiology, 68(1), 295–308.
Keller, A., Iriki, A., & Asanuma, H. (1990). Identification of neurons producing long-term potentiation in the cat motor cortex: intracellular recordings and labeling. Journal of Comparative Neurology, 300(1), 47–60.
Kennedy, P. R., & Bakay, R. A. (1997). Activity of single action potentials in monkey motor cortex during long-term task learning. Brain Research, 760(1–2), 251–254.
Kew, J. J., Ridding, M. C., Rothwell, J. C., Passingham, R. E., Leigh, P. N., Sooriakumaran, S., et al. (1994). Reorganization of cortical blood flow and transcranial magnetic stimulation maps in human subjects after upper limb amputation. Journal of Neurophysiology, 72(5), 2517–2524.
Kiehn, O., & Kjaerulff, O. (1998). Distribution of central pattern generators for rhythmic motor outputs in the spinal cord of limbed vertebrates. Ann N Y Acad Sci, 860, 110–129.
Kim, S. G., Jennings, J. E., Strupp, J. P., Andersen, P., & Ugurbil, K. (1995). Functional MRI of Human Motor Cortices during Overt and Imagined Finger Movements. International Journal of Imaging Systems and Technology, 6, 271–279.
Kleim, J. A., Lussnig, E., Schwarz, E. R., Comery, T. A., & Greenough, W. T. (1996). Synaptogenesis and Fos expression in the motor cortex of the adult rat after motor skill learning. Journal of Neuroscience, 16(14), 4529–4535.
Kobayashi, M., & Pascual-Leone, A. (2003). Transcranial magnetic stimulation in neurology. Lancet Neurol, 2(3), 145–156.
Kohler, E., Keysers, C., Umilta, M. A., Fogassi, L., Gallese, V., & Rizzolatti, G. (2002). Hearing sounds, understanding actions: action representation in mirror neurons. Science, 297(5582), 846–848.
Kornhuber, H. H., & Deecke, L. (1965). Hirnpotentialänderungen bei Willkürbewegungen und passiven Bewegungen des Menschen: Bereitschaftspotential und reafferente Potentiale. Pflügers Arch Gesamte Physiol Menschen Tiere, 284, 1–17.
Landau, W. M., Freygang, W. H., Jr., Roland, L. P., Sokoloff, L., & Kety, S. (1955). The local circulation of the living brain; values in the unanesthetized and anesthetized cat. Transactions of the American Neurological Association, 80, 125–129.
Lassen, N. A., Hoedt-Rasmussen, K., Sorensen, S. C., Skinhoj, E., Cronquist, S., Bodforss, B., et al. (1963). Regional Cerebral Blood Flow in Man Determined by Krypton. Neurology, 13, 719–727.
Lee, P. H., Han, S. W., & Heo, J. H. (1998). Isolated weakness of the fingers in cortical infarction. Neurology, 50(3), 823–824.
Levy, W. J., York, D. H., McCaffrey, M., & Tanzer, F. (1984). Motor evoked potentials from transcranial stimulation of the motor cortex in humans. Neurosurgery, 15(3), 287–302.
Liepert, J., Miltner, W. H., Bauder, H., Sommer, M., Dettmers, C., Taub, E., et al. (1998). Motor cortex plasticity during constraint-induced movement therapy in stroke patients. Neurosci Lett, 250(1), 5–8.
Liepert, J., Tegenthoff, M., & Malin, J. P. (1995). Changes of cortical motor area size during immobilization. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 97(6), 382–386.
Lotze, M., Montoya, P., Erb, M., Hulsmann, E., Flor, H., Klose, U., et al. (1999). Activation of cortical and cerebellar motor areas during executed and imagined hand movements: an fMRI study. J Cogn Neurosci, 11(5), 491–501.
MacKay-Lyons, M. (2002). Central Pattern Generation of Locomotion: A review of the evidence. Phys Ther, 82, 69–83.
Makela, J. P., Hari, P., Karhu, J., Salmelin, R., & Teravainen, H. (1993). Suppression of magnetic mu rhythm during parkinsonian tremor. Brain Res, 617(2), 189–193.
Marder, E. (2000). Motor pattern generation. Curr Opin Neurobiol, 10(6), 691–698.
Marder, E., & Bucher, D. (2001). Central pattern generators and the control of rhythmic movements. Curr Biol, 11(23), R986–R996.
Matelli, M., Luppino, G., & Rizzolatti, G. (1985). Patterns of cytochrome oxidase activity in the frontal agranular cortex of the macaque monkey. Behav Brain Res, 18(2), 125–136.
McCrea, D. A. (1998). Neuronal basis of afferent-evoked enhancement of locomotor activity. Ann N Y Acad Sci, 860, 216–225.
McCrea, D. A. (2001). Spinal circuitry of sensorimotor control of locomotion. J Physiol, 533(Pt 1), 41–50.
McIntosh, A. R. (1999). Mapping cognition to the brain through neural interactions. Memory, 7(5–6), 523–548.
McIntosh, A. R. (2000). Towards a network theory of cognition. Neural Netw, 13(8–9), 861–870.
McIntosh, A. R., & Gonzalez-Lima, F. (1998). Large-scale functional connectivity in associative learning: interrelations of the rat auditory, visual, and limbic systems. J Neurophysiol, 80(6), 3148–3162.
Merzenich, M. M., Nelson, R. J., Stryker, M. P., Cynader, M. S., Schoppmann, A., & Zook, J. M. (1984). Somatosensory Cortical Map Changes Following Digit Amputation in Adult Monkeys. Journal of Comparative Anatomy, 224, 591–605.
Mesulam, M. (2005). Imaging connectivity in the human cerebral cortex: the next frontier? Annals of Neurology, 57(1), 5–7.
Middleton, F. A., & Strick, P. L. (1994). Anatomical evidence for cerebellar and basal ganglia involvement in higher cognitive function. Science, 266(5184), 458–461.
Middleton, F. A., & Strick, P. L. (1997). Cerebellar output channels. Int. Rev. Neurobiol., 41, 61–82.
Mills, K. R., Murray, N. M., & Hess, C. W. (1987). Magnetic and electrical transcranial brain stimulation: physiological mechanisms and clinical applications. Neurosurgery, 20(1), 164–168.
Moonen, C. T. W., & Bandettini, P. A. (Eds.). (1999). Functional MRI. Heidelberg: Springer Verlag.
Nudo, R. J., Jenkins, W. M., & Merzenich, M. M. (1990). Repetitive Microstimulation Alters the Cortical Representation of Movements in Adult Rats. Somatosensory and Motor Research, 7, 463–483.
Nudo, R. J., Jenkins, W. M., Merzenich, M. M., Prejean, T., & Grenda, R. (1992). Neurophysiological correlates of hand preference in primary motor cortex of adult squirrel monkeys. Journal of Neuroscience, 12(8), 2918–2947.
Nudo, R. J., & Milliken, G. W. (1996). Reorganization of movement representations in primary motor cortex following focal ischemic infarcts in adult squirrel monkeys. J Neurophysiol, 75(5), 2144–2149.
Nudo, R. J., Milliken, G. W., Jenkins, W. M., & Merzenich, M. M. (1996). Use-dependent alterations of movement representations in primary motor cortex of adult squirrel monkeys. J Neurosci, 16(2), 785–807.
Nudo, R. J., Wise, B. M., SiFuentes, F., & Milliken, G. W. (1996). Neural Substrates for the Effects of Rehabilitative Training on Motor Recovery after Ischemic Infarct. Science, 272(5269), 1791–1794.
Ogawa, S., Lee, T. M., Nayak, A. S., & Glynn, P. (1990). Oxygenation-Sensitive Contrast in Magnetic Resonance Image of Rodent Brain at High Magnetic Fields. Magnetic Resonance in Medicine, 14, 68–78.
Oishi, K., Kasai, T., & Maeshima, T. (2000). Autonomic response specificity during motor imagery. J Physiol Anthropol Appl Human Sci, 19(6), 255–261.
Pascual-Le one, A., Cammarota, A., Wassermann, E. M., Brasil-Neto, J. P., Cohen, L. G., & Hallett, M. (1993). Modulation of motor cortical outputs to the reading hand of braille readers. Annals of Neurology, 34(1), 33–37.
Pascual-Le one, A., Grafman, J., & Hallett, M. (1994). Modulation of cortical motor output maps during development of implicit and explicit knowledge. Science, 263(5151), 1287–1289.
Pascual-Le one, A., Nguyet, D., Cohen, L. G., Brasil-Neto, J. P., Cammarota, A., & Hallett, M. (1995). Modulation of muscle responses evoked by transcranial magnetic stimulation during the acquisition of new fine motor skills. Journal of Neurophysiology, 74(3), 1037–1045.
Pascual-Le one, A., Peris, M., Tormos, J. M., Pascual, A. P., & Catala, M. D. (1996). Reorganization of human cortical motor output maps following traumatic forearm amputation. Neuroreport, 7(13), 2068–2070.
Passingham, R. (1998). Functional organisation of the motor system. In R. S. J. Frackowiak, K. J. Friston, R. D. Dolan & J. C. Mazziotta (Eds.), Human Brain Function (pp. 243–274). San Diego: Academic Press.
Passingham, R. E., Toni, I., & Rushworth, M. F. (2000). Specialisation within the prefrontal cortex: the ventral prefrontal cortex and associative learning. Exp Brain Res, 133(1), 103–113.
Pavlides, C., Miyashita, E., & Asanuma, H. (1993). Projection from the sensory to the motor cortex is important in learning motor skills in the monkey. Journal of Neurophysiology, 70(2), 733–741.
Pearson, K. G. (1995). Proprioceptive regulation of locomotion. Curr Opin Neurobiol, 5, 786–791.
Penfield, W., & Boldrey, E. (1937). Somatic motor and sensory representation in the cerebral cortex of man as studied by electrical stimulation. Brain, 60, 389–443.
Penfield, W., & Rasmussen, T. (1950). The Cerebral Cortex of Man. New York: Macmillan.
Penfield, W., & Rasmussen, T. (1950). The cerebral cortex of man. A clinical study of localization of function. New York: Macmillan.
Petrides, M. (1985). Deficits in non-spatial conditional associative learning after periarcuate lesions in the monkey. Behavioral and Brain Research, 16(2–3), 95–101.
Petrides, M. (1997). Visuo-motor conditional associative learning after frontal and temporal lesions in the human brain. Neuropsychologia, 35(7), 989–997.
Petrides, M., & Pandya, D. N. (1984). Projections to the frontal cortex from the posterior parietal region in the rhesus monkey. J Comp Neurol, 228(1), 105–116.
Picard, N., & Strick, P. L. (2001). Imaging the premotor areas. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 11(6), 663–672.
Poppele, R., & Bosco, G. (2003). Sophisticated spinal contributions to motor control. Trends Neurosci, 26(5), 269–276.
Porro, C. A., Francescato, M. P., Cettolo, V., Diamond, M. E., Baraldi, P., Zuiani, C., et al. (1996). Primary motor and sensory cortex activation during motor performance and motor imagery: a functional magnetic resonance imaging study. J Neurosci, 16(23), 7688–7698.
Posner, M. I., & Raichle, M. E. (1994). Images of mind. New York: W. H. Freeman & Company.
Raichle, M. E., Martin, W. R. W., & Herscovitch, P. (1983). Brain Blood Flow Measured with Intravenous H215O II: Implementation and Validation. Journal of Nuclear Medicine, 24, 790–798.
Ramon y Cajal, S. (1923). Recuerdos de mi vida. Madrid: J. Pueyo.
Raymond, J. L., Lisberger, S. G., & Mauk, M. D. (1996). The cerebellum: a neuronal learning machine? [Review]. Science, 272(5265), 1126–1131.
Recanzone, G. H., Merzenich, M. M., & Dinse, H. R. (1992). Expansion of the cortical representation of a specific skin field in primary somatosensory cortex by intracortical microstimulation. Cerebral Cortex, 2(3), 181–196.
Rijntjes, M., Tegenthoff, M., Liepert, J., Leonhardt, G., Kotterba, S., Muller, S., et al. (1997). Cortical reorganization in patients with facial palsy. Ann Neurol, 41(5), 621–630.
Rizzolatti, G., & Arbib, M. A. (1998). Language within our grasp. Trends Neurosci, 21(5), 188–194.
Rizzolatti, G., Camarda, R., Fogassi, L., Gentilucci, M., Luppino, G., & Matelli, M. (1988). Functional organization of inferior area 6 in the macaque monkey. II. Area F5 and the control of distal movements. Exp Brain Res, 71(3), 491–507.
Rizzolatti, G., & Fadiga, L. (1998). Grasping objects and grasping action meanings: the dual role of monkey rostroventral premotor cortex (area F5). Novartis Found Symp, 218, 81–95; discussion 95–103.
Rizzolatti, G., Fadiga, L., Gallese, V., & Fogassi, L. (1996). Premotor cortex and the recognition of motor actions. Brain Res Cogn Brain Res, 3(2), 131–141.
Rizzolatti, G., Luppino, G., & Matelli, M. (1998). The organization of the cortical motor system: new concepts. Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol, 106(4), 283–296.
Roland, P. E., Skinhoj, E., Lassen, N. A., & Larsen, B. (1980). Different cortical areas in man in organization of voluntary movements in extrapersonal space. J Neurophysiol, 43(1), 137–150.
Rossini, P. M., Rossi, S., Pasqualetti, P., & Tecchio, F. (1999). Corticospinal excitability modulation to hand muscles during movement imagery. Cereb Cortex, 9(2), 161–167.
Rothwell, J. C., Traub, M. M., Day, B. L., Obeso, J. A., Thomas, P. K., & Marsden, C. D. (1982). Manual motor performance in a deafferented man. Brain, 105(Pt 3), 515–542.
Sanes, J. N. (1994). Neurophysiology of preparation, movement and imagery. Behav Brain Sci, 17, 221–223.
Sanes, J. N., Wang, J., & Donoghue, J. P. (1992). Immediate and delayed changes of rat motor cortical output representation with new forelimb configurations. Cerebral Cortex, 2(2), 141–152.
Sherrington, C. S. (1906). The integrative action of the nervous system. New York, N. Y.: C Scriber's Sons.
Sherrington, C. S. (1910). Flexion reflex of the limb, crossed extension reflex, and reflex stepping and standing. J Physiol, 40, 28–121.
Solodkin, A., Hlustik, P., Chen, E. E., & Small, S. L. (2004). Fine modulation in network activation during motor execution and motor imagery. Cereb Cortex, 14(11), 1246–1255.
Squire, L. R. (1987a). Divisions of long-term memory. In Memory and Brain (pp. 151–179). New York: Oxford University Press.
Squire, L. R. (1987b). Memory and brain. New York: Oxford University Press.
Stephan, K. M., & Frackowiak, R. S. (1996). Motor imagery – anatomical representation and electrophysiological characteristics. Neurochem Res, 21(9), 1105–1116.
Strafella, A. P., & Paus, T. (2000). Modulation of cortical excitability during action observation: a transcranial magnetic stimulation study. Neuroreport, 11(10), 2289–2292.
Strangman, G. E. (1998). Modes of motor learning. Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation, Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island.
Ter-Pogoss ian, M. M., Phelps, M. E., Hoffman, E. J., & Mullani, N. A. (1975). A positron-emission transaxial tomograph for nuclear imaging (PETT). Radiology, 114(1), 89–98.
Umilta, M. A., Kohler, E., Gallese, V., Fogassi, L., Fadiga, L., Keysers, C., et al. (2001). I know what you are doing: a neurophysiological study. Neuron, 31(1), 155–165.
Vogt, C., & Vogt, O. (1919). Allgemeine Ergebnisse unserer Hirnforschung. Journal für Psychologie und Neurologie, 25, 279–461.
Walter, W. G., Cooper, R., Aldridge, V. J., McCallum, W. C., & Winter, A. L. (1964). Contingent Negative Variation: An Electric Sign of Sensorimotor Association and Expectancy in the Human Brain. Nature, 203, 380–384.
Weiller, C., Ramsay, S. C., Wise, R. J., Friston, K. J., & Frackowiak, R. S. (1993). Individual patterns of functional reorganization in the human cerebral cortex after capsular infarction. Ann Neurol, 33(2), 181–189.
White, A., & Hardy, L. (1995). Use of different imagery perspectives on the learning and performance of different motor skills. Br J Psychol, 86(Pt 2), 169–180.
White, L. E., Andrews, T. J., Hulette, C., Richards, A., Groelle, M., Paydarfar, J., et al. (1997). Structure of the human sensorimotor system. II: Lateral symmetry. Cereb Cortex, 7(1), 31–47.
Wiesendanger, M. (1986). Recent developments in studies of the supplementary motor area of primates. Rev Physiol Biochem Pharmacol, 103, 1–59.
Wiesendanger, M. (1999). Manual dexterity and the making of tools – an introduction from an evolutionary perspective. Exp Brain Res, 128(1–2), 1–5.
Wiesendanger, M., & Wise, S. P. (1992). Current issues concerning the functional organization of motor cortical areas in nonhuman primates. Adv Neurol, 57, 117–134.
Wise, S. P., di Pellegrino, G., & Boussaoud, D. (1996). The premotor cortex and nonstandard sensorimotor mapping. Can J Physiol Pharmacol, 74(4), 469–482.
Xerri, C., Merzenich, M. M., Jenkins, W., & Santucci, S. (1999). Representational plasticity in cortical area 3b paralleling tactual-motor skill acquisition in adult monkeys. Cerebral Cortex, 9(3), 264–276.
Xerri, C., Merzenich, M. M., Peterson, B. E., & Jenkins, W. (1998). Plasticity of primary somatosensory cortex paralleling sensorimotor skill recovery from stroke in adult monkeys. J Neurophysiol, 79(4), 2119–2148.
Yaguez, L., Canavan, A. G., Lange, H. W., & Homberg, V. (1999). Motor learning by imagery is differentially affected in Parkinson's and Huntington's diseases. Behav Brain Res, 102(1–2), 115–127.
Zant, J., & Strick, P. (1978). The cells of origin of interhemispheric connections in the primate motor cortex. Society for Neuroscience Abstracts, 4, 308.
Zilles, K., Palomero-Gallagher, N., Grefkes, C., Scheperjans, F., Boy, C., Amunts, K., et al. (2002). Architectonics of the human cerebral cortex and transmitter receptor fingerprints: reconciling functional neuroanatomy and neurochemistry. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol, 12(6), 587–599.
Zilles, K., Schlaug, G., Matelli, M., Luppino, G., Schleicher, A., Qu, M., et al. (1995). Mapping of human and macaque sensorimotor areas by integrating architectonic, transmitter receptor, MRI and PET data. J Anat, 187(Pt 3), 515–537.

Reference Title: REFERENCES

Reference Type: reference-list

Adams, R. B., Gordon, H. L., Baird, A. A., Ambady, N. and Kleck, R. E. (2003). Effects of gaze on amygdala sensitivity to anger and fear faces. Science, 300, 1536.
Adams, R. B., and Kleck, R. E. (2003.) Perceived gaze direction and the processing of facial displays of emotion. Psychological Science, 14, 644–647.
Adolphs, R. (1999). The human amygdala and emotion. The Neuroscientist, 5, 125–137.
Adolphs, R. (2002). Recognizing emotion from facial expressions: psychological and neurological mechanisms. Behavioral and Cognitive Neuroscience Reviews, 1, 21–61.
Adolphs, R.(2003). Cognitive Neuroscience of Human Social Behavior. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 4, 165–178.
Adolphs, R. (2003). Investigating the cognitive neuroscience of social behavior. Neuropsychologia, 41, 119–126.
Adolphs, R., Bechara, A., Tranel, Damasio, H., and Damasio, A. (1995). Neuropsychological approaches to reasoning and decision-making. In Y. Christen, A. Damasio, and H. Damasio (Ed.), Neurobiology of Decision Making, New York: Springer.
Adolphs, R., Damasio, H., Tranel, D., Cooper, G., and Damasio, A. R. (2000). A role for somatosensory cortices in the visual recognition of emotions as revealed by three-dimensional lesion mapping. The Journal of Neuroscience, 20, 2683–2690.
Adolphs, R., Gosselin, F., Buchanan, T. W., Tranel, T. W., Schyns, P. G., and Damasio, A. (2005). A mechanism for impaired fear recognition after amygdala damage. Nature, 433, 68–72.
Adolphs, R., J., Russell, A., and Tranel, D. (1999). A role for the human amygdala in recognizing emotional arousal from unpleasant stimuli. Psychological Science, 10, 167–171.
Adolphs, R., and Tranel, D. (1999). Intact recognition of emotional prosody following amygdala damage. Neuropsychologia, 37, 1285–1292.
Adolphs, R., and Tranel, D. (2000). Emotion recognition and the human amygdala. In J. P. Aggleto